r  LIBRARY 

UNIVERSITY  OF 

CALIFORNIA 
SAN  DIEOO 

V 


THE  TOVN  OF   NJVN50UL 


THE 


HOLY   WAR, 


MADE   BY 


SIIADDAI    UPON    DIABOLUS, 


FOR 


®Ju  rrgnining  nf  tjjr  3Bitrnjraltfl  of  tjj?  Wnxll; 


OK, 


THE  LOSING  AND  TAKING  AGAIN  OF  THE 
TOW  OF  MANSOUL. 


BY    JOHN    BUNYAN. 


■4    •+    »  ♦■    *— 


JtlUtilxa.U'b  %  Umigiafctegg, 


« *  •  m 


"  I  have  used  similitudes." — Hosea  xii.  10. 


PHILADELPHIA: 
AMERICAN  BAPTIST   PUBLICATION  SOCIETY, 

118   ARCH   STREET. 


ADVERTISEMENT. 

The  Pilgrim's  Progress,  as  Dr.  Johnson  remarks,  is  one  of  the 
few  books,  which  we  wish  were  longer.  As  if  in  prophetic  antici- 
pation of  this  feeling,  Bunyan  himself  wrote  two  other  volumes, 
one  as  the  counterpart,  and  the  other  as  the  companion,  of  his 
Pilgrim,  viz.,  The  Sinners  Progress  and  The  Holt  War. 
Both  these  have  been  issued  by  the  American  Baptist  Publication 
Society,  in  corresponding  size  and  type,  and  the  three  together 
make  up  the  series  of  BUNYAN'S  ALLEGORICAL  WORKS. 
They  are  stamped  with  the  impress  of  the  same  inimitable  genius, 
and  in  diiferent  methods  seek  to  accomplish  the  same  great  end 
— the  salvation  of  lost  sinners  by  Jesus  Christ. 

The  Society  has  also  issued  BUNYAN'S  PRACTICAL  WORKS, 
classified  and  arranged  in  eight  volumes,  with  original  Introduc- 
tions and  Notes.  The  several  volumes,  according  to  the  nature 
of  the  subjects,  are  styled  Awakening,  Inviting,  Devotional, 
Directing,  Searching,  Consoling,  Doctrinal,  and  Experi- 
mental. These  volumes  contain  forty  distinct  works  of  Bunyan, 
and  the  whole  together  form  a  body  of  the  richest  and  sound- 
est practical  divinity.  Each  volume  is  complete  in  itself,  and 
is  sold  separately  for  seventy-five  cents.  Bound  in  a  beautiful  uni- 
form style,  the  whole  eight  volumes  containing  3,474  pages,  are 
placed  by  the  Society  at  the  very  low  price  of  five  dollars.  What 
Christian  family  will  not  wish  to  possess  them  ? 

No  writer  has  succeeded  so  well  as  Bunyan  in  presenting  the 
deepest  and  sublimest  truths  of  the  Gospel  in  a  familiar  and  en- 
gaging style.  They  have  already  been  a  blessing  to  thousands, 
and  will  be  yet  to  hundreds  of  millions. 

J.  N.  B. 

Philadelphia,  September  28,  1852. 


INTRODUCTION. 

In  issuing  a  new  edition  of  Bunyan's  Holy  War,  in  the 
style,  and  as  a  companion  to  the  Society's  edition  of  the 
Pilgrim's  Progress,  a  short  introductory  notice  is  deemed 
necessary. 

John  Bunvan  was  an  extraordinary  man.  Born  in  ob- 
scurity, reared  in  ignorance,  a  ragged  urchin,  boisterous,  rough 
and  uncouth  in  his  behaviour,  and  in  his  boyhood  the  very  imp 
of  fun  and  mischief;  who,  that  then  saw  him  leaping  hedges 
and  ditches,  robbing  orchards,  and,  as  he  says  of  himself, 
"cursing,  swearing  and  lying,"  could  have  supposed  he  was 
destined  for  great  and  singular  usefulness  ?  But,  "  the  way 
of  man  is  not  in  himself; — it  is  not  in  man  that  walketh  to 
direct  his  steps."  (Jer.  x.  23.)  Occasionally  God  has  made 
singular  and  extraordinary  displays  of  his  mercy. 

Amidst  all  his  early  wickedness,  Bunyan  had  seasons  of 
alarm  and  horror.  The  scenes  of  the  last  judgment,  and  the 
retributions  of  eternity  weTe  the  subjects  of  his  dreams  at 
night.  Ungodly  as  he  describes  himself,  he  read  the  Bible, 
and  had  a  most  vivid  perception  of  whatever  was  magnificent 
and  appalling  in  eternal  things. 

Of  his  own  experience  he  says,  "  Even  in  my  childhood, 
♦he  Lord  did  scare  and  affrighten  me  with  fearful  dreams,  and 
did  terrify  me  with  frightful  visions.  For  often,  after  I  had 
spent  this  and  the  other  day  in  sin,  I  have  in  my  bed  been 
greatly  afflicted  while  asleep,  with  the  apprehension  of  devils 
and  wicked  spirits,  who  still,  as  I  then  thought,  laboured  to 
draw  me  away  with  them ;   of  which  I  could  never  be  rid." 

He  possessed  an  imagination  singularly  vivid  and  suscepti- 
ble of  such  impressions.  His  mind  was  of  a  peculiar  tempera- 
ment, and  well  fitted  for  the  part  he  performed  in  life.  It  made 
him  the  Inimitable  Dreamer.  At  the  age  of  seventeen  we 
find  him  in  the  parliamentary  army,  and  at  the  battle  of  Naseby 
and  in  the  siege  of  Leicester.  As  a  soldier  in  the  civil  war  of 
that  period,  Bunyan  gained  that  knowledge  of  military  tactics, 
which,  in  his  creative  imagination,  has  been  so  instructively 
employed  in  his  description  of  the  wars  of  Shaddai  for  tho 
conquest  of  Mansoul. 


IV  INTRODUCTION. 

Raised  by  divine  grace  from  a  state  of  ignorance,  vice  and 
obscurity,  without  any  other  education  than  the  product  of  his 
own  indefatigable  industry,  he  became  a  useful  minister  of  the 
gospel  and  an  eminent  writer.  The  motive  that  induced  him 
to  write,  was  the  benefit  of  his  flock,  while  be  was  confined  in 
the  prison  of  Bedford  for  preaching  the  gospel  of  Jesus  Christ. 
In  all  his  imaginings  he  never  dreamed  of  the  popularity  and 
distinction  to  which  he  has  attained,  nor  of  the  extent  to  which 
his  writings  have  circulated. 

The  Pilgrim's  Progress,  in  one  hundred  and  seventy-five 
years,  has  been  translated  into  more  languages,  and  read  by 
more  people,  than  any  other  book,  save  the  Bible.  The  design 
of  that  work  is  to  exhibit,  under  the  allegory  of  a  journey,  the 
diversities  of  Christian  experience. 

In  the  Holy  War,  we  have  the  same  subject  in  a  military 
form.  The  last  state  of  man  by  sin,  and  his  recovery  through 
grace,  are  set  forth  by  two  remarkable  revolutions  in  the  town 
of  Mansoul.  This  manner  of  treating  the  subject  is  in  accord- 
ance with  the  figures  of  Holy  Writ.  Paul  represents  the  course 
of  the  Christian  as  a  warfare,  and  his  end  as  a  conquest.  Christ 
is  the  great  Captain  of  our  salvation,  the  believer  is  a  soldier 
of  Christ,  the  preaching  of  the  gospel  are  weapons  of  warfare, 
and  the  Christian  virtues  as  the  product  of  the  Holy  Spirit,  are 
parts  of  the  heavenly  armour.  Bunyan  had  learnt  by  experience 
the  arts  and  hardships  of  war,  and,  with  his  peculiar  turn  of 
mind,  was  singularly  skilful  in  conducting  this  allegory. 

In  the  Holy  War  the  doctrine  of  grace, — the  leading  truths 
of  the  gospel,  occupy  a  prominent  position.  They  stand  out 
in  bold  relief.  Throughout  the  book  the  author  displays  accu- 
rate knowledge  of  the  Bible  and  its  distinguishing  truths,  his 
deep  acquaintance  with  the  heart  of  man,  its  desperate  wick- 
edness, the  hostility  of  the  carnal  mind  against  the  gospel,  and 
the  indispensable  agency  of  the  Holy  Spirit  in  renewing  the 
soul,  and  in  inducing  the  sinner  to  repent  of  sin  and  believe  in 
the  Lord  Jesus  Christ.  The  hope  is  indulged  that  this  book 
will  prove  equally  acceptable  to  the  churches  as  the  Pilgrim's 
Progress.  J.  M.  P. 

Philadelphia,  July  25th,  1844. 


TO   THE   READER. 


'T is  strange  to  me,  that  they  that  loved  to  tell 
Things  done  of  old,  yea,  and  that  do  excel 
Their  equals  in  historiology, 
Speak  not  of  Mansoul's  wars,  but  let  them  lie 
Dead,  like  old  fables,  or  such  worthless  things, 
That  to  the  reader  no  advantage  brings : 
"When  men,  let  them  make  what  they  will  their  cvvn, 
Till  they  know  this,  are  to  themselves  unknown. 

Of  stories,  I  well  know,  there's  divers  sorts, 
Some  foreign,  some  domestic  ;  and  reports 
Are  thereof  made  as  fancy  leads  the  writers. 
(By  books  a  man  may  guess  at  the  inditers.) 
Some  will  again  of  that  which  never  was, 
Nor  will  be,  feign  (and  that  without  a  cause) 
Such  matter,  raise  such  mountains,  tell  such  things 
Of  men,  of  laws,  of  countries,  and  of  kings ; 
And  in  their  story  seem  to  be  so  sage, 
And  with  such  gravity  clothe  every  page, 
That  though  their  frontispiece  says  all  is  vain, 
Yet  to  their  way  disciples  they  obtain. 


VI  TO   THE    READER. 

But,  readers,  I  have  somewhat  else  to  do, 
Than  with  vain  stories  thus  to  trouble  you  ; 
What  here  I  say,  some  men  do  know  so  well, 
They  can  with  tears  and  joy  the  story  tell. 

The  town  of  Mansoul  is  well  known  to  many, 
Nor  are  her  troubles  doubted  of  by  any 
That  are  acquainted  with  those  Histories 
That  Mansoul  and  her  wars  anatomize. 

Then  lend  thine  ear  to  what  I  do  relate, 
Touching  the  town  of  Mansoul  and  her  state : 
How  she  was  lost,  took  captive,  made  a  slave; 
And  how  against  him  set,  that  should  her  save; 
Yea,  how  by  hostile  ways  she  did  oppose 
Her  Lord,  and  with  his  enemy  did  close. 
For  they  are  true :  he  that  will  them  deny, 
Must  needs  the  best  of  records  vilify. 
For  my  part,  I  myself  was  in  the  town, 
Both  when  'twas  set  up,  and  when  pulling  down, 
I  saw  Diabolus  in  his  possession, 
And  Mansoul  also  under  his  oppression. 
Yea,  I  was  there  when  she  own'd  him  for  lord, 
And  to  him  did  submit  with  one  accord. 
When  Mansoul  trampled  upon  things  dLvine, 
And  wallowed  in  filth  as  doth  a  swine; 
When  she  betook  herself  unto  her  arms, 
Fought  her  Emmanuel,  despised  his  charms  ; 
Then  I  was  there,  and  did  rejoice  to  see 
Diabolus  and  Mansoul  so  agree. 

Let  no  men,  then,  count  me  a  fable-maker, 
Nor  make  my  name  or  credit  a  partaker 
Of  their  derision  :  what  is  here  in  view, 
Of  mine  own  knowledge,  I  dare  say  is  true. 

I  saw  the  Prince's  armed  men  come  down 
By  troops,  by  thousands,  to  besiege  the  town ; 
I  saw  the  captains,  heard  the  trumpets  sound, 
And  how  his  forces  covered  all  the  ground. 
Yea,  how  they  set  themselves  in  battle-'ray, 
I  shall  remember  to  my  dying  day. 


TO    THE    READER.  Vll 

I  saw  the  colours  waving  in  the  wind, 
And  they  within  to  mischief  how  combined 
To  ruin  Man  soul,  and  to  make  away 
Her  primum  mobile  without  delay. 

I  saw  the  mounts  cast  up  against  the  town, 
And  how  the  slings  were  placed  to  beat  it  down ; 
I  heard  the  stones  fly  whizzing  by  mine  ears, 
(What  longer  kept  in  mind  than  got  in  fears  ?) 
I  heard  them  fall,  and  saw  what  work  they  made, 
And  how  old  Mors  did  cover  with  his  shade 
The  face  of  Mansoul ;  and  I  heard  her  cry, 
«  Wo  worth  the  day,  in  dying  I  shall  die !" 

I  saw  the  battering-rams,  and  how  they  play'd 
To  beat  ope  Ear-gate  ;  and  I  was  afraid 
Not  only  Ear-gate,  but  the  very  town 
Would  by  those  battering-rams  be  beaten  down. 
I  saw  the  fights,  and  heard  the  captains  shout, 
And  in  each  battle  saw  who  faced  about; 
I  saw  who  wounded  were,  and  who  was  slain  ; 
And  who,  when  dead,  would  come  to  life  again. 

I  heard  the  cries  of  those  that  wounded  were, 
(While  others  fought  like  men  bereft  of  fear,) 
And  while  the  cry,  "  Kill,  kill,"  was  in  mine  ears, 
The  gutters  ran,  not  so  with  blood  as  tears. 

Indeed,  the  captains  did  not  always  fight, 
But  then  they  would  molest  us  day  and  night; 
Their  cry,  "  Up,  fall  on,  let  us  take  the  town." 
Kept  us  from  sleeping,  or  from  lying  down. 

I  was  there  when  the  gates  were  broken  ope, 
And  saw  how  Mansoul  then  was  stripp'd  of  hope; 
I  saw  the  captains  march  into  the  town, 
How  there  they  fought,  and  did  their  foes  cut  down. 
I  heard  the  Prince  bid  Boanerges  go 
Up  to  the  castle,  and  their  seize  his  foe ; 
And  saw  him  and  his  fellows  bring  him  down, 
In  chains  of  great  contempt  quite  through  the  town. 

I  saw  Emmanuel,  when  he  possess'd 
His  town  of  Mansoul ;  and  how  greatly  blest 


Vlll  TO   THE    READER. 

A  town  his  gallant  town  of  Mansoul  was, 
When  she  received  his  pardon,  loved  his  laws. 

When  the  Diabolonians  were  caught, 
When  tried,  and  when  to  execution  brought, 
Then  I  was  there  ;  yea,  I  was  standing  by 
When  Mansoul  did  the  rebels  crucify. 

I  also  saw  Mansoul  clad  all  in  white, 
And  heard  her  Prince  call  her  his  heart's  delight. 
I  saw  him  put  upon  her  chains  of  gold, 
And  rings,  and  bracelets,  goodly  to  behold. 

What  shall  I  say  1  I  heard  the  people's  cries, 
And  saw  the  Prince  wipe  tears  from  Mansoul's  eyes. 
I  heard  the  groans,  and  saw  the  joy  of  many  : 
Tell  you  of  all,  I  neither  will,  nor  can  I. 
But  by  what  here  I  say,  you  well  may  see 
That  Mansoul's  matchless  wars  no  fables  be. 

Mansoul,  the  desire  of  both  princes  was: 
One  keep  his  gain  would,  t'other  gain  his  loss. 
Diabolus  would  cry,  "  The  town  is  mine  !" 
Emmanuel  would  plead  a  right  divine 
Unto  his  Mansoul :  then  to  blows  they  go, 
And  Mansoul  cries,  "These  wars  will  me  undo." 

Mansoul !  her  wars  seem'd  endless  in  her  eyes : 
She's  lost  by  one,  becomes  another's  prize ; 
And  he  again  that  lost  her  last  would  swear, 
"  Have  her  I  will,  or  her  in  pieces  tear." 

Mansoul !  it  was  the  very  seat  of  war ; 
Wherefore  her  troubles  greater  were  by  far 
Than  only  where  the  noise  of  war  is  heard, 
Or  where  the  shaking  of  a  sword  is  fear'd  ; 
Or  only  where  small  skirmishes  are  fought, 
Or  where  the  fancy  fighteth  with  a  thought. 

She  saw  the  swords  of  fighting  men  made  red, 
And  heard  the  cries  of  those  with  them  wounded: 
Must  not  her  frights,  then,  be  much  more  by  far 
Than  theirs  that  to  such  doings  strangers  are  1 
Or  theirs  that  hear  the  beating  of  a  drum, 
But  not  made  fly  for  fear  from  house  and  home  1 


TO   THE    READER.  IX 

Mansoul  not  only  heard  the  trumpet's  sound, 
But  saw  her  gallants  gasping  on  the  ground: 
Wherefore  we  must  not  think  that  she  could  rest 
With  them  whose  greatest  earnest  is  but  jest : 
Or  where  the  blust'ring  threat'ning  of  great  wars 
Do  end  in  parleys,  or  in  wording  jars. 

Mansoul !  her  mighty  wars,  they  did  portend 
Her  weal  or  wo,  and  that  world  without  end : 
Wherefore  she  must  be  more  concern'd  than  they 
Whose  fears  begin,  and  end  the  selfsame  day ; 
Or  where  none  other  harm  doth  come  to  him 
That  is  engaged,  but  loss  of  life  or  limb, 
As  all  must  needs  confess  that  now  do  dwell 
In  Universe,  and  can  this  story  tell. 

Count  me  not,  then,  with  them  that,  to  amaze 
The  people,  set  them  on  the  stars  to  gaze, 
Insinuating  with  much  confidence, 
That  each  of  them  is  now  the  residence 
Of  some  brave  creatures  :  yea,  a  world  they  will 
Have  in  each  star,  though  it  be  past  their  skill 
To  make  it  manifest  to  any  man, 
That  reason  hath,  or  tell  his  fingers  can. 

But  I  have  too  long  held  thee  in  the  porch, 
And  kept  thee  from  the  sunshine  with  a  torch. 
Well,  now  go  forward,  step  within  the  door, 
And  there  behold  five  hundred  times  much  more 
Of  all  sorts  of  such  inward  rarities 
As  please  the  mind  will,  and  will  feed  the  eyes 
With  those,  which,  if  a  Christian,  thou  wilt  see 
Not  small,  but  things  of  greatest-moment  be. 

Nor  do  thou  go  to  work  without  my  key; 
(In  mysteries  men  soon  do  loose  their  way ;) 
And  also  turn  it  right,  if  thou  wouldst  know 
My  riddle,  and  wouldst  with  my  heifer  plough  : 
It  lies  there  in  the  window.     Fare  thee  well, 
My  next  may  be  to  ring  thy  passing-bell. 

John  Bcxyan 


AN   ADVERTISEMENT 


TO  THE 


READER, 


Some  say  the  "  Pilgrim's  Progress"  i*  not  mine, 
Insinuating  as  if  I  would  shine 
In  name  and  fame  by  the  worth  of  another, 
Like  some  made  rich  by  robbing  of  their  brother. 
Or  that  so  fond  I  am  of  being  sire, 
I'll  father  bastards  ;  or,  if  need  require, 
I'll  tell  a  lie  in  print  to  get  applause. 
I  scorn  it :  John  such  dirt-heap  never  was, 
Since  God  converted  him.    Let  this  suffice 
To  show  why  I  my  "  Pilgrim"  patronize. 

It  came  from  my  own  heart,  so  to  my  head, 
And  thence  into  my  fingers  trickled ; 
Then  to  my  pen,  from  whence  immediately 
On  paper  I  did  dribble  it  daintily. 

Manner  and  matter,  too,  was  all  mine  own ; 
Nor  was  it  unto  any  mortal  known, 
Till  I  had  done  it;  nor  did  any  then 
By  books,  by  wits,  by  tongues,  or  hand,  or  pen, 
Add  five  words  to  it,  or  wrote  half  a  line 
Thereof:  the  whole,  and  every  whit  is  mine. 

xi 


XW  ADVERTISEMENT. 

Also  for  -mis,  thine  eye  is  now  upon, 
The  matter  in  this  manner  came  from  none 
But  the  same  heart,  and  head,  fingers,  and  pen, 
As  did  the  other.     Witness  all  good  men  ; 
For  none  in  all  the  world,  without  a  lie, 
Can  say  that  this  is  mine,  excepting  I. 

I  write  not  this  of  any  ostentation, 
Nor  cause  I  seek  of  men  their  commendation; 
I  do  it  to  keep  them  from  such  surmise, 
As  tempt  them  will  my  name  to  scandalise 
Witness  my  name,  if  anagram'd  to  thee, 
The  letters  make — "  Nu  hony  in  a  B." 

John  Bunyati. 


A    RELATION 


OP 


THE     HOLY    WAR. 

In  my  travels,  as  I  walked  through  many  regions  and 
countries,  it  was  my  chance  to  happen  into  that  famous  con- 
tinent of  Universe.  A  very  large  and  spacious  country  it  is  : 
it  lieth  between  the  two  poles,  and  just  amidst  the  four  points 
of  the  heavens.  It  is  a  place  well  watered,  and  ricldy  adorned 
with  lulls  and  valleys,  bravely  situate,  and  for  the  most  part, 
at  least  where  I  was,  very  fruitful,  also  well  peopled,  and  a 
very  sweet  air. 

The  people  are  not  all  of  one  complexion,  nor  yet  of  one 
language,  mode,  or  way  of  religion,  but  differ  as  much  as,  it 
is  said,  do  the  planets  themselves.  Some  are  right,  and 
some  are  wrong,  even  as  it  happeneth  to  be  in  lesser  regions. 

In  this  country,  as  I  said,  it  was  my  lot  to  travel ;  and 
there  travel  I  did,  and  that  so  long,  even  till  I  learned  much 
of  their  mother  tongue,  together  with  the  customs  and  man- 
ners of  them  among  whom  I  was.  And,  to  speak  truth,  I 
was  much  delighted  to  see  and  hear  many  things  which  I 
saw  and  heard  among  them ;  yea,  I  had,  to  be  sure,  even 
lived  and  died  a  native  among  them,  (so  was  I  taken  with 
them  and  their  doings,)  had  not  my  master  sent  for  me  home 
to  his  house,  there  to  do  business  for  him,  and  to  oversee 
business  done. 
2 


14  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

Now,  there  is  in  this  gallant  country  of  Universe  a  fair 
anil  delicate  town,  a  corporation  called  Mansoul ;  a  town  for 
its  building  so  curious,  for  its  situation  so  commodious,  for 
its  privileges  so  advantageous,  (I  mean  with  reference  to  its 
origin,)  that  I  may  say  of  it,  as  was  said  before  of  the  conti- 
nent in  which  it  is  placed,  There  is  not  its  equal  under  tne 
whole  heaven. 

As  to  the  situation  of  this  town,  it  lieth  just  between  the 
two  worlds  ;  and  the  first  founder  and  builder  of  it,  so  far  as 
by  the  best  and  most  authentic  records  I  can  gather,  was  one 
■  SHADDAI ;  and  he  built  it  for  his  own  delight.  He  made 
it  the  mirror  and  glory  of  all  that  he  made,  even  the  top-piece, 
beyond  anything  else  that  he  did  in  that  country.  Yea,  so 
goodly  a  town  was  Mansoul  when  first  built,  that  it  is  said 
by  some,  the  gods,  at  the  setting  up  thereof,  came  down  to 
see  it,  and  sang  for  joy.  And  as  he  made  it  goodly  to  behold, 
so  also  mighty  to  have  dominion  over  all  the  country  round 
about.  Yea,  all  were  commanded  to  acknowledge  Mansoul 
for  their  metropolitan,  all  were  enjoined  to  do  homage  to  it. 
Aye,  the  town  itself  had  positive  commission  and  power  from 
her  King  to  demand  service  of  all,  and  also  to  subdue  any 
that  anyways  denied  to  do  it. 

There  was  reared  up  in  the  midst  of  this  town  a  most 
Yimous  and  stately  palace  ;  for  strength,  it  might  be  called  a 
castle  ;  for  pleasantness,  a  paradise  ;  for  largeness,  a  place  so 
copious  as  to  contain  all  the  world.  This  place  the  King 
Shaddai  intended  but  for  himself  alone,  and  not  another  with 
him  ;  partly  because  of  his  own  delights,  and  partly  because 
lie  would  not  that  the  terror  of  strangers  should  be  upon  the 
town.  This  place  Shaddai  made  also  a  garrison  of,  but 
committed  the  keeping  of  it  only  to  the  men  of  the  town. 

The  walls  of  the  town  were  well  built,  yea,  so  fast  and 

•  The  Hebrew  word  translated  Almighty  in  the  Old  Testament. 


THE   HOLY   WAR.  15 

firm  were  they  knit  and  compact  together,  that,  had  it  not 
been  for  the  townsmen  themselves,  they  could  not  have  been 
shaken  or  broken  for  ever.  For  here  lay  the  excellent  wisdom 
of  him  that  builded  Mansoul,  that  the  walls  could  never  be 
broken  down  nor  hurt  by  the  most  mighty  adverse  potentate, 
unless  the  townsmen  gave  consent  thereto. 

This  famous  town  of  Mansoul  had  five  gates,  in  at  which 
to  come,  out  at  which  to  go  ;  and  these  were  made  likewise 
answerable  to  the  walls,  to  wit,  impregnable,  and  such  as 
could  never  be  opened  nor  forced  but  by  the  will  and  leave 
of  those  within.  The  names  of  the  gates  were  these  :  Ear- 
gate,  Eye-gate,  Mouth-gate,  Nose-gate,  and  Feel-gate. 

Other  things  there  were  that  belonged  to  the  town  of  Man- 
soul, which  if  you  adjoin  to  these,  will  yet  give  farther  de- 
monstration to  all,  of  the  glory  and  strength  of  the  place.  It 
had  always  a  sufficiency  of  provision  within  its  walls ;  it  had 
the  best,  most  wholesome,  and  excellent  law,  that  then  was 
extant  in  the  world.  There  was  not  a  rascal,  rogue,  or 
traitorous  person  then  within  its  walls  :  they  were  all  true 
men,  and  fast  joined  together ;  and  this,  you  know,  is  a  great 
matter.  And  to  all  these,  it  had  always,  (so  long  as  it  had 
the  goodness  to  keep  true  to  Shaddai  the  King,)  his  counte- 
nance, his  protection,  and  it  was  his  delight. 

Well,  upon  a  time,  there  was  one  Diabolus,  a  mighty  giant, 
made  an  assault  upon  this  famous  town  of  Mansoul,  to  take 
it,  and  make  it  his  own  habitation.  This  giant  was  king  of 
the  blacks,  and  a  most  raving  prince  he  was.  We  will,  if 
you  please,  first  discourse  of  the  origin  of  this  Diabolus,  and 
then  of  his  taking  of  this  famous  town  of  Mansoul. 

This  Diabolus  is  indeed  a  great  and  mighty  prince,  and 
yet  both  poor  and  beggarly.  As  to  his  origin,  he  was  at  first 
one  of  the  servants  of  King  Shaddai,  made,  and  taken,  and 
put  by  liim  into  most  high  and  mighty  place  ;  yea,  was  put 


1G  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

into  such  principalities  as  belonged  to  the  best  of  his  terri- 
tories and  dominions.  This  Diabolus  was  made  "son  of 
the  morning,"  and  a  brave  place  he  had  of  it :  it  brought  him 
much  glory,  and  gave  him  much  brightness,  an  income  that 
might  have  contented  his  Luciferian  heart,  had  it  not  been 
insatiable,  and  enlarged  as  hell  itself. 

Well,  he  seeing  himself  thus  exalted  to  greatness  and 
honour,  and  raging  in  his  mind  for  higher  state  and  degree, 
what  doth  he,  but  begins  to  think  with  himself  how  he  might 
be  set  up  as  lord  over  all,  and  have  the  sole  power  under 
Shaddai.  (Now  that  did  the  King  reserve  for  his  Son,  yea, 
and  had  already  bestowed  it  upon  him.)  Wherefore  he 
first  consults  with  himself  what  had  best  to  be  done  ;  and 
then  breaks  his  mind  to  some  other  of  his  companions,  to 
the  which  they  also  agreed.  So,  in  fine,  they  came  to  this 
issue,  that  they  should  make  an  attempt  upon  the  King's 
Son  to  destroy  him,  that  the  inheritance  might  be  theirs. 
Well,  to  be  short,  the  treason,  as  I  said,  was  concluded,  the 
time  appointed,  the  word  given,  the  rebels  rendezvoused, 
and  the  assault  attempted.  Now  the  King  and  his  Son 
being  all  and  always  eye,  could  not  but  discern  all  passages 
in  his  dominions  ;  and  he,  having  always  love  for  his  Son  as 
for  himself,  could  not,  at  what  he  saw,  but  be  greatly  pro- 
voked and  offended :  wherefore  what  does  he,  but  takes 
them  in  the  very  nick  and  first  trip  that  they  made  towards 
their  design,  convicts  them  of  the  treason,  horrid  rebellion, 
and  conspiracy  that  they  had  devised,  and  now  attempted  to 
put  into  practice,  and  casts  them  altogether  out  of  all  place 
of  trust,  benefit,  honour,  and  preferment.  This  done,  he 
banishes  them  the  court,  turns  them  down  into  the  horrible 
pits,  as  fist  bound  in  chains,  never  more  to  expect  the  least 
favour  from  his  hands,  but  to  abide  the  judgment  that  he  had 
appointed,  and  that  for  ever. 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  17 

Now  they  being  thus  cast  out  of  all  place  of  trust,  profit, 
and  honour,  and  also  knowing  that  they  had  lost  their  prince's 
favour  for  ever,  (being  banished  his  court,  and  cast  down  to 
the  horrible  pits,)  you  may  be  sure  they  would  now  add  to 
their  former  pride,  what  malice  and  rage  against  Shaddai, 
and  against  his  Son,  they  could.  Wherefore,  roving  and 
ranging  in  much  fury  from  place  to  place,  if,  perhaps,  they 
might  find  something  that  was  the  King's,  by  spoiling  of  that 
to  revenge  themselves  on  him  ;  at  last  they  happened  into 
this  spacious  country  of  Universe,  and  steer  their  course 
towards  the  town  of  Mansoul ;  and  considering  that  that 
town  was  one  of  the  chief  works  and  delights  of  King 
Shaddai,  what  do  they  but,  after  counsel  taken,  make  an 
assault  upon  that.  I  say,  they  knew  that  Mansoul  belonged 
unto  Shaddai ;  for  they  were  there  when  he  built  it  and 
beautified  it  for  himself.  So,  when  they  had  found  the  place, 
they  shouted  horribly  for  joy,  and  roared  on  it  as  a  lion  upon 
the  prey,  saying,  "  Now  we  have  found  the  prize,  and  how 
to  be  revenged  on  King  Shaddai,  for  what  he  hath  done  to 
us."  So  they  sat  clown  and  called  a  council  of  war,  and 
considered  with  themselves  what  ways  and  methods  they 
had  best  eno-age  in  for  the  winning  to  themselves  this  famous 
town  of  Mansoul,  and  these  four  things  were  then  propound- 
ed to  be  considered  of. 

First.  Whether  they  had  best  all  of  them  to  show  them- 
selves in  this  design  to  the  town  of  Mansoul. 

Secondly.  Whether  they  had  best  to  go  and  sit  down 
against  Mansoul  in  their  now  ragged  and  beggarly  guise. 

Thirdly.  Whether  they  had  best  show  to  Mansoul  their 
intentions,  and  what  design  they  came  about,  or  whether  to 
assault  it  with  words  and  ways  of  deceit. 

Fourthly.  Whether  they  had  not  best  to  some  of  their 
"ompanions  to  give  out  private  orders  to  take  the  advantage, 
2* 


19  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

if  they  see  one  or  more  of  the  principal  townsmen,  to  shoot 
them,  if  thereby  they  shall  judge  their  cause  and  design 
will  the  better  be  promoted. 

1.  It  was  answered  to  the  first  of  these  proposals  in  the 
negative,  to  wit,  that  it  would  not  be  best  that  all  should 
show  themselves  before  the  town,  because  the  appearance 
of  many  of  them  might  alarm  and  frighten  the  town  ; 
whereas  a  few  or  but  one  of  them  was  not  so  likely  to  do 
it.  And  to  enforce  this  advice  to  take  place,  it  was  added 
further,  that  if  Mansoul  was  frightened,  or  did  take  the 
alarm,  "  It  is  impossible,"  said  Diabolus,  (for  he  spake 
now,)  "  that  we  should  take  the  town :  for  that  none  can 
enter  into  it  without  its  own  consent.  Let,  therefore,  but 
few,  or  but  one,  assault  Mansoul ;  and  in  mine  opinion," 
said  Diabolus,  "  let  me  be  he."  Wherefore  to  this  they  all 
agreed. 

2.  And  then  to  the  second  proposal  they  came,  namely, 
whether  they  had  best  to  go  and  sit  down  before  Mansoul 
in  their  now  ragged  and  beggarly  guise.  To  which  it  was 
answered  also  in  the  negative,  By  no  means ;  and  that  be- 
cause, though  the  town  of  Mansoul  had  been  made  to  know, 
and  to  have  to  do,  before  now,  with  things  that  are  invisible, 
they  did  never  as  yet  see  any  of  their  fellow-creatures  in  so 
sad  and  rascally  condition  as  they ;  and  this  was  the  advice 
of  that  fierce  Alecto.  Then  said  Apollyon,  "The  advice  is 
pertinent ;  for  even  one  of  us  appearing  to  them  as  we  are 
now,  must  needs  both  beget  and  multiply  such  thoughts  in 
them  as  will  both  put  them  into  a  consternation  of  spirit, 
and  necessitate  them  to  put  themselves  upon  their  guard. 
And  if  so,"  said  he  "  then,  as  my  Lord  Diabolus  said  but 
now,  it  is  in  vain  for  us  to  think  of  taking  the  town."  Then 
said  that  mighty  giant  Beelzebub,  "  The  advice  that  already 
is  given  is  safe  ;  for  though  the  men  of  Mansoul  have  seen 


THE    HOLY   WAR.  19 

such  things  as  we  once  were,  yet  hitherto  they  did  never 
behold  such  things  as  we  now  are ;  and  it  is  best,  in  mine 
opinion,  to  come  upon  them  hi  such  a  guise  as  is  common 
to,  and  most  familiar  among  them."  To  this  when  they  had 
consented,  the  next  thing  to  be  considered  was,  hi  what 
shape,  hue,  or  guise  Diabolus  had  best  to  show  himself 
when  he  went  about  to  make  Mansoul  his  own.  Then  one 
said  one  thing,  and  another  the  contrary.  At  last  Lucifer 
answered,  that,  in  his  opinion,  it  was  best  that  his  lordship 
should  assume  the  body  of  some  of  those  creatures  that 
they  of  the  town  had  dominion  over ;  "  for,"  quoth  he, 
"  these  are  not  only  familiar  to  them,  but  being  under  them, 
they  will  never  imagine  that  an  attempt  should  by  them  be 
made  upon  the  town  ;  and  to  blind  all,  let  him  assume  the 
body  of  one  of  those  beasts  that  Mansoul  deems  to  be  wiser 
than  any  of  the  rest."  This  advice  was  applauded  of  all : 
so  it  was  determined  that  the  giant  Diabolus  should  assume 
the  dragon,  for  that  he  was  in  those  days  as  familiar  with 
the  town  of  Mansoul,  as  now  is  the  bird  with  the  boy ;  for 
nothing  that  was  in  its  primitive  state  was  at  all  amazing  to 
them.  Then  they  proceeded  to  the  third  thing,  which 
was, 

3.  Whether  they  had  best  to  show  their  intentions,  or 
the  design  of  his  coming  to  Mansoul,  or  no.  This  also  was 
answered  in  the  negative,  because  of  the  weight  that  was 
in  the  fonner  reasons,  to  wit,  for  that  Mansoul  were  a  strong 
people,  a  strong  people  in  a  strong  town,  whose  wall  and 
gates  were  impregnable,  (to  say  nothing  of  their  castle,)  nor 
can  they  by  any  means  be  won  but  by  their  own  consent. 
"  Besides,"  said  Legion,  (for  he  gave  answer  to  this,)  "  a 
discovery  of  our  intentions  may  make  them  send  to  their 
king  for  aid  ;  and  if  that  be  done,  I  know  quickly  what  time 
of  day  it  will  be  with  us.     Therefore  let  us  assault  them  in 


20  THE    HOLY    AVAR. 

all  pretended  fairness,  covering  our  intentions  with  all  m;>n 
ner  of  lies,  flatteries,  delusive  words ;  feigning  things  that 
never  will  be,  and  promising  that  to  them  that  they  shall 
never  find.  This  is  the  way  to  win  Mansoul,  and  to  make 
them  of  themselves  open  their  gates  to  us  ;  yea,  and  to  de- 
sire us  too  to  come  in  to  them.  And  the  reason  why  I  think 
that  this  project  will  do  is,  because  the  people  of  Mansoul 
now  are,  every  one,  simple  and  innocent,  all  honest  and 
true  ;  nor  do  they  as  yet  know  what  it  is  to  be  assaulted 
with  fraud,  guile,  and  hypocrisy.  They  are  strangers  to 
lying  and  dissembling  lips  ;  wherefore  we  cannot,  if  thus 
we  be  disguised,  by  them  at  all  be  discerned  ;  our  lies  shall 
go  for  true  sayings,  and  our  dissimulations  for  upright  deal- 
ings. What  we  promise  them,  they  will  in  that  believe  us, 
especially  if,  in  all  our  lies  and  feigned  words,  we  pretend 
great  love  to  them,  and  that  our  design  is  only  their  advan- 
tage and  honour."  Now  there  was  not  one  bit  of  a  reply 
against  this ;  this  went  as  current  down  as  doth  the  water 
down  a  steep  descent.  Wherefore  they  go  to  consider  of 
the  last  proposal,  which  was, 

4.  Whether  they  had  not  best  to  give  out  orders  to  some 
of  their  company,  to  shoot  some  one  or  more  of  the  prin- 
cipal of  the  townsmen,  if  they  judge  that  their  cause  may 
be  promoted  thereby.  This  was  carried  in  the  affirmative, 
and  the  man  that  was  designed  by  this  stratagem  to  be  de- 
stroyed, was  one  Mr.  Resistance,  otherwise  called  Captain 
Resistance.  And  a  great  man  in  Mansoul  this  Captain 
Resistance  was,  and  a  man  that  the  giant  Diabolus  and  his 
band  more  feared  than  they  feared  the  whole  town  of  Man- 
soul besides.  Now  who  should  be  the  actor  to  do  the  mur- 
der ?  That  was  the  next,  and  they  appointed  one  Tisiphone, 
a  fury  of  the  lake,  to  do  it. 

They  thus  having  ended  their  council  of  war,  rose  up 


THE   HOLY    WAR.  21 

and  essayed  to  do  as  they  had  determined ;  they  marched 
towards  Mansoul,  but  all  in  a  manner  invisible,  save  one, 
only  one ;  nor  did  he  approach  the  town  in  his  own  likeness, 
but  under  the  shade,  and  in  the  body  of  the  dragon. 

So  they  drew  up,  and  sat  down  before  Eargate,  for  that 
was  the  place  of  hearing  for  all  without  the  town,  as  Eye- 
gate  was  the  place  of  perspection.  So,  as  I  said,  he  came 
up  with  his  train  to  the  gate,  and  laid  his  ambuscade  for 
Captain  Resistance-  within  bow-shot  of  the  town.  This 
done,  the  giant  ascended  up  close  to  the  gate,  and  called  to 
the  town  of  Mansoul  for  audience.  Nor  took  he  any  with 
him  but  one  Ill-pause,  who  was  his  orator  in  all  difficult 
matters.  Now,  as  I  said,  he  being  come  up  to  the  gate,  (as 
the  mamier  of  those  times  was,)  sounded  his  trumpet  for 
audience ;  at  which  the  chief  of  the  town  of  Mansoul,  such 
as  my  Lord  Innocent,  my  Lord  Willbewill,  my  Lord  Mayor, 
Mr.  Recorder,  and  Captain'  Resistance,  came  down  to  the 
wall  to  see  who  was  there,  and  what  was  the  matter.  And 
my  Lord  Willbewill,  when  he  had  looked  over  and  saw  who 
stood  at  the  gate,  demanded  what  he  was,  wherefore  he  was 
come,  and  why  he  roused  the  town  of  Mansoul  with  so 
unusual  a  sound. 

Diabolus,  then,  as  if  he  had  been  a  lamb,  began  his  ora- 
tion, and  said,  "  Gentlemen  of  the  famous  town  of  Mansoul, 
I  am,  as  you  may  perceive,  no  far  dweller  from  you,  but 
near,  and  one  that  is  bound  by  the  king  to  do  you  my 
homage  and  what  service  I  can ;  wherefore,  that  I  may  be 
faithful  to  myself,  and  to  you,  I  have  somewhat  of  concern 
to  impart  unto  you.  Wherefore,  grant  me  your  audience, 
and  hear  me  patiently.  And  first,  I  will  assure  you,  it  is 
not  myself,  but  you — not  mine,  but  your  advantage  that  I 
seek  by  what  I  now  do,  as  will  full  well  be  made  manifest, 
by  that  I  have  opened  my  mind  unto  you.    For,  gentlemen, 


23  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

I  am  (to  tell  you  the  truth)  come  to  show  you  how  you  may 
obtain  great  and  ample  deliverance  from  a  bondage  that, 
unawares  to  yourselves,  you  are  captivated  and  enslaved 
under."  At  this  the  town  of  Mansoul  began  to  prick  up  its 
ears.  And  "  What  is  it  ?  Pray  what  is  it  ?"  thought  they. 
And  he  said,  "  I  have  somewhat  to  say  to  you  concerning 
your  king,  concerning  his  law,  and  also  touching  yourselves 
Touching  your  king,  I  know  he  is  great  and  potent ;  but  ye' 
all  that  he  hath  said  to  you  is  neither  true  nor  yet  for  youi 
advantage.  1.  It  is  not  true,  for  that  wherewith  he  hath 
hitherto  awed  you,  shall  not  come  to  pass,  nor  be  fulfilled, 
though  you  do  the  thing  that  he  hath  forbidden.  But  if 
there  was  danger,  what  a  slavery  is  it  to  live  always  in  feai 
of  the  greatest  of  punishments,  for  doing  so  small  and  trivial 
a  thing  as  eating  of  a  little  fruit  is.  2.  Touching  his  laws, 
this  I  say  further,  they  are  both  unreasonable,  intricate,  and 
intolerable.  Unreasonable,  as  was  hinted  before  ;  for  that 
the  punishment  is  not  proportioned  to  the  offence  :  there  is 
great  difference  and  disproportion  betwixt  the  life  and  an 
apple  ;  yet  the  one  must  go  for  the  other,  by  the  law  of  your 
Shaddai.  But  it  is  also  intricate,  in  that  he  saith,  first,  you 
may  eat  of  all ;  and  yet  after,  forbids  the  eating  of  one. 
And  then,  in  the  last  place,  it  must  needs  be  intolerable  ;  for- 
asmuch as  that  fruit,  which  you  are  forbidden  to  eat  of  (if 
you  are  forbidden  any)  is  that,  and  that  alone,  which  is  able, 
by  your  eating,  to  minister  to  you  a  good,  as  yet  unknown 
by  you.  This  is  manifest  by  the  very  name  of  the  tree  ;  it 
is  called  the  '  the  tree  of  knowledge  of  good  and  evil ;'  and 
have  you  that  knowledge  as  yet  ?  No,  no  ;  nor  can  you  con- 
ceive how  good,  how  pleasant,  and  how  much  to  be  desired 
to  make  one  wise  it  is,  so  long  as  you  stand  by  your  king's 
commandment.  Why  should  you  be  holden  in  ignorance 
and  blindness?  Why  should  you  not  be  eidarged  in  know- 


THE    HOLY   WAR.  23 

ledge  and  understanding  ?  And  now,  O  ye  inhabitants  of  the 
famous  town  of  Mansoul,  to  speak  more  particularly  to  your- 
selves, you  are  not  a  free  people !  You  are  kept  both  in 
bondage  and  slavery,  and  that  by  a  grievous  threat ;  no  rea- 
son being  annexed  but,  '  So  I  will  have  it ;  so  it  shall  be.' 
And  is  it  not  grievous  to  think  on,  that  that  very  thing  which 
you  are  forbidden  to  do,  might  you  but  do  it,  would  yield 
you  both  wisdom  and  honour  ?  for  then  your  eyes  will  be 
opened,  and  you  shall  be  as  gods.  Now,  since  this  is  thus," 
quoth  he,  "  can  you  be  kept  by  any  prince  in  more  slavery 
and  in  greater  bondage  than  you  are  under  this  day  ?  You 
are  made  underlings,  and  are  wrapped  up  in  inconveniences, 
as  I  have  well  made  appear.  For  what  bondage  greater 
than  to  be  kept  in  blindness  ?  Will  not  reason  tell  you,  that 
it  is  better  to  have  eyes  than  to  be  without  them  ?  and  so  to 
be  at  liberty,  to  be  better  than  to  be  shut  up  in  a  dark  and 
stinking  cave  ?" 

And  just  now  while  Diabolus  was  speaking  these  words, 
to  Mansoul,  Tisiphone  shot  at  Captain  Resistance,  where  he 
stood  on  the  gate,  and  mortally  wounded  him  in  the  head ; 
so  that  he,  to  the  amazement  of  the  townsmen,  and  the  en- 
couragement of  Diabolus,  fell  down  dead,  quite  over  the 
wall.  Now  when  Captain  Resistance  was  dead,  (and  ho 
was  the  only  man  of  war  in  the  town,)  poor  Mansoul  was 
wholly  left  naked  of  courage,  nor  had  she  now  any  heart  to 
resist.  But  this  was  as  the  devil  would  have  it.  Then 
stood  forth  he,  Mr.  Ill-pause,  that  Diabolus  brought  with 
him,  who  was  his  orator ;  and  he  addressed  himself  to  speak 
to  the  town  of  Mansoul ;  the  tenor  of  whose  speech  here 
follows  : — 

"  Gentlemen,"  quoth  he,  "  it  is  my  master's  happiness  thai 
he  has  this  day  a  quiet  and  teachable  auditory  ;  and  it  is 
hoped  by  us  that  we  shall  prevail  with  you  not  to  cast  off 


24  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

good  advice.  My  master  has  a  very  great  love  tor  you ; 
and  although,  as  he  ve.y  well  knows,  that  he  runs  the  hazard 
of  the  anger  of  King  Shaddai,  yet  love  to  you  will  make  him 
do  more  than  that.  Nor  doth  there  need  that  a  word  more 
should  be  spoken  to  confirm  for  truth  what  he  hath  said  ; 
there  is  not  a  word  but  carries  with  it  self-evidence  in  its 
bowels  ;  the  very  name  of  the  tree  may  put  an  end  to  all 
controversy  in  this  matter.  I  therefore,  at  this  time,  shall 
only  add  this  advice  to  you,  under  and  by  the  leave  of  my 
lord,"  (and  with  that  he  made  Diabolus  a  very  low  congee ;) 
"  consider  his  words,  look  on  the  tree  and  the  promising  fruit 
thereof;  remember  also  that  yet  you  know  but  little,  and 
that  this  is  the  way  to  know  more :  and  if  your  reason  be 
not  conquered  to  accept  of  such  good  counsel,  you  are  not 
the  men  that  I  took  you  to  be." 

But  when  the  townsfolk  saw  that  the  tree  was  god  for 
food,  and  that  it  was  pleasant  to  the  eye,  and  a  tree  to  be 
desired  to  make  one  wise,  they  did  as  old  Ill-pause  advised  \ 
they  took  and  did  eat  thereof.  Now  this  I  should  have  toH 
you  before,  that  even  then,  when  this  Ill-pause  was  making 
his  speech  to  the  townsmen,  my  Lord  Innocency  (whether 
by  a  shot  from  the  camp  of  the  giant,  or  from  some  sinking 
qualm  that  suddenly  took  him,  or  whether  by  the  stinking 
breath  of  that  treacherous  villain  old  Ill-pause,  for  so  I  am 
most  apt  to  think)  sunk  down  in  the  place  where  he  stood, 
nor  could  he  be  brought  to  life  again.  Thus  these  two  brave 
men  died ;  brave  men,  I  call  them  ;  for  they  were  the  beauty 
and  glory  of  Mansoul,  so  long  as  they  lived  therein :  nor  did 
there  now  remain  any  more  a  noble  spirit  in  Mansoul ;  they 
all  fell  down  and  yielded  obedience  to  Diabolus,  and  became 
his  slaves  and  vassals,  as  you  shall  hear. 

Now  these  being  dead,  what  do  the  rest  of  the  townsfolk, 
but,  as  men  that  had  found  ?.  fool's  paradise,  they  presently, 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  25 

as  afoie  was  hinted,  fall  to  prove  the  truth  of  the  giant's 
words.  And,  first,  they  did  as  Ill-pause  had  taught  them  ; 
they  looked,  they  considered,  they  were  taken  with  the 
forbidden  fruit :  they  took  thereof,  and  did  eat ;  and  having 
eaten,  they  became  immediately  drunken  therewith.  So 
they  opened  the  gate,  both  Ear-gate  and  Eye-gate,  and  let 
in  Diabolus  with  all  his  bands,  quite  forgetting  their  good 
Shaddai,  his  law,  and  the  judgment  that  he  had  annexed, 
with  solemn  threatening,  to  the  breach  thereof. 

Diabolus,  having  now  obtained  entrance  in  at  the  gates  of 
the  town,  marches  up  to  the  middle  thereof,  to  make  his 
conquest  as  sure  as  he  could  ;  and  finding,  by  this  time,  the 
affections  of  the  people  warmly  inclining  to  him,  he,  as  think- 
ing it  was  best  striking  while  the  iron  is  hot,  made  this  further 
deceivable  speech  unto  them,  saying,  "  Alas  !  my  poor  Man- 
soul  !  I  have  done  thee  indeed  this  service,  as  to  promote 
thee  to  honour,  and  to  greaten  thy  liberty  ;  but,  alas  !  alas  ! 
poor  Mansoul,  thou  wantest  now  one  to  defend  thee ;  for 
assure  thyself  that  when  Shaddai  shall  hear  what  is  done, 
he  will  come  ;  for  sorry  will  he  be  that  thou  hast  broken 
his  bonds,  and  cast  his  cords  away  from  thee.  What  wilt 
thou  do  ?  Wilt  thou,  after  enlargement,  suffer  thy  privileges 
to  be  invaded  and  taken  away  ?  or  what  wdt  resolve  with 
thyself?" 

Then  they  all  with  one  consent  said  to  this  bramble,  "  Do 
thou  reign  over  us."  So  he  accepted  the  motion,  and 
became  the  king  of  the  town  of  Mansoul.  This  being  done, 
the  next  thing  was,  to  give  him  possession  of  the  castle,  and 
so  of  the  whole  strength  of  the  town.  Wherefore,  into  the 
castle  he  goes  :  it  was  that  which  Shaddai  built  in  Mansoul 
for  his  own  delight  and  pleasure ;  this  now  was  become  a 
den  and  hold  for  the  giant  Diabolus 

Now,  having  got  possession  of  this  stitely  palace  or  castle, 
3 


26  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

what  doth  he,  but  makes  it  a  garrison  for  himself,  and 
strengthens  and  fortifies  it  with  all  sorts  of  provisions,  against 
the  Kitig  Shaddai,  or  those  that  should  endeavour  the  regain- 
ing of  it  to  him  and  his  obedience  again. 

This  done,  but  not  thinking  himself  yet  secure  enough,  in 
the  next  place  he  bethinks  himself  of  new  modelling  the 
town ;  and  so  he  does,  setting  up  one,  and  pulling  down 
another  at  pleasure.  Wherefore  my  Lord  Mayor,  whose 
name  was  my  Lord  Understanding,  and  Mr.  Recorder,  whose 
name  was  Mr.  Conscience,  these  he  put  out  of  place  and 
power. 

As  for  my  Lord  Mayor,  though  he  was  an  understanding 
man,  and  one  too  that  had  complied  with  the  rest  of  the  town 
of  Mansoul  in  admitting  the  giant  into  the  town ;  yet  Diabo- 
lus  thought  not  fit  to  let  him  abide  in  His  former  lustre  and 
glory,  because  he  was  a  seeing  man.  Wherefore  he  darken- 
ed him,  not  only  by  taking  from  him  his  office  and  power, 
but  by  building  an  high  and  strong  tower,  just  between  the 
sun's  reflections  and  the  windows  of  my  lord's  palace ;  by 
which  means  his  house  and  all,  and  the  whole  of  his  habita- 
tion, were  made  as  dark  as  darkness  itself.  And  thus,  being 
alienated  from  the  light,  he  became  as  one  that  was  born 
blind.  To  this  his  house,  my  lord  was  confined  as  to  a 
prison ;  nor  might  he,  upon  his  parole,  go  farther  than 
within  his  own  bounds.  And  now,  had  he  had  an  heart,  to 
do  for  Mansoul,  what  could  he  do  for  it,  or  wherein  could 
he  be  profitable  to  her  ?  So  then,  so  long  as  Mansoul  was 
under  the  power  and  government  of  Diabolus,  (and  so  long 
it  was  under  him,  as  it  was  obedient  to  him,  which  was  even 
until  by  a  war  it  was  rescued  out  of  his  hand,)  so  long  my 
Lord  Mayor  was  rather  an  impediment  in,  than  an  advantage 
to  the  famous  town  of  Mansoul. 

As  for  Mr.  Recorder,  before  the  town  was  taken  he  was 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  27 

a  man  well  read  in  the  laws  of  his  king,  and  also  a  man  of 
courage  and  faithfulness  to  speak  truth  at  every  occasion  : 
and  he  had  a  tongue  as  bravely  hung,  as  he  had  a  head  filled 
with  judgment.  Now,  this  man  Diabolus  could  by  no  means 
abide,  because,  though  he  gave  his  consent  to  his  coming  into 
the  town,  yet  he  could  not,  by  all  the  wiles,  trials,  stratagems, 
and  devices  that  he  could  use,  make  him  wholly  his  own. 
True,  he  was  much  degenerated  from  his  former  king,  and 
also  much  pleased  with  many  of  the  giant's  laws  and  service  ; 
but  all  this  would  not  do,  forasmuch  as  he  was  not  wholly 
his.  He  would  now  and  then  think  upon  Shaddai,  and  have 
dread  of  his  law  upon  him,  and  then  he  would  speak  against 
Diabolus  with  a  voice  as  great  as  when  a  lion  roareth.  Yea, 
and  would  also  at  certain  times,  when  his  fits  were  upon  him. 
(for  you  must  know  that  sometimes  he  had  terrible  fits,) 
make  the  whole  town  of  Mansoul  shake  with  his  voice  :  and 
therefore  the  new  king  of  Mansoul  could  not  abide  him.  -.;< 
Diabolus,  therefore,  feared  the  Recorder  more  than  any 
that  was  left  alive  in  the  town  of  Mansoul,  because,  as  I  said, 
his  words  did  shake  the  whole  town ;  they  were  like  the 
rattling  thunder,  and  also  like  thunder-claps.  Since,  there- 
fore, the  giant  could  not  make  him  wholly  his  own,  what 
doth  he  do,  but  studies  all  that  he  could  to  debauch  the  old 
gentleman,  and  by  debauchery  to  stupify  his  mind,  and  more 
harden  his  heart  in  the  ways  of  vanity.  And  as  he  attempted, 
so  he  accomplished  his  design :  he  debauched  the  man,  and 
by  little  and  little,  so  drew  him  into  sin  and  wickedness,  that 
at  last,  he  was  not  only  debauched,  as  at  first,  and  so  by 
consequence  defiled,  but  was  almost  (at  last,  I  say)  past  all 
conscience  of  sin.  And  this  was  the  farthest  Diabolus  could 
go.  Wherefore  he  bethinks  him  of  another  project,  and  that 
was,  to  persuade  the  men  of  the  town  that  Mr.  Recorder  was 
mad,  and  so  not  to  be  regarded.     And  for  this  he  urged  his 


'_'S  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

fits,  and  said,  "  If  he  be  himself,  why  doth  he  not  do  thus 
always  !  But,"  quoth  he,  "  as  all  mad  folks  have  their  fits, 
ami  in  them  their  raving  language,  so  hath  this  old  and 
doating  gentleman." 

Tims,  by  one  means  or  another,  he  quickly  got  Mansoul 
to  slight,  neglect,  ami  despise  whatever  Mr.  Recorder  could 
say.  For,  besides  what  already  you  have  hoard,  Diabolus 
had  a  way  to  make  the  old  gentleman,  when  he  was  merry, 
unsay  and  deny  what  he,  in  his  fits,  had  affirmed.  And, 
indeed,  this  was  the  next  way  to  make  himself  ridiculous, 
and  to  cause  that  no  man  should  regard  him.  Also  now  he 
never  spake  freely  for  King  Shaddai,  but  always  by  force 
and  constraint.  Besides,  lie  would  at  one  time  be  hot  against 
that,  at  which,  at  another,  he  would  hold  his  peace;  so  un- 
even was  he  now  in  his  doings.  Sometimes  he  would  be 
as  if  fast  asleep,  and  again  sometimes  as  dead,  even  then 
when  the  whole  town  oi'  Mansoul  was  in  her  career  after 
vanity,  and  in  her  dance  after  the  oiant's  pipe. 

Wherefore,  sometimes  when  Mansoul  did  use  to  be  frighted 
with  the  thundering  voice  ol'  the  Recorder  that  was,  and 
when  they  did  tell  Diabolus  ol'  it,  he  would  answer,  that 
what  the  old  gentleman  said  was  neither  of  love  to  him  nor 
pity  to  them,  but  ol'  a  foolish  fondness  that  he  had,  to  be 
prating  :  and  so  would  hush,  still,  and  put  all  to  quiet  again. 
\ml  that  he  might  leave  no  argument  unurged  that  might 
tend  to  make  them  secure,  he  said,  and  said  it  often,  "  (> 
Mansoul !  consider  that,  notwithstanding  the  old  gentleman's 
rage,  and  the  rattle  ol'  his  high  and  thundering  words,  you 
hear  nothing  ol'  Shaddai  himself;"  when,  liar  and  deceiver 
that  he  was.  every  outcry  of  Mr.  Recorder  against  the  sin 
o(  Mansoul  was  the  voice  ol  God  in  him  to  them.  But  he 
goes  on,  and  says,  "You  see  that  he  values  not  the  loss, 
nor  rebellion  ol'  the  town  ol  Mansoul.  nor  will  he  trouble 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  29 

himself  with  calling  his  town  to  a  reckoning,  for  their  giving 
ihemselves  to  me.  He  knows  that  though  you  were  his, 
now  you  are  lawfully  mine ;  so  leaving  us  one  to  another, 
lie  now  hath  shaken  his  hands  of  us. 

"  Moreover,  O  Mansoul  !"  quoth  he,  "  consider  how  I 
have  served  you,  even  to  the  uttermost  of  my  power ;  and 
that  with  the  best  that  I  have,  could  get,  or  procure  for  you 
in  all  the  world :  besides,  I  dare  say,  that  the  laws  and  cus- 
toms that  you  now  are  under,  and  by  which  you  do  homage 
to  me,  do  yield  you  more  solace  and  content  than  did  thi 
paradise  that  at  first  you  possessed.  Your  liberty,  also,  as 
yourselves  do  very  well  know,  has  been  greatly  widened 
and  enlarged  by  me  ;  whereas  I  found  you  a  penned-up 
people.  I  have  not  laid  any  restraint  upon  you ;  you  have 
no  law,  statute,  or  judgment  of  mine  to  fright  you  ;  I  call 
none  of  you  to  account  for  your  doings,  except  the  madman 
—you  know  who  I  mean ;  I  have  granted  you  to  live,  each 
man  like  a  prince  in  his  own,  even  with  as  little  control 
from  me  as  I  myself  have  from  you." 

And  thus  would  Diabolus  hush  up  and  quiet  the  town  of 
Mansoul,  when  the  Recorder  that  was,  did  at  times  molest 
tbem  :  yea,  and  with  such  cursed  orations  as  these,  would 
set  the  whole  town  in  a  rage  and  fury  against  the  old  gen- 
tleman. Yea,  the  rascal  crew,  at  sometimes,  would  be  for 
destroying  him.  They  have  often  wished,  in  my  hearing, 
that  he  had  lived  a  thousand  miles  off  from  them :  his  com- 
pany, his  words,  yea,  the  sight  of  him,  and  especially  when 
they  remembered  how  in  old  times  he  did  use  to  threaten 
and  condemn  them,  (for  all  he  was  now  so  debauched,)  did 
terrify  and  afflict  them  sore. 

But  all  wishes  were  vain,  for  I  do  not  know  how,  unless 
by  the  power  of  Shaddai  and  his  wisdom,  he  was  preserved 
in  being  amongst  them.     Besides,  his  house  was  as  strong 

3* 


30  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

as  a  castle,  and  stood  hard  by  a  stronghold  of  the  town  , 
moreover,  if  at  any  time  any  of  the  crew  or  rabble  attempted 
to  make  him  away,  he  could  pull  up  the  sluices,  and  let  in 
such  floods  as  would  drown  all  round  about  him. 

But  to  leave  Mr.  Recorder,  and  to  come  to  my  Lord  WiU- 
bcwill,  another  of  the  gentry  of  the  famous  town  of  Mansoul. 
This  Willbewill  was  as  high  born  as  any  man  in  Mansoul, 
and  was  as  much,  if  not  more,  a  freeholder  than  many  of 
them  were  ;  besides,  if  I  remember  my  tale  aright,  he  had 
some  privileges  peculiar  to  himself  in  the  famous  town  of 
Mansoul.  Now,  together  with  these,  he  was  a  man  of  great 
strength,  resolution,  and  courage,  nor  in  his  occasion  could 
any  turn  him  away.  But  I  say,  whether  he  was  proud  of 
his  estate,  privileges,  strength,  or  what,  (but  sure  it  was 
through  pride  of  something,)  he  scorns  now  to  be  a  slave  in 
Mansoul ;  and  therefore  resolves  to  bear  office  under  Diabo- 
lus,  that  he  might  (such  an  one  as  he  was)  be  a  petty  ruler 
and  governor  in  Mansoul.  And,  headstrong  man  that  he 
was  !  thus  he  began  betimes  ;  for  this  man,  when  Diabolus 
did  make  his  oration  at  Ear-gate,  was  one  of  the  first  that 
was  for  consenting  to  his  words,  and  for  accepting  his  coun- 
sel as  wholesome,  and  that  was  for  the  opening  of  the  gate, 
and  for  letting  him  into  the  town  ;  wherefore  Diabolus  had  a 
kindness  for  him,  and  therefore  he  designed  for  him  a  place. 
And  perceiving  the  valour  and  stoutness  of  the  man,  he 
coveted  to  have  him  for  one  of  his  great  ones,  to  act  and  do 
in  matters  of  the  highest  concern. 

So  he  sent  for  him,  and  talked  with  him  of  that  secret 
matter  that  lay  in  his  breast,  but  there  needed  not  much 
persuasion  in  the  case.  For,  as  at  first,  he  was  willing  that 
Diabolus  should  be  let  into  the  town,  so  now  he  was  as 
willing  to  serve  him  there.  When  the  tyrant,  therefore, 
perceived  the  willingness  of  my  lord  to  serve  him,  and  that 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  31 

his  mind  stood  bending  that  way,  he  forthwith  made  him 
the  captain  of  the  casde,  governor  of  the  wall,  and  keeper  of 
the  gates  of  Mansoul ;  yea,  there  was  a  clause  in  his  com- 
mission, that  nothing  without  him  should  be  done  in  all  the 
town  of  Mansoul.  So  that  now,  next  to  Diabolus  himself, 
who,  but  my  Lord  "Willbewill,  in  all  the  town  of  Mansoul ! 
Nor  could  anything  now  be  done,  but  at  his  will  and  pleasure, 
throughout  the  town  of  Mansoul.  He  had  also  one  Mr.  Mind 
for  his  clerk,  a  man  to  speak  on,  every  way  like  his  master : 
for  he  and  his  lord  were  in  principle  one  :  and  in  practice  not 
far  asunder.  And  now  was  Mansoul  brought  under  to  pur- 
pose, and  made  to  fulfd  the  lusts  of  the  will  and  of  the  mind. 

But  it  will  not  out  of  my  thoughts,  what  a  desperate 
one  this  Willbewill  was,  when  power  was  put  into  his  hand. 
First,  he  flatly  denied  that  he  owed  any  suit  or  service  to  his 
former  prince  and  liege  lord.  This  done,  in  the  next  place 
he  took  an  oath,  and  sAvore  fidelity  to  his  great  Master 
Diabolus,  and  then,  being  stated  and  settled  in  his  places, 
offices,  advancements,  and  preferments,  oh !  you  cannot 
think,  unless  you  had  seen  it,  the  strange  work  that  this 
workman  made  in  the  town  of  Mansoul. 

First,  he  maligned  Mr.  Recorder  to  death  ;  he  would 
neither  endure  to  see  him,  nor  to  hear  the  words  of  his 
mouth  ;  he  would  shut  his  eyes  when  he  saw  him,  and  stop 
his  ears  when  he  heard  him  speak.  Also  he  could  not 
endure  that  so  much  as  a  fragment  of  the  law  of  Shaddai 
should  be  anywhere  seen  in  the  town.  For  example,  his 
clerk,  Mr.  Mind,  had  some  old,  rent,  and  torn  parchments  of 
the  law  of  good  Shaddai  in  his  house,  but  when  Willbewill 
saw  them,  he  cast  them  behind  his  back.  True,  Mr.  Re- 
corder had  some  of  the  laws  in  his  study  ;  but  my  lord  could 
by  no  means  come  at  them.  He  also  thought  and  said ,  that 
the  windows  oi'  my  old  Lord  Mayor's  house  were  always 


32  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

too  light  for  the  profit  of  the  town  of  Mansoul.  The  light 
of  a  candle  he  could  not  endure.  Now  nothing  at  all  pleased 
"Willbewill,  but  what  pleased  Diabolus  his  lord. 

There  was  none  like  him  to  trumpet  about  the  streets  the 
brave  nature,  the  wise  conduct,  and  great  glory  of  the  King 
Diabolus.  lie  Avould  range  and  rove  throughout  all  the  streets 
of  Mansoul  to  cry  up  his  illustrious  lord,  and  would  make 
himself  even  as  an  abject,  among  the  base  and  rascal  crew,  to 
cry  up  his  valiant  prince.  And,  I  say,  when  and  whereso- 
ever he  found  these  vassals,  he  would  even  make  himself  as 
one  of  them.  In  all  ill  courses,  he  would  act  without 
bidding,  and  do  mischief  without  commandment. 

The  Lord  Willbewill  also  had  a  deputy  under  him,  and 
his  name  was  Mr.  Affection,  one  that  was  also  greatly 
debauched  in  his  principles,  and  answerable  thereto  in  his 
life  :  he  was  wholly  given  to  the  flesh,  and  therefore  they 
called  him  Vile-Affection.  Now  there  was  he  and  one  Car- 
nal lust,  the  daughter  of  Mr.  Mind,  (like  to  like,)  that  fell  in 
love,  and  made  a  match,  and  were  married  ;  and,  as  I  take 
it,  they  had  several  children,  as  Impudent,  Blackmouth,  and 
Hate-Reproof.  And  besides  these  they  had  three  daughters, 
as  Scorn-Truth,  and  Slight-God,  and  the  name  of  the  youngest 
was  Revenge.  These  were  all  married  in  the  town,  and 
also  begot  and  yielded  many  bad  brats,  too  many  to  be  here 
inserted.     But,  to  pass  by  this. 

When  the  giant  had  thus  engarrisoned  himself  in  the  town 
of  Mansoul,  and  had  put  down  and  set  up  whom  he  thought 
good,  he  betakes  himself  to  defacing:  Now  there  was  in  the 
market-place  in  Mansoul,  and  also  upon  the  gates  of  the 
casde,  an  image  of  the  blessed  King  Shaddai.  This  image 
was  so  exactly  engraven,  (and  it  was  engraven  in  gold,)  that 
it  did  the  most  resemble  Shaddai  himself  of  anything  that 
then  was  extant  in  the  Avorld.     This  he  basely  commanded 


THE    HOI/tf    WAR.  33 

to  be  defaced,  and  it  was  as  basely  done  by  the  hand  of  Mr. 
No-Truth.  Now  you  must  know  that,  as  Diabolus  had 
commanded,  and  that  by  the  hand  of  Mr.  No-Truth  the 
image  of  Shaddai  was  defaced,  he  likewise  gave  order  that 
the  same  Mr.  No-Truth  should  set  up  in  its  stead  the  horrid 
and  formidable  image  of  Diabolus,  to  the  great  contempt  of 
the  former  King,  and  debasing  of  his  town  of  Mansoul. 

Moreover,  Diabolus  made  havoc  of  all  remains  of  the  laws 
and  statutes  of  Shaddai  that  could  be  found  in  the  town  of 
Mansoul ;  to  wit,  such  as  contained  either  the  doctrines  or 
morals,  with  all  civil  and  natural  documents.  Also  relative 
severities  he  sought  to  extinguish.  To  be  short,  there  was 
nothing  of  the  remains  of  good  in  Mansoul  which  he  and 
Willbewill  sought  not  to  destroy ;  for  their  designs  was  to 
turn  Mansoul  into  a  brute,  and  to  make  it  like  to  the  sensual 
sow,  by  the  hand  of  Mr.  No-Truth. 

When  he  had  destroyed  what  law  and  good  orders  he 
could,  then  further  to  effect  his  design,  namely,  to  alienate 
Mansoul  from  Shaddai  her  king,  he  commands,  and  they  set 
up  his  own  vain  edicts,  statutes  and  commandments,  in  all 
places  of  resort  or  concourse  in  Mansoul,  to  wit,  such  as 
gave  liberty  to  the  lusts  of  the  flesh,  the  lusts  of  the  eyes, 
and  the  pride  of  life,  which  are  not  of  Shaddai,  but  of  the 
world.  He  encouraged,  countenanced,  and  promoted  lasci- 
viousness  and  all  ungodliness  there.  Yea,  much  more  did 
Diabolus  to  encourage  wickedness  in  the  town  of  Mansoul ; 
he  promised  them  peace,  content,  joy,  and  bliss,  in  doing  his 
commands,  and  that  they  should  never  be  called  to  an  account 
for  their  not  doing  the  contrary.  And  let  this  serve  to  give 
a  taste  to  them  that  love  to  hear  tell  of  what  is  done,  beyond 
their  knowledge,  afar  off  in  other  countries. 

Now,  Mansoul  being  wholly  at  his  beck,  and  brought 
wholly  to  his  bow,  nothing  was  heard  or  seen  therein,  but 
that  which  tended  to  set  up  him. 


31  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

But  now  he  having  disabled  the  Lord  Mayor  and  Mr. 
Recorder  from  bearing  of  office  in  Mansoul,  and  seeing  that 
the  town,  before ,  he  came  to  it,  was  the  most  ancient  of 
corporations  in  the  world  ;  and  fearing,  if  he  did  not  main- 
tain greatness,  they  at  any  time  should  object  that  he  had 
clone  them  an  injury  ;  therefore,  I  say,  (that  they  might  see 
that  he  did  not  intend  to  lessen  their  grandeur,  or  to  take 
from  them  any  of  their  advantageous  things,)  he  did  choose 
for  them  a  Lord  Mayor  and  a  Recorder  himself,  and  such  as 
contented  them  at  the  heart,  and  such  also  as  pleased  him 
wondrous  well. 

The  name  of  the  Mayor,  that  was  of  Diabolus'  making, 
was  the  Lord  Lustings,  a  man  that  had  neither  eyes  nor 
ears.  All  that  he  did,  whether  as  a  man  or  an  officer,  he 
did  it  naturally,  as  doth  the  beast.  And  that  which  made 
him  yet  the  more  ignoble,  though  not  to  Mansoul,  yet  to 
them  that  beheld  and  were  grieved  for  its  ruin,  was,  that  he 
never  could  favour  good,  but  evil. 

The  Recorder  was  one  whose  name  was  Forget-Good, 
and  a  very  sorry  fellow  he  was.  He  could  remember  nothing 
but  mischief,  and  to  do  it  with  delight.  He  was  naturally 
prone  to  do  things  that  were  hurtful,  even  hurtful  to  the  town 
of  Mansoul,  and  to  all  the  dwellers  there.  These  two,  there- 
fore, by  their  power  and  practice,  examples  and  smiles  upon 
evil,  did  much  more  ground  and  settle  the  common  people 
in  hurtful  ways.  For  who  doth  not  perceive,  that  when 
those  that  sit  aloft  are  vile  and  corrupt  themselves,  they 
corrupt  the  whole  region  and  country  where  they  are  ? 

Besides  these,  Diabolus  made  several  burgesses  and  alder- 
men in  Mansoul,  out  of  whom,  the  town  when  it  needed, 
might  choose  them  officers,  governors,  and  magistrates.  And 
these  are  the  names  of  the  chief  of  them  :  Mr.  Incredulity, 
Mr.  Haughty,  Mr.  Swearing,  Mr.  Lewd,  Mr.  Hard-Heart, 
Mr.  Pitiless,  Mr.  Fury,  Mr.  No-Truth,  Mr.  Stand-to-Lies, 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  35 

Mr.  False-Peace,  Mr.  Drunkenness,  Mr.  Cheating,  Mr.  Athe- 
ism— thirteen  in  all.  Mr.  Incredulity  is  the  eldest,  and  Mr. 
Atheism  the  youngest  of  the  company. 

There  was  also  an  election  of  common  council-men  and 
others,  as  bailiffs,  Serjeants,  constables,  and  others  ;  but  all  of 
them  like  to  those  aforenamed,  being  either  fathers,  brothers, 
cousins,  or  nephews  to  them,  whose  names,  for  brevity's 
sake,  1  omit  to  mention. 

When  the  giant  had  thus  far  proceeded  in  his  work,  in  the 
next  place,  he  betook  him  to  build  some  strongholds  in  the 
town,  and  he  built  three  that  seemed  to  be  impregnable.  The 
first  he  called  the  Hold  of  Defiance,  because  it  was  made  to 
command  the  whole  town,  and  to  keep  it  from  the  knowledge 
of  its  ancient  King.  The  second  he  called  Midnight  Hold, 
because  it  was  built  on  purpose  to  keep  Mansoul  from  the 
true  knowledge  of  itself.  The  third  was  called  Sweet-Sin 
Hold,  because  by  that  he  fortified  Mansoul  against  all  desires 
of  good.  The  first  of  these  holds  stood  close  by  Eye-gate, 
that,  as  much  as  might  be,  light  might  be  darkened  there  ; 
the  second  was  built  hard  by  the  old  castle,  to  the  end  that 
that  might  be  made  more  blind,  if  possible ;  and  the  third 
stood  in  the  market-place. 

He  that  Diabolus  made  governor  over  the  first  of  these,  was 
one  Spite-God,  a  most  blasphemous  wretch  :  he  came  with 
the  whole  rabble  of  them  that  came  against  Mansoul  at 
first,  and  was  himself  one  of  themselves.  He  that  was  made 
the  governor  of  Midnight  Hold,  was  one  Love  no  Light :  he 
was  also  of  them  that  came  first  against  the  town.  And 
he  that  was  made  the  governor  of  the  hold,  called  Sweet-Sin 
Hold,  was  one  whose  name  was  Love-Flesh  :  he  was  also 
a  very  lewd  fellow,  but  not  of  that  country  where  the  others 
are  bound.  This  fellow  could  find  more  sweetness  when  he 
stood  sucking  of  a  lust,  than  he  did  in  all  the  paradise  of  God. 


30  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

And  now  Diabolus  thought  himself  safe.  He  had  taker 
Mansoul,  he  had  engarrisoned  himself  therein ;  lie  had  put 
down  the  old  officers,  and  had  set  up  new  ones ;  he  had 
defaced  the  image  of  Shaddai,  and  had  set  up  his  own ;  he 
had  spoiled  the  old  law  books  and  had  promoted  his  own 
vain  lies  ;  he  had  made  him  new  magistrates  and  set  up  new 
aldermen  ;  he  had  budded  him  new  holds  and  had  manned 
them  for  himself:  and  all  this  he  did  to  make  himself  secure, 
in  case  the  good  Shaddai,  or  his  Son,  should  come  to  make 
an  incursion  upon  him. 

Now  you  may  well  think,  that  long  before  this  time, 
word,  by  some  or  other,  could  not  but  be  carried  to  the 
good  King  Shaddai,  how  his  Mansoul,  in  the  continent  of 
Universe,  was  lost ;  and  that  the  runagate  giant  Diabolus, 
once  one  of  his  Majesty's  servants,  had,  in  rebellion  against 
the  King,  made  sure  thereof  for  himself.  Yea,  tidings  were 
carried  and  brought  to  the  King  thereof,  and  that  to  a  very 
circumstance. 

As,  first,  how  Diabolus  came  upon  Mansoul  (they  being 
a  simple  people  and  innocent)  with  craft,  subdety,  lies,  and 
guile.  Item,  that  he  had  treacherously  slain  the  right  noble 
and  valiant  captain,  their  Captain  Resistance,  as  he  stood 
upon  the  gate  with  the  rest  of  the  townsmen.  Item,  how 
my  brave  Lord  Innocent  fell  down  dead  (with  grief,  some 
say,  or  with  being  poisoned  with  the  stinking  breath  of  one 
Ill-Pause,  as  say  others)  at  the  hearing  of  his  just  lord  and 
rightful  prince  Shaddai,  so  abused  by  the  mouth  of  so  filthy 
a  Diabolian  as  that  varlet  Ill-Pause  was.  The  messenger 
further  told,  that  after  this  Ill-Pause  had  made  a  short  oration 
to  the  townsmen  in  behalf  of  Diabolus,  his  master,  the  sim- 
ple town,  believing  that  what  was  said  was  true,  with  one 
consent  did  open  Ear-gate,  the  chief  gate  of  the  corporation, 
and  did  let  him,  with  his  crew,  into  a  possession  of  the 


THE   HOLY    WAR.  37 

famous  town  of  Mansoul.  He  further  showed  how  Diabo- 
lus  had  served  the  Lord  Mayor  and  Mr.  Recorder,  to  wit, 
that  he  had  put  them  from  all  place  of  power  and  trust. 
Item,  he  showed  also  that  my  Lord  Willbewill  was  turned  a 
very  rebel  and  runagate,  and  that  so  was  one  Mr.  Mind,  his 
clerk  ;  and  that  they  two  did  range  and  revel  it  all  the  town 
over,  and  teach  the  wicked  ones  their  ways.  He  said, 
moreover,  that  this  Willbewill  was  put  into  great  trust,  and 
particularly,  that  Diabolus  had  put  into  Willbewill' s  hand  all 
the  strong  places  in  Mansoul ;  and  that  Mr.  Affection  was 
made  my  Lord  Willbewill's  deputy,  in  his  most  rebellious 
affairs.  "  Yea,"  said  the  messenger,  "  this  monster,  Lord 
Willbewill,  has  openly  disavowed  his  King  Shaddai,  and 
hath  horribly  given  his  faith  and  plighted  his  troth  to 
Diabolus. 

"Also,"  said  the  messenger,  "besides  all  this,  the  new 
king,  or  rather  rebellious  tyrant,  over  the  once  famous,  but 
now  perishing  town  of  Mansoul,  has  set  up  a  Lord  Mayor 
and  a  Recorder  of  his  own.  For  Mayor,  he  has  set  up  one 
Mr.  Lustings  ;  and  for  Recorder,  Mr.  Forget-Good  ;  two  of 
the  vilest  of  all  the  town  of  Mansoul."  This  faithful  mes- 
senger also  proceeded,  and  told  what  a  sort  of  new  burgesses 
Diabolus  had  made ;  also  that  he  had  built  several  strong 
forts,  towers,  and  strong  holds  in  Mansoul.  He  told,  too, 
the  which  I  had  almost  forgot,  how  Diabolus  had  put  the 
town  of  Mansoul  into  arms,  the  better  to  capacitate  them, 
on  his  behalf,  to  make  resistance  against  Shaddai  their  King, 
should  he  come  to  reduce  them  to  their  former  obedience. 

Now,  this  tidings-teller  did  not  deliver  his  relation  of 
things  in  private,  but  in  open  court ;  the  King  and  his  Son, 
high  lords,  chief  captains,  and  nobles,  being  all  there  present 
to  bear.  But  by  that  they  had  heard  the  whole  of  the  story, 
it  would  have  amazed  one  to  have  seen,  had  he  been  there 

4 


38  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

to  behold  it,  what  sorrow  and  grief,  and  compunction  of 
spirit,  there  was  among  all  sorts,  to  think  that  famous  Man- 
soul  was  now  taken  :  only  the  King  and  his  Son  foresaw 
all  this,  long  before,  yea,  and  sufficiently  provided  for  the 
relief  of  Mansoul,  though  they  told  not  every  body  thereof. 
Yet,  because  they  also  would  have  their  share  in  condoling 
of  the  misery  of  Mansoul,  therefore  they  also  did,  and  that 
at  a  rate  of  the  highest  degree,  bewail  the  losing  of  Mansoul. 
The  King  said  plainly,  that  it  grieved  him  at  the  heart,  and 
you  may  be  sure  that  his  Son  was  not  a  whit  behind  him. 
Thus  gave  they  conviction  to  all  about  them,  that  they  had 
love   and   compassion   for  the  famous   town  of  Mansoul. 
Well,  when  the  King  and  his  Son  were  retired  into  the 
privy  chamber,  there  they  again  consulted  about  what  they 
had  desisnied  before,  to  wit,  that  as  Mansoul  should  in  time 
be  suffered  to  be  lost,  so  as  certainly  it  should  be  recovered 
again  ;  recovered,  I  say,  in  such  a  way,  as  that  both  the 
Kinor  and  his  Son  would  get  themselves  eternal  fame  and 
glory  thereby.     Wherefore,  after  this  consult,  the  Son  of 
Shaddai,  (a  sweet  and  comely  Person,  and  one  that  had 
always  great  affection  for  those  that  were  in  affliction,  but 
one  that  had  mortal  enmity  in  his  heart  against  Diabolus, 
because  he  was  designed  for  it,  and  because  he  sought  his 
crown  and  dignity) — this   Son  of  Shaddai,  I  say,  having 
stricken  hands  with  his  Father,  and  promised  that  he  would 
be  his  servant  to  recover  his  Mansoul  again,  stood  by  his 
resolution,  nor  would  he  repent  of  the  same.     The  purport 
of  which  agreement  was  this  :  to  wit,  that  at  a  certain  time, 
prefixed  by  both,  the  King's  Son  should  take  a  journey  into 
the  country  of  Universe,  and  there,  in  a  way  of  justice  and 
equity,  by  making  amends  for  the  follies  of  Mansoul,  he 
should  lay  a  foundation  of  her  perfect  deliverance  from  Dia- 
bolus and  from  his  tyranny. 


THE    HOLY    AVAR.  39 

Moreover,  Emmanuel  resolved  to  make,  at  a  time  con- 
venient, a  war  upon  the  giant  Diabolus,  even  while  he  was 
possessed  of  the  town  of  Mansoul ;  and  that  he  would 
fairly,  by  strength  of  hand,  drive  him  out  of  his  hold,  his 
nest,  and  take  it  to  himself  to  be  his  habitation. 

This  now  being  resolved  upon,  order  was  given  to  the 
Lord  Chief  Secretary,  to  draw  up  a  fair  record  of  what  was 
determined,  and  to  cause  that  it  should  be  published  in  all 
the  corners  of  the  kingdom  of  Universe.  A  short  breviat 
of  the  contents  thereof  you  may,  if  you  please,  take  here 
as  follows : 

"  Let  all  men  know,  who  are  concerned,  that  the  Son  of 
Shaddai,  the  grea't  King,  is  engaged  by  covenant  to  his 
Father  to  bring  Mansoul  to  him  again ;  yea,  and  to  put 
Mansoul,  through  the  power  of  his  matchless  love,  into  a 
far  better  and  more  happy  condition,  than  it  was  in  before  it 
was  taken  by  Diabolus." 

These  papers,  therefore,  were  published  in  several  places, 
to  the  no  litde  molestation  of  the  tyrant  Diabolus ;  "  for 
now,"  thought  he,  "  I  shall  be  molested,  and  my  habitation 
will  be  taken  from  me." 

But  when  this  matter,  I  mean  this  purpose  of  the  King 
and  his  Son,  did  at  first  take  air  at  court,  who  can  tell  how 
the  high  lords,  chief  captains,  and  noble  princes  that  were 
there,  were  taken  with  the  business  !  First,  they  whispered 
it  to  one  another,  and  after  that  it  began  to  ring  out  through 
the  King's  palace,  all  wondering  at  the  glorious  design  that 
between  the  King  and  his  Son,  was  on  foot  for  the  miserable 
town  of  Mansoul.  Yea,  the  courtiers  could  scarce  do  any- 
thing either  for  the  King  or  kingdom,  but  they  would  mix, 
with  the  doing  thereof,  a  noise  of  the  love  of  the  King  and 
his  Son,  that  they  had  for  the  town  of  Mansoul. 

Nor  could  tlie.se  lords,  high  captains,  and  princes  be  con- 


40  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

tent  to  keep  this  news  at  court ;  yea,  before  the  records 
thereof  were  perfected,  themselves  came  down  and  told  it 
in  Universe.  At  last  it  came  to  the  ears,  as  I  said,  of 
Diabolus,  to  his  no  little  discontent ;  for  you  must  think  it 
would  perplex  him,  to  hear  of  such  a  design  against  him. 
Well,  but  after  a  few  casts  in  his  mind,  he  concluded  upon 
these  four  things. 

First,  That  this  news,  these  good  tidings,  (if  possible,) 
should  be  kept  from  the  ears  of  the  town  of  Mansoul ; 
"  for,"  said  he,  "  if  they  should  once  come  to  the  know- 
ledge that  Shaddai,  their  former  King,  and  Emmanuel  his 
Son,  are  contriving  good  for  the  town  of  Mansoul,  what  can 
be  expected  by  me,  but  that  Mansoul  will  make  a  revolt  from 
under  my  hand  and  government,  and  return  again  to  him  ?" 

Now,  to  accomplish  this  his  design,  he  renews  his  flattery 
with  my  Lord  Willbewill,  and  also  gives  him  strict  charge 
and  command,  that  he  should  keep  watch,  by  day  and  by 
night,  at  all  the  gates  of  the  town,  especially  Ear-gate  and 
Eye-gate  ;  "  for  I  hear  of  a  design,"  quoth  he,  "  a  design  to 
make  us  all  traitors,  and  that  Mansoul  must  be  reduced  to  its 
first  bondage  again.  I  hope  they  are  but  flying  stories," 
quoth  he ;  "  however,  let  no  such  news  by  any  means  be 
let  into  Mansoul,  lest  the  people  be  dejected  thereat.  I  think, 
my  lord,  it  can  be  no  welcome  news  lo  you ;  I  am  sure  it  is 
none  to  me  :  and  I  think  that,  at  this  time,  it  should  be  all 
our  wisdom  and  care  to  nip  the  head  of  all  such  rumours,  as 
shall  tend  to  trouble  our  people.  Wherefore  I  desire,  my 
lord,  that  you  will,  in  this  matter,  do  as  I  say.  Let  there 
b^  strong  guards  daily  kept  at  every  gate  of  the  town.  Stop 
also  and  examine  from  whence  such  come,  that  you  perceive 
do  from  far  come  hither  to  trade,  nor  let  them  by  any  means 
be  admitted  into  Mansoul,  unless  you  shall  plainly  perceive 
♦hat  they  are  favourers  of  our  excellent  government.   I  com- 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  41 

mand,  moreover,"  said  Diabolus,  "  that  there  be  spies  con- 
tinually walking  up  and  down  the  town  of  Mansoul,  and  ltt 
them  have  power  to  suppress  and  destroy  any  that  they 
shall  perceive  to  be  plotting  against  us,  or  that  shah  prate  of 
what  by  Shaddai  and  Emmanuel  is  intended." 

This,  therefore,  was  accordingly  done  ;  my  Lord  Willbe- 
will  hearkened  to  his  Lord  and  master,  went  willingly  after 
the  commandment,  and,  with  all  the  diligence  he  could,  kept 
any  that  would,  from  going  out  abroad,  or  that  sought  to 
bring  these  tidings  to  Mansoul,  from  coming  into  the  town. 

Secondly,  this  done,  in  the  next  place,  Diabolus,  that  he 
micht  make  Mansoul  as  sure  as  he  could,  frames  and  im- 
poses  a  new  oath  and  horrible  covenant  upon  the  townsfolk : 
— To  wit,  that  they  should  never  desert  him  nor  his  gov- 
ernment, nor  yet  betray  him  nor  seek  to  alter  his  laws  ;  but 
that  they  should  own,  confess,  stand  by,  and  acknowledge 
him  for  their  rightful  king,  in  defiance  to  any  that  do  or  here- 
after shall,  by  any  pretence,  law,  or  title  whatever,  lay  claim 
to  the  town  of  Mansoul ;  thinking,  belike,  that  Shaddai  had 
not  power  to  absolve  them  from  this  covenant  with  death  and 
agreement  with  hell.  Nor  did  the  silly  Mansoul  stick  or 
boggle  at  all  at  this  most  monstrous  engagement ;  but,  as  if 
it  had  been  a  sprat  in  the  mouth  of  a  whale,  they  swallowed 
it  without  any  chewing.  Were  they  troubled  at  it  ?  Nay, 
they  rather  bragged  and  boasted  of  their  so  brave  fidelity  to 
the  tyrant,  their  pretended  king,  swearing  that  they  would 
never  be  chans<-elin<rs,  nor  forsake  their  old  lord  for  a  new. 
Thus  did  Diabolus  tie  poor  Mansoul  fast. 

Thirdly,  jealousy,  that  never  thinks  itself  strong  enough, 
put  him,  in  the  next  place,  upon  another  exploit,  which  was 
yet  more,  if  possible,  to  debauch  this  town  of  Mansoul. 
Wherefore  he  caused,  by  the  hand  of  one  Mr.  Filth,  an 
odious,  nasty,  lascivious  piece  of  beastliness  to  be  drawn  up 

4* 


42  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

in  writing,  and  to  be  set  upon  the  castle  gates ;  whereby  he 
granted  and  gave  license  to  all  his  true  and  trusty  sons  in 
Mansoul  to  do  whatsoever  their  lustful  appetites  prompted 
them  to  do ;  and  that  no  man  was  to  let,  hinder,  or  control 
them,  upon  pain  of  incurring  the  displeasure  of  their  prince. 
Now,  this  he  did  for  these  reasons : 

1.  That  the  town  of  Mansoul  might  be  yet  made  weaker 
and  weaker,  and  so  more  unable,  should  tidings  come,  that 
their  redemption  was  designed,  to  believe,  hope,  or  consent 
to  the  truth  thereof;  for  reason  says,  The  bigger  the  sinner, 
the  less  grounds  of  hopes  of  mercy. 

2.  The  second  reason  was,  if  perhaps  Emmanuel,  the 
Son  of  Shaddai  their  King,  by  seeing  the  horrible  and  pro- 
fane doings  of  the  town  of  Mansoul,  might  repent  (though 
entered  into  a  covenant  of  redeeming  them)  of  pursuing  that 
covenant  of  their  redemption  ;  for  he  knew  that  Shaddai 
was  holy,  and  that  his  Son  Emmanuel  was  holy ;  yea,  he 
knew  it  by  woful  experience,  for,  for  his  iniquity  and  sin, 
was  Diabolus  cast  from  the  highest  orbs.  Wherefore  what 
more  rational  than  for  him  to  conclude  that  thus,  for  sin,  it 
might  fare  with  Mansoul  ?  But  fearing  also  lest  this  knot 
should  break,  he  bethinks  himself  of  another,  to  wit  : 

Fourthly,  to  endeavour  to  possess  all  hearts  in  the  town 
of  Mansoul,  that  Shaddai  was  raising  an  army,  to  come  to 
overthrow  and  utterly  to  destroy  this  town  of  Mansoul. 
And  this  he  did  to  forestall  any  tidings  that  might  come  to 
their  ears  of  their  deliverance  ;  "  for,"  thought  he,  "  if  I  first 
bruit  this,  the  tidings  that  shall  come  after,  will  all  be  swal- 
lowed up  of  this  ;  for  what  else  will  Mansoul  say,  when 
they  shall  hear  that  they  must  be  delivered,  but  that  the  true 
meaning  is,  Shaddai  intends  to  destroy  them?"  Wherefore 
he  summons  the  whole  town  into  the  market-place,  and  there, 
with  deceitful  tongue,  thus  he  addresses  himself  unto  them  : 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  43 

"  Gentlemen,  and  my  very  good  friends,  yon  are  all,  as  you 
know,  my  legal  subjects,  and  men  of  the  famous  town  of 
Mansoul.  You  know  how,  from  the  first  day  that  I  have 
been  with  you,  until  now,  I  have  behaved  myself  among  you, 
and  what  liberty  and  great  privileges  you  have  enjoyed  under 
my  government,  I  hope  to  your  honour  and  mine,  and  also 
to  your  content  and  delight.  Now,  my  famous  Mansoul,  a 
noise  of  trouble  there  is  abroad,  of  trouble  to  the  town  of 
Mansoul ;  sorry  I  am  thereof  for  your  sakes  :  for  I  received 
but  now,  by  the  post  from  my  Lord  Lucifer,  (and  he  useth  to 
have  good  intelligence,)  that  your  old  King  Shaddai  is  raising 
an  army  to  come  against  you,  to  destroy  you  root  and  branch  ; 
and  this,  O  Mansoul,  is  now  the  cause,  that  at  this  time,  I 
have  called  you  together ;  namely,  to  advise  what,  in  this 
juncture,  is  best  to  be  done.  For  my  part,  I  am  but  one,  and 
can  with  ease  shift  for  myself,  did  I  list  to  seek  my  own  ease, 
and  to  leave  my  Mansoul  in  all  the  danger ;  but  my  heart  is 
so  firmly  united  to  you,  and  so  unwilling  am  I  to  leave  you, 
that  I  am  willing  to  stand  and  fall  with  you,  to  the  utmost 
hazard  that  shall  befall  me.  What  say  you,  O  my  Mansoul  1 
Will  you  now  desert  your  old  friend,  or  do  you  think  of 
standing  by  me  ?"  Then,  as  one  man,  with  one  mouth, 
they  cried  out  together,  "  Let  him  die  the  death  that  will 
not." 

Then  said  Diabolus  again,"  it  is  in  vain  for  us  to  hope  for 
quarter,  for  this  king  knows  not  how  to  show  it.  True, 
perhaps,  he,  at  his  first  sitting  down  before  us,  will  talk  of 
and  pretend  to  mercy,  that  thereby  with  the  more  ease,  and 
less  trouble,  he  may  again  make  himself  the  master  of  Man- 
soul. Whatever,  therefore,  he  shall  say,  believe  not  one 
syllable  or  tittle  of  it ;  for  all  such  language  is  but  to  over- 
come us,  and  to  make  us,  while  we  Avallow  in  our  blood,  the 
trophies  of  his  merciless  victory.     My  mind  is,  therefore, 


44  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

that  we  resolve,  to  the  last  man,  to  resist  him,  and  not  to 
believe  him  upon  any  terms  ;  for  in  at  that  door  will  come 
our  danger.  But  shall  we  be  flattered  out  of  our  lives  ?  I 
hope  you  know  more  of  the  rudiments  of  politics,  than  to 
sutler  yourselves  so  pitifully  to  be  served. 

"  But  suppose  he  should,  if  he  get  us  to  yield,  save  some 
of  our  lives,  or  the  lives  of  some  of  them  that  are  underlings 
in  Mansoul,  what  help  will  that  be  to  you  that  are  the  chief 
of  the  town,  especially  you,  whom  I  have  set  up,  and  whose 
greatness  has  been  procured  by  you  through  your  faithful 
sticking  to  me  1  And  suppose,  again,  that  he  should  give 
quarter  to  every  one  of  you,  be  sure  he  will  bring  you  into 
that  bondage,  under  which  you  were  captivated  before,  or  a 
worse,  and  then  what  good  will  your  lives  do  you  ?  Shall 
you  with  him  live  in  pleasure,  as  you  do  now  ?  No,  no  ; 
you  must  be  bound  by  laws  that  will  pinch  you,  and  be  made 
to  do  that  which  at  present  is  hateful  to  you.  I  am  for  you, 
if  you  are  for  me  ;  and  it  is  better  to  die  valiantly  than  to 
live  like  pitiful  slaves.  But,  I  say  the  life  of  a  slave  will  be 
counted  a  life  too  good  for  Mansoul  now.  Blood,  blood, 
nothing  but  blood,  is  in  every  blast  of  Shaddai's  trumpet 
against  poor  Mansoul  now.  Pray,  be  concerned  ;  I  hear  he 
is  coming.  Up,  and  stand  to  your  arms,  that  now  while  you 
have  any  leisure,  I  may  teach  you  some  feats  of  war.  Aimour 
for  you  I  have,  and  by  me  it  is  ;  yea,  and  it  is  surficient  for 
Mansoul  from  top  to  toe  ;  nor  can  you  be  hurt  by  what  his 
force  can  do,  if  you  shall  keep  it  well  girt  and  fastened  about 
you.  Come,  therefore,  to  my  castle,  and  welcome,  and 
harnass  yourselves  for  the  war.  There  is  helmet,  breast- 
plate, sword,  and  shield,  and  what  not  that  will  make  you 
fi^ht  like  men. 

1 .  "  My  helmet,  otherwise  called  an  head-piece,  is  hope 
of  doing  well  at  last,  what  lives  soever  you  live.     This  is 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  45 

that  which  they  had  who  said,  that  they  should  have  peace, 
though  thev  walked  in  the  wickedness  of  their  heart,  to  add 
drunkeness  to  thirst.  A  piece  of  approved  armour  this  is, 
and  whoever  has  it,  and  can  hold  it,  so  long  no  arrow,  dart, 
sword,  or  shield  can  hurt  him.  This,  therefore  keep  on,  and 
thou  wilt  keep  off  many  a  blow,  my  Mansoul. 

"  2.  My  breastplate  is  a  breastplate  of  iron.  I  had  it  forged 
in  mine  own  country,  and  all  my  soldiers  are  armed  there- 
with. In  plain  language,  it  is  a  hard  heart,  a  heart  as  hard 
as  iron,  and  as  much  past  feeling  as  a  stone  ;  the  which  if  you 
get  and  keep,  neither  mercy  shall  win  you,  nor  judgment 
fright  you.  This,  therefore,  is  a  piece  of  armour,  most 
necessary  for  all  to  put  on,  that  hate  Shaddai,  and  that  would 
fight  against  him  under  my  banner. 

"  3.  My  sword  is  a  tongue  that  is  set  on  fire  of  hell,  and 
that  can  bend  itself  to  speak  evil  of  Shaddai,  his  Son,  his 
ways,  and  people.  Use  this  ;  it  has  been  tried  a  thousand 
times  twice  told.  Whoever  hath  it,  keeps  it,  and  makes  that 
use  of  it  as  I  would  have  him,  can  never  be  conquered  by 
mine  enemy. 

"  4.  My  shield  is  unbelief,  or  calling  into  question  the 
truth  of  the  word,  or  all  the  sayings  that  speak  of  the  judg- 
ment that  Shaddai  has  appointed  for  wicked  men.  Use  this 
shield  :  many  attempts  he  has  made  upon  it,  and  sometimes, 
it  is  true,  it  has  been  bruised ;  but  they  that  have  writ  of  the 
wars  of  Emanuel  against  my  servants,  have  testified  that  he 
could  do  no  mighty  work  there,  because  of  their  unbelief. 
Now,  to  handle  this  weapon  of  mine  aright,  it  is  not  to  be- 
lieve things,  because  they  are  true,  of  what  sort  or  by  whom- 
soever asserted.  If  he  speaks  of  judgment,  care  not  for  it; 
if  he  speaks  of  mercy,  care  not  for  it ;  if  he  promises,  if  he 
swears  that  he  would  do  to  Mansoul,  if  it  turns,  no  hurt,  but 
good,  regard  not  what  is  said,  question  the  truth  of  all,  for  it 


46  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

is  to  wield  the  shield  of  unbelief  aright,  and  as  my  servants 
ought  and  do  ;  and  he  that  doth  otherwise,  loves  me  not,  nor 
do  I  count  him  but  an  enemy  to  me. 

"  5.  Another  part  or  piece,"  said  Diabolus,  "  of  mine 
excellent  armour,  is  a  dumb,  and  prayerless  spirit,  a  spirit 
that  scorns  to  cry  for  mercy :  wherefore  be  you,  my  Man- 
soul,  sure  that  you  make  use  of  this.  What !  cry  for  quarter  ! 
Never  do  that,  if  you  would  be  mine.  I  .know  you  are  stout 
men,  and  am  sure  that  I  have  clad  you  with  that  which  is 
armour  of  proof.  Wherefore,  to  cry  to  Shaddai  for  mercy,  let 
that  be  far  from  you.  Besides  all  this,  I  have  a  maul,  fire- 
brands, arrows,  and  death,  all  good  hand-weapons,  and  such 
as  will  do  execution." 

After  he  had  thus  furnished  his  men  with  armour  and 
arms,  he  addressed  himself  to  them  in  such  like  words  as 
these  : — "  Remember,"  quoth  he,  "  that  I  am  your  rightful 
king,  and  that  you  have  taken  an  oath  and  entered  into  cove- 
nant to  be  true  to  me  and  my  cause  :  I  say,  remember  this, 
and  show  yourselves  stout  and  valiant  men  of  Mansoul. 
Remember  also  the  kindness  that  I  have  always  showed  to 
you,  and  that,  without  your  petition,  I  have  granted  to  you 
external  things ;  wherefore  the  privileges,  grants,  immu- 
nities, profits,  and  honours  wherewith  I  have  endowed  you, 
do  call  for,  at  your  hands,  returns  of  loyalty,  my  lion-like 
men  of  Mansoul :  and  when  so  fit  a  time  to  show  it,  as  when 
another  shall  seek  to  take  my  dominion  over  you  into  his 
own  hands  ?  One  word  more,  and  I  have  done.  Can  we 
but  stand,  and  overcome  this  one  shock  or  brunt,  I  doubt  not, 
but  in  little  time,  all  the  world  will  be  ours  ;  and  when  that 
day  comes,  my  true  hearts,  I  will  make  you  kings,  princes, 
and  captains,  and  what  brave  days  shall  we  have  then  !•" 

Diabolus,  having  thus  armed  and  forearmed  his  servants 
and  vassals  in  Mansoul  against  their  good  and  lawful  King 


HE    HOLY   WAR.  47 

"Shaddai,  in  the  next  place,  he  doubleth  his  guards  at  the 
gates  of  the  town,  and  lie  takes  himself  to  the  castle,  which 
was  his  stronghold.  His  vassals  also,  to  show  their  wills, 
and  supposed  (but  ignoble)  gallantry,  exercise  themselves  in 
their  arms  every  day,  and  teach  one  another  feats  of  war : 
they  also  defied  their  enemies,  and  sang  up  the  praises  of 
their  tyrant :  they  threatened  also,  what  men  they  would  be, 
if  ever  things  should  rise  so  high  as  a  war  between  Shaddai 
and  their  king. 

Now,  all  this  time,  the  good  King,  the  King  Shaddai,  was 
preparing  to  send  an  army  to  recover  the  town  of  Mansoul 
again,  from  under  the  tyranny  of  their  pretended  King,  Dia- 
bolus ;  but  he  thought  good  at  first  not  to  send  them  by  the 
hand  and  conduct  of  brave  Emmanuel,  his  Son,  but  under 
the  hand  of  some  of  his  servants,  to  see  first,  by  them,  the 
temper  of  Mansoul,  and  whether  by  them  they  would  be 
won  to  the  obedience  of  their  King.  The  army  consisted 
of  above  forty  thousand,  all  true  men,  for  they  came  from 
the  King's  own  court,  and  were  those  of  his  own  choosing. 

They  came  up  to  Mansoul  under  the  conduct  of  four  stout 
generals,  each  man  being  a  captain  of  ten  thousand  men,  and 
these  are  their  names  and  their  ensigns.  The  name  of  the 
first  was  Boanerges,  the  name  of  the  second  was  Captain 
Conviction,  the  name  of  the  third  was  Captain  Judgment, 
and  the  name  of  the  fourth  was  Captain  Execution.  These 
w,ere  the  captains  that  Shaddai  sent  to  regain  Mansoul. 

These  four  captains,  as  was  said,  the  King  thought  fit,  in 
the  first  place,  to  send  to  Mansoul,  to  make  an  attempt  upon 
it ;  for  indeed  generally,  in  all  his  wars,  he  did  use  to  send 
these  four  captains  in  the  van,  for  they  were  very  stout  and 
rough-hewn  men,  men  that  were  fit  to  break  the  ice,  and  to 
make  their  way  by  dint  of  sword,  and  their  men  were  liko 
themselves. 


48  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

To  each  of  these  captains  the  King  gave  a  banner,  that  it 
might  be  displayed,  because  of  the  goodness  of  his  cause, 
and  because  of  the  right  that  he  had  to  Mansoul. 

First,  to  Captain  Boanerges,  for  he  was  the  chief,  to  him, 
I  say,  were  given  ten  thousand  men.  His  ensign  was  Mr. 
Thunder ;  he  bare  the  black  colours,  and  his  scutcheon 
was,  the  three  burning  thunderbolts. 

The  second  captain,  was  Captain  Conviction  ;  to  him  also 
were  given  ten  thousand  men.  His  ensign's  name  was  Mr. 
Sorrow  ;  he  did  bear  the  pale  colours,  and  his  scutcheon 
was  the  book  of  the  law  wide  open,  from  whence  issued  a 
flame  of  fire. 

The  third  captain,  was  Captain  Judgment  ;  to  him  were 
given  ten  thousand  men.  His  ensign's  name  was  Mr. 
Terror ;  he  bare  the  red  colours,  and  his  scutcheon  was  a 
burning  fiery  furnace. 

The  fourth  captain,  was  Captain  Execution  ;  to  him  were 
given  ten  thousand  men.  His  ensign  was  one  Mr.  Justice  ; 
he  also  bare  the  red  colours,  and  his  scutcheon  was  a  fruit- 
less tree,  with  an  axe  lying  at  the  root  thereof. 

These  four  captains,  as  I  said,  had  every  one  of  them, 
under  his  command,  ten  thousand  men,  all  of  good  fidelity 
to  the  King,  and  stout  at  their  military  actions. 

Well,  the  captains  and  their  forces,  their  men  and  under 
officers,  being  had  upon  a  day  by  Shaddai  into  the  field,  and 
there  called  all  over  bv  their  names,  were  then  and  there 
put  into  such  harness  as  became  their  degree,  and  that 
service  which  now  they  were  going  about  for  their  King. 

Now,  when  the  King  had  mustered  his  forces,  (for  it  is 
he  that  mustereth  the  host  to  the  battle,)  he  gave  unto  the 
captains  their  several  commissions,  with  charge  and  com- 
mandment, in  the  audience  of  all  the  soldiers,  that  they 
should  take  heed   faithfully  and   courageously  to  do  and 


THE    HOLY   WAR.  49 

execute  the  same.  Their  commissions  were,  for  the  sub- 
stance of  them,  the  same  in  form,  though,  as  to  name,  title, 
place,  and  degree  of  the  captains,  there  might  be  some,  but 
very  small  variation.  And  here  let  me  give  you  an  account 
of  the  matter  and  sum  contained  in  their  commission. 

A  Commission  from  the  great  Shaddai,  King  of  Man- 
soul,  to  his  trusty  and  noble  Captain,  the  Captain 
Boanerges,  for  his  making  War  upon  the  town  of 
Mansoul. 

"O,  thou  Boanerges,  one  of  my  stout  and  thundering 
captains  over  one  ten  thousand  of  my  valiant  and  faithful 
servants,  go  thou  in  my  name,  with  this  thy  force,  to  the 
miserable  town  of  Mansoul ;  and  when  thou  comest  thither, 
offer  them  first  conditions  of  peace  ;  and  command  them 
that,  casting  off  the  yoke  and  tyranny  of  the  wicked  Dia- 
bolus,  they  return  to  me,  their  rightful  Prince  and  Lord. 
Command  them  also,  that  they  cleanse  themselves  from  all 
that  is  his  in  the  town  of  Mansoul,  and  look  to  thyself,  that 
thou  hast  good  satisfaction  touching  the  truth  of  their  obe- 
dience. Thus,  when  thou  hast  commanded  them,  (if  they 
in  truth  submit  thereto,)  then  do  thou,  to  the  uttermost  of 
thy  power,  what  in  thee  lies  to  set  up  for  me  a  garrison  in 
the  famous  town  of  Mansoul :  nor  do  thou  hurt  the  least 
native  that  moveth  or  breatheth  therein,  if  they  will  submit 
themselves  to  me,  but  treat  thou  such  as  if  they  were  thy 
friends  or  brothers  ;  for  all  such  I  love,  and  they  shall  lie 
dear  unto  me  ;  and  tell  them,  that  I  will  take  a  time  to  come 
unto  them,  and  to  let  them  know  that  I  am  merciful. 

"  But  if  they  shall,  notwithstanding  thy  summons  and  the 
producing  of  thy  authority,  resist,  stand  out  against  thee, 
and  rebel,  then  do  I  command  thee  to  make  use  of  all  thy 
5 


50  THE    HOLY   WAR. 

cunning  power,  might  and  force,  to  bring  them  under  by 
strength  of  hand.     Farewell." 

Thus  you  see  the  sum  of  their  commissions ;  for,  as  I 
said  before,  for  the  substance  of  them,  they  were  the  same 
that  the  rest  of  the  noble  captains  had. 

Wherefore  they,  having  received  each  commander  his 
authority  at  the  hand  of  their  King,  the  day  being  appointed, 
and  the  place  of  their  rendezvous  prefixed,  each  commander 
appeared  in  such  gallantry  as  became  his  cause  and  calling. 
So,  after  new  entertainment  from  Shaddai,  with  flying 
colours,  they  set  forward  to  march  towards  the  famous 
town  of  Mansoul.  Captain  Boanerges  led  the  van,  Captain 
Conviction  and  Captain  Judgment  made  up  the  main  body, 
and  Captain  Execution  brought  up  the  rear.  They  then, 
having  a  great  way  to  go,  (for  the  town  of  Mansoul  was  far 
off  from  the  court  of  Shaddai,)  marched  through  the  regions 
and  countries  of  many  people,  not  hurting  or  abusing  any, 
but  blessing  wherever  they  came.  They  also  lived  upon 
the  King's  cost,  in  all  the  way  they  went. 

Having  travelled  thus  for  many  days,  at  last  they  came 
within  sight  of  Mansoul ;  the  which  when  they  saw,  the 
captains  could,  for  their  hearts,  do  no  less,  than  for  a  while 
bewail  the  condition  of  the  town ;  for  they  quickly  saw, 
how  that  it  was  prostrate  to  the  will  of  Diabolus,  and  to  his 
ways  and  designs. 

Well,  to  be  short,  the  captains  come  up  before  the  town, 
march  up  to  Ear-gate,  sit  down  there,  (for  that  was  the  place 
of  hearing.)  So,  when  they  had  pitched  their  tents  and  en- 
trenched themselves,  they  addressed  themselves  to  make 
their  assault. 

Now  the  townsfolk  at  first,  beholding  so  gallant  a  com- 
pany, so  bravely  accoutred,  and  so  excellently  disciplined, 


THE   HOLY    WAR.  51 

having  on  their  glittering  armour,  and  displaying  their  flying 
colours,  could  not  but  come  out  of  their  houses  and  gaze. 
But  the  cunning  fox  Diabolus,  fearing  that  the  people,  after 
this  sight,  should,  on  a  sudden  summons,  open  the  gates  to 
the  captains,  came  down  with  all  haste  from  the  castle,  and 
made  them  retire  into  the  body  of  the  town ;  who,  when  he 
had  them  there,  made  this  lying  and  deceivable  speech  unto 
them. 

"  Gentlemen,"  quoth  he,  "  although  you  are  my  trusty 
and  well  beloved  friends,  yet  I  cannot  but  a  little  chide  you 
for  your  late  uncircumspect  action,  in  going  out  to  gaze  on 
that  great  and  mighty  force  that  but  yesterday  sat  down 
before,  and  have  now  entrenched  themselves,  in  order  to  the 
maintaining  of  a  siege  against  the  famous  town  of  Mansoul. 
Do  you  know  who  they  are,  whence  they  come,  and  what 
is  their  purpose  in  sitting  down  before  the  town  of  Mansoul  I 
They  are  they,  of  whom  I  have  told  you  long  ago,  that  they 
would  come  to  destroy  this  town,  and  against  whom  I  have 
been  at  the  cost  to  arm  you  with  a  cap-a-pie  for  your  body, 
besides  great  fortifications  for  your  mind.  Wherefore,  then, 
did  you  not  rather,  even  at  the  first  appearance  of  them,  cry 
oat,  fire  the  beacons,  and  give  the  whole  town  an  alarm 
concerning  them,  that  we  might  all  have  been  in  a  posture 
of  defence,  and  been  ready  to  have  received  them  with  the 
highest  acts  of  defiance  ?  Then  had  you  showed  yourselves 
men  to  my  liking ;  whereas,  by  what  you  have  done,  you 
have  made  me  half  afraid — I  say,  half  afraid — that  when 
they  and  we  shall  come  to  push  a  pike,  I  shall  find  you 
want  courage  to  stand  it  out  any  longer.  Wherefore  have 
I  commanded  a  watch,  and  that  you  should  double  your 
guards  at  the  gates  ?  Wherefore  have  I  endeavoured  to 
make  you  as  hard  as  iron,  and  your  hearts  as  a  piece  of 
the  nether  millstone  ?     Was  it,  think  you,  that  you  might 


52  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

show  yourselves  women,  and  that  you  might  go  out  like  a 
company  of  innocents  to  gaze  on  your  mortal  foes  ?  Fie,  fie  ! 
put  yourselves  into  a  posture  of  defence,  beat  up  the  drum, 
gather  together  in  warlike  manner,  that  our  foes  may  know, 
that  before  they  shall  conquer  this  corporation,  there  are 
valiant  men  in  the  town  of  Mansoul. 

"  I  will  leave  off  now  to  chide,  and  will  not  further  rebuke 
you ;  but  I  charge  you,  that  henceforwards  you  let  me  see 
no  more  such  actions.  Let  not  henceforward  a  man  of  you, 
without  order  first  obtained  from  me,  so  much  as  show  his 
head  over  the  wall  of  the  town  of  Mansoul.  You  have  now 
heard  me  ;  do  as  I  have  commanded,  and  you  shall  cause 
me,  that  I  dwell  securely  with  you,  and  that  I  take  care,  as 
for  myself,  so  for  your  safety  and  honour  also.    Farewell." 

IN  ow  were  the  townsmen  strangely  altered  ;  they  were 
as  men  stricken  with  a  panic  fear ;  they  ran  to  and  fro 
through  the  streets  of  the  town  of  Mansoul,  crying  out, 
"  Help,  help  !  the  men  that  turn  the  world  upside  down  are 
come  hither  also."  Nor  could  any  of  them  be  quiet  after ; 
but  still,  as  men  bereft  of  wit,  they  cried  out,  "  The  de- 
stroyers of  our  peace  and  people  are  come."  This  went 
down  with  Diabolus:  "  Ay,"  quoth  he  to  himself,  "  this 
I  like  well :  now  it  is  as  I  would  have  it :  now  you  show 
your  obedience  to  your  prince.  Hold  you  but  here,  and 
then  let  them  take  the  town  if  they  can." 

Well,  before  the  King's  forces  had  sat  before  Mansoul 
three  days,  Captain  Boanerges  commanded  his  trumpeter  to 
go  down  to  Ear-gate,  and  there,  in  the  name  of  the  great 
Shaddai,  to  summon  Mansoul  to  give  audience  to  the  message 
that  he,  in  his  Master's  name,  was  to  them  commanded  to 
deliver.  So  the  trumpeter,  whose  name  was  Take-heed- 
what-you-hear,  went  up,  as  he  was  commanded,  to  Ear-gate, 
-md  there  sounded  his  trumpet  for  a  hearing ;  but  there  was 


5 


THE    TB.UOT-ETER.S  SUMMONS  TO    TOE   TOWN 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  53 

none  that  appeared  that  gave  answer  or  regard,  for  so  had 
Diabolus  commanded.  So  the  trumpeter  returned  to  his 
captain,  and  told  him  what  he  had  done,  and  also  how  he 
had  sped ;  whereat  the  captain  was  grieved,  but  bid  the 
trumpeter  go  to  his  tent. 

Again  Captain  Boanerges  sendeth  his  trumpeter  to  Ear- 
gate,  to  sound  as  before  for  a  hearing ;  but  they  again  kept 
close,  came  not  out,  nor  would  they  give  him  an  answer ; 
so  observant  were  they  of  the  command  of  Diabolus  their 
king. 

Then  the  captains  and  other  field-officers  called  a  council 
of  war,  to  consider  what  further  was  to  be  done  for  the 
gaining  of  the  town  of  Mansoul ;  and  after  some  close  and 
thorough  debate  upon  the  contents  of  their  commissions, 
they  concluded  yet  to  give  to  the  town,  by  the  hand  of  the 
forenamed  trumpeter,  another  summons  to  hear;  but  if  that 
shall  be  refused,  said  they,  and  that  the  town  shall  stand  it 
out  still,  then  they  determined,  and  bid  the  trumpeter  tell 
them  so,  that  they  would  endeavour,  by  what  means  they 
could,  to  compel  them  by  force  to  the  obedience  of  their 
King. 

So  Captain  Boanerges  commanded  his  trumpeter  to  go 
up  to  Ear-gate  again,  and,  in  the  name  of  the  great  King 
Shaddai,  to  give  it  a  very  loud  summons  to  come  down 
without  delay  to  Ear-gate,  there  to  give  audience  to  the 
King's  most  noble  captains.  So  the  trumpeter  went,  and 
did  as  he  was  commanded  ;  he  went  up  to  Ear-gate,  and 
sounded  his  trumpet,  and  gave  a  third  summons  to  Mansoul. 
lie  said,  moreover,  that  if  this  they  should  still  refuse  to  do, 
♦he  captains  of  his  prince  would  with  might  come  down 
upon  them,  and  endeavour  to  reduce  them  to  obedience  by 
Corce. 

Then  stood  up  my  Lord  Willbewill,  who  was  the  gov- 

54 


54  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

ernor  of  the  town,  (this  Willbewill  was  that  apostate  of 
whom  mention  was  made  before,)  and  the  keeper  of  the 
gates  of  Mansoul.  He  therefore,  with  big  and  ruffling 
words,  demanded  of  the  trumpeter  who  he  was,  whence  he 
came,  and  what  was  the  cause  of  his  making  so  hideous  a 
noise  at  the  gate,  and  speaking  such  insufferable  words 
against  the  town  of  Mansoul. 

The  trumpeter  answered,  "I  am  servant  to  the  most 
noble  captain,  Captain  Boanerges,  general  of  the  forces  of 
the  great  King  Shaddai,  against  whom  both  thyself,  with 
the  whole  town  of  Mansoul,  have  rebelled,  and  lift  up  the 
heel ;  and  my  master,  the  captain,  hath  a  special  message  to 
this  town,  and  to  thee  as  a  member  thereof;  the  which,  if 
you  of  Mansoul  shall  peacably  hear,  well ;  and  if  not,  you 
must  take  what  follows." 

Then  said  the  Lord  Willbewill,  "  I  will  carry  thy  words 
to  my  lord,  and  will  know  what  he  will  say." 

But  the  trumpeter  soon  replied,  saying,  "  Our  message  is 
not  to  the  giant  Diabolus,  but  to  the  miserable  town  of 
Mansoul;  nor  shall  we  at  all  regard  what  answer  by  him 
is  made,  nor  yet  by  any  for  him.  We  are  sent  to  this  town, 
to  recover  it  from  under  his  cruel  tyranny,  and  to  persuade 
it  to  submit,  as  in  former  times  it  did,  to  the  most  excellent 
King  Shaddai." 

Then  said  the  Lord  Willbewill,  "  I  will  do  your  errand 
to  the  town." 

The  trumpeter  then  replied,  "  Sir,  do  not  deceive  us,  lest 
in  so  doing,  you  deceive  yourselves  much  more."  He 
added,  moreover,  "For  we  are  resolved,  if  hi  peaceable 
manner  you  do  not  submit  yourselves,  then  to  make  a  war 
upon  you,  and  to  bring  you  under  by  force.  And  of  the 
truth  of  what  I  now  say,  this  shall  be  a  sign  unto  you, — 
you  shall  see  the  black  flag,  with  its  hot,  burning  thunder- 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  55 

bolts,  set  upon  the  mount  to-morrow,  as  a  token  of  defiance 
against  your  prince,  and  of  our  resolutions  to  reduce  you  to 
your  Lord  and  rightful  King." 

So  the  said  Lord  Willbewiil  returned  from  off  the  wall, 
and  the  trumpeter  came  into  the  camp.  When  the  trum- 
peter was  come  into  the  camp,  the  captains  and  officers  of 
the  mighty  King  Shaddai  came  together,  to  know  if  he  had 
obtained  a  hearing,  and  what  was  the  effect  of  his  errand. 
So  the  trumpeter  told,  saying,  "  When  I  had  sounded  my 
trumpet,  and  had  called  aloud  to  the  town  for  hearing,  my 
Lord  Willbewiil,  the  governor  of  the  town,  and  he  that  hath 
charge  of  the  gates,  came  up  when  he  heard  me  sound,  and, 
looking  over  the  wall,  he  asked  me  what  I  was,  whence  I 
came,  and  what  was  the  cause  of  my  making  this  noise. 
So  I  told  him  my  errand,  and  by  whose  authority  I  brought 
it.  '  Then,'  said  he,  '  I  will  tell  it  to  the  governor  and  to 
Mansoul ;'  and  then  I  returned  to  my  lords." 

Then  said  the  brave  Boanerges,  "  Let  us  yet  for  a  while 
,ie  still  in  our  trenches,  and  see  what  these  rebels  will  do." 

Now,  when  the  time  drew  nigh  that  audience  by  Mansoul, 
must  be  given  to  the  brave  Boanerges  and  his  companions, 
it  was  commanded  that  all  the  men  of  war,  throughout  the 
whole  camp  of  Shaddai,  should  as  one  man  stand  to  their 
arms,  and  make  themselves  ready,  if  the  town  of  Mansoul 
shall  hear,  to  receive  it  forthwith  to  mercy  ;  but  if  not,  to 
force  a  subjection.  So  the  day  being  come,  the  trumpeters 
sounded,  and  that  throughout  the  whole  camp,  that  the  men 
of  war  might  be  in  readiness  for  that  which  then  should  be 
the  work  of  the  day.  But  when  they  that  were  in  the  town 
of  Mansoul  heard  the  sound  of  the  trumpets  throughout  the 
camp  of  Shaddai,  and  thinking  no  other  but  that  it  must  be 
in  order  to  storm  the  corporation,  they  at  first  were  put  to 
great  consternation  of  spirit ;    but  after  they  a  little  were 


50  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

settled  again,  they  also  made  what  preparation  they  could 
for  a  war,  if  they  did  storm  ;  else,  to  secure  themselves. 

Well,  when  the  utmost  time  was  come,  Boanerges  was 
resolved  to  hear  their  answer;  wherefore  he  sent  out  his 
trumpeter  again  to  summons  Mansoul  to  a  hearing  of  the 
message  that  they  had  brought  from  Shaddai.  So  he  went 
and  sounded,  and  the  townsmen  came  up,  but  made  Ear- 
gate  as  sure  as  they  could.  Now,  when  they  were  come 
up  to  the  top  of  the  wall,  Captain  Boanerges  desired  to  see 
the  Lord  Mayor ;  but  my  Lord  Incredulity  was  then  Lord 
Mayor,  for  he  came  in  the  room  of  my  Lord  Lustings.  So 
Incredulity  came  up  and  showed  himself  over  the  wall ;  but 
when  the  Captain  Boanerges  had  set  his  eyes  upon  him,  lie 
cried  out  aloud,  "  This  is  not  he :  where  is  my  Lord  Un- 
derstanding, the  ancient  Lord  Mayor  of  the  town  of  Mansoul? 
for  to  him  I  would  deliver  my  message." 

Then  said  the  giant  (for  Diabolus  was  also  come  down) 
to  the  captain,  "  Mr.  Captain,  you  have  by  your  boldness 
given  to  Mansoul  at  least  four  summonses  to  subject  herself 
to  your  King,  by  whose  authority  I  know  not,  nor  will  I 
dispute  that  now.  I  ask,  therefore,  what  is  the  reason  of 
all  this  ado,  or  what  would  you  be  at,  if  you  knew  your- 
selves ?" 

Then  Captain  Boanerges,  whose  were  the  black  colours, 
and  whose  scutcheon  was  the  three  burning  thunderbolts, 
taking  no  notice  of  the  giant,  or  of  his  speech,  thus  addressed 
himself  to  the  town  of  Mansoul :  "  Be  it  known  unto  you, 
O  unhappy  and  rebellious  Mansoul,  that  the  most  gracious 
King,  the  great  King  Shaddai,  my  Master,  hath  sent  me 
unto  you  with  commission"  (and  so  he  showed  to  the  town 
nis  broad  seal)  "  to  reduce  you  to  his  obedience :  and  he 
hath  commanded  me,  in  case  you  yield  upon  my  summons, 
to  carry  it  to  you,  as  if  you  were  my  friends  or  brethren ; 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  57 

but  he  also  hath  bid,  that  if,  after  summons  to  submit,  you 
still  stand  out  and  rebel,  we  should  endeavour  to  take  you 
by  force." 

Then  stood  forth  Captain  Conviction,  and  said,  (his  were 
the  pale  colours,  and  for  a  scutcheon  he  had  the  book  of 
the  law  wide  open,  etc.):  "  Hear,  0  Mansoul !  Thou,  O 
Mansoul,  was  once  famous  for  innocency,  but  now  thou  art 
degenerated  into  lies  and  deceit.  Thou  hast  heard  what  my 
brother,  the  Captain  Boanerges,  hath  said :  and  it  is  your 
wisdom,  and  will  be  your  happiness,  to  stoop  to,  and  accept 
of  conditions  of  peace  and  mercy  when  offered,  specially 
when  offered  by  one  against  whom  thou  hast  rebelled,  and 
one  who  is  of  power  to  tear  thee  in  pieces,  for  so  is  Shaddai, 
our  King;  nor,  when  he  is  angry,  can  anything  stand  before 
him.  If  you  say  you  have  not  sinned,  or  acted  rebellion 
against  our  King,  the  whole  of  your  doings,  since  the  day 
that  you  cast  off  his  service,  (and  there  was  the  beginning 
of  your  sin,)  will  sufficiently  testify  against  you.  What 
else  means  your  hearkening  to  the  tyrant,  and  your  receiving 
him  for  your  king?  .What  means  else  your  rejecting  of  the 
laws  of  Shaddai,  and  your  obeying  of  Diabolus  ?  Yea,  what 
means  this  your  taking  up  arms  against,  and  the  shutting  of 
your  gates  upon  us,  the  faithful  servants  of  your  King  ?  Be 
ruled,  then,  and  accept  of  my  brother's  invitation,  and  over- 
stand  not  the  time  of  mercy,  but  agree  with  thine  adversary 
quickly.  Ah,  Mansoul,  suffer  not  thystlf  to  be  kept  from 
mercy,  and  to  be  run  into  a  thousand  miseries,  by  the 
nattering  wiles  of  Diabolus.  Perhaps  that  piece  of  deceit 
may  attempt  to  make  you  believe  that  we  seek  our  own 
profit  in  this  our  service ;  but  know  it  is  obedience  to  our 
King,  and  love  to  your  happiness,  that  is  the  cause  of  this 
undertaking  of  ours. 

"  Again  I  say  to  thee,  O  Mansoul,  consider  if  it  bo  not 


58  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

amazing  grace,  that  Shaddai  should  so  humble  himself  as 
he  doth :  now  he,  by  us,  reasons  with  you,  in  a  way  of 
entreaty  and  sweet  persuasions,  that  you  would  subject 
yourselves  to  him.  Has  he  that  need  of  you,  that  we  are 
sure  you  have  of  him  ?  No,  no  ;  but  he  is  merciful,  and 
will  not  that  Mansoul  should  die,  but  turn  to  him  and  live." 

Then  stood  forth  Captain  Judgment,  whose  were  the  red 
colours,  and  for  a  scutcheon  he  had  the  burning  fiery  furnace, 
and  he  said,  "  O  ye,  the  inhabitants  of  the  town  of  Mansoul, 
that  have  lived  so  long  in  rebellion  and  acts  of  treason  against 
the  King  Shaddai,  know  that  we  come  not  to-day  to  this 
place,  in  this  manner,  with  our  message  of  our  own  minds, 
or  to  revenge  our  own  quarrel ;  it  is  the  King,  my  Master, 
that  hath  sent  us  to  reduce  you  to  your  obedience  to  him  ;  the 
which  if  you  refuse  in  a  peaceable  way  to  yield,  we  have 
commission  to  compel  you  thereto.  And  never  think  of 
yourselves,  nor  yet  suffer  the  tyrant  Diabolus  to  persuade 
you  to  think,  that  our  King,  by  his  power,  is  not  able  to 
bring  you  down,  and  to  lay  you  under  his  feet ;  for  he  is 
the  former  of  all  things,  and  if  he  touches  the  mountains, 
.hey  smoke.  Nor  will  the  gate  of  the  King's  clemency 
stand  always  open ;  for  the  day  that  shall  burn  like  an  oven 
is  before  him  ;  yea,  it  hasteth  greatly,  it  slumbereth  not. 

"  O  Mansoul,  is  it  little  in  thine  eyes  that  our  King  doth 
offer  thee  mercy,  and  that  after  so  many  provocations  ? 
Yea,  he  still  holdeth  out  his  golden  sceptre  to  thee,  and 
will  not  yet  suffer  his  gate  to  be  shut  against  thee :  wilt 
thou  provoke  him  to  do  it  ?  If  so,  consider  of  what  I  say : 
to  thee  it  is  opened  no  more  for  ever.  If  thou  sayest  thou 
shalt  not  see  him,  yet  judgment  is  before  him  ;  therefore 
trust  thou  in  him.  Yea,  because  there  is  wrath,  beware 
lest  he  take  thee  away  with  his  stroke ;  then  a  great  ransom 
cannot  deliver  thee.     Will  he  esteem  thy  riches?     No,  not 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  59 

gold,  nor  all  the  forces  of  strength.  He  hath  prepared  his 
throne  for  judgment,  for  he  will  come  with  fire,  and  with  his 
chariots  like  a  whirlwind,  to  render  his  anger  with  fury  and 
his  rebukes  with  flames  of  fire.  Therefore,  O  Mansoul, 
take  heed,  lest,  after  thou  hast  fulfilled  the  judgment  of  the 
wicked,  justice  and  judgment  should  take  hold  of  thee." 

Now,  while  the  Captain  Judgment  was  making  this  oration 
to  the  town  of  Mansoul,  it  was  observed  by  some  that  Dia- 
bolus  trembled ;  but  he  proceeded  in  his  parable  and  said, 
"  O  thou  woful  town  of  Mansoul,  wilt  thou  not  yet  set  open 
thy  gate  to  receive  us,  the  deputies  of  thy  King,  and  those 
that  would  rejoice  to  see  thee  five  ?  Can  thine  heart  endure, 
or  can  thy  hands  be  strong  in  the  day  that  he  shall  deal  in 
judgment  with  thee  ?  I  say,  canst  thou  endure  to  be  forced 
to  drink,  as  one  would  drink  sweet  wine,  the  sea  of  wrath 
that  our  King  has  prepared  for  Diabolus  and  his  angels  ? 
Consider,  betimes,  consider." 

Then  stood  forth,  the  fourth  captain,  the  noble  Captain 
Execution,  and  said,  "  O  town  of  Mansoul,  once  famous,  but 
now  like  the  fruitless  bough,  once  the  delight  of  the  high 
ones,  but  now  a  den  for  Diabolus,  hearken  also  to  me,  and 
to  the  words  that  I  shall  speak  to  thee  in  the  name  of  the 
great  Shaddai.  Behold,  the  axe  is  laid  to  the  root  of  the 
trees  :  every  tree,  therefore,  that  bringeth  not  forth  good 
fruit,  is  hewn  down  and  cast  into  the  fire. 

"  Thou,  O  town  of  Mansoul,  hast  hitherto  been  this  fruit- 
less tree ;  thou  bearest  nought  but  thorns  and  briers.  Thy 
evil  fruit  bespeaks  thee  not  to  be  a  good  tree  ;  thy  grapes 
are  grapes  of  gall,  thy  clusters  are  bitter.  Thou  hast  rebelled 
against  thy  King ;  and,  lo !  Ave,  the  power  and  force  of 
Shaddai,  are  the  axe  that  is  laid  to  thy  roots.  What  sayest 
tliou  ?  Wilt  thou  turn  ?  I  say  again,  tell  me,  before  the  first 
blow  is  given,  wilt  thou  turn  ?  Our  axe  must  first  be  laid  to 


60  THE    HOLY   WAR. 

thy  root  before  it  be  laid  at  thy  root :  it  must  first  be  laid  to 
thy  root  in  a  way  of  threatening,  before  it  is  laid  at  thy  root 
by  way  of  execution ;  and  between  these  two  is  required 
thy  repentance,  and  this  is  all  the  time  that  thou  hast.  What 
wilt  thou  do  ?  Wilt  thou  turn,  or  shall  I  smite  ?  If  I  fetch 
my  blow,  Mansoul,  down  you  go ;  for  I  have  commission 
to  lay  my  axe  at,  as  well  as  to  thy  roots,  nor  will  any  thing 
but  yielding  to  our  King  prevent  doing  of  execution.  What 
art  thou  fit  for,  O  Mansoul,  if  mercy  preventeth  not,  but  to 
be  hewn  down,  and  cast  into  the  fire  and  burned  ? 

"  O  Mansoul,  patience  and  forbearance  do  not  act  for 
ever :  a  year,  or  two,  or  three,  they  may ;  but  if  thou  pro- 
voke by  a  three  years'  rebellion,  (and  thou  hast  already  done 
more  than  this,)  then  what  follows  but,  "  Cut  it  down  ?" 
nay,  "  After  that,  thou  shalt  cut  it  down."  And  dost  thou 
think  that  these  are  but  threatening,  or  that  our  Kin£  has 
not  power  to  execute  his  words  ?  0  Mansoul,  thou  will  find 
that  in  the  words  of  our  King,  when  they  are  by  sinners 
made  little  or  light  of,  there  is  not  only  threatening,  but 
burnino*  coals  of  fire. 

"  Thou  hast  been  a  cumber-ground  long  already,  and  wilt 
thou  continue  so  still  ?  Thy  sin  has  brought  this  army  to 
thy  walls,  and  shall  it  bring  it  in  judgment  to  do  execution 
into  thy  town  ?  Thou  hast  heard  what  the  captains  have 
said,  but  as  yet  thou  shuttest  thy  gates.  Speak  out,  Man- 
soul ;  wilt  thou  do  so  still,  or  wilt  thou  accept  of  conditions 
of  peace  ?" 

These  brave  speeches  of  these  four  noble  captains,  the 
town  of  Mansoul  refused  to  hear ;  yet  a  sound  thereof  did 
beat  against  Ear-gate,  though  the  force  thereof  could  not 
break  it  open.  In  fine,  the  town  desired  a  time  to  prepare 
their  answer  to  these  demands.  The  captains  then  told 
them,  that  if  they  would  throw  out  to  them  one  Ill-Pause, 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  61 

that  was  in  the  town,  that  they  might  reward  him  according 
to  his  works,  then  they  would  give  them  time  to  consider ; 
but,  if  they  would  not  cast  him  to  them  over  the  wall  of 
Mansoul,  then  they  would  give  them  none  ;  "  for,"  said 
they,  "  we  know  that,  so  long  as  Ill-Pause  draws  breath 
in  Mansoul,  all  good  consideration  will  be  confounded,  and 
nothing  but  mischief  will  come  thereon." 

Then  Diabolus,  who  was  there  present,  being  loth  to  lose 
his  Ill-Pause,  because  he  was  his  orator,  (and  yet  be  sure 
he  had,  could  the  captains  have  laid  their  ringers  on  him,) 
was  resolved  at  this  instant  to  give  them  answer  by  himself ; 
but  then  changing  his  mind,  he  commanded  the  then  Lord 
Mayor,  the  Lord  Incredulity,  to  do  it,  saying,  "  My  lord,  do 
you  give  these  runagates  an  answer,  and  speak  out,  that 
Mansoul  may  hear  and  understand  you." 

So  Incredulity,  at  Diabolus'  command,  began  and  said, 
"  Gentlemen,  you  have  here,  as  we  do  behold,  to  the  dis- 
turbance of  our  prince  and  the  molestation  of  the  town  of 
Mansoul,  campsd  against  it :  but  from  whence  you  come, 
we  will  not  know  ;  and  what  you  are,  we  will  not  believe. 
Indeed,  you  tell  us,  in  your  terrible  speech,  that  you  have 
this  authority  from  Shaddai ;  but  by  what  right  he  commands 
you  to  do  it,  of  that  we  shah  yet  be  ignorant. 

"  You  have  also,  by  the  authority  aforesaid,  summoned 
this  town  to  desert  her  lord,  and,  for  protection,  to  yield  up 
herself  to  the  great  Shaddai,  your  King  ;  flatteringly  telling 
her,  that  if  she  will  do  it,  he  will  pass  by  and  not  charge 
her  with  her  past  offences. 

"  Further,  you  have  also,  to  the  terror  of  the  town  of 
Mansoul,  threatened  with  great  and  sore  destructions  to 
punish  this  corporation,  if  she  consents  not  to  do  as  your 
wills  would  have  her. 

6 


62  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

"  Now,  captains,  from  whence  soever  you  come,  and 
though  your  designs  be  ever  so  right,  yet  know  ye  that 
neither  my  Lord  Diabolus,  nor  I,  his  servant  Incredulity, 
nor  yet  our  brave  Mansoul,  doth  regard  either  your  persons, 
message,  or  the  King  that  you  say  hath  sent  you.  His 
power,  his  greatness,  his  vengeance  we  fear  not;  nor  will 
we  yield  at  all  to  your  summons. 

"  As  for  the  war  that  you  threaten  to  make  upon  us,  we 
must  therein  defend  ourselves  as  well  as  we  can  ;  and  know 
ye,  that  we  are  not  without  wherewithal  to  bid  defiance  to 
you ;  and,  in  short,  (for  I  will  not  be  tedious,)  I  tell  you, 
that  we  take  you  to  be  some  vagabond  runagate  crew,  that 
having  shaken  off  all  obedience  to  your  king,  have  gotten 
together  in  tumultuous  manner,  and  are  ranging  from  place 
to  place,  to  see  if,  through  the  flatteries  you  are  skilled  to 
make  on  the  one  side,  and  threats  wherewith  you  think  to 
fright  on  the  other,  to  make  some  silly  town,  city,  or  coun- 
try, desert  their  place,  and  leave  it  to  you  ;  but  Mansoul  is 
none  of  them. 

"  To  conclude :  we  dread  you  not,  we  fear  you  not,  nor 
will  we  obey  your  summons.  Our  gates  we  keep  sbut 
upon  you,  our  place  we  will  keep  you  out  of.  Nor  will 
we  long  thus  suffer  you  to  sit  down  before  us :  our  people 
must  live  in  quiet:  your  appearance  dcth  disturb  them. 
Wherefore  arise  with  bag  and  baggage,  end  begone,  or  we 
will  let  fly  from  the  walls  against  you." 

This  oration,  made  by  old  Incredulity,  was  seconded  by 
desperate  Willbewill, in  words  to  this  effect: — "  Gentlemen, 
we  have  heard  your  demands,  and  the  noise  of  your  threats, 
and  have  heard  the  sound  of  your  summons ;  but  we  fear 
not  your  force,  we  regard  not  your  threats,  but  will  still 
abide  as  you  found  us.     And  we   command  you,  that  in 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  63 

three  days'  time  you  cease  to  appear  in  these  parts,  or  you 
shall  know  what  it  is  once  to  dare  offer  to  rouse  the  lion 
Diabolus  when  asleep  in  his  town  of  Mansoul." 

The  Recorder,  whose  name  was  Forget-good,  he  also 
added  as  followeth : — "  Gentlemen,  my  lords,  as  you  see, 
have  with  mild  and  gentle  words  answered  your  rough  and 
angry  speeches  ;  they  have  moreover,  in  my  hearing,  given 
you  leave  quietly  to  depart  as  you  came :  wherefore,  take 
their  kindness  and  be  gone.  We  might  have  come  out  with 
force  upon  you,  and  have  caused  you  to  feel  the  dint  of  our 
swords  ;  but  as  we  love  ease  and  quiet  ourselves,  so  we  love 
not  to  hurt  or  molest  others." 

Then  did  the  town  of  Mansoul  shout  for  joy,  as  if  by 
Diabolus  and  his  crew  some  great  advantage  had  been  gotten 
of  the  captains.  They  also  rang  the  bells,  and  made  merry, 
and  danced  upon  the  walls. 

Diabolus  also  returned  to  the  castle,  and  the  Lord  Mayor 
and  Recorder  to  their  place ;  but  the  Lord  Willbewill  took 
special  care  that  the  gates  should  be  secured  with  double 
guards,  double  bolts,  and  double  locks  and  bars ;  and  that 
Ear-gate  especially  might  the  better  be  looked  to,  for  that 
was  the  gate  in  at  which  the  King's  forces  sought  most  to 
enter,  the  Lord  Willbewill  made  one  old  Mr.  Prejudice, 
an  angry  and  ill-conditioned  fellow,  captain  of  the  ward  at 
that  gate,  and  put  under  his  power  sixty  men,  called  deaf 
men ;  men  advantageous  for  that  service,  forasmuch  as  they 
mattered  no  words  of  the  captains,  nor  of  the  soldiers. 

Now  when  the  captains  saw  the  answer  of  the  great  ones, 
and  that  they  could  not  get  a  hearing  from  the  old  natives 
of  the  town,  and  that  Mansoul  was  resolved  to  give  the 
King's  army  battle,  they  prepared  themselves  to  receive 
them,  and  to  try  it  out  by  the  power  of  the  arm.  And,  first, 
they  made  their  force  more  formidable  against  Ear-gate;  for 


G4  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

they  knew  that,  unless  they  could  penetrate  that,  no  good 
could  be  done  upon  the  town.  This  done,  they  put  the  res4 
of  their  men  in  their  places  ;  after  which,  they  gave  out  the 
word,  which  was,  "  Ye  must  be  born  again."  Then  they 
sounded  the  trumpet ;  then  they  in  the  town  made  them 
answer,  with  shout  against  shout,  charge  against  charge,  and 
so  the  battle  began.  Now  they  in  the  town  had  planted  upon 
the  tower  over  Ear-gate  two  great  guns,  the  one  called  High- 
mind,  and  the  other  Heady.  Unto  these  two  guns  they 
trusted  much:  they  were  cast  in  the  castle  by  Diabolus' 
founder,  whose  name  was  Mr.  Puff-up,  and  mischievous 
pieces  they  were.  But  so  vigilant  and  watchful,  when  the 
captains  saw  them,  were  they,  that  though  sometimes  their 
shot  would  go  by  their  ears  with  a  whiz,  yet  they  did  them 
no  harm.  By  these  two  guns  the  townsfolk  made  no  ques- 
tion but  greatly  to  annoy  the  camp  of  Shaddai,  and  well 
enough  to  secure  the  gate  ;  but  they  had  not  much  cause  to 
boast  of  what  execution  they  did,  as  by  what  follows  will  be 
gathered. 

The  famous  Mansoul  had  also  some  other  small  pieces  in 
it,  of  the  which  they  made  use  against  the  camp  of  Shaddai. 
They  from  the  camp  also  did  as  stoutly,  and  with  as  much 
of  that  as  may  in  truth  be  called  valour,  let  fly  as  fast  at  the 
town  and  at  Ear-gate  ;  for  they  saw  that,  unless  they  could 
break  open  Ear-gate,  it  would  be  but  in  vain  to  batter  the  wall. 
Now  the  King's  captains  had  brought  with  them  several 
slings,  and  two  or  three  battering-rams ;  with  their  slings, 
therefore,  they  battered  the  houses  and  people  of  the  town, 
and  with  their  rams  they  sought  to  break  Ear-gate  open. 

The  camp  and  the  town  had  several  skirmishes  and  brisk 
encounters,  while  the  captains  with  their  engines  made  many 
brave  attempts  to  break  open  or  beat  down  the  tower  that 
was  over  Ear-gate,  and  at  the  said  gate  to  make  their  entrance  ; 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  65 

but  Mansoul  stood  it  out  so  lustily,  through  the  rage  of 
Diabolus,  the  valour  of  the  Lord  Willbewill,  and  the  conduct 
of  old  Incredulity,  the  Mayor,  and  Mr.  Forget-Good,  the 
Recorder,  that  the  charge  and  expense  of  that  summer's 
wars,  on  the  King's  side,  seemed  to  be  almost  quite  lost,  and 
the  advantage  to  return  to  Mansoul.  But  when  the  captains 
saw  how  it  was,  they  made  a  fair  retreat,  and  entrenched 
themselves  in  their  winter  quarters.  Now  in  this  war,  you 
must  needs  think  there  was  much  loss  on  both  sides,  of  which 
be  pleased  to  accept  of  this  brief  account  folio  whig. 

The  King's  captains,  when  they  marched  from  the  court 
to  come  up  against  Mansoul  to  war,  as  they  came  crossing 
over  the  country,  they  happened  to  light  upon  three  young 
fellows  that  had  a  mind  to  go  for  soldiers  :  proper  men  they 
were,  and  men  of  courage  and  skill,  to  appearance.  Their 
names  were  Mr.  Tradition,  Mr.  Human-Wisdom,  and  Mr. 
Man's-Invention.  So  they  came  up  to  the  captains  and 
proffered  their  services  to  Shaddai.  The  captains  then  told 
them  of  their  design,  and  bid  them  not  to  be  rash  in  their 
offers ;  but  the  young  men  told  them  they  had  considered 
the  thing  before,  and  that  hearing  they  were  upon  their 
march  for  such  a  design,  came  hither  on  purpose  to  meet 
them,  that  they  might  be  listed  under  their  excellencies. 
Then  Captain  Boanerges,  for  that  they  were  men  of  courage, 
listed  them  into  his  company,  and  so  away  they  went  to  the 
war. 

Now,  when  the  war  was  begun,  in  one  of  the  briskest 
skirmishes,  so  it  was,  that  a  company  of  the  Lord  Willbe- 
will's  men  sallied  out  at  the  sally  port  or  postern  of  the 
town,  and  fell  in  upon  the  rear  of  Captain  Boanerges'  men, 
where  these  three  ellows  happened  to  be ;  so  they  took 
them  prisoners,  and  away  they  carried  them  into  the  town, 
where  they  had  not  lain  long  in  durance,  but  it  began  to  be 

(i 


('  "i  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

noised  about  the  streets  of  the  town  what  three  notable  pri- 
soners the  Lord  Willbewill's  men  had  taken,  and  brought  in 
prisoners  out  of  the  camp  of  Shaddai.  At  length  tidings 
thereof  were  carried  to  Diabolus  to  the  castle,  to  wit,  what 
my  Lord  Willbewill's  men  had  done,  and  whom  they  had 
taken  prisoners. 

Then  Diabolus  called  for  Willbewill,  to  know  the  certainty 
of  this  matter.  So  he  asked  him,  and  he  told  him.  Then 
did  the  giant  send  for  the  prisoners,  and,  when  they  were 
come,  demanded  of  them  who  they  were,  whence  they 
came,  and  what  they  did  in  the  camp  of  Shaddai ;  and  they 
told  him.  Then  he  sent  them  to  ward  again.  Not  many 
days  after,  he  sent  for  them  to  him  again,  and  then  asked 
them  if  they  would  be  willing  to  serve  him  against  their 
rormer  captains.  They  then  told  him  that  they  did  not  so 
.nuch  live  by  religion  as  by  the  fates  of  fortune ;  and  that 
since  his  lordship  was  willing  to  entertain  them,  they  should 
be  willing  to  serve  him.  Now  while  things  were  thus  in 
hand,  there  was  one  Captain  Anything,  a  great  doer,  in  the 
town  of  Mansoul ;  and  to  this  Captain  Anything  did  Diabolus 
send  these  men,  with  a  note  under  his  hand,  to  receive  them 
into  his  company  ;  the  contents  of  which  letter  were  thus  : 

"  Anything,  my  darling, — The  three  men  that  are  the 
bearers  of  this  letter  have  a  desire  to  serve  me  in  the  war : 
nor  know  I  better  to  whose  conduct  to  commit  them  than  to 
thine.  Receive  them,  therefore,  in  my  name,  and,  as  need 
shall  require,  make  use  of  them  against  Shaddai  and  his  men. 
Farewell." 

So  they  came,  and  he  received  them ;  and  he  made  two 
of  them  Serjeants ;  but  he  made  Mr.  Man's-Invention  his 
armour-bearer.  But  thus  much  for  this,  and  now  to  return 
to  the  camp. 

They  of  the  camp  did  also  some  execution  upon  the  town  ; 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  67 

for  they  did  beat  down  the  roof  of  the  Lord  Mayor's  house, 
and  so  laid  him  more  open  than  he  was  before.  They  had 
almost,  with  a  sling,  slain  my  Lord  Willbewill  outright ;  but 
he  made  a  shift  to  recover  again.  But  they  made  a  notable 
slaughter  among  the  aldermen,  for  with  one  only  shot  they 
cut  off  six  of  them ;  to  wit,  Mr.  Swearing,  Mr.  Lewd, 
Mr.  Fury,  Mr.  Stand-to-Lies,  Mr.  Drunkenness,  and  Mr. 
Cheating. 

They  also  dismounted  the  two  guns  that  stood  upon  the 
tower  over  Ear-gate,  and  laid  them  flat  in  the  dirt.  I  told 
you  before  that  the  King's  noble  captains  had  drawn  off  to 
their  winter  quarters,  and  had  there  entrenched  themselves 
and  their  carriages,  so  as  with  the  best  advantage  to  their 
King,  and  the  greatest  annoyance  to  the  enemy,  they  might 
give  seasonable  and  warm  alarms  to  the  town  of  Mansoul. 
And  this  design  of  them  did  so  hit,  that  I  may  say  they  did 
almost  what  they  would  to  the  molestation  of  the  corporation. 
For  now  could  not  Mansoul  sleep  securely  as  before,  nor 
could  they  now  go  to  their  debaucheries  with  that  quietness 
as  in  times  past ;  for  they  had  from  the  camp  of  Shaddai 
such  frequent,  warm,  and  terrifying  alarms,  yea,  alarms  upon 
alarms,  first  at  one  gate  and  then  at  another,  and  again  at  all 
the  gates  at  once,  that  they  were  broken  as  to  former  peace. 
Yea,  they  had  their  alarms  so  frequently,  and  that  when  the 
nights  were  at  longest,  the  weather  coldest,  and  so  conse- 
quendy  the  season  most  unseasonable,  that  that  winter  was 
to  the  town  of  Mansoul  a  winter  by  itself.  Sometimes  the 
trumpets  would  sound,  and  sometimes  the  slings  would  whirl 
the  stones  into  the  town.  Sometimes  ten  thousand  of  the 
King's  soldiers  would  be  running  round  the  walls  of  Mansoul 
at  midnight,  shouting  and  lifting  up  the  voice  for  the  battle. 
Sometimes,  again,  some    of  them  in   the   town  would    be 


08  THE    HOLY    MAR. 

wounded,  and  their  cry  and  lamentable  voice  would  be 
heard,  to  the  great  molestation  of  the  now  languishing  town 
of  Mansoul.  Yea,  so  distressed  with  tbose  that  laid  siege 
against  them  were  they,  that  I  dare  say,  Diabolus,  their  king, 
had  in  these  days  his  rest  much  broken. 

In  these  days,  as  I  was  informed,  new  thoughts,  and 
thoughts  that  began  to  run  counter  one  to  another,  began  to 
possess  the  minds  of  the  men  of  the  town  of  Mansoul.  Some 
would  say,  "  There  is  no  living  thus."  Others  would  then 
reply,  "  This  will  be  over  shortly."  Then  would  a  third 
stand  up  and  answer,  "  Let  us  turn  to  the  King  Shaddai, 
and  so  put  an  end  to  these  troubles."  And  a  fourth  would 
come  in  with  fear,  saying,  "  I  doubt  he  will  not.  receive  us." 
The  old  gentleman  too,  the  Recorder,  that  was  so  before 
Diabolus  took  Mansoul,  he  also  began  to  talk  aloud,  and  his 
words  were  now  to  the  town  of  Mansoul  as  if  thev  were 
great  claps  of  thunder.  No  noise  now  so  terrible  to  Mansoul 
as  was  his,  with  the  noise  of  the  soldiers  and  shoutings  of 
the  captains. 

Also  things  began  to  grow  scarce  in  Mansoul ;  now  the 
things  that  her  soul  lusted  after  were  departing  from  her. 
Upon  all  her  pleasant  things  there  was  a  blast,  and  burning 
instead  of  beauty.  Wrinkles  now,  and  some  shows  of  the 
shadow  of  death,  were  upon  the  inhabitants  of  Mansoul. 
And  now,  O  how  glad  would  Mansoul  have  been  to  have 
enjoyed  quietness  and  satisfaction  of  mind,  though  joined 
with  the  meanest  condition  of  the  world  ! 

The  captains  also,  in  the  deep  of  this  winter,  did  send  by 
the  mouth  of  Boanerges'  trumpeter  a  summons  to  Mansoul 
to  yield  up  herself  to  the  King,  the  great  King  Shaddai. 
They  sent  it  once,  and  twice,  and  thrice  ;  not  knowing  but 
that  at  some  times  there  might  be  in  Mansoul  some  willing- 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  69 

ness  to  surrender  up  themselves  unto  them,  might  they  have 
but  the  colour  of  an  invitation  to  do  it  under.  Yea,  so  far  as 
I  could  gather,  the  town  had  been  surrendered  up  to  them 
before  now,  had  it  not  been  for  the  opposition  cf  old  Incre- 
dulity, and  the  fickleness  of  the  thoughts  of  my  Lord  Will- 
bewill.  Diabolus  also  began  to  rave  ;  wherefore  Mansoul, 
as  to  yielding,  was  not  yet  all  of  one  mind ;  therefore  they 
still  lay  distressed  under  these  perplexing  fears. 

I  told  you  but  now  that  they  of  the  King's  army  had  this 
winter  sent  three  times  to  Mansoul  to  submit  herself. 

The  first  time  the  trumpeter  went,  he  went  with  words 
of  peace,  telling  them  that  the  captains,  the  noble  captains 
of  Shaddai,  did  pity  and  bewail  the  misery  of  the  now 
perishing  town  of  Mansoul,  and  were  troubled  to  see  them 
so  much  to  stand  in  the  way  of  their  own  deliverance.  He 
said  moreover,  that  the  captains  bid  him  tell  them,  that  if 
now  poor  Mansoul  would  humble  herself  and  turn,  her 
former  rebellious  and  most  notorious  treasons  should,  by 
their  merciful  King,  be  forgiven  them,  yea,  and  forgotten 
too.  And  having  bid  them  beware  that  they  stood  not  in 
their  own  way,  that  they  opposed  not  themselves,  nor  made 
themselves  their  own  losers,  he  returned  again  into  the  camp. 

The  second  time  the  trumpeter  went,  he  did  treat  them  a 
little  more  roughly  ;  for  after  sound  of  trumpet,  he  told  them, 
that  their  continuing  in  their  rebellion  did  but  chafe  and  heat 
the  spirit  of  the  captains,  and  that  they  were  resolved  to 
make  a  conquest  of  Mansoul,  or  to  lay  their  bones  before 
the  town  walls. 

He  went  again  the  third  time,  and  dealt  with  them  yet 
more  roughly  ;  telling  the:n,  that  now,  since  they  had  been 
so  horribly  profane,  he  did  not  know,  not  certainly  know, 
whether  the  captains  were  inclining  to  mercy  or  judgment. 
"  Only,"  said  he,  "  they  commanded  me  to  give  you  a  sum- 


70  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

mons  to  open  the  gates  unto  them."     So  he  returned,  and 
went  into  the  camp. 

These  three  summonses,  and  especially  the  last  two,  did 
so  distress  the  town,  that  they  presently  call  a  consultation, 
the  result  of  which  was  this, — That  my  Lord  Willbewill 
should  go  up  to  Ear-gate,  and  there,  with  sound  of  trumpet, 
call  to  the  captains  of  the  camp  for  a  parley.  Well,  the 
Lord  Willbewill  sounded  upon  the  wall ,  so  the  captains 
came  up  in  their  harness,  with  their  ten  thousands  at  their 
feet.  The  townsmen  then  told  the  captains  that  they  had. 
heard  and  considered  their  summons,  and  would  come  to  an 
agreement  with  them,  and  with  their  King  Shaddai,  upon 
such  certain  terms,  articles,  and  propositions  as,  with  and  by 
the  order  of  their  prince,  they  to  them  were  appointed  to 
propound ;  to  wit,  they  would  agree  upon  these  grounds  to 
be  one  people  with  them. 

1.  If  that  those  of  their  own  company,  as  the  now  Lord 
Mayor  and  their  Mr.  Forget-Good,  with  their  brave  Lord 
Willbewill,  might  under  Shaddai,  be  still  the  governors  of 
the  town,  castle,  and  gates  of  Mansoul. 

2.  Provided  that  no  man  that  now  serveth  under  their 
great  giant  Diabolus  be  by  Shaddai  cast  out  of  house,  harbour, 
or  the  freedom  that  he  hath  hitherto  enjoyed  in  the  famous 
town  of  Mansoul. 

3.  That  it  shall  be  granted  them,  that  they  of  the  town 
of  Mansoul  shall  enjoy  certain  of  their  rights  and  privileges  ; 
to  wit,  such  as  have  formerly  been  granted  them,  and  that 
they  have  long  lived  in  the  enjoyment  of,  under  the  reign 
of  their  king  Diabolus,  that  now  is,  and  long  has  been  their 
only  lord  and  great  defender. 

4.  That  no  new  law,  officer,  or  executioner  of  law  or 
office,  shall  have  any  power  over  them,  without  their  own 
choice  and  consent. 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  71 

**  These  be  our  propositions,  or  conditions  of  peace  ;  and 
upon  these  terms,"  said  they,  "  we  will  submit  to  your 
King." 

But  when  the  captains  had  heard  this  weak  and  feeble 
offer  of  the  town  of  Mansoul,  and  their  high  and  bold 
demands,  they  made  to  them  again,  by  their  noble  captain, 
the  captain  Boanerges,  this  speech  following : 

"  O  ye  inhabitants  of  the  town  of  Mansoul,  when  I  heard 
your/trumpet  sound  for  a  parley  with  us,  I  can  truly  say  I 
was  glad  ;  but  when  you  said  you  were  willing  to  submit 
yourselves  to  our  King  and  Lord,  then  I  was  yet  more  glad  ; 
but  when,  by  your  silly  provisos  and  foolish  cavils,  you  laid 
the  stumbling-block  of  your  iniquity  before  your  own  faces, 
then  was  my  gladness  turned  into  sorrows,  and  my  hopeful 
beginning  of  your  return  into  languishing  fainting  fears. 

"  I  count  that  old  Ill-pause,  the  ancient  enemy  of  Man- 
soul, did  draw  up  those  proposals  that  now  you  present  us 
with  as  terms  of  an  agreement ;  but  they  deserve  not  to  be 
admitted  to  sound  in  the  ear  of  any  man  that  pretends  to 
have  service  for  Shaddai.  We  do  therefore  jointly,  and 
that  with  the  highest  disdain,  refuse  and  reject  such  things, 
as  the  greatest  of  iniquities. 

"  But,  O  Mansoul,  if  you  will  give  yourselves  into  our 
hands,  or  rather  into  the  hands  of  our  King,  and  will  trust 
him  to  make  such  terms  with  and  for  you  as  shall  seem 
good  in  his  eyes,  (and  I  dare  say  they  shall  be  such  as  you 
shall  find  to  be  most  profitable  to  you,)  then  we  will  receive 
you,  and  be  at  peace  with  you;  but  if  you  like  not  to  trust 
yourselves  in  the  arms  of  Shaddai  our  King,  then  things 
are  but  where  they  were  before,  and  we  know  also  what 
we  have  to  do." 

Then  cried  out  old  Incredulity,  the  Lord  Mayor,  and  said, 
'•'  And  who,  being  out  of  the  bauds  of  their  enemies,  as  ye 


72  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

see  we  are  now,  will  be  so  foolish  as  to  put  the  staff  out 
of  their  own  hands  into  the  hands  of  they  know  not  who  ? 
I,  for  my  part,  will  neve-r  yield  to  so  unlimited  a  proposi- 
tion. Do  we  know  the  manner  and  temper  of  their  King  ? 
It  is  said  by  some  that  he  will  be  angry  with  his  subjects 
if  but  the  breadth  of  an  hair  they  chance  to  step  out  of  the 
way ;  and  by  others,  that  he  requireth  of  them  much  more 
than  they  can  perform.  Wherefore,  it  seems,  O  Mansoul, 
to  be  thy  wisdom  to  take  good  heed  what  thou  dost  in  this 
matter ;  for  if  you  once  yield,  you  give  up  yourselves  to 
another,  and  so  you  are  no  more  your  own.  Wherefore, 
to  give  up  yourselves  to  an  unlimited  power,  is  the  greatest 
folly  in  the  world ;  for  now  you  indeed  may  repent*  but 
can  never  justly  complain.  But  do  you  indeed  know, 
when  you  are  his,  which  of  you  he  will  kill,  and  which  of 
you  he  will  save  alive  ;  or  whether  he  will  not  cut  off 
every  one  of  us,  and  send  out  of  his  own  country  another 
new  people,  and  cause  them  to  inhabit  this  town  ?" 

This  speech  of  the  Lord  Mayor  undid  all,  and  threw  flat 
to  the  ground  their  hopes  of  an  accord.  Wherefore  the 
captains  returned  to  their  trenches,  to  their  tents,  and  to 
their  men,  as  they  were  ;  and  the  Mayor  to  the  castle  and 
to  his  Kinff. 

Now  Diabolus  had  Avaited  for  his  return,  for  he  had 
heard  that  they  had  been  at  their  points.  So,  when  he 
was  come  into  the  chamber  of  state,  Diabolus  saluted  him 
with — "  Welcome,  my  lord.  How  went  matters  betwixt 
you  to-day  ?"  So  the  Lord  Incredulity,  with  a  low  congee, 
told  him  the  whole  of  the  matter,  saying,  "  Thus  and  thus 
said  the  captains  of  Shaddai,  and  thus  and  thus  said  I." 
The  which  when  it  was  told  to  Diabolus,  he  was  very  glad 
to  hear  it,  and  said,  "  My  Lord  Mayor,  my  faithful  Incredu- 
lity, I  have  proved  thy  fidelity  above  ton  times  already,  but 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  73 

never  yet  found  thee  false.  I  do  promise  thee ,  if  we  rub 
over  this  brunt,  to  prefer  thee  to  a  place  of  honour,  a  place 
far  better  than  to  be  Lord  Mayor  of  Mansoul.  I  will  make 
thee  my  universal  deputy,  and  thou  shalt,  next  to  me,  have 
all  nations  under  thy  hand ;  yea,  and  thou  shalt  lay  bands 
upon  them,  that  they  may  not  resist  thee  ;  nor  shall  any  of 
our  vassals  walk  more  at  liberty,  but  those  that  shall  be 
content  to  walk  in  thy  fetters." 

Now  came  the  Lord  Mayor  out  from  Diabolus,  as  if  he 
had  obtained  a  favour  indeed.  Wherefore  to  his  habitation 
he  goes  in  great  state,  and  thinks  to  feed  himself  well 
enough  with  hopes,  until  the  time  came  that  his  greatness 
should  be  enlarged. 

But  now,  though  the  Lord  Mayor  and  Diabolus  did  thus 
well  agree,  yet  this  repulse  to  the  brave  captains  put  Man- 
soul  into  a  mutiny.  For  while  old  Incredulity  went  into 
the  castle  to  congratulate  his  lord  with  what  had  passed, 
the  old  Lord  Mayor,  that  was  so  before  Diabolus  came  to 
the  town,  to  wit,  my  Lord  Understanding,  and  the  old 
Recorder,  Mr.  Conscience,  getting  intelligence  of  what  had 
passed  at  Ear-gate,  (for  you  must  know  that  they  might 
not  be  suffered  to  be  at  that  debate,  lest  they  should  then 
have  mutinied  for  the  captains  ;  but,  I  say,  they  got  intelli- 
gence of  what  had  passed  there,  and  were  much  concerned 
therewith,)  wherefore  they,  getting  some  of  the  town 
together,  began  to  possess  them  with  the  reasonableness  of 
the  noble  captain's  demands,  and  with  the  bad  consequences 
that  would  follow  upon  the  speech  of  old  Incredulity,  the 
Lord  Mayor ;  to  wit,  how  little  reverence  he  showed  therein 
either  to  the  captains  or  to  their  King;  also  how  he  impli- 
citly charged  them  with  unfaithfulness  and  treachery.  "  For 
what  less,"  quoth  they,  "  could  be  made  of  his  words, 
when  he  said  he  would  not  yield  to  their  proposition,  and 


74  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

added,  moreover,  a  supposition  that  he  would  destroy  us, 
when  before  he  had  sent  us  word  that  he  would  show  us 
mercy?"  The  multitude,  being  now  possessed  with  the 
conviction  of  the  evil  that  old  Incredulity  had  done,  began 
to  run  together  by  companies  in  all  places,  and  in  every 
corner  of  the  streets  of  Mansoul ;  and  first  they  began  to 
mutter,  then  to  talk  openly,  and  after  that  they  run  to  and 
'fro,  and  cried  as  they  run,  "  Oh  the  brave  captains  of 
Shaddai  !  would  we  were  under  the  government  of  the 
captains,  and  of  Shaddai  their  King  !"  When  the  Lord 
Mayor  had  intelligence  that  Mansoul  was  in  an  uproar, 
down  he  comes  to  appease  the  people,  and  thought  to  have 
quashed  their  heat  with  the  bigness  and  the  show  of  his 
countenance  ;  but  when  they  saw  him,  they  came  running 
upon  him,  and  had  doubtless  done  him  a  mischief,  had  he 
not  betaken  himself  to  house.  However,  they  strongly 
assaulted  the  house  where  he  was,  to  have  pulled  it  down 
about  his  ears  ;  but  the  place  was  too  strong,  so  they  failed 
of  that.  So  he,  taking  some  courage,  addressed  himself, 
out  at  a  window,  to  the  people  in  this  manner : 

"  Gentlemen,  what  is  the  reason  that  there  is  here  such 
an  uproar  to-day  ?" 

Then  answered  my  Lord  Understanding,  "  It  is  even 
because  that  thou  and  thy  master  have  carried  it  not  rightly, 
and  as  you  should,  to  the  captains  of  Shaddai ;  for  in  three 
tilings  you  are  faulty.  First,  in  that  you  would  not  let  Mr. 
Conscience  and  myself  be  at  the  hearing  of  your  discourse. 
Secondly,  in  that  you  propounded  such  terms  of  peace  to 
the  captains  that  by  no  means  could  be  granted,  unless  they 
had  intended  that  their  Shaddai  should  have  been  only  a 
titular  prince,  and  that  Mansoul  should  still  have  had  power 
by  law  to  have  lived  in  all  lewdness  and  vanity  before  him, 
and  so  by  consequence  Diabolus  should  still  here  be  king 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  75 

in  power,  and  the  other  only  king  in  name.  Thirdly,  for 
that  thou  didst  thyself,  after  the  captains  had  showed  us 
upon  what  conditions  they  would  have  received  us  to  mercy, 
even  undo  all  again  with  thy  unsavoury,  unseasonable,  and 
ungodly  speech." 

When  old  Incredulity  had  heard  this  speech,  he  cried  out, 
"  Treason  !  treason  !  To  your  arms  !  to  your  arms  !  0  ye, 
the  trusty  friends  of  Diabolus  in  Mansoul !" 

Unci. — "  Sir,  you  may  put  upon  my  words  what  meaning 
you  please  ;  but  I  am  sure  that  the  captains  of  such  an  high 
lord  as  theirs  is,  deserved  a  better  treatment  at  your  hands." 

Then  said  old  Incredulity,  "  This  is  but  little  better.  But, 
sir,"  quoth  he,  "  what  I  spake  I  spake  for  my  prince,  for 
his  government,  and  the  quieting  of  the  people,  whom  by 
your  unlawful  actions  you  have  this  day  set  to  mutiny 
against  us." 

Then  replied  the  old  Recorder,  whose  name  was  Mr. 
Conscience,  and  said,  "  Sir,  you  ought  not  thus  to  retort 
upon  what  my  Lord  Understanding  hath  said.  It  is  evident 
enough  that  he  hath  spoken  the  truth,  and  that  you  are  an 
enemy  to  Mansoul.  Be  convinced,  then,  of  the  evil  of  your 
saucy  and  malapert  language,  and  of  the  grief  that  you  have 
put  the  captains  to ;  yea,  and  of  the  damages  that  you  have 
done  to  Mansoul  thereby.  Had  you  accepted  of  the  condi- 
tions, the  sound  of  the  trumpet  and  the  alarm  of  war  had 
now  ceased  about  the  town  of  Mansoul ;  but  that  dreadful 
sound  abides,  and  your  want  of  wisdom  in  your  speech  has 
been  the  cause  of  it." 

Then  said  old  Incredulity,  "  Sir,  if  I  live,  I  will  do  your 
errand  to  Diabolus,  and  there  you  shall  have  an  answer  to 
your  words.  Meanwhile  Ave  will  seek  the  good  of  the  town, 
and  not  ask  counsel  of  you." 

Und. — "  Sir,  your  prince  and  you  are  botli  foreigners  to 


76  THE    HOLY   WAR. 

Mansoul,  and  not  the  natives  thereof;  and  who  can  tell  bat 
that,  when  you  have  brought  us  into  greater  straits,  (when 
vou  also  shall  see  that  yourselves  can  be  safe  by  no  other 
means  than  by  flight,)  you  may  leave  us  and  shift  for  your- 
selves, or  set  us  on  fire,  and  go  away  in  the  smoke,  or  by 
the  light  of  our  burning,  and  so  leave  us  in  our  ruins?" 

Incred. — "  Sir,  you  forget  that  you  are  under  a  governor, 
and  that  you  ought  to  demean  yourself  like  a  subject ;  and 
know  ye,  when  my  lord  the  king  shall  hear  of  this  day's 
work,  he  will  give  you  but  little  thanks  for  your  labour." 

Now  while  these  gentlemen  were  thus  in  their  chiding 
words,  down  came  from  the  walls  and  gates  of  the  town  the 
IiOrd  Willbewill,  Mr.  Prejudice,  old  Ill-Pause,  and  several 
of  the  new-made  aldermen  and  burgesses,  and  they  asked 
the  reason  of  the  hubbub  and  tumult ;  and  with  that  every 
man  began  to  tell  his  own  tale,  so  that  nothing  could  be 
heard  distinctly.  Then  was  a  silence  commanded,  and  the 
old  fox  Incredulity  began  to  speak.  "  My  lord,"  quoth  he, 
"  here  are  a  couple  of  peevish  gentlemen,  that  have,  as  the 
fruit  of  their  bad  dispositions,  and,  as  I  fear,  through  the 
advice  of  one  Mr.  Discontent,  tumultuously  gathered  this 
company  against  me  this  day,  and  also  attempted  to  run  the 
town  into  acts  of  rebellion  against  our  prince." 

Then  stood  up  all  the  Diabolonians  that  were  present, 
and  affirmed  these  things  to  be  true. 

Now  when  they  that  took  part  with  my  Lord  Under- 
standing and  with  Mr.  Conscience  perceived  that  they  were 
like  to  come  to  the  worst,  for  that  force  and  power  was 
on  the  other  side,  they  came  in  for  their  help  and  relief;  so 
a  great  company  was  on  both  sides.  Then  they  on  Incre- 
dulity's side  would  have  had  the  two  old  gentlemen  pre- 
sently away  to  prison ;  but  they  on  the  other  side  said  they 
should    not.     Then  they  began  to  cry  up   parties  again-. 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  77 

the  Diabolonians  cried  up  old  Incredulity,  Forget-Good,  the 
new  aldermen,  and  their  great  one  Diabolus  ;  and  the  other 
party,  they  as  fast  cried  up  Shaddai,  the  captains,  his  laws, 
their  mercifulness,  and  applauded  their  conditions  and  ways. 

Thus  the  bickerment  went  awhile ;  at  last  they  passed 
from  words  to  blows,  and  now  there  were  knocks  on  both 
sides.  The  good  old  gentleman,  Mr.  Conscience,  was 
knocked  down  twice  by  one  of  the  Diabolonians,  whose 
name  was  Mr.  Benumbing ;  and  my  Lord  Understanding 
had  like  to  have  been  slain  with  an  arquebus,  but  that  he 
that  shot  did  not  take  his  aim  aright.  Nor  did  the  other 
side  wholly  escape ;  for  there  was  one  Mr.  Rashhead,  a 
Diabolonian,  that  had  his  brains  beaten  out  by  Mr.  Mind, 
the  Lord  Willbewill's  servant;  and  it  made  me  laugh  to  see 
how  old  Mr.  Prejudice  was  kicked  and  tumbled  about  in  the 
dirt ;  for  though,  a  while  since,  he  was  made  captain  of  a 
company  of  the  Diabolonians,  to  the  hurt  and  damage  of  the 
town,  yet  now  they  had  got  him  under  their  feet,  and,  I'll 
assure  you,  he  had,  by  some  of  the  Lord  Understanding's 
party,  his  crown  cracked  to  boot.  Mr.  Anything  also,  he 
became  a  brisk  man  in  the  broil ;  but  both  sides  were  against 
him,  because  he  was  true  to  none.  Yet  he  had,  for  his 
malapertness,  one  of  his  legs  broken,  and  he  that  did  it 
wished  it  had  been  his  neck.  Much  more  harm  was  done 
on  both  sides,  but  this  must  not  be  forgotten ;  it  was  now 
a  wonder  to  see  my  Lord  Willbewill  so  indifferent  as  he 
was ;  he  did  not  seem  to  take  one  side  more  than  another, 
only  it  was  perceived  that  he  smiled  to  see  how  old  Preju- 
dice was  tumbled  up  and  down  in  the  dirt.  Also,  when 
Captain  Anything  came  halting  up  before  him,  he  seemed 
to  take  but  little  notice  of  him. 

Now,  when  the  uproar  was  over,  Diabolus  sends  for  my 
Lord  Understanding  and  Mr.  Conscience,  and  claps  them 

7* 


78  THE    HOLY    AVAR. 

both  up  in  prison  as  the  ringleaders  and  managers  of  this 
most  heavy,  riotous  rout  in  Mansoul.  So  now  the  town 
began  to  be  quiet  again,  and  the  prisoners  were  used  hardly  ; 
yea,  he  thought  to  have  made  them  away,  but  that  the  present 
juncture  did  not  serve  for  that  purpose,  for  that  war  was  in 
all  their  gates. 

But  let  us  return  again  to  our  story.  The  captains,  when 
they  were  gone  back  from  the  gate,  and  were  come  into  the 
camp  again,  called  a  council  of  war,  to  consult  what  was 
further  for  them  to  do.  Now,  some  said,  "  Let  us  go  up  pre- 
sently, and  fall  upon  the  town  ;"  but  the  greatest  part  thought 
rather  better  it  would  be  to  give  them  another  summons  to 
yield ;  and  the  reason  why  they  thought  this  to  be  the  best 
was,  because  that,  so  far  as  could  be  perceived,  the  town  of 
Mansoul  now  was  more  inclinable  than  heretofore.  "  And 
if,"  said  they,  while  some  of  them  are  in  a  way  of  inclina- 
tion, we  should  by  ruggedness  give  them  distaste,  we  may 
set  them  farther  from  closing  with  our  summons  than  we 
would  be  willing  they  should." 

Wherefore  to  this  advice  they  agreed,  and  called  a  trum- 
peter, put  words  into  his  mouth,  set  him  his  time,  and  bid 
him  God  speed.  Well,  many  hours  were  not  expired 
before  the  trumpeter  addressed  himself  to  his  journey. 
Wherefore,  coming  up  to  the  wall  of  the  town,  he  steereth 
his  course  to  Ear-gate,  and  there  sounded,  as  he  was  com- 
manded. They  then  that  were  within  came  out  to  see  what 
was  the  matter,  and  the  trumpeter  made  them  this  speech 
following  : 

"  O  hard-hearted  and  deplorable  town  of  Mansoul,  how 
long  wilt  thou  love  thy  sinful,  sinful  simplicity  ?  and,  ye 
fools,  delight  in  your  scorning  ?  As  yet  despise  you  the 
offers  of  peace  and  deliverance  ?  As  yet  will  ye  refuse  the 
golden  offers  of  Shaddai,  and  trust  to  the  lies  and  falsehoods 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  79 

of  Diabolus  ?  Think  you,  when  Shacldai  shall  have  con- 
quered you,  that  the  remembrance  of  these  your  carriages 
towards  him  will  yield  you  peace  and  comfort,  or  that,  by 
ruffling  language,  you  can  make  him  afraid  as  a  grasshopper  ? 
Doth  he  entreat  you  for  fear  of  you  ?  Do  you  think  that 
you  are  stronger  than  he  ?  Look  to  the  heavens,  and  be- 
hold and  consider  the  stars,  how  high  are  they.  Can  you 
stop  the  sun  from  running  his  course,  and  hinder  the  moon 
from  giving  her  light  ?  Can  you  count  the  number  of  the 
stars,  or  stay  the  bottles  of  heaven  ?  Can  you  call  for  the 
waters  of  the  sea,  and  cause  them  to  cover  the  face  of  the 
ground  ?  Can  you  behold  every  one  that  is  proud,  and 
abase  him,  and  bind  their  faces  in  secret  ?  Yet  these  are 
some  of  the  works  of  our  King,  in  whose  name  this  day  we 
come  up  unto  you,  that  you  may  be  brought  under  his  au- 
thority. In  his  name,  therefore,  I  summon  you  again  to 
yield  up  yourselves  to  his  captains." 

At  this  summons  the  Mansoulians  seemed  to  be  at  hand, 
and  knew  not  what  answer  to  make.  Wherefore  Diabolus 
forthwith  appeared,  and  took  upon  him  to  do  it  himself; 
and  thus  he  begins/but  turns  his  speech  to  them  of  Mansoul. 

"  Gentlemen,"  quoth  he,  "  and  my  faithful  subjects,  if  it 
is  true  what  this  summoner  hath  said  concerning  the  great- 
ness of  their  King,  by  his  terror  you  will  always  be  kept  in 
bondage,  and  so  be  made  to  sneak.  Yea,  how  can  you  now, 
though  he  is  at  a  distance,  endure  to  think  of  such  a  mighty 
one  ?  And  if  not  to  think  of  him  while  at  a  distance,  how 
can  you  endure  to  be  in  his  presence  ?  I,  your  prince,  am 
familiar  with  you,  and  you  may  play  with  me  as  you  would 
with  a  grasshopper.  Consider,  therefore,  what  is  for  your 
profit,  and  remember  the  immunities  that  I  have  granted 
you. 

"  Father,  if  all  be  true  that  this  man  hath  said,  how  comes 


80  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

it  to  pass  that  the  subjects  of  Shaddai  are  so  enslaved  in  all 
places  where  they  come  ?  None  in  the  universe  so  unhappy 
as  they,  none  so  trampled  upon  as  they. 

"  Consider,  my  Mansoul :  would  thou  wert  as  loath  to 
leave  me  as  I  am  loath  to  leave  thee.  But  consider,  I  say, 
the  ball  is  yet  at  thy  foot ;  liberty  you  have,  if  you  know 
how  to  use  it ;  yea,  a  king  you  have  too,  if  you  can  tell  how 
to  love  and  obey  him." 

Upon  this  speech,  the  town  of  Mansoul  did  again  harden 
their  hearts  yet  more  against  the  captains  of  Shaddai.  The 
thoughts  of  his  greatness  did  not  quite  quash  them,  and  the 
thoughts  of  his  holiness  sunk  them  in  despair.  Wherefore, 
after  a  short  consult,  they  (of  the  Diabolonian  party  they 
were)  sent  back  this  word  by  the  trumpeter,  That,  for  their 
parts,  they  were  resolved  to  stick  to  their  king,  but  never  to 
yield  to  Shaddai ;  so  it  was  but  in  vain  to  give  them  any 
further  summons,  for  they  had  rather  die  upon  the  place 
than  yield.  And  now  things  seemed  to  be  gone  quite  back, 
and  Mansoul  to  be  out  of  reach  or  call ;  yet  the  captains, 
who  knew  what  their  Lord  could  do,  would  not  yet  be  beat 
out  of  heart;  they  therefore  sent  them  •  another  summons, 
more  sharp  and  severe  than  the  last ;  but  the  oftener  they 
were  sent  to,  to  reconcile  to  Shaddai,  the  further  off  they 
were.  "  As  they  called  them,  so  they  went  from  them — 
yea,  though  they  called  them  to  the  Most  High." 

So  they  ceased  that  way  to  deal  with  them' any  more,  and 
inclined  to  think  of  another  way.  The  captains,  therefore, 
did  gather  themselves  together,  to  have  free  conference  among 
themselves,  to  know  what  was  yet  to  be  done  to  gain  the 
town,  and  to  deliver  it  from  the  tyranny  of  Diabolus ;  and 
one  said  after  this  manner,  and  another  after  that,  Then 
stood  up  the  right  noble  the  Captain  Conviction,  and  said, 
"  My  brethren,  mine  opinion  is  this : 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  81 

"  First,  that  we  continually  play  our  slings  into  the  town, 
and  keep  it  in  a  continual  alarm,  molesting  them  day  and 
ni°ht  By  thus  doing  we  shall  stop  the  growth  of  their 
rampant  spirit ;  for  a  lion  may  be  tamed  by  continual  mo- 
lestation. 

"  Secondly,  this  done,  I  advise  that,  in  the  next  place,  we 
with  one  consent  draw  up  a  petition  to  our  Lord  Shaddai, 
by  which,  after  we  have  showed  our  King  the  condition  of 
Mansoul  and  of  affairs  here,  and  have  begged  his  pardon  for 
our  no  better  success,  we  will  earnestly  implore  Ins  Majesty's 
help,  and  that  he  will  please  to  send  us  more  force  and  power, 
and  some  gallant  and  well  spoken  commander  to  head  them, 
that  so  his  Majesty  may  lose  the  benefit  of  these  his  good 
beginnings,  but  may  complete  his  conquest  upon  the  town 
of  Mansoul." 

To  this  speech  of  the  noble  Captain  Conviction  they  as 
one  man  consented,  and  agreed  that  a  petition  should  forth- 
with be  drawn  up,  and  sent  by  a  fit  man  away  to  Shaddai 
with  speed.     The  contents  of  the  petition  were  thus  : 

"  Most  gracious  and  glorious  King,  the  Lord  of  the  best 
world,  and  the  builder  of  the  town  of  Mansoul,  we  have, 
dread  Sovereign,  at  thy  commandment,  put  our  lives  in 
jeopardy,  and  at  thy  bidding  made  a  war  upon  the  famous 
town  of  Mansoul.  When  we  went  up  against  it,  we  did, 
according  to  our  commission,  first  offer  conditions  of  peace 
unto  it.  But  they,  great  King,  set  light  by  our  counsel,  and 
would  none  of  our  reproof.  They  were  for  shutting  their 
gates,  and  for  keeping  us  out  of  the  town.  They  also 
mounted  their  guns,  they  sallied  out  upon  us,  and  have  done 
us  what  damage  they  could  ;  but  we  pursued  them  with 
alarm  upon  alarm,  requiting  them  with  such  retribution  as 
was  meet,  and  have  done  some  execution  upon  the  town. 
"  Diabolus,  Incredulity,  and  Willbewill  are  the  great  doers 


82  THE   HOLY   WAR. 

against  us  :  now  we  are  in  our  winter  quarters,  but  so,  as 
that  we  do  yet  with  an  high  hand,  molest  and  distress  the 
town. 

"  Once,  as  we  think,  had  we  had  but  one  substantial  friend 
in  the  town,  such  as  would  but  have  seconded  the  sound  of 
our  summons  as  they  ought,  the  people  might  have  yielded 
themselves  ;  but  there  were  none  but  enemies  there,  nor  any 
to  speak  in  behalf  of  our  Lord  to  the  town.  Wherefore, 
though  we  have  done  as  we  could,  yet  Mansoul  abides  in  a 
state  of  rebellion  against  thee. 

"  Now,  King  of  kings,  let  it  please  thee  to  pardon  the 
unsuccessfulness  of  thy  servants,  who  have  been  no  more 
advantageous  in  so  desirable  a  work  as  the  conquering  of 
Mansoul  is.  And  send,  Lord,  as  we  now  desire,  more  forces 
to  Mansoul,  that  it  may  be  subdued  ;  and  a  man  to  head  them, 
that  the  town  may  both  love  and  fear. 

"  We  do  not  thus  speak  because  we  are  willing  to  re- 
linquish the  wars,  (for  we  are  for  laying  of  our  bones  against 
the  place,)  but  that  the  town  of  Mansoul  may  be  won  for 
thy  Majesty.  We  also  pray  thy  Majesty  for  expedition  in 
this  matter,  that,  after  their  conquest,  we  may  be  at  liberty 
to  be  sent  about  other  thy  gracious  designs.     Amen." 

The  petition  thus  drawn  up,  was  sent  away  with  haste  to 
the  King  by  the  hand  of  that  good  man,  Mr.  Love-to-Man- 
soul. 

When  this  petition  was  come  to  the  palace  of  the  King, 
who  should  it  be  delivered  to,  but  to  the  King's  Son  ?  So 
he  took  it  and  read  it,  and  because  the  contents  of  it  pleased 
him  well,  he  mended,  and  also  in  some  things  added  to  the 
petition  himself.  So,  after  he  had  made  such  amendments 
and  additions  as  he  thought  convenient  with  his  own  hand, 
he  carried  it  in  to  the  King;  to  whom  when  he  had  with 
obeisance  delivered  it,  he  put  on  authority,  and  spake  to  it 
himself. 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  83 

Now  the  King,  at  the  sight  of  the  petition,  was  glad ;  but 
how  much  more,  think  you,  when  it  was  seconded  by  his 
Son  ?  It  pleased  him  also  to  hear  that  his  servants  who 
camped  against  Mansoul  were  so  hearty  in  the  work,  and  so 
steadfast  in  their  resolves,  and  that  they  had  already  got 
some  ground  upon  the  famous  town  of  Mansoul. 

Wherefore  the  King  called  to  him  Emmanuel,  his  Son, 
who  said,  "  Here  am  I,  my  Father."  Then  said  the  King, 
"  Thou  knowest,  as  I  do  myself,  the  condition  of  the  town 
of  Mansoul,  and  what  we  have  purposed,  and  what  thou 
hast  done  to  redeem  it.  Come  now,  therefore,  my  Son,  and 
prepare  thyself  for  the  war,  for  thou  shalt  go  to  my  camp  at 
Mansoul.  Thou  shalt  also  there  prosper  and  prevail,  and 
conquer  the  town  of  Mansoul." 

Then  said  the  King's  Son,  "  Thy  law  is  within  my  heart : 
I  delight  to  do  thy  will.  This  is  the  day  that  I  have  longed 
for,  and  the  work  that  I  have  waited  for  all  this  while.  Grant 
me,  therefore,  what  force  thou  shalt  in  thy  wisdom  think 
meet;  and  I  will  go  and  will  deliver  from  Diabolus,  and 
from  his  power,  thy  perishing  town  of  Mansoul.  My  heart 
has  been  often  pained  within  me  for  the  miserable  town  of 
Mansoul ;  but  now  it  is  rejoiced,  but  now  it  is  glad."  And 
with  that  he  leaped  for  joy,  saying,  "  I  have  not  in  my  heart, 
thought  anything  too  dear  for  Mansoul :  the  day  of  vengeance 
is  in  mine  heart  for  thee,  my  Mansoul ;  and  glad  am  I  that 
thou,  my  father,  hast  made  me  the  Captain  of  their  salvation. 
And  I  will  now  begin  to  plague  all  those  that  have  been  a 
plague  to  my  town  of  Mansoul,  and  will  deliver  it  from  their 
hand." 

When  the  King's  son  had  said  thus  to  his  Father,  it  pre- 
sently flew  like  lightning  round  about  at  court ;  yea,  it  there 
became  the  only  talk  what  Emmanuel  was  to  go  to  do  for 
the  famous  town  of  Mansoul.     But  you  cannot  think  how 


84  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

the  courtiers  too,  were  taken  with  this  design  of  the  Prince ; 
yea,  so  affected  were  they  with  this  work,  and  with  the  just- 
ness of  the  war,  that  the  highest  lord  and  greatest  peer  of 
the  kingdom  did  covet  to  have  commission  under  Emmanuel, 
to  go  to  help  to  recover  again  to  Shaddai  the  miserable  town 
of  Mansoul. 

Then  was  it  concluded  that  some  should  go  and  carry 
tidings  to  the  camp,  that  Emmanuel  was  to  come  to  recover 
Mansoul,  and  that  he  would  bring  along  with  him  so  mighty, 
so  impregnable  a  force,  that  he  could  not  be  resisted.  But, 
oh  !  how  ready  were  the  high  ones  at  court  to  run  to  carry 
these  tidings  to  the  camp  that  was  at  Mansoul.  Now,  when 
the  captains  perceived  that  the  King  would  send  Emmanuel 
his  Son,  and  that  it  also  delighted  the  Son  to  be  sent  on  this 
errand  by  the  great  Shaddai  his  Father,  they  also,  to  show 
how  they  were  pleased  at  the  thoughts  of  his  coming,  gave 
a  shout  that  made  the  earth  rend  at  the  sound  thereof.  Yea, 
the  mountains  did  answer  again  by  echo,  and  Diabolus  him- 
self did  totter  and  shake. 

For  you  must  know,  that  though  the  town  of  Mansoul 
itself  was  not  much,  if  at  all  concerned  with  the  project,  (for, 
alas  for  them !  they  were  wofully  besotted,  for  they  chiefly 
regarded  their  pleasure  and  their  lusts,)  yet  Diabolus  their 
governor  was ;  for  he  had  his  spies  continually  abroad,  who 
brought  him  intelligence  of  all  things,  and  they  told  him  what 
was  doing  at  court  against  him,  and  that  Emmanuel  would 
shortly  certainly  come  with  a  power  to  invade  him.  Nor 
was  there  any  man  at  court,  nor  peer,  of  the  kingdom,  that 
Diabolus  so  feared  as  he  feared  this  Prince ;  for  if  you  re- 
member, I  showed  you  before,  that  Diabolus  had  felt  the 
weight  of  his  hand  already  ;  so  that,  since  it  was  he  that 
was  to  come,  this  made  him  the  more  afraid. 

Well,  you  see  how  I  have  told  you  that  the  King's  Son 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  85 

was  engaged  to  come  from  the  court  to  save  Mansoul,  and 
that  his  Father  had  made  him  the  Captain  of  the  forces. 
The  time,  therefore,  of  his  setting  forth  being  now  expired, 
he  addressed  himself  for  his  march,  and  taketh  with  him  for 
his  power,  five  noble  captains  and  their  forces. 

1.  The  first  was  that  famous  captain,  the  noble  Captain 
Credence.  His  were  the  red  colours,  and  Mr.  Promise 
bare  them  ;  and  for  a  scutcheon  he  had  the  holy  lamb  and 
golden  shield ;  and  he  had  ten  thousand  men  at  his  feet. 

2.  The  second  was  that  famous  captain,  the  Captain  Good- 
Hope.  His  were  the  blue  colours  ;  his  standard-bearer  was 
Mr.  Expectation,  and  for  a  scutcheon  he  had  the  three  golden 
anchors ;  and  he  had  ten  thousand  men  at  his  feet. 

3.  The  third  was  that  valiant  captain,  the  Captain  Charity. 
His  standard  bearer  was  Mr.  Pitiful :  his  were  the  green 
colours,  and  for  his  scutcheon  he  had  three  naked  orphans 
embraced  in  the  bosom ;  and  he  had  ten  thousand  men  at 
his  feet. 

4.  The  fourth  was  that  gallant  commander,  the  Captain 
Innocent.  His  standard  bearer  was  Mr.  Harmless  :  his 
were  the  white  colours,  and  for  his  scutcheon  he  had  the 
three  golden  doves. 

5.  The  fifth  was  the  truly  loyal  and  well  beloved  captain, 
the  Captain  Patience.  His  standard  bearer  was  Mr.  Suffer- 
Long  :  his  were  the  black  colours,  and  for  a  scutcheon  he 
had  three  arrows  through  the  golden  heart. 

These  were  Emmanuel's  captains  ,  these  their  standard 
bearers,  their  colours,  and  their  scutcheons  ;  and  these  the 
men  under  their  command.  So,  as  was  said,  the  brave 
Prince  took  his  march  to  go  to  the  town  of  Mansoul.  Cap- 
tain Credence  led  the  van,  and  Captain  Patience  brought  up 
the  rear  ;  so  the  other  three,  with  their  men,  made  up  the 
8 


80  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

main  body,  the  Prince  himself  riding  in  his  chariot  at  the 
head  of  them. 

But  when  they  set  out  for  their  march,  oh,  how  the  trum- 
pets sounded,  their  armour  glittered,  and  how  their  colours 
waved  in  the  wind  !  The  Prince's  armour  was  all  of  gold, 
and  it  shone  like  the  sun  in  the  firmament ;  the  captains' 
armour  was  of  proof,  and  was  in  appearance  like  the  glitter- 
ing stars.  There  were  also  some  from  the  court  that  rode 
reformades*  for  the  love  that  they  had  to  the  King  Shaddai, 
and  for  the  happy  deliverance  of  the  town  of  Mansoul. 

Emmanuel  also,  when  he  had  thus  set  forwards  to  go  to 
recover  the  town  of  Mansoul,  took  with  him,  at  the  com- 
mandment  of  his  Father,  fifty -four  battering  rams,  and  twelve 
slings  to  whirl  stones  withal.  Every  one  of  these  was  made 
of  pure  gold,  and  these  they  carried  with  them,  in  the  heart 
and  body  of  their  army,  all  along  as  they  went  to  Mansoul. 

So  they  marched  till  they  came  within  less  than  a  league 
of  the  town,  and  there  they  lay  till  the  first  four  captains' 
came  thither  to  acquaint  them  with  matters.  Then  they 
took  their  journey  to  go  to  the  town  of  Mansoul,  and  unto 
Mansoul  they  came  ;  but  when  the  old  soldiers  that  were  in 
the  camp  saw  that  they  had  new  forces  to  join  with,  they 
again  gave  such  a  shout  before  the  walls  of  the  town  of 
Mansoul,  that  it  put  Diabolus  into  another  fright.  So  they 
sat  down  before  the  town,  not  now  as  the  other  four  captains 
did,  to  wit,  against  the  gates  of  Mansoul  only ;  but  they 
environed  it  round  on  every  side,  and  beset  it  behind  and 
before;  so  that  now,  let  Mansoul  look  which  way  it  will,  it 
saw  force  and  power  he  in  siege  against  it.  Besides,  there 
were  mounts  cast  up  against  it.  The  Mount  Gracious  was 
on  the  one  side,  and  Mount  Justice  was  on  the  other. 
Further,  there  were  several  small  banks  and  advance 
*  Volunteer  officers. 


r 


THE.    WHlTh     ZLA.G  OS  MDtDSrX  GKA.C3DTJS 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  87 

grounds,  as  Plain-Truth  Hill  and  No-Sin  Banks,  where 
many  of  the  slings  were  placed  against  the  town.  Upon 
Mount  Gracious  were  planted  four,  and  upon  Mount  Justice 
were  placed  as  many,  and  the  rest  were  conveniently  placed 
in  several  parts  round  about  the  town.  Five  of  the  best 
battering-rams,  that  is,  of  the  biggest  of  them,  were  placed 
upon  Mount  Hearken,  a  mount  cast  up  hard  by  Ear-gate, 
with  intent  to  break  that  open. 

Now  when  the  men  of  the  town  saw  the  multitude  of 
the  soldiers  that  were  come  up  against  the  place,  and  the 
rams  and  slings,  and  the  mounts  on  which  they  were  planted, 
together  with  the  glittering  of  the  armour  and  the  waving 
of  their  colours,  they  were  forced  to  shift,  and  shift,  and 
again  to  shift  their  thoughts ;  but  they  hardly  changed  for 
thoughts  more  stout,  but  rather  for  thoughts  more  faint ;  for 
though  before,  they  thought  themselves  sufficiently  guarded, 
yet  now  they  began  to  think  that  no  man  knew  what  would 
be  their  hap  or  lot. 

When  the  good  Prince  Emmanuel  had  thus  beleaguered 
Mansoul,  in  the  first  place  he  hangs  out  the  white  flag, 
which  he  caused  to  be  set  up  among  the  golden  slings  that 
were  planted  upon  Mount  Gracious.  And  this  he  did  for 
two  reasons:  1.  To  give  notice  to  Mansoul  that  he  could 
and  would  yet  be  gracious  if  they  turned  to  him.  2.  And 
that  he  might  leave  them  the  more  without  excuse,  should 
he  destroy  them,  they  continuing  in  their  rebellion. 

So  the  white  flag,  with  the  three  golden  doves  in  it,  was 
hung  out  for  two  days  together,  to  give  them  time  and  space 
to  consider ;  but  they,  as  was  hinted  before,  as  if  they  were 
unconcerned,  made  no  reply  to  the  favourable  signal  of  the 
Prince. 

Then  he  commanded,  and  they  set  the  red  fla^  upon  that 
mount  called  .Mount  Justice.     It  was  the  rt'd  flag  of  Cap- 


88  THE    HOLY   WAR. 

tain  Judgment,  whose  scutcheon  was  the  burning  fiery 
furnace ;  and  this  also  stood  waving  before,  them  in  the 
wind  for  several  days  together.  But  look  how  they  carried 
it  under  the  white  flag,  when  that  was  hung  out,  so  did  they 
also  when  the  red  one  was  ;  and  yet  he  took  no  advantage 
of  them. 

Then  he  commanded  affain  that  his  servants  should  hanff 
out  the  black  flag  of  defiance  against  them,  whose  scutcheon 
was  the  three  burning  thunderbolts ;  but  as  unconcerned 
was  Mansoul  at  this  as  at  those  that  went  before.  But  when 
the  Prince  saw  that  neither  mercy  nor  judgment,  nor  exe- 
cution of  judgment,  would  or  could  come  near  the  heart  of 
Mansoul,  he  was  touched  with  much  compunction,  and  said, 
"  Surely  this  strange  carriage  of  the  town  of  Mansoul  doth 
rather  arise  from  ignorance  of  the  manner  and  feats  of  war, 
than  from  a  secret  defiance  of  us,  and  abhorrence  of  their 
own  lives ;  or  if  they  know  the  manner  of  the  war  of  their 
own,  yet  not  the  rites  and  ceremonies  of  the  wars  in  which 
Ave  are  concerned,  when  I  make  wars  upon  mine  enemy 
Diabolus." 

Therefore  he  sent  to  the  town  of  Mansoul,  to  let  them 
know  what  he  meant  by  those  signs  and  ceremonies  of  the 
flag;  and  also  to  know  of  them  which  of  the  things  they 
would  choose,  whether  grace  and  mercy,  or  judgment  and 
the  execution  of  judgment.  All  this  while,  they  kept  their 
gates  shut  with  locks,  bolts,  and  bars,  as  fast  as  they  could. 
Their  guards  also  were  doubled,  and  their  watch  made  as 
strong  as  they  could.  Diabolus  also  did  pluck  up  what 
heart  he  could,  to  encourage  the  town  to  make  resistance. 

The  townsmen  also  made  answer  to  the  Prince's  messen- 
ger, in  substance  according  to  that  which  follows : 

"  Great  Sir, — As  to  what,  by  your  messenger,  you  have 
signified  to  us,  whether  we  will  accept  of  your  mercy,  or 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  89 

fall  by  your  justice,  we  are  bound  by  the  law  and  custom 
of  this- place,  and  can  give  you  no  positive  answer ;  for  it  is 
against  the  law,  government,  and  the  prerogative  royal  of 
our  king,  to  make  either  peace  or  war  without  him.  But 
this  we  will  do, — we  will  petition  that  our  prince  will  come 
down  to  the  wall,  and  there  give  you  such  treatment  as  he 
shall  think  fit  and  profitable  for  us." 

When  the  good  Prince  Emmanuel  heard  this  answer, 
and  saw  the  slavery  and  bondage  of  the  people,  and  how 
much  content  they  were  to  abide  in  the  chains  of  the  tyrant 
Diabolus,  it  grieved  him  at  the  heart ;  and,  indeed,  when  at 
any  time  he  perceived  that  any  were  contented  under  the 
slavery  of  the  giant,  he  would  be  affected  Avith  it. 

But  to  return  again  to  our  purpose.  After  the  town  had 
carried  this  news  to  Diabolus,  and  had  told  him,  moreover 
that  the  Prince,  that  lay  in  the  leaguer  without  the  wall, 
waited  upon  them  for  an  answer,  he  refused,  and  huffed  as 
well  as  he  could  ;  but  in  heart  he  was  afraid. 

Then  said  he,  "  I  will  go  down  to  the  gates  myself,  and 
give  him  such  an  answer  as  I  think  fit."  So  he  went  down 
to  Mouth-gate,  and  there  addressed  himself  to  speak  to 
Emmanuel,  (but  in  such  language  as  die  town  understood 
not,)  the  contents  whereof  were  as  follow  : 

"  O  thou  great  Emmanuel,  Lord  of  all  the  world,  I  know 
thee,  that  thou  art  the  Son  of  the  great  Shaddai !  Where- 
fore art  thou  come  to  torment  me,  and  to  cast  me  out  of  my 
possession  ?  This  town  of  Mansoul,  as  thou  very  well 
knowest,  is  mine,  and  that  by  a  twofold  right.  1.  It  is  mine 
by  right  of  conquest ;  I  won  it  in  the  open  field  :  and  shall 
the  prey  be  taken  from  the  mighty,  or  the  lawful  captive  be 
delivered  ?  2.  This  town  of  Mansoul  is  mine  also  by  their 
subjection.  They  have  opened  the  gates  of  their  town  unto 
me  ;  they  have  sworn  fidelity  to  me,  and  have  openly  chosen 


90  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

mo  to  be  their  'king ;  they  have  also  given  their  castle  into 
my  hands  ;  yea,  they  have  put  the  whole  strength  of  Man- 
soul  under  me. 

"  Moreover,  this  town  of  Mansoul  hath  disavowed  thee  ; 
yea,  they  have  cast  thy  law,  thy  name,  thy  image,  and  ad 
that  is  thine,  behind  their  back,  and  have  accepted  and  set 
up  in  their  room  my  law,  my  name,  my  image,  and  all  that 
ever  is  mine.  Ask  else  thy  captains,  and  they  will  tell  thee 
that  Mansoul  hath,  in  answer  to  all  their  summonses,  shown 
love  and  loyalty  to  me,  but  always  disdain,  despite,  con- 
tempt, and  scorn  to  thee  and  thine.  Now,  thou  art  the  Just 
One  and  the  Holy,  and  shouldest  do  no  iniquity.  Depart, 
then,  I  pray  thee,  therefore,  from  me,  and  leave  me  to  my 
just  inheritance  peaceably." 

This  oration  was  made  in  the  language  of  Diabolus  him- 
self; for  although  he  can,  to  every  man,  speak  in  their  own 
language,  (else  he  could  not  tempt  them  all  as  he  does,)  yet 
he  has  a  language  proper  to  himself,  and  it  is  the  language 
of  the  infernal  cave,  or  black  pit. 

Wherefore  the  town  of  Mansoul  (poor  hearts !)  under- 
stood him  not ;  nor  did  they  see  how  he  crouched  and 
cringed  while  he  stood  before  Emmanuel,  their  Prince. 

Yea,  they  all  this  while  took  him  to  be  one  of  that  power 
and  force  that  by  no  means  could  be  resisted.  Wherefore, 
while  he  was  thus  entreating  that  he  might  have  yet  his 
residence  there,  and  that  Emmanuel  would  not  take  it  from 
him  by  force,  the  inhabitants  boasted  even  of  his  valor, 
saying,  "  Who  is  able  to  make  war  with  him  ?" 

Well,  when  this  pretended  king  had  made  an  end  of  what 
he  would  say,  Emmanuel,  the  golden  Prince,  stood  up  and 
spake ;  the  contents  of  whose  words  follow. 

"  Thou  deceiving  one,"  said  he,  "  I  have,  in  my  Father's 
name,  in  mine  own  name,  and  on  the  behalf  and  for  tha 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  91 

good  of  this  wretched  town  of  Mansoul,  somewhat  to  say 
unto  thee.     Thou  pretendest  a  right,  a  lawful  right,  to  the 
deplorable  town  of  Mansoul,  when  it  is  most  apparent  to 
all  my  Father's  court  that  the  entrance  which  thou  hast 
obtained  in  at  the  gates  of  Mansoul  was  through  thy  lie  and 
falsehood ;  thou  beliedst  my  Father,  thou  beliedst  his  law, 
and  so  deceivedst  the  people  of  Mansoul.    Thou  pretendest 
that  the  people  have  accepted  thee  for  their  king,  their  cap- 
tain, and  right  liege  lord  ;  but  that  also  was  by  the  exercise 
of  deceit  and  guile.     Now,  if  lying,  wiliness,  sinful  craft, 
and  all  manner  of  horrible  hypocrisy,  will  go  in  my  Fa- 
ther's court  (in  which  court  thou  must  be  tried)  for  equity 
and  right,  then  will  I  confess  unto  thee  that  thou  hast  made 
a  lawful  conquest.  But,  alas  !  what  thief,  what  tyrant,  what 
devil  is  there  that  may  not  conquer  after  this  sort  ?    But  I 
can  make  it  appear,  O  Diabolus,  that  thou,  in  all  thy  pre- 
tences to  a  conquest  of  Mansoul,  hast  nothing  of  truth  to 
say.     Thinkest  thou  this  to  be  right,  that  thou  didst  put  the 
lie  upon   my  Father,  and  madest  him  (to  Mansoul)   the 
greatest  deluder  in  the  world  ?    And  what  sayest  thou  to 
thy  perverting  knowingly  the  right  purport  and  intent  of 
the  law  ?  Was  it  good  also  that  thou  madest  a  prey  of  the 
innocency  and  simplicity  of  the  now  miserable  town  of 
Mansoul?  Yea,  thou  didst  overcome  Mansoul  by  promis- 
ing to  them  happiness  in  their  transgressions  against  my 
Father's  law,  when  thou   knowest,  and  couldest  not  but 
know,  hadst  thou  consulted  nothing  but  thine  own  experi- 
ence, that  that  was  the  way  to  undo  them.    Thou  hast  also 
thyself,  O  thou  master  of  enmity,  of  spite  defaced  my  Fa- 
ther's image  in  Mansoul,  and  set  up  thy  own  in  its  place, 
to  the  great  contempt  of  my  Father,  the  heightening  of  thy 
sin,  and  to  the  into!  srable  damage  of  the  perishing  town  of 
Mansoul. 


92  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

"  Thou  hast,  moreover,  (as  if  all  these  were  but  little 
things  with  thee,)  not  only  deluded  and  undone  this  place, 
but,  by  thy  lies  and  fraudulent  carriage,  hast  set  them  against 
their  own  deliverance.  How  hast  thou  stirred  them  up 
against  my  Father's  captains,  and  made  them  to  fight 
against  those  that  were  sent  of  him  to  deliver  them  from 
their  bondage  !  All  these  things,  and  very  many  more,  thou 
hast  done  against  thy  light,  and  in  contempt  of  my  Father 
and  of  his  law,  yea,  and  with  design  to  bring  under  his 
displeasure  for  ever,  the  miserable  town  of  Mansoul.  I  am 
therefore  come  to  avenge  the  wrong  that  thou  hast  done  to 
my  Father,  and  to  deal  with  thee  for  the  blasphemies 
wherewith  thou  hast  made  poor  Mansoul  blaspheme  his 
name.  Yea,  upon  thy  head,  thou  prince  of  the  infernal 
cave,  will  I  requite  it. 

"  As  for  myself,  O  Diabolus,  I  am  come  against  thee  by 
lawful  power,  and  to  take,  by  strength  of  hand,  this  town 
of  Mansoul  out  of  thy  burning  fingers ;  for  this  town  of 
Mansoul  is  mine,  0  Diabolus,  and  that  by  undoubted  right, 
as  all  shall  see  that  will  diligently  search  the  most  ancient 
and  most  authentic  records,  and  I  will  plead  my  tide  to  it, 
to  the  confusion  of  thy  face. 

"  First,  for  the  town  of  Mansoul,  my  Father  built  and 
did  fashion  it  with  his  hand.  The  palace  also  that  is  in  the 
midst  of  that  town,  he  built  it  for  his  own  delight.  This 
town  of  Mansoul,  therefore,  is  my  Father's,  and  that  by 
the  best  of  titles,  and  he  that  gainsays  the  truth  of  this  must 
lie  against  his  soul. 

"  Secondly,  O  thou  master  of  the  lie,  this  town  of  Man- 
soul is  mine. 

"  1.  For  that  I  am  my  Father's  heir,  his  first-born,  and 
the  only  delight  of  his  heart.  I  am  therefore  come  up 
against  thee  in  mine  own  right,  even  to  recover  mine  own 
inheritance  out  of  thine  hand. 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  93 

"  2.  But  further,  as  I  have  a  right  and  title  to  Mansoul 
by  being  my  Father's  heir,  so  I  have  also  by  my  Father's 
donation.  His  it  was,  and  he  gave  it  me  ;  nor  have  I  at 
any  time  offended  my  Father,  that  he  should  take  it  from 
me,  and  give  it  to  thee.  Nor  have  I  been  forced,  by  play- 
ing the  bankrupt,  to  sell  or  set  to  sale  to  thee  my  beloved 
town  of  Mansoul.  Mansoul  is  my  desire,  my  delight,  and 
the  joy  of  my  heart.     But, 

"  3.  Mansoul  is  mine  by  right  of  purchase.  I  have 
bought  it,  0  Diabolus,  I  have  bought  it  to  myself.  Now, 
since  it  was  my  Father's,  and  mine,  as  I  was  his  heir,  and 
since  also  I  have  made  it  mine  by  virtue  of  a  great  purchase, 
it  followeth  that,  by  all  lawful  right,  the  town  of  Mansoul 
is  mine,  and  that  thou  art  an  usurper,  a  tyrant,  and  traitor, 
in  thy  holding  possession  thereof.  Now,  the  cause  of  my 
purchasing  of  it  was  this  :  Mansoul  had  trespassed  against 
my  Father ;  now  my  Father  had  said,  that  in  the  day  that 
they  broke  his  law  they  should  die.  Now,  it  is  more  pos- 
sible for  heaven  and  earth  to  pass  away  than  for  my  Father 
to  break  his  word.  Wherefore,  when  Mansoul  had  sinned 
indeed  by  hearkening  to  thy  lie,  I  put  in  and  became  a 
surety  to  my  Father,  body  for  body,  and  soul  for  soul,  that 
I  would  make  amends  for  Mansoul's  transgressions,  and  my 
Father  did  accept  thereof.  So,  when  the  time  appointed 
was  come,  I  gave  body  for  body,  soul  for  soul,  life  for  life, 
blood  for  blood,  and  so  redeemed  my  beloved  Mansoul. 

"  4.  Nor  did  I  do  this  by  halves  :  my  Father's  law  and 
justice,  that  were  both  concerned  in  the  threatening  upon 
transgression,  are  both  now  satisfied,  and  very  well  content 
that  Mansoul  should  be  delivered. 

"  5.  Nor  am  I  come  out  this  day  against  thee,  but  by  com- 
mandment of  my  Father ;  it  was  he  that  said  unto  me,  '  Go 
down  and  deliver  Mansoul.' 


91  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

"  Wherefore  be  it  known  unto  thee,  O  thou  fountain  of 
deceit,  and  be  it  also  known  to  the  foolish  town  of  Man- 
soul,  that  I  am  not  come  against  thee  this  day  without  my 
Father. 

"  And  now,"  said  the  golden-headed  Prince,  "  I  have  a 
word  to  the  town  of  Mansoul."     But  so  soon  as  mention 
was  made  that  he  had  a  word  to  speak  to  the  besotted  town 
of  Mansoul,  the  gates  were  double-guarded,  and  all  men 
commanded  not  to  give  him  audience.     So  he  proceeded 
and  said,  "  0  unhappy  town  of  Mansoul,  I  cannot  but  be 
touched  with  pity  and  compassion  for  thee.     Thou  hast 
accepted  of  Diabolus  for  thy  king,  and  art  become  a  nurse 
and  minister  of  Diabolonians  against  thy  sovereign  Lord. 
Thy  gates  thou  hast  opened  to  him,  but  hast  shut  them  fast 
against  me  ;  thou  hast  given  him  a  hearing,  but  hast  stopped 
thine  ears  to  my  cry.     He  brought  to  thee  thy  destruction, 
and  thou  didst  receive  both  him  and  it :  I  am  come  to  thee 
bringing  salvation,  but  thou  regardest  me  not.     Besides, 
thou  hast,  as  with  sacrilegious  hands,  taken  thyself,  with 
all  that  was  mine  in  thee,  and  hast  given  all  to  my  foe,  and 
to  the  greatest  enemy  my  Father  has.     You  have  bowed 
and  subjected  yourselves  to  him,  you  have  vowed  and  sworn 
yourselves  to  be  his.    Poor  Mansoul !  what  shall  I  do  unto 
thee  ?    Shall  I  save  thee  ? — shall  I  destroy  thee  ?     "What 
shall  I  do  unto  thee  ?    Shall  I  fall  upon  thee,  and  grind  thee 
to  powder,  or  make  thee  a  monument  of  the  richest  grace  ? 
What  shall  I  do  unto  thee  ?    Hearken,  therefore,  thou  town 
of  Mansoul,  hearken  to  my  word,  and  thou  shalt  live.     1 
am  merciful,  Mansoul,  and  thou  shalt  find  me  so  :  shut  me 
not  out  of  thy  gates. 

"  O  Mansoul,  neither  is  my  commission  nor  inclination 
at  all  to  do  thee  hurt.  Why  fliest  thou  so  fast  from  thy 
friend,  and  stickest  so  close  to  thine  enemy  ?  Indeed,  I  would 


TILE    HOLY    WAR.  95 

have  thee,  because  it  becomes  thee,  to  be  sorry  for  thy  sin ; 
but  do  not  despair  of  life;  this  great  force  is  not  to  hurt 
thee,  but  to  deliver  thee  from  thy  bondage,  and  to  reduce 
thee  to  thy  obedience. 

"  My  commission,  indeed,  is  to  make  a  war  upon  Diabo- 
lus  thy  king,  and  upon  all  Diabolonians  with  him  ;  for  he  is 
the  strong  man  armed  that  keeps  the  house,  and  I  will  have 
him  out :  his  spoils  I  must  divide,  his  armour  I  must  take 
from  him,  his  hold  I  must  cast  him  out  of,  and  must  make 
it  a  habitation  for  myself.  And  this,  O  Mansoul,  shall 
Diabolus  know  when  he  shall  be  made  to  follow  me  in 
chains,  and  when  Mansoul  shall  rejoice  to  see  it  so. 

"  I  could,  would  I  now  put  forlh  my  might,  cause  that 
forthwith  he  should  leave  you  and  depart;  but  I  have  it  in 
my  heart  so  to  deal  with  him,  as  that  the  justice  of  the  war 
that  I  shall  make  upon  him  may  be  seen  and  acknowledged 
by  all.  He  hath  taken  Mansoul  by  fraud,  and  keeps  it  by 
violence  and  deceit,  and  I  will  make  him  bare  and  naked  in 
the  eyes  of  all  observers. 

"  All  my  words  are  true.  I  am  mighty  to  save,  and  will 
deliver  my  Manful  out  of  his  hand." 

This  speech  was  intended  chiefly  for  Mansoul,  but  Man- 
soul would  not  have  the  hearing  of  it.  They  shut  up  Ear- 
gate,  they  barricaded  it  up,  they  kept  it  locked  and  bolted, 
they  set  a  guard  thereat,  and  commanded  that  no  Mansoul- 
onian  should  go  out  to  him,  nor  that  any  from  the  camp 
should  be  admitted  into  the  town.  All  this  they  did,  so 
horribly  had  Diabolus  enchanted  them  to  do>  and  seeic  to  do 
for  him,  against  their  rightful  Lord  and  Prince  ;  wherefore 
no  man,  nor  voice,  nor  sound  of  man  that  belonged  to  the 
glorious  host,  was  to  come  into  the  town. 

So  when  Emmanuel  saw  that  Mansoul  was  thus  involved 
in  sin,  he  calls  his  army  together,  (since  now  also  his  words 


90  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

were  despised,)  and  gave  out  a  commandment  throughout 
all  his  host,  to  be  ready  against  the  time  appointed.  Now, 
forasmuch  as  there  was  no  way  lawfully  to  take  the  town 
of  Mansoul,  but  to  get  in  by  the  gates,  and  at  Ear-gate  as 
the  chief,  therefore  he  commanded  his  captains  and  com- 
manders to  bring  their  rams,  their  slings,  and  their  men,  and 
place  them  at  Eye-gate  and  Ear-gate,  in  order  to  his  taking 
the  town. 

When  Emmanuel  had  put  all  things  in  a  readiness  to  give 
Diabolus  battle,  he  sent  again  to  know  of  the  town  of  Man- 
soul,  if  in  peaceable  manner  they  would  yield  themselves, 
or  whether  they  were  yet  resolved  to  put  him  to  try  the 
utmost  extremity  !  They  then,  together  with  Diabolus  their 
king,  called  a  council  of  war,  and  resolved  upon  certain  pro- 
positions that  should  be  offered  to  Emmanuel,  if  he  will 
accept  thereof,  so  they  agreed  ;  and  then  the  next  was,  who 
should  be  sent  on  this  errand.  Now,  there  was  in  the  town 
of  Mansoul  an  old  man,  a  Diabolonian,  and  his  name  was 
Mr.  Loth-to-stoop,  a  stiff  man  in  his  way,  and  a  great  doer  for 
Diabolus :  him,  therefore,  they  sent,  and  put  into  his  mouth 
what  he  should  say.  So  he  went  and  came  to  the  camp  to 
Emmanuel,  and  when  he  was  come,  a  time  was  appointed 
to  give  him  audience.  So  at  the  time  he  came,  and,  after  a 
Diabolonian  ceremony  or  two,  he  thus  began  and  said, 
"  Great  sir,  that  it  may  be  known  unto  all  men  how  good- 
natured  a  prince  my  master  is,  he  hath  sent  me  to  tell  your 
Lordship,  that  he  is  very  willing,  rather  than  go  to  war,  to 
deliver  up  into  your  hands  one  half  of  the  town  of  Mansoul. 
I  am  therefore  to  know  if  your  Mightiness  will  accept  of 
this  proposition." 

Then  said  Emmanuel,  "The  whole  is  mine  by  gift  and 
purchase,  wherefore  I  will  never  lose  one  half." 

Then  said  Mr.  Loth-to-stoop,  "  Sir,  my  master  hath  said 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  97 

that  he  will  be  content  that  vou  shall  he  the  nominal  and 

J 

titular  Lord  of  all,  if  he  may  possess  but  a  part." 

Then  Emmanuel  answered,  "  The  whole  is  mine  really, 
not  in  name  and  word  only ;  wherefore  I  will  be  the  sole 
lord  and  possessor  of  all,  or  of  none  at  all,  of  Mansoul." 

Then  Mr.  Loth-to-stoop  said  again,  "  Sir,  behold  the 
condescension  of  my  master !  He  says,  that  he  will  be 
content,  if  he  may  but  have  assigned  to  him  some  place  in 
Mansoul,  as  a  place  to  live  privately  in,  and  you  shall  be 
Lord  of  all  the  rest." 

Then  said  the  golden  Prince,  "  All  that  the  Father  giveth 
me  shall  come  to  me ;  and  of  all  that  he  giveth  me  I  will 
lose  nothing-  -no,  not  a  hoof  nor  a  hair.  I  will  not,  there- 
fore, grant  him,  no,  not  the  least  corner  in  Mansoul  to  dwell 
in  ;  I  will  have  all  to  myself." 

"  Then  Loth-to-stoop  said  again,  "  But,  sir,  suppose  that 
my  lord  should  resign  the  whole  town  to  you,  only  with 
this  proviso,  that  he  sometimes,  when  he  comes  into  this 
country,  may,  for  old  acquaintance'  sake,  be  entertained  as 
a  wayfaring  man  for  two  days,  or  ten  days,  or  a  month,  or 
so.     May  not  this  small  matter  be  granted?" 

Then  said  Emmanuel,  "  No.  He  came  as  a  wayfaring 
man  to  David,  nor  did  he  stay  long  with  him,  and  yet  it 
had  like  to  have  cost  David  his  soul.  I  will  not  consent 
that  he  ever  should  have  any  harbour  more  there." 

Then  said  Mr.  Loth-to-stoop,  "  Sir,  you  seem  to  be  very 
hard.  Suppose  my  master  should  yield  to  all  that  your 
Lordship  hath  said,  provided  that  his  friends  and  kindred  in 
Mansoul  may  have  liberty  to  trade  in  the  town,  and  to  enjoy 
their  present  dwellings.     May  not  that  be  granted,  sir." 

Then  said  Emmanuel,  "  No ;  that  is  contrary  to  my 
Father's  will ;  for  all,  and  all  manner  of  Diabolonians  that 

9 


9R  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

now  are,  or  that  at  any  time  shall  he  found  in  Mansoul,  shall 
not  only  lose  their  lands  and  liberties,  but  also  their  lives." 

Then  said  Mr.  Loth-to-stoop  again,  "  But,  sir,  may  not 
my  master  and  great  lord,  by  letters,  by  passengers,  by  acci- 
dental opportunities  and  the  like,  maintain,  if  he  shall  deliver 
up  all  unto  thee,  some  kind  of  old  friendship  with  Mansoul  ?" 

Emmanuel  answered,  "  No,  by  no  means  ;  forasmuch  as 
any  such  fellowship,  friendship,  intimacy,  or  acquaintance, 
in  what  way,  sort,  or  mode  soever  maintained,  will  tend  to 
the  corrupting  of  Mansoul,  the  alienating  of  their  affections 
from  me,  and  the  endangering  of  their  peace  Avith  my 
Father." 

Mr.  Loth-to-stoop  yet  added  further,  saying,  "  But,  great 
sir,  since  my  master  hath  many  friends,  and  those  that  are 
dear  to  him,  in  Mansoul,  may  he  not,  if  he  shall  depart 
from  them,  even  of  his  bounty  and  good  nature,  bestow 
upon  them,  as  he  sees  fit,  some  tokens  of  his  love  and  kind- 
ness that  he  had  for  them,  to  the  end  that  Mansoul,  when 
he  is  gone,  may  look  upon  such  tokens  of  kindness  once 
received  from  their  old  friend,  and  remember  him  who  was 
once  their  king,  and  the  merry  times  that  they  sometimes 
enjoyed  one  with  another,  while  he  and  they  lived  in  peace 
together  ?" 

Then  said  Emmanuel,  "  No ;  for  if  Mansoul  come  to  be 
mine,  I  shall  not  admit  of,  nor  consent,  that  there  should  be 
the  least  scrap,  shred,  or  dust  of  Diabolus  left  behind,  as 
tokens  or  gifts  bestowed  upon  any  in  Mansoul,  thereby  to 
call  to  remembrance  the  horrible  communion  that  was  be- 
twixt them  and  him." 

"  Well,  sir,"  said  Mr.  Loth-to-stoop,  "  I  have  one  thing 
more  to  propound,  and  then  I  am  got  to  the  end  of  my 
commission.     Suppose  that,  when  my  master  is  gone  from 


THE   HOLY    WAR.  99 

Mansoul,  any  that  shall  yet  live  in  the  town  should  have 
such  business  of  high  concerns  to  do,  that  if  they  be  neg- 
lected the  party  shall  be  undone  ;  and  suppose,  sir,  that 
nobody  can  help  in  that  case  so  well  as  my  master  and  lord, 
may  hot  now  my  master  be  sent  for  upon  so  urgent  an  occa- 
sion as  this  ?  Or  if  he  may  not  be  admitted  into  the  town, 
may  not  he  and  the  person  concerned  meet  in  some  of  the 
villages  near  Mansoul,  and  there  lay  their  heads  together, 
and  there  consult  of  matters  ?" 

This  was  the  last  of  those  ensnaring  propositions,  that  Mr. 
Loth-to-stoop  had  to  propound  to  Emmanuel,  on  behalf  of 
his  master  Diabohis ;  but  Emmanuel  would  not  grant  it ; 
for  he  said,  "  There  can  be  no  case,  or  thing,  or  matter  fall 
out  in  Mansoul,  when  thy  master  shall  be  gone,  that  may 
not  be  solved  by  my  Father  ;  besides,  it  will  be  a  great  dis- 
paragement to  my  Father's  wisdom  and  skill,  to  admit  any 
from  Mansoul  to  go  out  to  Diabolus  for  advice,  when  they 
are  bid,  in  every  thing,  by  prayer  and  supplication,  to  let 
their  requests  be  made  known  to  my  Father.  Further, 
this,  should  it  be  granted,  would  be  to  grant  that  a  door 
should  be  set  open  for  Diabolus,  and  the  Diabolonians  in 
Mansoul,  to  hatch  and  plot  and  bring  to  pass  treasonable 
designs,  to  the  grief  of  my  Father  and  me,  and  to  the  utter 
destruction  of  Mansoul." 

When  Mr.  Loth-to-stoop  had  heard  this  answer,  he  took 
his  leave  of  Emmanuel,  and  departed,  saying  that  he  would 
carry  word  to  his  master  concerning  this  whole  affair.  So 
he  departed,  and  came  to  Diabolus  to  Mansoul,  and  told  him 
the  whole  of  the  matter,  and  how  Emmanuel  would  not 
admit,  no,  not  by  any  means,  that  he,  when  he  was  once 
gone  out,  should  for  ever  have  any  thing  more  to  do  either 
in,  or  with  any  that  are  of  the  town  of  Mansoul.  When 
Mansoul  ami  Diabolus  had  heard   this  relation    >f  things, 


100  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

they  with  one  consent  concluded  to  use  their  best  endea 
vour  to  keep  Emmanuel  out  of  Mansoul,  and  sent  old  Ill- 
Pause,  of  whom  you  have  heard  before,  to  tell  the  Prince 
and  his  captains  so.  So  the  old  gentleman  came  up  to  the 
top  of  Ear-gate,  and  called  to  the  camp  for  a  hearing,  who 
when  they  gave  audience,  he  said,  "  I  have  in  command- 
ment from  my  high  lord  to  bid  you  tell  it  to  your  Prince 
Emmanuel,  that  Mansoul  and  their  king  are  resolved  to 
stand  and  fall  together ;  and  that  it  is  in  vain  for  your  Prince 
to  think  of  ever  having  Mansoul  in  his  hand,  unless  he  can 
take  it  by  force."  So  some  went  and  told  to  Emmanuel 
what  old  Ill-Pause,  a  Diabolonian  in  Mansoul,  had  said. 
Then  said  the  Prince,  "  I  must  try  the  power  of  my  sword, 
for  I  will  not  (for  all  the  rebellions  and  repulses  that  Man- 
soul has  made  against  me)  raise  my  siege  and  depart,  but 
will  assuredly  take  my  Mansoul,  and  deliver  it  from  the 
hand  of  her  enemy."  And  with  that  he  gave  out  a  com- 
mandment that  Captain  Boanerges,  Captain  Conviction, 
Captain  Judgment,  and  Captain  Execution  should  forth- 
with march  up  to  Ear-gate  with  trumpets  sounding,  colours 
flying,  and  with  shouting  for  the  battle.  Also  he  would  that 
Captain  Credence  should  join  himself  with  them.  Em- 
manuel, moreover,  gave  order  that  Captain  Good-Hope  and 
Captain  Charity  should  draw  themselves  up  before  Eye- 
gate.  He  bid  also  that  the  rest  of  his  captains  and  their 
men  should  place  themselves  for  the  best  of  their  advantage 
against  the  enemy  round  about  the  town ;  and  all  was  done 
as  he  had  commanded. 

Then  he  bid  that  the  word  should  be  given  forth,  and  the 
word  was  at  that  time,  "  Emmanuel."  Then  was  an  alarm 
sounded,  and  the  battering-rams  were  played,  and  the  slings 
did  whirl  stones  into  the  town  amain,  and  thus  the  battle 
began.     Now  Diabolus  himself  did  manage  the  townsmen 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  101 

in  the  war,  and  that  at  every  gate ;  wherefore  their  resist- 
ance was  the  more  forcible,  hellish,  and  offensive  to  Em- 
manuel. Thus  was  the  good  Prince  engaged  and  enter- 
tained by  Diabolus  and  Mansoul  for  several  days  together ; 
and  a  sight  worth  seeing  it  was  to  behold  how  the  captains 
of  Shaddai  behaved  themselves  in  this  war. 

And  first  for  Captain  Boanerges,  (not  to  undervalue  the 
rest,)  he  made  three  most  fierce  assaults,  one  after  another, 
upon  Ear-gate,  to  the  shaking  of  the  posts  thereof.  Captain 
Conviction,  he  also  made  up  as  fast  with  Boanerges  as  pos- 
sibly he  could,  and  both  discerning  that  the  gate  began  to 
yield,  they  commanded  that  the  rams  should  still  be  played 
against  it.  Now,  Captain  Conviction,  going  up  very  near 
to  the  gate,  was  with  great  force  driven  back,  and  received 
three  wounds.  And  those  that  rode  reformades,  they  went 
about  to  encourage  the  captains. 

For  the  valour  of  the  two  captains,  made  mention  of 
before,  the  Prince  sent  for  them  to  his  pavilion,  and  com- 
manded that  a  while  they  should  rest  themselves,  and  that 
with  somewhat  they  should  be  refreshed.  Care  also  was 
taken  for  Captain  Conviction  that  he  should  be  healed  of  his 
wounds.  The  Prince  also  gave  to  each  of  them  a  chain  of 
gold,  and  bid  them  yet  be  of  good  courage. 

Nor  did  Captain  Good-Hope  nor  Captain  Charity  come 
behind  in  this  most  desperate  fight,  for  they  so  well  did 
behave  themselves  at  Eye-gate,  that  they  had  almost  broken 
it  quite  open.  These  also  had  a  reward  from  their  Prince, 
as  also  had  the  rest  of  the  captains,  because  they  did  valiantly 
round  about  the  town. 

In  this  engagement  several  of  the  officers  of  Diabolus 
were  slain,  and  some  of  the  townsmen  wounded.  For  the 
officers,  there  was  one  Captain  Boasting  slain.  This  Boast- 
jig  thought  that  nobody  could  have  shaken  the  posts  of  Ear- 

9* 


102  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

jrate,  nor  have  shaken  the  heart  of  Diabolus.  Next  to  him 
there  was  one  Captain  Secure  slain  :  this  Secure  used  to 
say  that  the  blind  and  lame  in  Mansoul  were  able  to  keep 
the  gates  of  the  town  against  Emmanuel's  army.  This 
Captain  Secure,  did  Captain  Conviction  cleave  down  the 
nead  with  a  two-handed  sword,  when  he  received  himself 
three  wounds  in  his  mouth. 

Besides  these  there  was  one  Captain  Bragman,  a  very 
desperate  fellow,  and  he  was  captain  over  a  band  of  those 
that  threw  firebrands,  arrows,  and  death :  he  also  received, 
by  the  hand  of  Captain  Good-Hope  at  Eye-gate,  a  mortal 
wound  in  the  breast. 

There  was,  moreover,  one  Mr.  Feeling ;  but  he  was  no 
captain,  but  a  great  stickler  to  encourage  Mansoul  to  rebel- 
lion. He  received  a  wound  in  the  eye  by  the  hand  of  one 
of  Boanerges'  soldiers,  and  had  by  the  captain  himself  been 
slain,  but  that  he  made  a  sudden  retreat. 

But  I  never  saw  Willbewill  so  daunted  in  all  my  life  ;  he 
was  not  able  to  do  as  he  was  wont,  and  some  say  that  he  also 
received  a  wound  in  the  leg,  and  that  some  of  the  men  in 
the  Prince's  army  have  certainly  seen  him  limp,  as  he  after- 
wards walked  on  the  wall. 

I  shall  not  give  you  a  particular  account  of  the  names  of 
the  soldiers  that  were  slain  in  the  town,  for  many  were 
maimed,  and  wounded  and  slain  ;  for  when  they  saw  that 
the  posts  of  Ear-gate  did  shake,  and  Eye-gate  was  well 
nigh  broken  quite  open,  and  also  that  their  captains  were 
slain,  this  took  away  the  hearts  of  many  of  the  Diabolo- 
nians ;  they  fell  also  by  the  force  of  the  shot  that  were  sent 
by  the  golden  slings  into  the  midst  of  the  town  of  Mansoul. 

Of  the  townsmen,  there  was  one  Love-no-Good  ;  he  was 
a  townsman,  but  a  Diabolonian ;  he  also  received  his  mortal 
wound  in  Mansoul,  but  he  died  not  very  soon. 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  103 

Mr.  Ill-Pause  also,  who  was  the  man  that  came  along 
with  Diabolus  when  at  first  he  attempted  the  taking  of 
Mansoul,  he  also  received  a  grievous  wound  in  the  head ; 
some  say  that  his  brain-pan  was  cracked.  This  I  have 
taken  notice  of,  that  he  was  never  after  this  able  to  do  that 
mischief  to  Mansoul,  as  he  had  done  in  times  past.  Also 
old  Prejudice  and  Mr.  Anything  fled. 

Now,  when  the  battle  was  over,  the  Prince  commanded 
that  yet  once  more  the  white  flag  should  be  set  upon  Mount 
Gracious  in  sight  of  the  town  of  Mansoul,  to  show  that  yet 
Emmanuel  had  grace  for  the  wretched  town  of  Mansoul. 

When  Diabolus  saw  the  white  flag  hung  out  again,  and 
knowing  that  it  was  not  for  him,  but  Mansoul,  he  cast  in  his 
mind  to  play  another  prank,  to  wit,  to  see  if  Emmanuel 
would  raise  his  siege  and  begone,  upon  promise  of  reforma- 
tion. So  he  comes  down  to  the  gate  one  evening,  a  good 
while  after  the  sun  was  gone  down,  and  calls  to  speak  with 
Emmanuel,  who  presently  came  down  to  the  gate,  and  Dia- 
bolus saith  unto  him  : — 

"  Forasmuch  as  thou  makest  it  appear  by  thy  white  flag, 
that  thou  art  wholly  given  to  peace  and  quiet,  I  thought 
meet  to  acquaint  thee  that  we  are  ready  to  accept  thereof 
upon  terms  which  thou  mayest  admit. 

"  1  know  that  thou  art  given  to  devotion,  and  that  holiness 
pleaseth  thee  ;  yea,  that  thy  great  end  in  making  a  war  upon 
Mansoul  is,  that  it  may  be  a  holy  habitation.  Well,  draw 
off  thy  forces  from  the  town,  and  I  will  bend  Mansoul  to 
thy  bow. 

"  First,  I  will  lay  down  all  acts  of  hostility  against  thee, 
and  will  be  willing  to  become  thy  deputy,  and  will,  as  I  have 
formerly  been  against  thee,  now  serve  thee  in  the  town  of 
Mansoul.     And  more  particularly, 

"  1.   I  will  persuade  Mansoul  to  receive  thee  for  their 


104  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

Lord  ;  and  I  know  that  they  will  do  it  the  sooner,  when 
they  shall  understand  that  I  am  thy  deputy. 

"  2.  I  will  show  them  wherein  they  have  erred,  and  that 
transgression  stands  in  the  way  to  life. 

"3.1  will  show  them  the  holy  law  unto  which  they  must 
conform,  even  that  which  they  have  broken. 

"  4.  I  wdl  press  upon  them  the  necessity  of  a  reformation 
according  to  thy  law. 

"  5.  And,  moreover,  that  none  of  these  things  may  fail, 
1  myself,  at  my  own  proper  cost  and  charge,  will  set  up 
and  maintain  a  sufficient  ministry,  besides  lecturers,  in  Man- 
soul. 

"  6.  Thou  shalt  receive,  as  a  token  of  our  subjection  to 
thee,  year  by  year,  what  thou  shalt  think  fit  to  lay  and  levy 
upon  us,  in  token  of  our  subjection  to  thee." 

Then  said  Emmanuel  to  him,  "  0  full  of  deceit,  how 
movable  are  thy  ways  !  How  often  hast  thou  changed  and 
rechanged,  if  so  be  thou  mightest  still  keep  possession  of 
my  Mansoul,  though,  as  has  been  plainly  declared  before, 
I  am  the  right  heir  thereof!  Often  hast  thou  made  thy 
proposals  already,  nor  is  this  last  a  whit  better  than  they. 
And  failing  to  deceive  when  thou  showedst  thyself  in  thy 
black,  thou  hast  now  transformed  thyself  into  an  angel  of 
light,  and  wouldest,  to  deceive,  be  now  as  a  minister  of 
righteousness. 

"  But  know  thou,  O  Diabolus,  that  nothing  must  be 
regarded  that  thou  canst  propound,  for  nothing  is  done  by 
thee  but  to  deceive.  Thou  neither  hast  conscience  to  God, 
nor  love  to  the  town  of  Mansoul ;  whence,  then,  should 
these  thy  sayings  arise  but  from  sinful  craft  and  deceit ! 
He  that  can  of  list  and  will  propound  what  he  pleasea,  and 
that  wherewith  he  may  destroy  them  that  believe  him,  is  to 
be  abandoned,  with  all  that  he  shall  say.     But  if  righteous- 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  105 

ness  be  such  a  beauty-spot  in  thine  eyes  now,  how  is  it  that 
wickedness  was  so  closely  stuck  to  by  thee  before.  But 
this  is  by  the  by. 

"  Thou  talkest  now  of  a  reformation  in  Mansoul,  and 
that  thou  thyself,  if  I  will  please,  wilt  be  at  the  head  of 
that  reformation ;  all  the  while  knowing  that  the  greatest 
proficiency  that  man  can  make  in  the  law,  and  the  right- 
eousness thereof,  will  amount  to  no  more,  for  the  taking 
away  of  the  curse  from  Mansoul,  than  just  nothing  at  all ; 
for  a  law  being  broken  by  Mansoul,  that  had  before,  upon 
a  supposition  of  the  breach  thereof,  a  curse  pronounced 
against  him  for  it  of  God,  can  never,  by  his  obeying  of  the 
law,  deliver  himself  therefrom  ;  (to  say  nothing  of  what  a 
reformation  is  like  to  be  set  up  in  Mansoul  when  the  devil 
is  become  corrector  of  vice.)  Thou  knowest  that  all  that 
thou  hast  now  said  in  this  matter,  is  nothing  but  guile  and 
deceit ;  and  is,  as  it  was  the  first,  so  is  it  the  last  card  that 
thou  hast  to  play.  Many  there  be  Jhat  do  so  soon  discern 
thee,  when  thou  showest  them  thy  cloven  foot ;  but  in  thy 
white,  thy  light,  and  in  thy  transformation,  thou  art  seen 
but  of  a  few.  But  thou  shalt  not  do  thus  with  my  Man- 
soul, O  Diabolus  ;  for  I  do  still  love  my  Mansoul. 

"  Besides,  I  am  not  come  to  put  Mansoul  upon  works  to 
live  thereby ;  should  I  do  so,  I  should  be  like  unto  thee : 
but  I  am  come  that  by  me,  and  by  what  I  have  and  shall 
do  for  Mansoul,  they  may  to  my  Father  be  reconciled,  though 
by  their  sin  they  have  provoked  him  to  anger,  and  though 
by  the  law  they  cannot  obtain  mercy. 

"  Thou  talkest  of  subjecting  of  this  town  to  good,  when 
none  desireth  it  at  thy  hands.  I  am  sent  by  my  Father  to 
possess  it  myself,  and  to  guide  it  by  the  skilfulness  of  my 
hands  into  such  a  conformity  to  him,  as  shall  be  pleasing  in 
his  sight.     I  will  therefore  possess  it  myself;  I  will  dispos- 


106  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

sess  and  cast  thee  out ;  I  will  set  up  mine  own  standard  in 
the  midst  of  them  ;  I  will  also  govern  them  by  new  laws, 
new  officers,  new  motives,  and  new  Avays  ;  yea,  I  will  pull 
down  this  town,  and  build  it  again  ;  and  it  shall  be  as 
though  it  had  not  been,  and  it  shall  then  be  the  glory  of  the 
whole  universe." 

When  Diabolus  heard  this,  and  perceived  that  he  was 
discovered  in  all  his  deceits,  he  was  confounded,  and  utterly 
put  to  a  nonplus ;  but  having  in  himself  the  fountain  of 
iniquity,  rage,  and  malice  against  both  Shaddai  and  his  Son, 
and  the  beloved  town  of  Mansoul,  what  doth  he  but 
strengthen  himself  what  he  could,  to  give  fresh  battle  to  the 
noble  Prince  Emmanuel  ?  So,  then,  now  Ave  must  have  an- 
other fight  before  the  toAvn  of  Mansoul  is  taken. 

Come  up,  then  to  the  mountains,  you  that,  love  to  see 
military  actions,  and  behold  by  both  sides  hoAv  the  fatal 
bloAv  is  given,  Avhile  one  seeks  to  hold,  and  the  other  seeks 
to  make  himself  master  of  the  famous  toAvn  of  Mansoul. 

Diabolus,  therefore,  having  withdrawn  himself  from  the 
Avail  to  his  force  that  Avas  in  the  heart  of  the  toAvn  of  Man- 
soul ;  Emmanuel  also  returned  to  the  camp :  and  both  of 
them,  after  their  divers  Avays,  put  themselves  into  a  posture 
fit  to  give  battle  one  to  another. 

Diabolus,  as  filled  Avith  despair  of  retaining  in  his  hands 
the  famous  town  of  Mansoul,  resolved  to  do  what  mischief 
he  could  (if,  indeed,  he  could  do  any)  to  the  army  of  the 
Prince  and  to  the  famous  town  of  Mansoul ;  for,  alas  !  it 
was  not  the  happiness  of  the  silly  town  of  Mansoul  that 
was  designed  by  Diabolus,  but  the  utter  ruin  and  overthrow 
thereof,  as  now  is  enough  in  view  Wherefore  he  com- 
mands his  officers  that  they  should  then,  when  they  see  that 
they  could  hold  the  town  no  longer,  do  it  what  harm  and 
mischief  they  could,  rending  and  tearing  men,  women,  and 


EAR-GATE  BROKEN  OPEN 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  107 

children.  "  For,"  said  lie,  "  we  had  better  quite  demolish 
the  place,  and  leave  it  like  a  ruinous  heap,  than  so  leave  it, 
that  it  may  be  an  habitation  for  Emmanuel." 

Emmanuel  again,  knowing  that  the  next  battle  would 
issue  in  his  being  made  master  of  the  place,  gave  out  a 
royal  commandment  to  all  his  officers,  high  captains,  and 
men  of  war,  to  be  sure  to  show  themselves  men  of  war 
against  Diabolus  and  all  Diabolonians ;  but  favourable,  mer- 
ciful, and  meek  to  the  old  inhabitants  of  Mansoul.  "  Bend, 
therefore,"  said  the  noble  Prince,  "  the  hottest  front  of  the 
battle  against  Diabolus  and  his  men." 

So  the  day  being  come,  the  command  was  given,  and  the 
Prince's  men  did  bravely  stand  to  their  arms,  and  did,  as 
before,  bend  their  main  force  against  Ear-gate  and  Eye-gate. 
The  word  was  then,  "  Mansoul  is  won ;"  so  they  made 
their  assault  upon  the  town.  Diabolus  also,  as  fast  as  he 
could,  with  the  main  of  his  power,  made  resistance  from 
within ;  and  his  high  lords  and  chief  captains  for  a  time 
fought  very  cruelly  against  the  Prince's  army. 

But  after  three  or  four  notable  charges  by  the  Prince  and 
his  noble  captains,  Ear-gate  was  broken  open,  and  the  bars 
and  bolts  wherewith  it  was  used  to  be  fast  shut  up  against 
the  Prince,  were  broken  into  a  thousand  pieces.  Then  did 
the  Prince's  trumpets  sound,  the  captains  shout,  the  town 
shake,  and  Diabolus  retreat  to  his  hold.  Well,  when  the 
Prince's  forces  had  broken  open  the  gate,  himself  came  up 
and  did  set  his  throne  in  it ;  also  he  set  his  standard  there- 
by, upon  a  mount  that  before,  by  his  men  was  cast  up,  to 
place  the  mighty  slings  thereon.  The  mount  was  called 
Mount  Hear-well.  There,  therefore,  the  Prince  abode,  to 
wit,  hard  by  the  going  in  at  the  gate.  He  commanded  also 
that  the  golden  slings  should  yet  be  played  upon  the  town, 
especially  ag:\inst  the  castle,  because  for  shelter  thither  was 


108  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

Diabolus  retreated.     Now,  from   Ear-gate  the  street  was 
straight  even  to  the  house  of  Mr.  Recorder  that  so  was, 
before  Diabolus  took  the  town  ;  and  hard  by  his  house 
stood  the  castle,  which  Diabolus  for  a  long  time  had  made 
his  irksome  den.    The  captains,  therefore,  did  quickly  clear 
that  street  by  the  use  of  their  slings,  so  that  way  was  made 
up  to  the  heart  of  the  town.     Then  did  the  Prince  com- 
mand that   Captain    Boanerges,   Captain  Conviction,   and 
Captain  Judgment,  should  forthwith  march  up  the  town  to 
the  old  gentleman's  gate.     Then  did  the  captains  in  most 
warlike  manner  enter  into  the  town  of  Mansoul,  and,  march- 
ing in  with  flying  colours,  they  came  up  to  the  Recorder's 
house,  and  that  was  almost  as  strong  as  was  the  castle. 
Battering-rams  they  took  also  with  them,  to  plant  against 
the  castle  gates.     When  they  were  come  to  the  house  of 
Mr.  Conscience,  they  knocked,  and  demanded   entrance. 
Now,  the  old  gentleman,  not  knowing,  as  yet,  fully  their 
design,  kept  his  gates  shut  all  the  time  of  this  fight.  Where- 
fore Boanerges  demanded  entrance  at  his  gates ;  and  no 
man  making  answer,  he  gave  it  one  stroke  with  the  head  of 
a  ram,  and  this  made  the  old  gentleman  shake,  and  his  house 
to  tremble  and  totter.     Then  came  Mr.  Recorder  down  to 
the  gates,  and,  as  he  could,  with  quivering  lips  he  asked 
who  was  there  ?  Boanerges  answered,  "  We  are  the  cap- 
tains and  commanders  of  the  great  Shaddai  and  of  the 
blessed  Emmanuel,  his  Son,  and  we  demand  possession  of 
your  house  for  the  use  of  our  noble  Prince."     And  with 
that  the  battering-ram  gave  the  gate  another  shake.     This 
made  the  old  gentleman  tremble  the  more,  yet  durst  he  not 
but  open  the  gate  :   then  the  King's  forces  marched  in, 
namely,  the  three  brave  captains  mentioned  before.     Now, 
the  Recorder's  house  was  a  place  of  much  convenience  for 
Emmanuel,  not  only  because  it  was  near  to  the  cas'le  and 


THE   HOLY    WAR.  109 

strong,  but  also  because  it  was  large,  and  frcnted  the  castle, 
the  den  where  now  Diabolus  was,  for  he  was  now  afraid  to 
come  out  of  his  hold.  As  for  Mr.  Recorder,  the  captains 
carried  it  very  reservedly  to  him  ;  as  yet  he  knew  nothing 
of  the  great  designs  of  Emmanuel,  so  that  he  did  not  know 
what  judgment  to  make,  nor  what  would  be  the  end  of  such 
thundering  beginnings.  It  was  also  presently  noised  in  the 
town  how  the  Recorder's  house  was  possessed,  his  rooms 
taken  up,  and  his  palace  made  the  seat  of  the  war ;  and  no 
sooner  was  it  noised  abroad,  but  they  took  the  alarm  as 
warmly,  and  gave  it  out  to  others  of  his  friends ;  and  you 
know,  as  a  snow-ball  loses  nothing  by  rolling,  so  in  little 
time  the  whole  town  was  possessed,  that  they  must  expect 
nothing  from  the  Prince  but  destruction ;  and  the  ground  of 
the  business  was  this :  the  Recorder  was  afraid,  the  Re- 
corder trembled,  and  the  captains  carried  it  strangely  to  the 
Recorder.  So  many  came  to  see ;  but  when  they  with 
their  own  eyes  did  behold  the  captains  in  the  palace,  and 
their  battering-rams  ever  playing  at  the  castle  gates  to  beat 
them  down,  they  were  riveted  in  their  fears,  and  it  made 
them  all  in  amaze.  And,  as  I  said,  the  man  of  the  house 
would  increase  all  this  ;  for  whoever  came  to  him,  or  dis- 
coursed with  him,  nothing  would  he  talk  of,  tell  them,  or 
hear,  but  that  death  and  destruction  now  attended  Mansoul. 
"  For,"  quoth  the  old  gentleman,  "  you  are  all  of  you 
sensible  that  we  all  have  been  traitors  to  that  once  despised, 
but  now  famously  victorious  and  glorious  Prince  Emmanuel ; 
for  he  now,  as  you  see,  doth  not  only  lie  in  close  siege 
about  us,  but  hath  forced  his  entrance  in  at  our  gates. 
Moreover  Diabolus  flees  before  him  :  and  he  hath,  as  you 
behold,  made  of  my  house  a  garrison  against  the  castle, 
where  he  is.  I,  for  my  part,  have  transgressed  greatly,  and 
he  that  is  clean,  it  is  well  for  him.  But  I  say  I  have  trans- 
it) 


110  THE    HOLY    MAR. 

grossed  greatly  in  keeping  silence  when  I  should  have; 
spoken,  and  in  perverting  justice  when  I  should  have  exe- 
cuted the  same.  True,  I  have  suffered  something  at  the 
hand  of  Diaholus  for  taking  part  with  the  laws  of  King 
Shaddai ;  hut  that,  alas  !  what  will  that  do  ?  Will  that  make 
compensation  for  the  rebellions  and  treasons  that  I  have 
done,  and  have  suffered,  without  gainsaying,  to  be  commit- 
ted in  the  town  of  Mansoul  ?  Oh  !  I  tremble  to  think,  what 
will  be  the  end  of  this  so  dreadful  and  so  ireful  a  begin- 
ning !" 

Now,  while  these  brave  captains  were  thus  busy  in  the 
house  of  the  old  Recorder,  Captain  Execution  was  as  busy, 
in  other  parts  of  the  town,  in  securing  the  back  streets  and 
the  walls.  He  also  hunted  the  Lord  Willbewill  sorely  ;  he 
suffered  him  not  to  rest  in  any  corner ;  he  pursued  him  so 
hard,  that  he  drove  his  men  from  him,  and  made  him  glad 
to  thrust  his  head  into  a  hole.  Also  this  mighty  warrior 
did  cut  three  of  the  Lord  Willbewill's  officers  down  to  the 
ground:  one  was  old  Mr.  Prejudice,  he  that  had  his  crown 
cracked  in  the  mutiny.  This  man  was  made  by  Lord  Will- 
bewill keeper  of  Ear-gate,  and  fell  by  the  hand  of  Captain 
Execution.  There  was  also  one  Mr.  Backward-to-all-but- 
naught,  and  he  also  was  one  of  Lord  Willbewill's  officers, 
and  was  the  captain  of  the  two  guns  that  once  were  mounted 
on  the  top  of  Ear-gate  ;  he  also  was  cut  down  to  the  ground 
by  the  hands  of  Captain  Execution.  Besides  these  two 
there  was  another,  a  third,  and  his  name  was  Captain 
Treacherous  ;  a  vile  man  this  was,  but  one  that  Willbewill 
did  put  a  great  deal  of  confidence  in  ;  but  him  also  did  this 
Captain  Execution  cut  down  to  the  ground  with  the  rest. 

He  also  made  a  very  great  slaughter  among  my  Lord 
Willbewill's  soldiers,  killing  many  that  were  stout  and 
sturdy,  and  wounding  many  that  for  "Diabolus  were  nimble 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  Ill 

and  active.  But  all  these  were  Diabolouians ;  there  was 
not  a  man,  a  native  of  Mansoul,  hurt. 

Other  feats  of  war  were  also  likewise  performed  by  other 
of  the  captains,  as  at  Eye-gate,  where  Captain  Good-Hope 
and  Captain  Charity  had  a  charge,  was  great  execution 
done  ;  for  the  Captain  Good-Hope  with  his  own  hands 
slew  one  Captain  Blindfold,  the  keeper  of  that  gate.  This 
Blindfold  was  captain  of  a  thousand  men,  and  they  were 
they  that  fought  with  mauls ;  he  also  pursued  his  men, 
slew  many,  and  wounded  more,  and  made  the  rest  hide 
their  heads  in  corners. 

There  was  also  at  that  gate  Mr.  Ill-Pause,  of  whom  you 
have  heard  before.  He  was  an  old  man,  and  had  a  beard 
that  reached  down  to  his  o-irdle  :  the  same  was  he  that  was 
orator  to  Diabolus :  he  did  much  mischief  in  the  town  of 
Mansoul,  and  fell  by  the  hand  of  Captain  Good-Hope. 

What  shall  I  say  ?  The  Diabolonians  in  these  days  lay 
dead  in  every  corner,  though  too  many  yet  were'-  alive  in 
Mansoul. 

Now  the  old  Recordei,  and  my  Lord  Understanding, 
with  some  others  of  the  chief  of  the  town,  to  wit,  such  as 
knew  they  must  stand  or  fall  with  the  famous  town  of  Man- 
soul, came  together  upon  a  day,  and,  after  consultation  had, 
did  jointly  agree  to  draw  up  a  petition,  and  to  send  it  to 
Emmanuel,  now  while  he  sat  in  the  gate  of  Mansoid.  So 
they  drew  up  their  petition  to  Emmanuel,  the  contents 
whereof  were  these  : — That  they,  the  old  inhabitants  of  the 
now  deplorable  town  of  Mansoul,  confessed  their  sin,  and 
were  sorry  that  they  had  offended  his  princely  Majesty,  and 
prayed  that  he  "would  spare  their  lives. 

Unto  this  petition  he  gave  no  answer  at  all,  and  that  did 
trouble  them  yet  so  much  the  more.  Now,  all  this  while 
the  captains  that  were  in  the  Recorder's  house  were  play- 


1  12  THE    HOLY    AVAR. 

ing  with  the  battering-rams  at  the  gates  of  the  castle,  to  beat 
them  down.  So,  after  some  time,  labour,  and  travail,  the 
gate  of  the  castle  that  was  called  Impregnable  was  beaten 
open,  and  broken  into  several  splinters,  and  so  a  way  made 
to  go  up  to  the  hold  in  which  Diabolus  had  hid  himself. 
Then  were  tidings  sent  down  to  Ear-gate,  (for  Emmanuel 
still  abode  there,)  to  let  him  know  that  a  way  was  made  in 
at  the  gates  of  the  castle  of  Mansoul.  But,  oh  !  how  the 
trumpets  at  the  tidings  sounded  throughout  the  Prince's 
camp,  for  that  now  the  war  was  so  near  an  end,  and  Man- 
soul  itself  of  being  set  free. 

Then  the  Prince  arose  from  the  place  where  he  was,  and 
took  with  him  such  of  his  men  of  war  as  were  fittest  for 
that  expedition,  and  marched  up  the  street  of  Mansoul  to 
the  old  Recorder's  house. 

Now,  the  Prince  himself  was  clad  all  in  armour  of  gold, 
and  so  he  marched  up  the  town  with  his  standard  borne 
before  him  ;  but  he  kept  his  countenance  much  reserved  all 
the  way  as  he  went,  so  that  the  people  could  not  tell  how 
to  gather  to  themselves  love  or  hatred  by  his  looks.  Now, 
as  he  marched  up  the  street,  the  townsfolk  came  out  at 
every  door  to  see,  and  could  not  but  be  taken  with  his  per- 
son and  the  glory  thereof,  but  wondered  at  the  reservedness 
of  his  countenance ;  for  as  yet  he  spake  more  to  them  by 
his  actions  and  works  than  he  did  by  words  or  smiles.  But 
also  poor  Mansoul,  (as  in  such  cases  all  are  apt  to  do,)  they 
interpreted  the  carriage  of  Emmanuel  to  them,  as  did  Jo- 
seph's brethren  his  to  them,  even  all  the  quite  contrary 
way.  "  For,"  thought  they,  "  if  Emmanuel  loved  us,  he 
would  show  it  to  us  by  word  or  carriage  ;  but  none  of  these 
he  doth,  therefore  Emmanuel  hates  us.  Now,  if  Emman 
uel  hates  us,  then  Mansoul  shall  be  slain,  then  Mansou 
shall  become  a  dunghill  "    They  knew  that  they  had  trans- 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  113 

gressed  his  Father's  law,  and  that  against  him,  they  had 
been  in  with  Diabolus,  his  enemy.  They  also  knew  that 
the  Prince  Emmanuel  knew  all  this;  for  they  were  con- 
vinced that  he  was  an  angel  of  God,  to  know  all  things  that 
are  done  in  the  earth ;  and  this  made  them  think  that  their 
condition  was  miserable,  and  that  the  good  Prince  would 
make  them  desolate. 

"And,"  thought  they,  "  what  time  so  fit  to  do  this  in  as 
now,  when  he  has  the  bridle  of  Mansoul  in  his  hand  ?" 
And  this  I  took  special  notice  of,  that  the  inhabitants,  not- 
withstanding all  this,  could  not — no,  they  could  not,  when 
they  saw  him  march  through  die  town,  but  cringe,  bow, 
bend,  and  were  ready  to  lick  the  dust  of  his  feet.  They 
also  wished  a  thousand  times  over,  that  he  would  become 
their  Prince  and  Captain,  and  would  become  their  protec- 
tion. They  would  also,  one  to  another,  talk  of  the  comeli- 
ness of  his  person,  and  how  much  for  glory  and  valour  he 
outstripped  the  great  ones  of  the  world.  But,  poor  hearts, 
as  to  themselves,  their  thoughts  would  change,  and  go  upon 
all  manner  of  extremes.  Yea,  through  the  working  of 
them  backward  and  forward,  Mansoul  became  as  a  ball 
tossed,  and  as  a  rolling  thing  before  the  whirlwind. 

Now,  when  he  was  come  to  the  castle  gates,  he  com- 
manded Diabolus  to  appear,  and  to  surrender  himself  into 
his  hands.  But,  oh !  how  loath  was  the  beast  to  appear ! 
how  he  stuck  at  it !  how  he  shrunk  !  how  he  cringed  !  yet 
out  he  came  to  the  Prince.  Then  Emmanuel  commanded, 
and  they  took  Diabolus  and  bound  him  fast  in  chains,  the 
better  to  reserve  him  to  the  judgment  that  he  had  appointed 
for  him.  But  Diabolus  stood  up  to  entreat  for  himself  that 
Emmanuel  would  not  send  him  into  the  deep,  but  suffer  him 
to  depart  out  of  Mansoul  in  peace. 

When  Emmanuel  had  taken  him  and  bound  him  in  chains 

10* 


114  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

he  led  him  into  Jie  market-place,  and  there,  before  Mansoul, 
stripped  him  of  his  armour  in  which  he  boasted  so  much 
before.  This  now  was  one  of  the  acts  of  triumph  of  Em- 
manuel over  his  enemy ;  and  all  the  while  that  the  giant 
was  stripping,  the  trumpets  of  the  golden  Prince  did  sound 
amain ;  the  captains  also  shouted,  and  the  soldiers  did  sing 
for  joy. 

Then  was  Mansoul  called  upon  to  behold  the  beginning 
of  Emmanuel's  triumph  over  him,  in  whom  they  so  much 
had  trusted,  and  of  whom  they  so  much  had  boasted,  in  the 
days  when  he  flattered  them. 

Thus  having  made  Diabolus  naked  in  the  eyes  of  Man- 
soul, and  before  the  commanders  of  the  Prince,  in  the  next 
place,  he  commands  that  Diabolus  should  be  bound  with 
chains  to  his  chariot  wheels.  Then  leaving  some  of  his 
forces,  to  wit,  Captain  Boanerges  and  Captain  Conviction, 
as  a  guard  for  the  castle-gates,  that  resistance  might  be  made 
on  his  behalf,  (if  any  that  heretofore  followed  Diabolus 
should  make  an  attempt  to  possess  it,)  he  did  ride  in  triumph 
quite  through  the  town  of  Mansoul,  and  so  out  at  and  before 
the  gate  called  Eye-gate,  to  the  plain  where  his  camp  did  lie. 

But  you  cannot  think,  unless  you  had  been  there,  as  i 
was,  what  a  shout  there  was  in  Emmanuel's  camp  when 
they  saw  the  tyrant  bound  by  the  hand  of  their  noble  Prince, 
and  tied  to  his  chariot  wheels  ! 

And  they  said,  "  He  hath  led  captivity  captive,  he  hath 
spoiled  principalities  and  powers.  Diabolus  is  subjected  to 
the  power  of  his  sword,  and  made  the  object  of  all  derision." 

Those  also  that  rode  reformades,  and  that  came  down  to 
see  the  battle,  they  shouted  with  that  greatness  of  voice, 
and  sung  with  such  melodious  notes,  that  they  caused  them 
that  dwell  in  the  highest  orbs  to  open  their  windows,  put 
out  their  heads,  and  look  down  to  see  the  cause  of  that  glory 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  115 

The  townsmen  also,  so  many  of  them  as  saw  this  sight, 
were,  as  it  were,  while  they  looked,  betwixt  the  earth  and 
the  heavens.  True,  they  could  not  tell  what  would  be  the 
issue  of  things  as  to  them ;  but  all  things  were  done  in  such 
excellent  methods,  and  I  cannot  tell  how,  but  things  in  the 
management  of  them  seemed  to  cast  a  smile  towards  the 
town,  so  that  their  eyes,  their  heads,  their  hearts,  and  their 
minds,  and  all  that  they  had,  were  taken  and  held,  while 
they  observed  Emmanuel's  order. 

So,  when  the  brave  Prince  had  finished  this  part  of  his 
triumph  over  Diabolus  his  foe,  he  turned  him  up  in  the 
midst  of  his  contempt  and  shame,  having  given  him  a 
charge  no  more  to  be  a  possessor  of  Mansoul.  Then  went 
he  from  Emmanuel,  and  out  of  the  midst  of  his  camp,  to 
inherit  the  parched  places  in  a  salt  land,  seeking  rest,  but 
finding  none. 

Now,  Captain  Boanerges  and  Captain  Conviction  were, 
both  of  them,  men  of  very  great  majesty ;  their  faces  wer3 
like  the  faces  of  lions,  and  their  words  like  the  roarinjr  of 
the  sea ;  and  they  still  quartered  in  Mr.  Conscience's  house, 
of  whom  mention  was  made  before.  When,  therefore,  the 
high  and  mighty  Prince  had  thus  far  finished  his  triumph 
over  Diabolus,  the  townsmen  had  more  leisure  to  view  and 
to  behold  the  actions  of  these  noble  captains.  But  the  cap- 
tains carried  it  with  that  terror  and  dread  in  all  that  they  did, 
(and  you  may  be  sure  that  they  had  private  instructions  so 
to  do,)  that  they  kept  the  town  under  continual  heart-aching, 
and  caused  (in  their  apprehension)  the  well-being  of  Man- 
soul  for  the  future  to  hang  in  doubt  before  them,  so  that  for 
some  considerable  time  they  neither  knew  what  rest,  or 
ease,  or  peace,  or  hope,  meant. 

Nor  did  the  Prince  himself,  as  yet,  abide  in  the  town  of 
Mansoul,  but  in  his  royal  pavilion  in  the  camp,  and  in  the 


1  1  6  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

midst  of  his  Father's  forces.  So,  at  a  time  convenient,  he 
sent  special  orders  to  Captain  Boanerges  to  summons  Man- 
soul,  the  whole  of  the  townsmen,  into  the  castle-yard,  and 
then  and  there,  before  their  faces,  to  take  my  Lord  Under- 
standing, Mr.  Conscience,  and  that  notable  one,  the  Lord 
Willbewill,  and  put  them  all  three  in  ward,  and  that  they 
should  set  a  strong  guard  upon  them  there,  until  his  pleasure 
concerning  them  was  further  known :  the  which  orders, 
when  the  captains  had  put  them  in  execution,  made  no 
small  addition  to  the  fears  of  the  town  of  Mansoul ;  for 
now,  to  their  thinking,  were  their  former  fears  of  the  ruin 
of  Mansoul  confirmed.  Now,  what  death  they  should  die, 
and  how  long  they  should  be  in  dying,  was  that  which  most 
perplexed  their  heads  and  hearts ;  yea,  they  were  afraid 
that  Emmanuel  would  command  them  all  into  the  deep, 
the  place  that  the  prince  Diabolus  was  afraid  of,  for  they 
knew  that  they  had  deserved  it.  Also  to  die  by  the  sword 
in  the  face  of  the  town,  and  in  the  open  Avay  of  disgrace, 
from  the  hand  of  so  good  and  so  holy  a  prince,  that,  too, 
troubled  them  sore.  The  town  was  also  greatly  troubled 
for  the  men  that  were  committed  to  ward,  for  that  they  were 
their  stay  and  their  guide,  and  for  that  they  believed,  if 
those  men  were  cut  off*,  their  execution  would  be  but  the 
beginning  of  the  ruin  of  the  town  of  Mansoul.  Wherefore, 
what  do  they,  but,  together  with  the  men  in  prison,  draw  up 
a  petition  to  the  Prince,  and  sent  it  to  Emmanuel  by  the 
hand  of  Mr.  Would-live.  So  he  went,  and  came  to  the 
Prince's  quarters,  and  presented  the  petition,  the  sum  of 
which  was  this  :— ■ 

"  Great  and  wonderful  Potentate,  victor  over  Diabolus, 
and  conqueror  of  the  town  of  Mansoul,  we,  the  miserable 
inhabitants  of  that  most  vvoful  corporation,  do  humbly  beg 
that  we  may  find  favour  in  thy  sight,  and  remember  not 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  117 

sgainst  us  former  transgressions,  nor  yet  the  sins  of  the 
chief  of  our  town ;  but  spare  us  according  to  the  greatness 
of  thy  mercy,  and  let  us  not  die,  but  live  in  thy  sight.  So 
shall  we  be  willing  to  be  thy  servants,  and,  if  thou  shalt 
think  fit,  to  gather  our  meat  under  thy  table.     Amen." 

So  the  petitioner  went,  as  was  said,  with  his  petition  to 
the  Prince ;  and  the  Prince  took  it  at  his  hand,  but  sent 
him  away  with  silence.  This  still  afflicted  the  town  of 
Mansoul ;  but  yet,  considering  that  now  they  must  either 
petition  or  die,  for  now  they  could  not  do  anything  else, 
therefore  they  consulted  again,  and  sent  another  petition ; 
and  this  petition  was  much  after  the  form  and  method  of 
the  former. 

But  when  the  petition  was  drawn  up,  By  whom  should 
they  send  it  ?  was  the  next  question ;  for  they  would  not 
send  this  by  him  by  whom  they  sent  the  first,  for  they 
thought  that  the  Prince  had  taken  some  offence  at  the  man- 
ner  of  his  deportment  before  him  ;  so  they  attempted  to 
make  Captain  Conviction  their  messenger  with  it;  but  he 
said  that  he  neither  durst  nor  would  petition  Emmanuel  for 
traitors,  nor  be  to  the  Prince  an  advocate  for  rebels.  "  Yet 
withal,"  said  he,  "  our  Prince  is  good,  and  you  may  ad- 
venture to  send  it  by  the  hand  of  one  of  your  town,  pro- 
vided he  went  with  a  rope  about  his  neck,  and  pleaded 
nothing  but  mercy." 

Well,  they  made,  through  fear,  their  delays  as  long  as 
they  could,  and  longer  than  delays  were  good ;  but  fearing 
at  last  the  dangerousness  of  them,  they  thought,  but  with 
many  a  fainting  in  their  minds,  to  send  their  petition  by 
Mr.  Desires-awake  ;  so  they  sent  for  Mr.  Desires-awake. 
Now  he  dwelt  in  a  very  mean  cottage  in  Mansoul,  and  he 
came  at  his  neighbours'  request.  So  they  told  him  what 
they  had  done,  and  what  they  would  do,  concerning  peti- 


118  THE    HOLY    MAR. 

tioning,  and  that  they  did  desire  of  him  that  he  would  go 
therewith  to  the  Prince. 

Then  said  Mr.  Desires-awake,  "  Why  should  not  I  do 
the  hest  I  can  to  save  so  famous  a  town  as  Mansoul  from 
deserved  destruction  ?"  They  therefore  delivered  the  peti- 
tion to  him,  and  told  him  how  he  must  address  himself  to 
the  Prince,  and  wished  him  ten  thousand  good  speeds.  So 
he  comes  to  the  Prince's  pavilion,  as  the  first,  and  asked  to 
speak  with  his  Majesty.  So  word  was  carried  to  Em- 
manuel, and  the  Prince  came  out  to  the  man.  When  Mr. 
Desires-awake  saw  the  Prince,  he  fell  flat  with  his  face  to 
the  ground,  and  cried  out,  "  Oh  that  Mansoul  might  live 
before  thee!"  and  with  that  he  presented  the  petition  ;  the 
which  when  the  Prince  had  read,  he  turned  away  for  a 
while  and  wept ;  but  refraining  himself,  he  turned  again  to 
the  man,  who  all  this  while  lay  crying  at  his  feet,  as  at  the 
first,  and  said  to  him,  "Go  thy  way  to  thy  place,  and  I 
will  consider  of  thy  requests." 

Now,  you  may  think  that  they  of  Mansoul  that  had  sent 
him,  what  with  guilt,  and  what  with  fear,  lest  their  petition 
should  be  rejected,  could  not  but  look  with  many  a  long 
look,  and  that,  too,  with  strange  workings  of  the  heart,  to 
see  what  would  become  of  their  petition.  At  last  they  saw 
their  messenger  coming  back.  So,  when  he  was  come,  they 
asked  him  how  he  fared,  what  Emmanuel  said,  and  what 
was  become  of  the  petition.  But  he  told  them  that  he 
would  be  silent  till  he  came  to  the  prison,  to  my  Lord 
Mayor,  my  Lord  Willbewill,  and  Mr.  Recorder.  So  he 
went  forwards  towards  the  prison-house,  where  the  men  of 
Mansoul  lay  bound.  But,  oh  !  what  a  multitude  flocked 
after,  to  hear  what  the  messenger  said.  So,  when  he  was 
come,  and  had  shown  himself  at  the  gate  of  the  prison,  my 
l,ord  Mayor  himself  looked  as  white  as  a  sheet;  the  Ke- 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  119 

eorder  also  did  quake.  But  they  asked  and  said,  "  Come 
good  sir,  what  did  the  great  Prince  say  to  you  ?"  Then 
said  Mr.  Desires-awake,  "  When  I  came  to  my  Lord's  pa- 
vilion, I  called,  and  he  came  forth.  So  I  fell  prostrate  at. 
nis  feet,  and  delivered  to  him  my  petition  ;  for  the  greatness 
of  his  person,  and  the  glory  of  his  countenance,  would  not 
suffer  me  to  stand  upon  my  legs.  Now,  as  he  received  the 
petition,  I  cried,  '  Oh  that  Mansoul  might  live  before  thee  !' 
So,  when  for  a  while  he  had  looked  thereon,  he  turned  him 
about,  and  said  to  his  servant,  '  Go  thy  way  to  thy  place 
again,  and  I  will  consider  of  thy  requests.' "  The  messen- 
ger added,  moreover,  and  said,  "  The  Prince  to  whom  you 
sent  me  is  such  a  one  for  beauty  and  glory,  that  whoso  sees 
him  must  both  love  and  fear  him.  I,  for  my  part,  can  do 
no  less ;  but  I  know  not  what  will  be  the  end  of  these 
things." 

At  this  answer,  they  were  all  at  a  stand,  both  they  in 
prison,  and  they  that  followed  the  messenger  thither  to  hear 
the  news ;  nor  knew  they  what,  or  what  manner  of  inter- 
pretation to  put  upon  what  the  Prince  had  said.  Now, 
when  the  prison  was  cleared  of  the  throng,  the  prisoners 
among  themselves  began  to  comment  upon  Emmanuel's 
words.  My  Lord  Mavor  said,  that  the  answer  did  not  look 
with  a  rugged  face  ;  but  Willbewill  said  that  it  betokened 
evil ;  and  the  Recorder,  that  it  was  a  messenger  of  death. 
Now,  they  that  were  left,  and  that  stood  behind,  and  so 
could  not  so  well  hear  what  the  prisoners  said,  some  of 
them  catched  hold  of  one  piece  of  a  sentence,  and  some  on 
a  bit  of  another ;  some  took  hold  of  what  the  messenger 
said,  and  some  of  the  prisoners'  judgment  thereon ;  so 
none  had  the  right  understanding  of  things.  But  you  can- 
not  imagine  what  work  these  people  made,  and  what  a 
confusion  there  was  in  Mansoul  now. 


120  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

For  presently  they  that  heard  what  was  said  flew  about 
the  town,  one  crying1  one  thing,  and  another  the  quite  con- 
trary ;  and  both  were  sure  enough  they  told  true ;  for  they 
did  hear,  they  said,  with  their  ears  what  was  said,  and 
therefore  could  not  be  deceived.  One  would  say,  "  We 
must  all  be  killed ;"  another  would  say,  "  We  must  all  be 
saved ;"  and  a  third  would  say  that  the  Prince  would  not 
be  concerned  with  Mansoul ;  and  a  fourth,  that  the  pris- 
oners must  be  suddenly  put  to  death.  And,  as  I  said,  every 
one  stood  to  it,  that  he  told  his  tale  the  rightest,  and  that  all 
others  but  he  were  out.  Wherefore  Mansoul  had  now 
molestation  upon  molestation,  nor  could  any  man  know  on 
what  to  rest  the  sole  of  his  foot ;  for  one  would  go  by  now, 
and  as  he  went,  if  he  heard  his  neighbour  tell  his  tale,  to 
be  sure  he  would  tell  the  quite  contrary,  and  both  would 
stand  in  it  that  he  told  the  truth.  Nay,  some  of  them  had 
got  this  story  by  the  end,  that  the  Prince  did  intend  to  put 
Mansoul  to  the  sword.  And  now  it  began  to  be  dark, 
wherefore  poor  Mansoul  was  in  sad  perplexity  all  that 
night  until  morning. 

But,  so  far  as  I  could  gather  by  the  best  information  that 
I  could  get,  all  this  hubbub  came  through  the  words  that 
the  Recorder  said  when  he  told  them  that,  in  his  judgment,  the 
Prince's  answer  was  a  messenger  of  death.  It  was  this 
that  fired  the  town,  and  that  began  the  fright  in  Mansoul ; 
for  Mansoul  in  former  times  did  use  to  count  that  Mr.  Re- 
corder was  a  seer,  and  that  his  sentence  was  equal  to  the 
best  of  orators ;  and  thus  was  Mansoul  a  terror  to  itself. 

And  now  did  they  begin  to  feel  what  were  the  effects  of 
stubborn  rebellion,  and  unlawful  resistance  against  their 
Prince.  I  say,  they  iioav  began  to  feel  the  effects  thereof 
by  guilt  and  fear,  that  now  had  swallowed  them  up ;  and 
who  more  involved  in  the  one,  but  they  that  were  most  in 
the  other,  to  wit,  the  chief  of  the  town  of  Mansoul  ? 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  121 

To  be  brief;  when  the  fame  of  the  fright  was  out  of  the 
town,  and  the  prisoners  had  a  little  recovered  themselves, 
they  take  to  themselves  some  heart,  and  think  to  petition 
the  Prince  for  life  again.  So  they  did  draw  up  a  third  pe- 
tition, the  contents  whereof  were  these  : — 

"  Prince  Emanuel  the  Great,  Lord  of  all  worlds,  and 
Master  of  mercy,  we,  thy  poor,  wretched,  miserable,  dying 
town  of  Mansoul,  do  confess  unto  thy  great  and  glorious 
Majesty,  that  we  have  sinned  against  thy  Father  and  thee, 
and  are  no  more  worthy  to  be  called  thy  Mansoul,  but 
rather  to  be  cast  into  the  pit.  If  thou  wilt  slay  us,  we  have 
deserved  it.  If  thou  wilt  condemn  us  to  the  deep,  we  can- 
not but  say  thou  art  righteous.  We  cannot  complain  what- 
ever thou  dost,  or  however  thou  earnest  it  towards  us. 
But,  oh !  let  mercy  reign,  and  let  it  be  extended  to  us  !  Oh  ! 
let  mercy  take  hold  upon  us,  and  free  us  from  our  trans- 
gressions, and  we  will  sing  of  thy  mercy  and  of  thy  judg- 
ment.    Amen." 

This  petition,  when  drawn  up,  was  designed  to  be  sent  to 
the  Prince  as  the  first ;  but  who  should  carry  it  ? — that  was 
the  question.  Some  said,  "  Let  him  do  it  that  went  with 
the  first ;"  but  others  thought  not  good  to  do  that,  and  that 
because  he  sped  no  better.  Now,  there  was  an  old  man  in 
the  town,  and  his  name  was  Mr.  Good-Deed ;  a  man  that 
bare  only  the  name,  but  had  nothing  of  the  nature  of  the 
tiling.  Now,  some  were  for  sending  him  ;  but  the  Re- 
corder was  by  no  means  for  that.  "  For,"  said  he,  "  we 
now  stand  in  need  of,  and  are  pleading  for  mercy  :  where- 
fore, to  send  our  petition  by  a  man  of  this  name,  will  seem 
to  cross  the  petition  itself.  Should  we  make  Mr.  Good- 
Deed  our  messenger,  when  our  petition  cries  for  mercy  ? 

"  Besides,"  quoth  the  old  gentleman,  "  should  the  Prince 
now,  as  he  receives  the  petition,  ask  him,  and  say,  '  What 

11 


122  THE    HOLY   WAR. 

is  thy  name  V  as  nobody  knows  but  he  will ;  and  he  should 
say,  '  Old  Good-Deed,'  what,  think  you,  would  Emmanuel 
say  but  this  ?  '  Ay  !  is  old  Good-Deed  yet  alive  in  Man- 
soul  ?  then  let  old  Good-Deed  save  you  from  your  dis- 
tresses.' And  if  he  says  so,  I  am  sure  we  are  lost ;  nor 
can  a  thousand  of  old  Good-Deeds  save  Mansoul." 

After  the  Recorder  had  given  in  his  reasons  why  old 
Good-Deed  should  not  go  with  this  petition  to  Emmanuel, 
the  rest  of  the  prisoners  and  chief  of  Mansoul  opposed  it 
also,  and  so  old  Good-Deed  was  laid  aside,  and  they  agreed 
to  send  Mr.  Desires-awake  again.  So  they  sent  for  him, 
and  desired  him  that  he  would  a  second  time  go  with  their 
petition  to  the  Prince,  and  he  readily  told  them  he  would. 
But  they  bid  him,  that  in  anywise  he  should  take  heed,  that 
in  no  word  or  carriage  he  gave  offence  to  the  Prince ;  "  for 
by  doing  so,  for  ought  we  can  tell,  you  may  bring  Mansoul 
into  utter  destruction,"  said  they. 

Now  Mr.  Desires-awake,  when  he  saw  that  he  must  go 
on  this  errand,  besought  that  they  would  grant  that  Mr. 
Wet-Eyes  might  go  with  him.  Now  this  Mr.  Wet-Eyes 
was  a  near  neighbour  of  Mr.  Desires-awake,  a  poor  man,  a 
man  of  a  broken  spirit,  yet  one  that  could  speak  well  to  a 
petition ;  so  they  granted  that  he  should  go  with  him. 
Wherefore,  they  address  themselves  to  their  business  ;  Mr. 
Desires-awake  put  a  rope  upon  his  head,  and  Mr.  Wet- 
Eyes  went  with  his  hands  wringing  together.  Thus  they 
went  to  the  Prince's  pavilion. 

Now,  when  they  went  to  petition  this  third  time,  they 
were  not  without  thoughts  that,  by  often  coming,  they  might 
be  a  burden  to  the  Prince.  Wherefore,  when  they  were 
come  to  the  door  of  his  pavilion,  they  first  made  their 
apology  for  themselves,  and  for  their  coming  to  trouble 
Emmanuel  so  often ;  and  they  said,  that  they  came  not 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  123 

hither  to-day,  for  that  they  delighted  in  heing  troublesome, 
or  for  that  they  delighted  to  hear  themselves  talk,  but  for 
that  necessity  caused  them  to  come  to  his  Majesty.  They 
could,  they  said,  have  no  rest  day  nor  night  because  of  then 
transgressions  against  Shaddai  and  against  Emmanuel,  his 
Son.  They  also  thought  that  some  misbehaviour  of  Mr. 
Desires-awake  the  last  time,  might  give  distate  to  his  High- 
ness, and  so  cause  that  he  returned  from  so  merciful  a  Prince 
empty,  and  without  countenance.  So,  when  they  had  made 
this  apology,  Mr.  Desires-awake  cast  himself  prostrate 
upon  the  ground,  as  at  the  first,  at  the  feet  of  the  mighty 
Prince,  saying,  "  O  !  that  Mansoul  might  live  before  thee  !" 
and  so  he  delivered  his  petition.  The  Prince  then,  having 
read  the  petition,  turned  aside  awhile  as  before,  and  coming 
again  to  the  place  where  the  petitioner  lay  on  the  ground, 
he  demanded  what  his  name  was,  and  of  what  esteem  in 
the  account  of  Mansoul,  for  that  he,  above  all  the  multitude 
in  Mansoul,  should  be  sent  to  him  upon  such  an  errand. 
Then  said  the  man  to  the  Prince,  "  0  let  not  my  Lord  be 
angry;  and  why  inquirest  thou  after  the  name  of  such  a 
dead  dog  as  I  am  1  Pass  by,  I  pray  thee,  and  take  not  no- 
tice of  who  I  am,  because  there  is,  as  thou  very  well 
k  no  west,  so  great  a  disproportion  between  me  and  thee. 
Why  the  townsmen  chose  to  send  me  on  this  errand  to  my 
Lord,  is  best  known  to  themselves,  but  it  could  not  be  for 
that  they  thought  that  I  had  favour  with  my  Lord.  For 
my  part,  I  am  out  of  charity  with  myself;  who,  then, 
should  be  in  love  with  me  ?  Yet  live  I  would,  and  so  would 
I  that  my  townsmen  should ;  and  because  both  they  and 
myself  are  guilty  of  great  transgressions,  therefore  they 
have  sent  me,  and  I  am  come  in  their  names  to  beg  of  my 
Lord  for  mercy.  Let  it  please  thee,  therefore,  to  incline  to 
mercy ;  but  ask  not  what  thy  servants  are." 


194  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

Then  said  the  Prince,  "  And  what  is  he  that  is  become 
thy  companion  in  this  so  weighty  a  matter  ?"  So  Mr.  De- 
sires-awake told  Emmanuel  that  he  was  a  poor  neighbour 
of  his,  and  one  of  his  most  intimate  associates.  "  And  his 
name,"  said  he,  "  may  it  please  your  most  excellent  Ma- 
jesty, is  Wet-Eyes,  of  the  town  of  Mansoul.  I  know  that 
there  are  many  of  that  name  that  are  naught ;  but  I  hope 
it  will  be  no  offence  to  my  Lord  that  I  have  brought  my 
poor  neighbour  with  me." 

Then  Mr.  Wet-Eyes  fell  on  his  face  to  the  ground,  and 
made  this  apology  for  his  coming  with  his  neighbour  to  his 
Lord : — 

"  O,  my  Lord,"  quoth  he,  "  what  I  am,  I  know  not  my- 
self, nor  whether  my  name  be  feigned  or  true,  especially 
when  I  begin  to  think  what  some  have  said,  That  this 
name  was  given  me  because  Mr.  Repentance  was  my 
father.  Good  men  have  bad  children,  and  the  sincere  do 
oftentimes  beget  hypocrites.  My  mother  also  called  me  by 
this  name  from  the  cradle ;  but  whether  because  of  the 
moistness  of  my  brain,  or  because  of  the  softness  of  my 
heart,  I  cannot  tell.  I  see  dirt  in  mine  own  tears,  and 
filthiness  in  the  bottom  of  my  prayers.  But  I  pray  thee 
(and  all  this  while  the  gentleman  wept)  that  thou  wouldest 
not  remember  against  us  our  transgressions,  nor  take  offence 
at  the  unqualinedness  of  thy  servants,  but  mercifully  pass 
by  the  sin  of  Mansoul,  and  refrain  from  the  glorifying  of 
thy  grace  no  longer." 

So  at  his  bidding  they  arose,  and  both  stood  trembling 
before  him,  and  he  spake  to  them  to  this  purpose  :— 

"  The  town  of  Mansoul  hath  grievously  rebelled  against 
my  Father,  in  that  they  have  rejected  him  from  being  their 
King,  and  did  choose  to  themselves  for  their  captain,  a  liar, 
a  murderer,  and  a  runagate  slave.     For  this  Diabolus,  your 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  125 

pretended  prince,  though  once  so  highly  accounted  of  by 
you,  madr;  rebellion  against  my  Father  and  me,  even  in  our 
palace  and  highest  court  there,  thinking  to  become  a  prince 
and  king  But  being  there  timely  discovered  and  appre- 
hended, and  for  his  wickedness  bound  in  chains,  and  sepa- 
rated to  the  pit,  with  those  that  were  his  companions,  he 
offered  himself  to  you,  and  you  have  received  him. 

"Now  this  is,  and  for  a  long  time  hath  been,  a  high 
affront  to  my  Father ;  wherefore  my  Father  sent  to  you  a 
powerful  army  to  reduce  you  to  your  obedience.  But  you 
know  how  these  men,  their  captains  and  their  counsels,  were 
esteemed  of  you,  and  what  they  received  at  your  hand. 
You  rebelled  against  them,  you  shut  your  gates  upon  them, 
you  did  them  battle,  you  fought  them,  and  fought  for  Dia- 
bolus  against  them.  So  they  sent  to  my  Father  for  more 
power,  and  I,  with  my  men,  are  come  to  subdue  you.  But 
as  you  treated  the  servants,  so  you  treated  their  Lord.  You 
stood  up  in  hostile  manner  against  me,  you  shut  up  yonr 
gates  against  me,  you  turned  the  deaf  ear  to  me,  and  resisted 
as  long  as  you  could  ;  but  now  I  have  made  a  conquest  of 
you.  Did  you  cry  me  mercy,  so  long  as  you  had  hopes 
that  you  might  prevail  against  me  ?  But  now  I  have  taken 
the  town,  you  cry  ;  but  why  did  you  not  cry  before,  when 
the  white  flag  of  my  mercy,  the  red  flag  of  justice,  and  the 
black  flag  that  threatened  execution,  were  set  up  to  cite  you 
to  it  ?  Now  I  have  conquered  your  Diabolus,  you  come  to 
me  for  favour ,  but  why  did  you  not  help  me  against  the 
mighty  ?  Yet  I  will  consider  your  petition,  and  will  answer 
it,  so  as  will  be  for  my  glory. 

"  Go,  bid  Captain  Boanerges  and  Captain  Conviction 
bring  the  prisoners  out  to  me  into  the  camp  to-morrow,  and 
sa}  you  to  Captain  Judgment  and  Captain  Execution,  '  Stay 
you  in  the  castle,  and  take  <rood  heed  to  yourselves,  that 

11* 


126  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

you  keep  all  quiet  in  Mansoul,  until  you  shall  hear  further 
from  me.'  "  And  with  that,  he  turned  himself  from  them, 
and  went  into  his  royal  pavilion  again. 

So  the  petitioners,  having  received  this  answer  from  the 
Prince,  returned,  as  at  the  first,  to  go  to  their  companions 
again.  But  they  had  not  gone  far,  but  thoughts  began  to 
work  in  their  minds,  that  no  mercy  as  yet  was  intended  by 
the  Prince  to  Mansoul.  So  they  went  to  the  place  where 
the  prisoners  lay  bound;  but  these  workings  of  mind  about 
what  would  become  of  Mansoul,  had  such  strong  power 
over  them,  that  by  the  time  they  were  come  unto  them  that 
sent  them,  they  were  scarce  able  to  deliver  their  message. 

But  they  came  at  length  to  the  gates  of  the  town,  (now 
the  townsmen  with  earnestness  were  waiting  for  their  re- 
turn,)  where  many  met  them,  to  know  what  answer  was 
made  to  the  petition.  Then  they  cried  out  to  those  that 
were  sent,  "  What  news  from  the  Prince  ?  and  what  hath 
Emmanuel  said  ?"  But  they  said  that  they  must,  as  afore, 
go  up  to  die  prison,  and  there  deliver  their  message.  So 
away  they  went  to  the  prison,  with  a  multitude  at  their 
heels.  Now,  when  they  were  come  to  the  gates  of  the 
prison,  they  told  the  first  part  of  Emmanuel's  speech  to  the 
prisoners,  to  wit,  how  he  reflected  upon  their  disloyalty  to 
his  Father  and  himself,  and  how  they  had  chosen  and  closed 
with  Diabolus,  had  fought  for  him,  hearkened  to  him,  and 
been  ruled  by  him ;  but  had  despised  Him  and  his  men. 
This  made  the  prisoners  look  pale  ;  but  the  messengers  pro- 
ceeded and  said,  "  He,  the  Prince,  said,  moreover,  that  yet 
he  would  consider  your  petition,  and  give  such  answer 
thereto  as  would  stand  with  his  glory."  And  as  these 
words  were  spoken,  Mr.  Wet-Eyes  gave  a  great  sigh.  At 
this  they  were  all  of  them  struck  into  their  dumps,  and 
could  not  tell  what  to  say:  fear  also  possessed  them  in  a 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  127 

marvellous  manner,  and  death  seemed  to  sit  upon  some  of 
their  eyebrows.  Now,  there  was  in  the  company  a  notabie, 
sharp-witted  fellow,  a  mean  man  of  estate,  and  his  name 
was  old  Inquisitive.  This  man  asked  the  petitioners  if  they 
had  told  out  every  whit  of  what  Emmanuel  said,  and  they 
answered,  "  Verily,  no."  Then  said  Inqusitive,  "  I  thought 
so,  indeed.  Pray,  what  was  it  more  that  he  said  unto  you  ?" 
Then  they  paused  awhile  ;  but  at  last  they  brought  out  all, 
saying,  "  The  Prince  bade  us  bid  Captain  Boanerges  and 
Captain  Conviction  bring  the  prisoners  down  to  him  to- 
morrow ;  and  that  Captain  Judgment  and  Captain  Execu- 
tion should  take  charge  of  the  castle  and  town,  till  they 
should  hear  further  from  him.  They  said  also,  that  when 
the  Prince  had  commanded  them  thus  to  do,  he  imme- 
diately turned  his  back  upon  them,  and  went  into  his  royal 
pavilion. 

But,  oh !  how  this  return,  and  specially  this  last  clause 
of  it,  that  the  prisoners  must  go  out  to  the  Prince  into  the 
camp,  brake  all  their  loins  in  pieces  !  Wherefore,  with  one 
voice,  they  set  up  a  cry  that  reached  up  to  the  heavens. 
This  done,  each  of  the  three  prepared  himself  to  die ;  (and 
the  Recorder  said  unto  them,  "  This  was  the  thing  that  I 
feared  ;")  for  they  concluded  that  to-morrow,  by  that  the 
sun  went  down,  they  should  be  tumbled  out  of  the  world. 
The  whole  town  also  counted  of  no  other,  but  that,  in  their 
time  and  order,  they  must  all  drink  of  the  same  cup. 
Wherefore  the  town  of  Mansoul  spent  that  night  in  mourn- 
ing, and  sackcloth  and  ashes.  The  prisoners  also,  when 
the  time  was  come  for  them  to  go  down  before  the  Prince, 
dressed  themselves  in  mourning  attire,  with  ropes  upon 
their  heads.  The  whole  town  of  Mansoul  also  showed 
themselves  upon  the  Avail,  all  clad  in  mourning  weeds,  if 
perhaps,  the  Prince  with  the  sight  thereof  might  be  moved 


128  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

with  compassion.  But,  oil !  how  the  busy-bodies  that  were 
in  the  town  of  Mansoul  did  now  concern  themselves  !  They 
did  run  here  and  there  through  the  streets  of  the  town  by 
companies,  crying  out  as  they  ran  in  tumultuous  wise,  one 
after  one  manner,  and  another  the  quite  contrary,  to  the 
almost  utter  distraction  of  Mansoul. 

Well,  the  time  is  come  that  the  prisoners  must  go  down 
to  the  camp,  and  appear  before  the  Prince.  And  thus  was 
the  manner  of  their  going  down :  Captain  Boanerges  went 
with  a  guard  before  them,  and  Captain  Conviction  came 
behind,  and  the  prisoners  went  down,  bound  in  chains,  in 
the  midst.  So,  I  say,  the  prisoners  went  in  the  midst,  and 
the  guard  went  with  flying  colours  behind  and  before,  but 
the  prisoners  went  with  drooping  spirits. 

Or,  more  particularly,  thus  : — The  prisoners  went  down 
all  in  mourning ;  they  put  ropes  upon  themselves ;  they 
went  on,  smiting  themselves  on  the  breasts,  but  durst  not 
lift  up  their  eyes  to  heaven.  Thus  they  went  out  at  the 
gate  of  Mansoul,  till  they  came  into  the  midst  of  the  Prince's 
army,  the  sight  and  glory  of  which  did  greatly  heighten  their 
affliction.  Nor  could  they  now  longer  forbear,  but  cry  out 
a'oud,  "  0  unhappy  men !  O  wretched  men  of  Mansoul !" 
Their  chains,  still  mixing  their  dolorous  notes  with  the 
cries  of  the  prisoners,  made  the  noise  more  lamentable. 

So,  when  they  were  come  to  the  door  of  the  Prince's 
pavilion,  they  cast  themselves  prostrate  upon  the  place ; 
then  one  went  in  and  told  his  Lord  that  the  prisoners  were 
come  down.  The  Prince  then  ascended  a  throne  of  state, 
and  sent  for  the  prisoners  in ;  who,  when  they  came,  did 
tremble  before  him,  also  they  covered  their  faces  with 
shame.  Now,  as  they  drew  near  to  the  place  where  he 
sat,  thev  threw  themselves  down  before  him.  Then  said 
the  Prince  to  the  Captain  Boanerges,  "  Bid  the  prisoners 


THE    HOLY   WAR.  120 

stand  upon  their  feet."  Then  they  stood  trembling  before 
him,  and  he  said,  "  Are  you  the  men  that  heretofore  were 
the  servants  of  Shaddai  ?"  And  they  said,  "  Yes,  Lord, 
yes."  Then  said  the  Prince  again,  "  Are  you  the  men  that 
did  suffer  yourselves  to  be  corrupted  and  defiled  by  that 
abominable  one,  Diabolus  ?"  And  they  said,  "  We  did 
more  than  suffer  it,  Lord ;  for  we  chose  it  of  our  own 
mind."  The  Prince  asked  further,  saying,  "  Could  you 
have  been  content  that  your  slavery  should  have  continued 
under  his  tyranny  as  long  as  you  had  lived  ?"  Then  said 
the  prisoners,  "  Yes,  Lord,  yes  ;  for  his  ways  were  pleas- 
ing to  our  flesh,  and  we  were  grown  aliens  to  a  better  state." 
"  And  did  you,"  said  he,  "  when  I  came  up  against  this 
town  of  Mansoul,  heartily  wish  that  I  might  not  have  the 
victory  over  you  ?" — "  Yes,  Lord,  yes,"  said  they.  Then 
said  the  Prince,  "  And  what  punishment  is  it,  think  you, 
that  you  deserve  at  my  hand,  for  these  and  other  your  high 
and  mighty  sins  ?"  And  they  said,  "  Both  death  and  the 
deep,  Lord;  for  we  have  deserved  no  less."  He  asked 
again,  if  they  had  aught  to  say  for  themselves  why  the  sen- 
tence, that  they  confessed  that  they  had  deserved,  should 
not  be  passed  upon  them  ?  And  they  said,  "  We  can  say 
nothing,  Lord  :  thou  art  just,  for  we  have  sinned."  Then 
said  the  Prince,  "  And  for  what  are  those  ropes  on  your 
heads  ?"  The  prisoners  answered,  "  These  ropes  are  to 
bind  us  withal  to  the  place  of  execution,  if  mercy  be  not 
pleasing  in  thy  sight."  So  he  further  asked,  if  all  the  men 
in  the  town  of  Mansoul  were  in  this  confession,  as  they  ? 
And  they  answered,  "  All  the  natives,  Lord  ;  but  for  the 
Diabolonians  that  came  into  our  town  when  the  tyrant  got 
possession  of  us,  we  can  say  nothing  for  them." 

Then  the  Prince  commanded  that  a  herald  should  be 
called,  and  that  he  should,  in  the  midst  and  throughout  the 


130  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

camp  of  Emmanuel,  proclaim,  and  that  with  sound  of 
trumpet,  that  the  Prince,  the  Son  of  Shaddai,  had,  in  his 
Father's  name,  and  for  his  Father's  glory,  gotten  a  perfect 
conquest  and  victory  over  Mansoul ;  and  that  the  prisoners 
should  follow  him,  and  say  Amen.  So,  this  was  done  as 
he  had  commanded.  And  presently  the  music  that  was  in 
the  upper  region  sounded  melodiously,  the  captains  that 
were  in  the  camp  shouted,  and  the  soldiers  did  sing  songs 
of  triumph  to  the  Prince;  the  colours  waved  in  the  wind, 
and  great  joy  was  everywhere,  only  it  was  wanting  as  yet 
in  the  hearts  of  the  men  of  Mansoul. 

Then  the  Prince  called  for  the  prisoners,  to  come  and  to 
stand  again  before  him,  and  they  came  and  stood  trembling. 
And  he  said  unto  them,  "  The  sins,  trespasses,  iniquities, 
that  you,  with  the  whole  town  of  Mansoul,  have  from  time 
to  time  committed  against  my  Father  and  me,  I  have  power 
and  commandment  from  my  Father,  to  forgive  to  the  town 
uf  Mansoul,  and  do  forgive  you  accordingly."  And  having 
so  said,  he  gave  them,  written  in  parchment,  and  sealed 
with  seven  seals,  a  large  and  general  pardon,  commanding 
my  Lord  Mayor,  my  Lord  Willbewill,  and  Mr.  Recorder, 
to  proclaim  and  cause  it  to  be  proclaimed  to-morrow,  by 
that  the  sun  is  up,  throughout  the  whole  town  of  Mansoul. 

Moreover,  the  Prince  stripped  the  prisoners  of  their 
mourning  weeds,  and  gave  them  beauty  for  ashes,  the  oil  of 
joy  for  mourning,  and  the  garment  of  praise  for  the  spirit 
of  heaviness. 

Then  he  gave  to  each  of  the  three,  jewels  of  gold  and 
precious  stones,  and  took  away  their  ropes,  and  put  chains 
of  gold  about  their  necks,  and  bracelets  on  their  arms. 
Now,  the  prisoners,  when  they  did  hear  the  gracious  words 
of  Prince  Emmanuel,  and  had  beheld  all  that  was  done  unto 
Jiem,  fainted  almost  quite  away  ;  for  the  grace,  the  benefit, 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  131 

the  pardon,  was  sudden,  glorious,  and  so  big,  that  they  were 
not  able,  without  staggering,  to  stand  up  under  it.  Yea,  my 
Lord  "Willbewill  swooned  outright;  but  the  Prince  stepped 
up  to  him,  put  his  everlasting  arms  under  him,  embraced 
him,  kissed  him,  and  bid  him  be  of  good  cheer,  for  all 
should  be  performed  according  to  his  word.  He  also  did 
Kiss,  and  embrace,  and  smile  upon  the  other  two  that  were 
Willbewill's  companions,  saying,  "  Take  these  as  further 
tokens  of  my  love,  favour,  and  compassion  to  you  ;  and  I 
charge  you  that  you,  Mr.  Recorder,  tell  in  the  town  of 
Mansoul,  what  you  have  heard  and  seen." 
i  Then  were  their  fetters  broken  to  pieces  before  their  faces, 
and  cast  into  the  air,  and  their  steps  were  enlarged  under 
them.  Then  they  fell  down  at  the  feet  of  the  Prince,  and 
kissed  his  feet,  and  wetted  them  with  tears :  also  they  cried 
out  with  a  mighty  strong  voice,  saying,  "  Blessed  be  the 
glory  of  the  Lord  from  this  place."  So  they  were  bid  rise 
up,  and  go  to  the  town,  and  tell  to  Mansoul  what  the  Prince 
had  done.  He  commanded  also,  that  one  with  a  pipe  and 
tabor  should  go  and  play  before  them,  all  the  way  into  tlie 
town  of  Mansoul.  Then  was  fulfilled,  what  they  never 
looked  for,  and  they  were  made  to  possess  that  which  they 
never  dreamed  of. 

The  Prince  also  called  for  the  noble  Captain  Credence, 
and  commanded  that  he  and  some  of  his  officers  should 
march  before  the  noble  men  of  Mansoul,  with  flying  colours 
into  the  town.  He  gave  also  unto  Captain  Credence  a 
charge,  that  about  that  time  that  the  Recorder  did  read  the 
general  pardon  in  the  town  of  Mansoul,  that  at  that  very 
time,  he  should  with  flying  colours  march  in  at  Eye-gate, 
with  his  ten  thousands  at  his  feet ;  and  that  he  should  so 
go,  until  he  came  by  the  high  street  of  the  town,  up  to  the 
casde  gates,  and  that  himself  should  take  possession  thereof, 


132  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

against  his  Lord  came  thither.  He  commanded,  moreover, 
that  he  should  bid  Captain  Judgment  and  Captain  Execution 
to  leave  the  stronghold  to  him,  and  to  withdraw  from  Man- 
soul,  and  return  into  the  camp  with  speed  unto  the  Prince. 

And  now  was  the  town  of  Mansoul  also  delivered  from 
the  terror  of  the  first  four  captains  and  their  men. 

Well,  1  told  you  before,  how  the  prisoners  were  enter- 
tained by  the  noble  Prince  Emmanuel,  and  how  they  be- 
haved themselves  before  him,  and  how  he  sent  them  away 
to  their  home  with  pipe  and  tabor  going  before  them.  And 
now  you  must  think  that  those  of  the  town,  that  had  all  this 
while  waited  to  hear  of  their  death,  could  not  but  be  exer- 
cised with  sadness  of  mind,  and  with  thoughts  that  pricked 
like  thorns.  Nor  could  their  thoughts  be  kept  to  any  one 
point;  the  wind  blew  with  them  all  this  while  at  great  un- 
certainties ;  yea,  their  hearts  were  like  a  balance  that  had 
been  disquieted  with  a  shaking  hand.  But  at  last,  as  they 
with  many  a  long  look,  looked  over  the  wall  of  Mansoul, 
they  thought  that  they  saw  some  returning  to  the  town  ; 
and  thought  again,  Who  should  they  be  too  ?  Who  should 
they  be  ?  At  last  they  discerned  that  they  were  the  prison- 
ers ;  but  can  you  imagine,  how  their  hearts  were  surprised 
with  wonder,  specially,  when  they  perceived  also,  in  what 
equipage  and  with  what  honour  they  were  sent  home.  They 
went  down  to  the  camp  in  black,  but  they  came  back  to  the 
town  in  white ;  they  went  down  to  the  camp  in  ropes,  they 
came  back  in  chains  of  gold  ;  they  went  down  to  the  camp 
with  their  feet  in  fetters,  but  came  back  with  their  steps  en- 
larged under  them  ;  they  went  also  to  the  camp  looking  for 
death,  but  they  came  back  from  thence  with  assurance  of 
life  ;  they  went  down  to  the  camp  with  heavy  hearts,  but 
came  back  again  with  pipe  and  tabor  playing  before  them. 
So  as  soon  as  they  were  come  to  Eye-gate,  the  poor  and 


THE   HOLY   WAR.*  133 

tottering  town  of  Mansoul  adventured  to  give  a  shout;  and 
they  gave  such  a  shout  as  made  the  captains  in  the  Prince's 
army  leap  at  the  sound  thereof.  Alas  !  for  them,  poor 
hearts  !  who  could  blame  them  ?  since  their  dead  friends 
•vere  to  come  to  life  again ;  for  it  was  to  them  as  life  from 
the  dead,  to  see  the  ancients  of  the  town  of  Mansoul  shine 
in  such  splendour.  They  looked  for  nothing  but  the  axe 
and  the  block ;  but,  behold,  joy  and  gladness,  comfort  and 
consolation,  and  such  melodious  notes  attending  them,  that 
was  sufficient  to  make  a  sick  man  well. 

So,  Avhen  they  came  up,  they  saluted  each  other  with, 
"  Welcome,  welcome  !  and  blessed  be  he  that  has  spared 
you  !"  They  added  also,  "  We  see  it  is  well  with  you  ;  but 
how  must  it  go  with  the  town  of  Mansoul  ?  And  will  it  go 
well  with  the  town  of  Mansoul  ?"  said  they.  Then  an- 
swered them  the  Recorder  and  my  Lord  Mayor,  "  Oh  ! 
tidings  !  glad  tidings  !  good  tidings  of  good,  and  of  great 
joy  to  poor  Mansoul !"  Then  they  gave  another  shout,  that 
made  the  earth  to  ring  again.  After  this,  they  inquired  yet 
more  particularly  how  tilings  went  in  the  camp,  and  what 
message  they  had  from  Emmanuel  to  the  town.  So  they 
told  them  all  that  had  happened  to  them  at  the  camp,  and 
everything  that  the  Prince  did  to  them.  This  made  Man- 
soul wonder  at  the  wisdom  and  grace  of  the  Prince  Em- 
manuel. Then  they  told  them  what  they  had  received  at 
his  hands  for  the  whole  town  of  Mansoul,  and  the  Recorder 
delivered  it  in  these  words  :  "  Pardon,  pardon,  pardon  for 
Mansoul !  and  this  shall  Mansoul  know  to-morrow  !"  Then 
he  commanded,  and  they  went  and  summoned  Mansoul  to 
meet  together  in  the  market-place  to-morrow,  there  to  hear 
their  general  pardon  rend. 

But  who  can  think  what  a  turn,  what  a  change,  what  an 
alteration  this  hint  of  things  did  make  in  the  countenance 

12 


134  *TIIE    HOLY   AVAR. 

of  the  town  of  Mansoul !  No  man  of  Mansoul  could  sleep 
that  night  for  joy  ;  in  every  house  there  was  joy  and  music, 
singing  and  making  merry  ;  telling  and  hearing  of  Mansoul's 
happiness,  was  then  all  that  Mansoul  had  to  do :  and  this 
was  the  burden  of  all  their  song :  "  Oil !  more  of  this  at 
the  rising  of  the  sun !  more  of  this  to-morrow  !"  "  Who 
thought  yesterday,"  would  one  say,  "  that  this  day  would 
have  been  such  a  day  to  us  ?  And  who  thought,  that  saw  our 
prisoners  go  down  in  irons,  that  they  would  have  returned 
in  chains  of  gold  ?  Yea,  they  that  judged  themselves,  as 
they  went  to  be  judged  of  their  judge,  were  by  his  mouth 
acquitted,  not  for  that  they  were  innocent,  but  of  the  Prince's 
mercy,  and  sent  home  with  pipe  and  tabor.  But  is  this  the 
common  custom  of  princes  ?  Do  they  use  to  show  such 
kind  of  favours  to  traitors  ?  No ;  this  is  only  peculiar  to 
Shaddai,  and  unto  Emmanuel,  his  Son  !" 

Now  morning  drew  on  apace  ;  wherefore  the  Lord  Mayor, 
the  Lord  Willbewill,  and  Mr.  Recorder  came  down  to  the 
market-place,  at  the  time  that  the  Prince  had  appointed, 
where  the  townsfolk  were  waiting  for  them ;  and  when 
they  came,  they  came  in  that  attire  and  in  that  glory,  that 
the  Prince  had  put  them  into  the  day  before,  and  the  street 
was  lightened  with  their  glory.  So  the  Mayor,  Recorder, 
and  my  Lord  Willbewill  drew  down  to  Mouth-gate,  which 
was  at  the  lower  end  of  the  market-place,  because  that,  of 
old  time,  was  the  place  where  they  used  to  read  public 
matters.  Thither,  therefore,  they  came  in  their  robes,  and 
their  tabrets  went  before  them.  Now,  the  eagerness  of  the 
people  to  know  the  full  of  the  matter  was  great. 

Then  the  Recorder  stood  up  upon  his  feet,  and,  first 
beckoning  with  his  hand  for  silence,  he  read  out  with  a  loud 
voice  the  pardon.  But  when  he  came  to  these  words,  "  The 
Lord,  the  Lord  God,  merciful  and  gracious,  pardoning  ini- 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  135 


quity,  transgressions,  and  sins ;  and  to  them  all  manner  of 
sin  and  blasphemy  shall  be  forgiven,"  &c,  they  could  not 
forbear  leaping  for  joy.  For  this  you  must  know,  that 
there  was  conjoined  herewith,  every  man's  name  in  Man- 
soul  ;  also  the  seals  of  the  pardon  made  a  brave  show. 

When  the  Recorder  had  made  an  end  of  reading  the 
pardon,  the  townsmen  ran  up  upon  the  walls  of  the  town, 
and  leaped  and  skipped  thereon  for  joy,  and  bowed  them- 
selves seven  times  with  their  faces  towards  Emmanuel's 
pavilion,  and  shouted  out  aloud  for  joy,  and  said,  "  Let 
Emmanuel  live  for  ever !"  Then  order  was  given  to  the 
young  men  in  Mansoul  that  they  should  ring  the  bells  for 
joy.  'So  the  bells  did  ring,  and  the  people  sing,  and  the 
music  sound  in  every  house  in  Mansoul. 

When  the  Prince  had  sent  home  the  three  prisoners  of 
Mansoul  with  joy,  and  pipe  and  tabor,  he  commanded  his 
captains,  with  all  the  field  officers  and  soldiers  throughout 
his  army,  to  be  ready  in  that  morning,  that  the  Recorder 
should  read  the  pardon  in  Mansoul,  to  do  his  further  plea- 
sure. So  the  morning,  as  I  have  showed,  being  come,  just 
as  the  Recorder  had  made  an  end  of  reading  the  pardon, 
Emmanuel  commanded  that  all  the  trumpets  in  the  camp 
should  sound,  that  the  colours  should  be  displayed,  half  of 
them  upon  Mount  Gracious,  and  half  of  them  upon  Mount 
Justice.  He  commanded  also,  that  all  the  captains  should 
show  themselves  in  all  their  harness,  and  that  the  soldiers 
should  shout  for  joy.  Nor  was  Captain  Credence,  though 
in  the  castle,  silent  in  such  a  day  ;  but  he,  from  the  top  of 
the  hold,  showed  himself  with  sound  of  trumpet  to  Mansoul 
and  to  the  Prince's  camp. 

Thus  have  I  showed  you  the  manner  and  way  that,  Em- 
manuel took  to  recover  the  town  of  Mansoul  from  under 
the  hand  and  power  of  the  tyrant  Diabolus. 


136  THE    HOLY   WAR. 

Now,  when  the  Prince  had  completed  these,  the  outward 
ceremonies  of  his  joy,  he  again  commanded  that  his  cap- 
tains and  soldiers  should  show  unto  Mansoul  some  feats  of 
war;  so  they  presently  addressed  themselves  to  this  work. 
But,  oh !  with  what  agility,  nimhleness,  dexterity,  and 
bravery  did  these  military  men  discover  their  skill  in  feats 
of  war,  to  the  now  gazing  town  of  Mansoul ! 

They  marched,  they  counter-marched;  and  opened  to 
the  right  and  left ;  they  divided  and  sub-divided ;  they 
closed,  they  wheeled,  made  good  their  front  and  rear  with 
their  right  and  left  wings,  and  twenty  things  more,  with 
that  aptness,  and  then  were  all  as  they  were  again ;  that 
they  took,  yea,  ravished  the  hearts  that  were  in  Mansoul, 
to  behold  it.  Bat  add  to  this,  the  handling  of  their  arms, 
the  managing  of  their  weapons  of  war,  were  marvellously 
taking  to  Mansoul  and  me. 

When  this  action  was  over,  the  whole  town  of  Mansoul 
came  out  as  one  man,  to  the  Prince  in  the  camp  to  thank 
him,  and  praise  him  for  his  abundant  favour ;  and  to  beg 
that  it  would  please  his  grace,  to  come  unto  Mansoul  with 
his  men,  and  there  to  take  up  their  quarters  for  ever :  and 
this  they  did  in  most  humble  manner,  bowing  themselves 
seven  times  to  the  ground  before  him.  Then  said  he,  "  All 
peace  be  to  you."  So  the  town  came  nigh,  and  touched 
with  the  hand  the  top  of  his  golden  sceptre  ;  and  they  said, 
"  Oh !  that  the  Prince  Emmanuel,  with  his  captains  and 
men  of  war,  would  dwell  in  Mansoul  for  ever ;  and  that  his 
battering-rams  and  slings  might  be  lodged  in  her,  for  the 
use  and  service  of  the  Prince,  and  for  the  help  and  strength 
of  Mansoul.  For,"  said  they,  "  we  have  room  for  thee, 
we  have  room  for  thy  men,  we  have  also  room  for  thy 
weapons  of  war,  and  a  place  to  make  a  magazine  for  thy 
carriages.     Do  it,  Emmanuel,  and  thou  shalt  be  King  and 


THE    HOLY   WAR. 


137 


Captain  in  Mansoul  for  ever.  Yea,  govern  thou  also  ac- 
cording to  all  the  desire  of  thy  soul,  and  make  thou  govern- 
ors and  princes  under  thee  of  thy  captains  and  men  of  war, 
and  we  will  become  thy  servants,  and  thy  laws  shall  be  our 
directions." 

They  added,  moreover,  and  prayed  his  Majesty  to  con- 
sider thereof;  "for,"  said,  they,  "if  now,  after  all  this 
grace  bestowed  upon  us,  thy  miserable  town  of  Mansoul, 
thou  shouldest  withdraw,  thou  and  thy  captains,  from  us, 
the  town  of  Mansoul  will  die.  "  Yea,"  said  they,  "  our 
blessed  Emmanuel,  if  thou  shouldest  depart  from  us  now, 
now  thou  hast  done  so  much  good  for  us,  and  showed  so 
much  mercy  unto  us,  what  will  follow,  but  that  our  joy 
will  be,  as  if  it  had  not  been,  and  our  enemies  will  a  second 
time  come  upon  us  with  more  rage  than  at  the  first ! 
AVherefore,  we  beseech  thee,  O  thou,  the  desire  of  our 
eyes,  and  the  strength  and  life  of  our  poor  town,  accept  of 
this  motion,  that  now  we  have  made  unto  our  Lord,  and 
come  and  dwell  in-  the  midst  of  us,  and  let  us  be  thy  people. 
Besides,  Lord,  we  do  not  know,  but  that  to  this  day  many 
Diabolonians  may  be  yet  lurking  in  their  town  of  Mansoul, 
and  they  will  betray  us,  when  thou  shalt  leave  us,  into  the 
hand  of  Diabolus  again;  and  who  knows  what  designs, 
plots,  or  contrivances  have  passed  betwixt  them,  about 
these  things  already !  Loath  we  are  to  fall  again  into  his 
horrible  hands.  Wherefore,  let  it  please  thee  to  accept  of 
our  palace  for  thy  place  of  residence,  and  of  the  houses  of 
the  best  men  in  our  town,  for  the  reception  of  thy  soldiers 
and  their  furniture." 

Then  said  the  Prince,  "  If  I  come  to  your  town,  will  you 
suffer  me  further  to  proseeute  that  which  is  in  mine  heart, 
against  mine  enemies  and  yours?  yea,  will  you  help  me  in 
such  undertakings  ? 

12* 


138  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

They  answered,  "  We  know  not  what  we  shall  do  ;  we 
did  not  think  once,  that  we  should  have  been  such  traitors 
to  Shaddai,  as  we  have  proved  to  be.  What,  then,  shall 
we  say  to  our  Lord  ?  Let  him  put  no  trust  in  his  saints  ; 
let  the  Prince  dwell  in  our  castle,  and  make  of  our  town  a 
garrison ;  let  him  set  his  noble  captains  and  his  warlike 
soldiers  over  us  ;  yea,  let  him  conquer  us  with  his  love,  and 
overcome  us  with  his  grace,  and  then  surely,  shall  he  be  but 
with  us,  and  help  us,  as  he  was  and  did  that  morning  that 
our  pardon  was  read  unto  us.  We  shall  comply  with  this 
our  Lord,  and  with  his  ways,  and  fall  in  with  his  word 
against  the  mighty. 

"  One  word  more,  and  thy  servants  have  done,  and  in 
this  will  trouble  our  Lord  no  more.  We  know  not  the 
depth  of  the  wisdom  of  thee,  our  Prince.  Who  could 
have  thought,  that  had  been  ruled  by  his  reason,  that  sc 
much  sweet,  as  we  do  now  enjoy,  should  have  come  out  of 
those  bitter  trials,  wherewith  we  were  tried  at  the  first ! 
But,  Lord,  let  light  go  before,  and  let  love  come  after  :  yea, 
take  us  by  the  hand,  and  lead  us  by  thy  counsels,  and  let 
this  always  abide  upon  us,  that  all  things  shall  be  for  the 
best  for  thy  servants,  and  come  to  our  Mansoul,  and  do  as 
it  pleaseth  thee.  Or,  Lord,  come  to  our  Mansoul,  do  what 
thou  wilt,  so  thou  keepest  us  from  sinning,  and  makest  us 
serviceable  to  thy  Majesty." 

Then  said  the  Prince,  to  the  town  of  Mansoul  again, 
"  Go,  return  to  your  houses  in  peace.  I  wdl  willingly,  in 
this,  comply  with  your  desires;  I  will  remove  my  royaJ 
pavilion,  I  will  draw  up  my  forces  before  Eye-gate  to-mor 
row,  and  so  will  march  forwards  into  the  town  of  Mansoul 
I  will  possess  myself  of  your  castle  of  Mansoul,  and  wiL 
set  my  soldiers  over  you ;  yea,  I  will  yet  do  things  in  Man- 
soul, that  cannot  -be  paralleled  in  any  nation,  country,  or 
kingdom  under  heaven." 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  139 

Then  did  the  men  of  Mansoul  give  a  shout,  and  returned 
unto  their  houses  in  peace ;  they  also  told  to  their  kindred 
and  friends,  the  good  that  Emmanuel  had  promised  to  Man- 
soul.  "  And  to-morrow,"  said  they,  "  he  will  march  into 
our  town,  and  take  up  his  dwelling,  he  and  his  men,  in 
Mansoul." 

Then  went  out  the  inhabitants  of  the  town  of  Mansoul, 
with  haste  to  the  green  trees  and  to  the  meadows,  to  gather 
boughs  and  flowers,  therewith  to  strew  the  streets  against 
their  Prince,  the  Son  of  Shaddai,  should  come ;  they  also 
made  garlands  and  other  fine  works  to  betoken  how  joyful 
they  were,  and  should  be  to  receive  their  Emmanuel  into 
Mansoul  ;  yea,  they  strewed  the  street  quite  from  Eye-gate 
to  the  castle  gate,  the  place  where  the  Prince  should  be. 
They  also  prepared  for  his  coming  what  music  the  town  of 
Mansoul  would  afford,  that  they  might  play  before  him  to 
the  palace,  his  habitation. 

So,  at  the  time  appointed,  he  makes  his  approach  to  Man- 
soul, and  the  gates  were  set  open  for  him ;  there  also,  the 
ancients  and  elders  of  Mansoul  met  him,  to  salute  him  with 
H  lliousand  welcomes.  Then  he  arose  and  entered  Man- 
soul, he  and  all  his  servants.  The  elders  of  Mansoul  did 
also  go  rejoicing  before  him  till  he  came  to  the  castle  gates. 
And  this  was  the  manner  of  his  going  up  thither: — He  was 
clad  in  his  golden  armour,  he  rode  in  his  royal  chariot,  the 
trumpets  sounded  about  him,  the  colours  were  displayed, 
his  ten  thousands  went  up  at  his  feet,  and  the  elders  of  Man- 
soul rejoiced  before  him.  And  now  were  the  walls  of  the 
famous  town  of  Mansoul  filled  with  the  tramplings  of  the 
inhabitants  thereof,  who  went  up  thither  to  view  the  ap- 
proach of  the  blessed  Prince  and  his  royal  army.  Also  the 
casements,  windows,  balconies,  and  tops  of  the  houses,  wore 
all  now  filled  with  persons  of  all  sorts,  to  behold  how  their 
♦own  was  to  be  filled  with  good. 


140  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

Now,  when  he  was  come  so  far  into  the  town  as  to  the 
Recorder's  house,  he  commanded  that  one  should  go  to 
Captain  Credence,  to  know  whether  the  castle  of  Mansoul 
was  prepared  to  entertain  his  royal  presence,  (for  the  prepa- 
ration of  that  was  left  to  that  captain,)  and  word  was  brought 
that  it  was.  Then  was  Captain  Credence  commanded  also 
to  come  forth  with  his  power  to  meet  the  Prince,  the  which 
was,  as  he  had  commanded,  done ;  and  he  conducted  him 
into  the  castle.  This  done,  the  Prince,  that  night,  did  lodge 
in  the  castle  with  his  mighty  captains  and  men  of  war,  to 
the  joy  of  the  town  of  Mansoul. 

Now,  the  next  care  of  the  townsfolk  was,  how  the  cap- 
tains and  soldiers  of  the  Prince's  army  should  be  quartered 
among  them;  and  the  care  was  not,  how  they  should  shut 
their  hands  of  them,  but  how  they  should  fill  their  houses 
with  them  ;  for  every  man  in  Mansoul,  now  had  that  esteem 
of  Emmanuel  and  his  men,  that  nothing  grieved  them  more, 
than  because  they  were  not  enlarged  enough,  every  one  of 
them,  to  receive  the  whole  army  of  the  Prince  ;  yea,  they 
counted  it  then-  glory  to  be  waiting  upon  them,  and  would, 
in  those  days,  run  at  their  bidding.  At  last  they  came  to 
this  result : — ■ 

1.  That  Captain  Iunocency  should  quarter  at  Mr.  Rea- 
son's. 

2.  That  Captain  Patience  should  quarter  at  Mr.  Mind's. 
This  Mr.  Mind  was  formerly  the  Lord  WillbewiU's  clerk, 
in  time  of  the  late  rebellion. 

3.  It  was  ordered  that  Captain  Charity  should  quarter  at 
Mr.  Affection's  house. 

4.  That  Captain  Good-Hope  should  quarter  at  my  Lord 
Mayor's.  Now,  for  the  house  of  the  Recorder,  because  it 
was  next  to  the  castle,  and  because  from  him,  it  was  ordered 
by  the  Prince  that,  if  need  be,  the  alarm  should  be  given  to 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  141 

Mansoul,- — it  was  desired  by  him,  that  Captain  Boanerges 
and  Captain  Conviction  should  take  up  their  quarters  with 
him,  even  they  and  all  their  men. 

5.  As  for  Captain  Judgment  and  Captain  Execution,  my 
Lord  Willbewill  took  them  and  their  men  to  him,  because 
he  was  to  rule  under  the  Prince,  for  the  good  of  the  town 
of  Mansoul  now,  as  he  had  before  under  the  tyrant  Diabo- 
lus,  for  the  hurt  and  damage  thereof. 

G.  And  throughout  the  rest  of  the  town,  were  quartered 
Emmanuel's  forces ;  but  Captain  Credence,  with  his  men, 
abode  still  in  the  castle.  So  the  Prince,  his  captains,  and 
his  soldiers,  were  lodged  in  the  town  of  Mansoul. 

Now,  the  ancients  and  elders  of  the  town  of  Mansoul 
thought  that  they  never  should  have  enough  of  the  Prince 
Emmanuel ;  his  person,  his  actions,  his  words  and  beha- 
viour, were  so  pleasing,  so  taking,  so  desirable  to  them. 
Wherefore  they  prayed  him,  that  though  the  castle  of  Man- 
soul was  his  place  of  residence,  (and  they  desired  that  he 
might  dwell  there  for  ever,)  yet  that  he  would  often  visit 
the  streets,  houses,  and  people  of  Mansoul.  "  For,"  said 
they,  "  dread  Sovereign,  thy  presence,  thy  looks,  thy  smiles, 
thy  words,  are  the  life,  and  strength,  and  sinews  of  the  town 
of  Mansoul." 

Besides  this,  they  craved  that  they  might  have,  without 
difficulty  or  interruption,  continual  access  unto  him,  (so  for 
that  very  purpose  he  commanded  that  the  gates  should  stand 
open,)  that  they  might  there  see  the  manner  of  his  doings, 
the  fortifications  of  the  place,  and  the  royal  mansion-house 
of  the  Prince. 

When  he  spake,  they  all  stopped  their  mouths,  and  gave 
audience ;  and  when  he  walked,  it  was  their  delight  to  imi- 
tate him  in  his  goings. 

Now,  upon  a  time,  Emmanuel  made  a  feast  for  the  town 


142  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

of  Mansoul ;  and  upon  the  feas ting-day,  the  townsfolk  were 
come  to  the  castle  to  partake  of  his  banquet ;  and  he  feasted 
them  with  all  manner  of  outlandish  food — food  that  grew 
not  in  the  fields  of  Mansoul,  nor  in  all  the  whole  kingdom 
of  Universe :  it  was  food  that  came  from  his  Father's  court 
And  so  there  was  dish  after  dish  set  before  them,  and  they 
were  commanded  freely  to  eat.  But  still,  when  a  fresh  dish 
was  set  before  them,  they  would  whisperingly  say  to  each 
other,  "  What  is  it  ?"  for  they  wist  not  what  to  call  it. 
They  drank  also  of  the  water  that  was  made  wine,  and 
were  very  merry  with  him.  There  was  music  also,  all  the 
while  at  the  table ;  and  man  did  eat  angels'  food,  and  had 
honey  given  him  out  of  the  rock.  So  Mansoul  did  eat  the 
food  that  was  peculiar  to  the  court ;  yea,  they  had  now 
thereof  to  the  full. 

I  must  not  forget  to  tell  you,  that  as  at  this  table  there 
were  musicians,  so  they  were  not  those  of  the  country,  nor 
yet  of  the  town  of  Mansoul ;  but  they  were  the  masters  of 
the  songs  that  were  sung  at  the  court  of  Shaddai. 

Now,  after  the  feast  was  over,  Emmanuel  was  for  enter- 
taining the  town  of  Mansoul  with  some  curious  riddles  of 
secrets  drawn  up  by  his  Father's  Secretary,  by  the  skill 
and  wisdom  of  Shaddai  ;  the  like  to  these  there  is  not  in 
any  kingdom..  These  riddles  were  made  upon  the  King 
Shaddai  himself,  and  upon  Emmanuel  his  Son,  and  upon 
his  wars  and  doings  with  Mansoul. 

Emmanuel  also  expounded  unto  them  some  of  those 
riddles  himself;  but,  oh  !  how  they  were  lightened  !  They 
saw  what  they  never  saw ;  they  could  not  have  thought, 
that  such  rarities  could  have  been  couched  in  so  few  and 
such  ordinary  words.  I  told  you  before,  whom  these  rid- 
dles did  concern ;  and  as  they  were  opened,  the  people  did 
evidently  see  it  was  so.     Yea,   they  did  gather  that  the 


THE   HOLY    WAR.  143 

things  themselves,  were  a  kind  of  a  portraiture,  and  that  of 
Emmanuel-  himself;  for  when  they  read  in  the  scheme, 
where  the  riddles  were  writ,  and  looked  in  the  face  of  the 
Prince,  things  looked  so  like  the  one  to  the  other,  that  Man- 
soul  could  not  forbear  but  say,  "  This  is  the  lamb  !  this  is 
the  sacrifice  !  this  is  the  rock  !  this  is  the  red  cow  !  this  is 
the  door  !  and  this  is  the  way !"  with  a  great  many  other 
things  more. 

And  thus,  he  dismissed  the  town  of  Mansoul.  But  can 
you  imagine,  how  the  people  of  the  corporation  were  taken 
with  this  entertainment  ?  Oh  !  they  were  transported  with 
joy,  they  were  drowned  with  wonderment,  while  they  saw 
and  understood,  and  considered,  what  their  Emmanuel  en- 
tertained them  withal,  and  what  mysteries  he  opened  to 
them.  And  when  they  were  at  home  in  their  houses,  and 
in  their  most  retired  places,  they  could  not  but  sing  of  him 
and  of  his  actions.  Yea,  so  taken  were  the  townsmen  now, 
with  their  Prince,  that  they  would  sing  of  him  in  their 
sleep. 

Now,  it  was  in  the  heart  of  the  Prince  Emmanuel,  to 
new-model  the  town  of  Mansoul,  and  to  put  it  into  such  a 
condition,  as  might  be  most  pleasing  to'  him,  and  that  might 
best  stand  with  the  profit  and  security  of  the  now  flourish- 
ing town  of  Mansoul.  He  provided  also  against  insurrec- 
tions at  home,  and  invasions  from  abroad,  such  love  had  he 
for  the  famous  town  of  Mansoul. 

Wherefore,  he  first  of  all  commanded,  that  the  groat 
slings  that  were  brought  from  his  Father's  court,  when  he 
came  to  the  war  of  Mansoul,  should  be  mounted,  some  upon 
the  battlements  of  the  castle,  some  upon  the  towers;  fa- 
there  were  towers  in  the  town  of  Mansoul,  towers  new- 
built  by  Emmanuel,  since  he  came  hither.  There  was  also 
an  instrument,  invented  by  Emmanuel,  that  was  to  throw 


144  THE    HOLY   AVAR. 

stones  from  the  castle  of  Mansoul,  out  at  Mouth-gate ;  an 
instrument  that  could  not  be  resisted,  nor  that  would  miss, 
of  execution.  Wherefore,  for  the  wonderful  exploits,  that 
it  did  when  used,  it  went  without  a  name ;  and  it  was  com- 
mitted to  the  care  of,  and  to  be  managed  by  the  brave  cap- 
tain, the  Captain  Credence,  in  case  of  war. 

This  done,  Emmanuel  called  the  Lord  Willbewill  to  him, 
and  gave  him  in  commandment  to  take  care  of  the  gates, 
the  wall,  and  towers  in  Mansoul ;  also  the  Prince  gave  him 
the  militia  into  his  hand,  and  a  special  charge  to  withstand 
all  insurrections  and  tumults,  that  might  be  made  in  Man- 
soul, against  the  peace  of  our  Lord  the  King,  and  the  peace 
and  tranquillity  of  the  town  of  Mansoul.  He  also  gave  him 
in  commission,  that  if  lie  found  any  of  the  Diabolonians 
lurking  in  any  corner  of  the  famous  town  of  Mansoul,  he 
should  forthwith  apprehend  them,  and  stay  them,  or  com- 
mit them  to  safe  custody,  that  they  may  be  proceeded  against, 
according  to  law. 

Then  he  called  unto  him,  the  Lord  Understanding,  who 
was  the  old  Lord  Mayor,  he  that  was  put  out  of  place  when 
Diabolus  took  the  town,  and  put  him  into  his  former  office 
again,  and  it  became  his  place  for  his  lifetime.  He  bid  him 
also,  that  he  should  build  him  a  palace  near  Eye-gate,  and 
that  he  should  build  it  in  fashion  like  a  tower  for  defence. 
He  bid  him  also,  that  he  should  read  in  the  Revelation  of 
Mysteries  all  the  days  of  his  life,  that  he  might  know  how 
to  perform  his  office  aright.  v 

He  also  made  Mr.  Knowledge  the  Recorder,  not  of  con- 
tempt to  old  Mr.  Conscience,  who  had  been  Recorder  be- 
fore, but  for  that  it  was  in  his  princely  mind,  to  confer  upon 
Mr.  Conscience  another  employ,  of  which  he  told  the  old 
gentleman  he  should  know  more  hereafter. 

Then  he  commanded,  that  the  image  of  Diabolus  should 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  145 

be  taken  down  from  the  place  where  it  was  set  up,  and  that 
they  should  destroy  it  utterly,  beating  it  into  powder,  and 
casting  it  into  the  wind,  without  the  town  wall ;  and  that 
the  image  of  Shaddai,  his  Father,  should  be  set  up  again, 
with  his  own,  upon  the  castle  gates  ;  and  that  it  should  be 
more  fairly  drawn  than  ever,  forasmuch  as  both  his  Father 
and  himself  were  come  to  Mansoul  in  more  grace  and 
mercy  than  heretofore.  He  would  also  that  his  name  should 
be  fairly  engraven  upon  the  front  of  the  town,  and  that  it 
should  be  done  in  the  best  of  gold,  for  the  honour  of  the 
town  of  Mansoul. 

After  this  Mas  done,  Emmanuel  gave  out  a  command- 
ment, that  those  three  great  Diabolonians  should  be  appre- 
hended, namely,  the  two  late  Lord  Mayors,  to  wit,  Mr. 
Incredulity,  Mr.  Lustings,  and  Mr.  Forget-Good,  the  Re- 
corder. Besides  these,  there  were  some  of  them  that 
Diabolus  made  burgesses  and  aldermen  in  Mansoul,  that 
were  committed  to  ward  by  the  hand  of  the  now  valiant 
and  now  ri<dit  noble,  the  brave  Lord  Willbewill. 

And  these  were  their  names : — Alderman  Atheism,  Al- 
derman Hard-Heart,  and  Alderman  False-Peace.  The 
burgesses  were,  Mr.  No-Truth,  Mr.  Pitiless,  Mr.  Haughty, 
with  the  like.  These  were  committed  to  close  custody, 
and  the  gaoler's  name  was  Mr.  True-Man.  This  True- 
Man  was  one  of  those  that  Emmanuel  brought  with  him 
from  his  Father's  court,  when  at  the  first  he  made  a  war 
upon  Diabolus,  in  the  town  of  Mansoul. 

After  this,  the  Prince  gave  a  charge  that  the  three  strong- 
holds, that  at  the  command  of  Diabolus,  the  Diabolonians 
built  in  Mansoul,  should  be  demolished  and  utterly  pulled 
down  ;  of  which  holds  and  their  names,  with  their  captains 
and  governors,  you  read  a  little  before.  But  this  was  long 
in  doing,  because  of  the  largeness  of  the  places,  and  because 

13 


146  THE    HOLY   WAR. 

the  stones,  the  timber,  the  iron,  and  all  rubbish,  was  to  be 
carried  without  the  town. 

When  this  was  done,  the  Prince  gave  order  that  the  Lord 
Mayor  and  aldermen  of  Mansoul  should  call  a  court  of 
judicature,  for  the  trial  and  execution  of  the  Diabolonians 
in  the  corporation  now  under  the  charge  of  Mr.  True-Man, 
the  gaoler. 

Now,  when  the  time  was  come,  and  the  court  set,  com- 
mandment was  sent  to  Mr.  True-Man,  the  gaoler,  to  bring 
the  prisoners  down  to  the  bar.  Then  were  the  prisoners 
brought  down,  pinioned  and  chained  together,  as  the  custom 
of  the  town  of  Mansoul  was.  So,  when  they  were  pre- 
sented before  the  Lord  Mayor,  the  Recorder,  and  the  rest 
of  the  honourable  bench,  first,  the  jury  was  empannelled, 
and  then  the  witnesses  sworn.  The  names  of  the  jury  were 
these  : — Mr.  Belief,  Mr.  True-Heart,  Mr.  Upright,  Mr. 
Hate-Bad,  Mr.  Love-God,  Mr.  See-Truth,  Mr.  Heavenly- 
Mind,  Mr.  Moderate,  Mr.  Thankful,  Mr.  Good- Work,  Mr. 
Zeal-for-God,  and  Mr.  Humble. 

The  names  of  the  witnesses  were — Mr.  Know- All,  Mr. 
Tell-True,  Mr.  Hate-Lies,  with  my  Lord  Willbewill  and 
his  men,  if  need  were. 

So  the  prisoners  were  set  to  the  bar.  Then  said  Mr. 
Do-Right,  (for  he  was  the  Town-Clerk,)  "  Set  Atheism  to 
the  bar,  gaoler."  So  he  was  set  to  the  bar.  Then  said  the 
Clerk,  "  Atheism,  hold  up  thy  hand.  Thou  art  here  in- 
dicted by  the  name  of  Atheism,  (an  intruder  upon  the  town 
of  Mansoul,)  for  that  thou  hast  perniciously  and  doltishly 
taught  and  maintained,  that  there  is  no  God,  and  so  no  heed 
to  be  taken  to  religion.  This  thou  hast  done  against  the 
being,  honour,  and  glory  of  the  King,  and  against  the  peace 
and  safety  of  the  town  of  Mansoul.  What  sayest  thou  ? 
Art  thou  guilty  of  this  indictment,  or  not  ? 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  117 

Atheism.  Not  guilty. 

Crier.  Call  Mr.  Know-Ail,  Mr.  Tell-True,  arid  Mr.  Hate- 
Lies  into  the  court. 

So  they  were  called,  and  they  appeared. 

Then  said  the  Clerk,  "  You,  the  witnesses  for  the  King, 
look  upon  the  prisoner  at  the  bar  ;  do  you  know  him  ?" 

Then  said  Mr.  Know-All,  "  Yes,  my  lord,  we  know 
him;  his  name  is  Atheism  ;  he  has  been  a  very  pestilent 
fellow  for  many  years,  in  the  miserable  town  of  Mansoul." 

Clerk.  You  are  sure  you  know  him  ? 

Know.  Know  him  !  Yes,  my  lord ;  I  have  heretofore, 
too  often  been  in  his  company,  to  be  at  this  time  ignorant 
of  him.  He  is  a  Diabolonian,  the  son  of  a  Diabolonian : 
I  knew  his  grandfather  and  his  father. 

Clerk.  Well  said.  He  standeth  here  indicted  by  the  name 
of  Atheism,  etc.,  and  is  charged,  that  he  hath  maintained 
and  taught,  that  there  is  no  God,  and  so  no  heed  need  be 
taken  to  any  religion.  What  say  you,  the  King's  witnesses, 
to  this  ?  Is  he  guilty  or  not  ? 

Know.  My  lord,  I  and  he  were  once  in  Villains'  Lane 
together,  and  he  at  that  time  did  briskly  talk  of  divers 
opinions ;  and  then  and  there  I  heard  him  say,  that,  for  his 
part,  he  did  believe  that  there  was  no  God.  "  But,"  said 
he,  "  I  can  profess  one,  and  be  as  religious  too,  if  the  com- 
pany I  am  in  and  other  circumstances  shall  put  me  upon 
it." 

Clerk.  You  are  sure  you  heard  him  say  thus  ? 

Knoiv.  Upon  mine  oath  I  heard  him  say  thus. 

Then  said  the  Clerk,  "  Mr.  Tell-True,  what  say  you  to 
the  King's  Judges,  touching  the  prisoner  at  the  bar  ?" 

Tell.  My  lord,  I  formerly  was  a  great  companion  of  his, 
for  the  which,  I  now  repent  me ;  and  I  have  often  heard 
him  say,  and  that  with  very  great  stomachfulness,  that  he 
believed  there  was  neither  God,  angel,  nor  spirit. 


148  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

Clerk.  Where  did  you  hear  him  say  so  ? 

Tell.  In  Blackmouth  Lane  and  in  Blasphemers'  Row, 
and  in  many  other  places  besides. 

Clerk.  Have  you  much  knowledge  of  him  ? 

Tell.  I  know  him  to  be  a  Diabolonian,  the  son  of  a 
Diabolonian,  and  a  horrible  man  to  deny  a  Deity.  His 
father's  name  was  Never-be-Good,  and  he  had  more  chil- 
dren than  this  Atheism.     I  have  no  more  to  say. 

Clerk.  Mr.  Hate-Lies,  look  upon  the  prisoner  at  the  bar ; 
do  you  know  him  ? 

Hate.  My  lord,  this  Atheism  is  one  of  the  vilest  wretches 
that  ever  I  came  near,  or  had  to  do  with  in  my  life.  I  have 
heard  him  say,  that  there  is  no  God ;  I  have  heard  him  say, 
that  there  is  no  world  to  come,  no  sin,  nor  punishment  here- 
after ;  and,  moreover,  I  have  heard  him  say,  that  it  was  as 
good  to  go  to  a  lewd-house,  as  to  go  to  hear  a  sermon. 

Clerk.  Where  did  you  hear  him  say  these  things  ? 

Hate.  In  Drunkards'  Row,  just  at  Rascal-Lane's  End, 
at  a  house  in  which  Mr.  Impiety  lived. 

Clerk.  Set  him  by,  gaoler,  and  set  Mr.  Lustings  to  the 
bar.  Mr.  Lustings,  thou  art  here  indicted  by  the  name  of 
Lustings,  (an  intruder  upon  the  town  of  Mansoul,)  for  that 
thou  hast  devilishly  and  traitorously  taught,  by  practice  and 
filthy  words,  that  it  is  lawful  and  profitable  to  man  to  give 
way  to  his  carnal  desires ;  and  that  thou,  for  thy  part,  hast 
not,  nor  ever  will,  deny  thyself  of  any  sinful  delight,  as 
long  as  thy  name  is  Lustings.  How  sayest  thou  ?  Art  thon 
guilty  of  this  indictment,  or  not  ? 

Then  said  Mr.  Lustings,  "  My  lord,  I  am  a  man  of  high 
birth,  and  have  been  used  to  pleasures  and  pastimes  of 
greatness.  I  have  not  been  wont  to  be  snubbed  for  my 
doings,  but  have  been  left  to  follow  my  will,  as  if  it  were 
law.     And  it  seems  strange  to  me,  that  I  should  this  day 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  149 

be  called  into  question  for  that,  that  not  only  I,  but  almost 
all  men,  do  either  secretly  or  openly  countenance,  love,  and 
approve  of." 

Clerk.  Sir,  we  concern  not  ourselves  with  your  great- 
ness, (though  the  higher,  the  better  you  should  have  been  ;) 
but  we  are  concerned,  and  so  are  you  now,  about  an  indict- 
ment preferred  against  you.  How  say  you  1  Are  you 
guilty  of  it,  or  not  ? 

Lust.  Not  guilty. 

Clerk.  Crier,  call  upon  the  witnesses  to  stand  forth  and 
give  their  evidence. 

Crier.  Gentlemen,  you,  the  witnesses  for  the  King,  come 
in  and  give  in  your  evidence  for  our  Lord  the  King,  against 
the  prisoner  at  the  bar. 

Clerk.  Come,  Mr.  Know-All,  look  upon  the  prisoner  at 
the  bar ;  do  you  know  him  ? 

Know.  Yes,  my  lord,  I  know  him. 

Clerk.  What  is  his  name  ? 

Know.  His  name  is  Lustings :  he  was  the  son  of  one 
Beastly,  and  his  mother  bare  him  in  Flesh  Street :  she  was 
one  Evil-Concupiscence's  daughter.  I  knew  all  the  gene- 
ration of  them. 

Clerk.  Well  said.  You  have  heard  his  indictment; 
what  say  you  to  it  ?  Is  he  guilty  of  the  things  charged 
against  him,  or  not  ? 

Know.  My  lord,  he  has,  as  he  saith,  been  a  great  man 
indeed,  and  greater  in  wickedness  than  by  pedigree,  more 
than  a  thousandfold. 

Clerk.  But  what  do  you  know  of  his  particular  actions, 
and  especially  with  reference  to  his  indictment  ? 

Know.  I  know  him  to  be  a  swearer,  a  liar,  a  Sabbath- 
breaker  ;  I  know  him  to  be  an  unclean  person ;  I  know  him 

13* 


150  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

to  be  guilty  of  abundance  of  evils.     He  has  been,  to  my 
knowledge,  a  very  filthy  man. 

Clerk.  But  where  did  he  use  to  commit  his  wickedness  ? 
in  some  private  corners,  or  more  open  and  shamelessly  ? 

Know.  All  the  town  over,  my  lord. 

Clerk.  Come,  Mr.  Tell-True,  what  have  you  to  say  for 
our  Lord  the  King,  against  the  prisoner  at  the  bar ! 

Tell.  My  lord,  all  that  the  first  witness  has  said  I  know 
to  be  true,  and  a  great  deal  more  besides. 

Clerk.  Mr.  Lustings,  do  you  hear  what  these  gentlemen 
say? 

Lust.  I  was  ever  of  opinion,  that  the  happiest  life  that 
a  man  could  live  on  earth,  was  to  keep  himself  back  from 
nothing  that  he  desired  in  the  world  ;  nor  have  I  been  false 
at  any  time  to  this  opinion  of  mine,  but  have  lived  in  the 
love  of  my  notions  all  my  days.  Nor  was  I  ever  so  churl- 
ish, having-  found  such  sweetness  in  them  myself,  as  to  keep 
the  commendations  of  them  from  others. 

Then  said  the  Court,  "  There  hath  proceeded  enough 
from  his  own  mouth,  to  lay  him  open  to  condemnation  ; 
wherefore  set  him  by,  gaoler,  and  set  Mr.  Incredulity  to  the 
bar." 

Incredulity  set  to  the  bar. 

Clerk.  Mr.  Incredulity,  thou  art  here  indicted  by  the 
name  of  Incredulity,  (an  intruder  upon  the  town  of  Man- 
soul,)  for  that  thou  hast  feloniously  and  wickedly,  and  that, 
when  thou  wert  an  officer  in  the  town  of  Mansoul,  made 
head  against  the  captains  of  the  great  King  Shaddai,  when 
they  came  and  demanded  possession  of  Mansoul ;  yea,  thou 
didst  bid  defiance  to  the  name,  forces,  and  cause  of  the 
King,  and  didst  also,  as  did  Diabolus,  thy  captain,  stir  up 
and  encourage  the  town  of  Mansoul,  to  make  head  against 
and  resist  the  said  force  of  the.  King.  What  sayest  thou  to 
this  indictment  ?  Art  thou  guilty  of  it,  or  not. 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  151 

Then  said  Incredulity,  "  I  know  not  Shaddai ;  I  love  my 
old  prince  ;  I  thought  it  my  duty  to  be  true  to  my  trust,  and 
to  do  what  I  could,  to  possess  the  minds  of  the  men  of  Man- 
soul,  to  do  their  utmost  to  resist  strangers  and  foreigners,  and 
with  might  to  fight  against  them.  Nor  have  I,  nor  shall  1 
change  mine  opinion  for  fear  of  trouble,  though  you  at 
present  are  possessed  of  place  and  power." 

Then  said  the  Court,  "  The  man,  as  you  see,  is  incorri- 
gible ;  he  is  for  maintaining  his  villanies  by  stoutness  of 
words,  and  his  rebellion  with  impudent  confidence ;  and 
therefore  set  him  by,  gaoler,  and  set  Mr.  Forget-good  to  the 
bar." 

Forget-Good  set  to  the  bar. 

Clerk.  Mr.  Forget-Good,  thou  art  here  indicted  by  the 
name  of  Forget-Good,  (an  intruder  upon  the  town  of  Man- 
soul,)  for  that  thou,  when  the  whole  affairs  of  the  town  of 
Mansoul  were  in  thy  hand,  didst  utterly  forget  to  serve  them 
in  what  was  good,  and  didst  fall  in  with  the  tyrant  Diabolus 
against  Shaddai  the  King,  against  his  captains  and  all  his 
host,  to  the  dishonour  of  Shaddai,  the  breach  of  his  law, 
and  the  endangering  of  the  destruction  of  the  famous  town 
of  Mansoul.  "What  sayest  thou  to  this  indictment  ?  Art 
thou  guilty,  or  not  guilty  ? 

Then  said  Forget-Good,  "  Gentlemen,  and  at  this  time  my 
judges ;  as  to  the  indictment,  by  which  I  stand  of  several 
crimes  accused,  before  you,  pray  attribute  my  forgetfulness 
to  mine  age,  and  not  to  my  wilfulness  ;  to  the  craziness  of 
my  brain,  and  not  to  the  carelessness  of  my  mind  ;  and  then 
I  hope  I  may  be,  by  your  charity,  excused  from  great  pun- 
ishment, though  I  be  guilty." 

Then  said  the  Court,  "  Forget-Good,  Forget-Good,  thy 
forgetfulness  of  good  was  not  simply  of  frailty,  but  of  purpose 
and  for  that  thou  didst  loathe  to  keep  virtuous  things  in  thy 


1  52  THE    HOLY    AVAR. 

mind.  What  was  bad  thou  couldst  i-etain,  but  what  was 
good  thou  couldst  not  abide  to  think  of;  thy  age,  therefore, 
and  thy  pretended  craziness,  thou  makest  use  of  to  blind  the 
court  withal,  and  as  a  cloak  to  cover  thy  knavery.  But  let 
us  hear  what  the  witnesses  have  to  say  for  the  King,  against 
the  prisoner  at  the  bar.  Is  he  guilty  of  this  indictment,  or 
not  ?" 

Hate.  My  lord,  I  have  heard  this  Forget-Good  say,  that 
he  could  never  abide  to  think  of  goodness,  no,  not  for  a 
quarter  of  an  hour. 

Clerk.  Where  did  you  hear  him  say  so  ? 

Hate.  In  All-base  Lane,  at  a  house  next  door  to  the  sign 
of  the  Conscience  seared  with  a  hot  iron. 

Clerk.  Mr.  Know-All,  what  can  you  say  for  our  Lord 
the  King,  against  the  prisoner  *X  the  bar  ? 

Know.  My  lord,  I  know  this  man  well.  He  is  a  Diabo- 
lonian,  the  son  of  a  Diabolonian  ;  his  father's  name  was 
Love-Naught;  and  for  him,  I  have  often  heard  him  say, 
that  he  counted  the  very  thoughts  of  goodness,  the  most 
burdensome  thing  in  the  world. 

Clerk.  Where  have  you  heard  him  say  these  words  ? 

Know.  In  Flesh  Lane,  right  opposite  to  the  church. 

Then  said  the  Clerk,  "  Come,  Mr.  Tell-True,  give  in 
your  evidence  concerning  the  prisoner  at  the  bar,  about  that 
for  which  he  stands  here,  as  you  see,  indicted  by  this  ho- 
nourable Court." 

Tell.  My  lord,  I  have  heard  him  often  say,  he  had  rather 
think  of  the  vilest  thing,  than  of  what  is  contained  in  the 
Holy  Scriptures. 

Clerk.  Where  did  you  hear  him  say  such  grievous  words  ? 

Tell.  Where  ?     In  a  great  many  places,  particularly  in 
Nauseous  Street,  in  the  house  of  one  Shameless,  and  in  Filth 
Lane,  at  the  sign  of  the  Reprobate,  next  door  to  the  Descen 
into  the  Pit. 


THE   HOLY    WAR.  153 

Court.  Gentlemen,  yon  have  heard  the  indictment,  his 
plea,  and  the  testimony  of  the  witnesses.  Goaler,  set  Mr. 
Hard-Heart  to  the  bar. 

He  is  set  to  the  bar. 

Clerk.  Mr.  Hard-Heart,  thou  art  here  indicted  by  the 
name  of  Hard-Heart,  (an  intruder  upon  the  town  of  Man- 
eoul,)  for  that  thou  didst,  most  desperately  and  wickedly, 
possess  the  town  of  Mansoul  with  impenitency  and  obdu- 
rateness  ;  and  didst  keep  them  from  remorse  and  sorrow  for 
their  evils,  all  the  time  of  their  apostasy  from,  and  rebellion 
against,  the  blessed  King  Shaddai.  What  sayest  thou  to 
this  indictment  ?     Art  thou  guilty,  or  not  guilty  ? 

Hard.  My  lord,  I  never  knew  what  remorse,  or  sorrow 
meant,  in  all  my  life.  I  am  impenetrable,  I  care  for  no  man ; 
nor  can  I  be  pierced  with  men's  griefs  ;  their  groans  will  not 
enter  into  my  heart.  Whomsoever  I  mischief,  whomsoever 
I  wrong,  to  me  it  is  music,  when  to  others  mourning. 

Court.  You  see  the  man  is  a  right  Diabolonian,  and  has 
convicted  himself.  Set  him  by,  gaoler,  and  set  Mr.  False- 
Peace  to  the  bar. 

False-Peace  set  to  the  bar. 

"  Mr.  False-Peace,  thou  art  here  indicted  by  the  name  of 
False-Peace,  (an  intruder  upon  the  town  of  Mansoul,)  for 
that  thou  didst  most  wickedly  and  satanically  bring,  hold, 
and  keep  the  town  of  Mansoul,  both  in  her  apostasy  and  in 
her  hellish  rebellion,  in  a  false,  groundless,  and  dangerous 
peace,  and  damnable  security,  to  the  dishonour  of  the  King, 
the  transgression  of  his  law,  and  the  great  damage  of  the 
town  of  Mansoul.  What  sayest  thou  ?  Art  thou  guilty  of 
this  indictment,  or  not  ?" 

Then  said  Mr.  False-Peace,  "  Gentlemen,  and  you  now 
appointed  to  be  my  judges  ;  I  acknowledge  that  my  name  is 
Mr.  Peace  ;  but  that  my  name  is  False-Peace,  I  utterly  deny. 


154  THE    HOLY    WAK. 

If  your  honours  shall  please  to  send  for  any  that  do  inti- 
mately know  me  from  my  birth,  or  for  the  gossips  that  were 
at  my  christening,  the)r  will,  any  or  all  of  them,  prove  that 
my  name  is  not  False-Peace,  but  Peace.  Wherefore  I 
cannot  plead  to  this  indictment,  forasmuch  as  my  name  is 
not  inserted  therein  ;  and  as  in  my  true  name,  so  are  also 
my  conditions.  I  was  always  a  man  that  loved  to  live  at 
quiet,  and  what  I  loved  myself,  that  I  thought  others  might 
love  also.  Wherefore,  when  I  saw  any  of  my  neighbours 
to  labour  under  a  disquieted  mind,  I  endeavoured  to  help 
them  what  I  could ;  and  instances  of  this  good  temper  of 
mine,  many  I  could  give  :  as, 

"  1.  When,  at  the  beginning,  our  town  of  Mansoul  did 
decline  the  ways  of  Shaddai,  they,  some  of  them,  afterwards 
began  to  have  disquieting  reflections  upon  themselves,  for 
what  they  had  done ;  but  I,  as  one  troubled  to  see  them  dis- 
quieted, presently  sought  out  means  to  get  them  quiet  again. 

"  2.  When  the  ways  of  the  old  world,  and  of  Sodom, 
were  in  fashion,  if  anything  happened  to  molest  those  that 
■were  for  the  customs  of  the  present  times,  I  laboured  to  make 
them  quiet  again,  and  to  cause  them  to  act  without  molesta- 
tion. 

"  3.  To  come  nearer  home :  when  the  wars  fell  out  be-, 
tween  Shaddai  and  Diabolus,  if  at  any  time  I  saw  any  of  the 
town  of  Mansoul  afraid  of  destruction,  I  often  used,  by  some 
way,  device,  invention,  or  other,  to  labour  to  bring  them  to 
peace  again.  Wherefore,  since  I  have  been  always  a  man 
of  so  virtuous  a  temper,  as  some  say  a  peace-maker  is ;  and 
if  a  peace-maker  be  so  deserving  a  man,  as  some  have  been 
bold  to  attest  he  is  ;  then  let  me,  gentlemen,  be  accounted  by 
you,  who  have  a  great  name  for  justice  and  equity  in  Man- 
soul, for  a  man  that  deserveth  not  this  inhuman  way  of 
treatment,  but  liberty,  and  also  a  license  to  seek  damage  of 
those  that  have  been  my  accusers." 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  155 

Then  said  the  clerk,  "  Crier,  make  a  proclamation." 

Crier.  O  yes  !  Forasmuch  as  the  prisoner  at  the  bar  hath 
denied  his  name  to  be  that  which  is  mentioned  in  the  indict- 
ment, the  Court  requireth,  that  if  there  be  any  in  this  place 
that  can  give  information  to  the  Court,  of  the  original  and 
right  name  of  the  prisoner,  they  would  come  forth  and  give 
in  their  evidence ;  for  the  prisoner  stands  upon  his  own  in- 
nocency. 

Then  came  two  into  the  court  and  desired  that  they  might 
have  leave  to  speak  what  they  knew  concerning  the  prisoner 
at  the  bar:  the  name  of  the  one  was  Search-Truth,  and  the 
name  of  the  other  Vouch-Truth.  So  the  Court  demanded 
of  these  men,  if  they  knew  the  prisoner,  and  what  they  could 
say  concerning  him,  "  for  he  stands,"  said  they  "  upon  his 
own  vindication." 

Then  said  Mr.  Search-Truth,  "  My  lord,  I—" 

Court.  Hold  !  give  him  his  oath. 

Then  they  sware  him.     So  he  proceeded. 

Search.  My  lord,  I  know,  and  have  known  this  man, 
from  a  child,  and  can  attest  that  his  name  is  False-Peace. 
I  knew  his  father ;  his  name  was  Mr.  Flatterer :  and  his 
mother,  before  she  was  married,  was  called  by  the  name  of 
•Mrs.  Sooth-Up :  and  these  two,  when  they  came  together, 
lived  not  long  without  this  son ;  \nd  when  he  was  born,  they 
called  his  name  False-Peace.  I  was  his  playfellow,  only  I 
was  somewhat  older  than  he ;  and  when  his  mother  did  use 
to  call  him  home  from  his  play,  she  used  to  say,  "  False- 
Peace,  False-Peace,  come  home  quick,  or  I'll  fetch  you." 
Yea,  I  knew  him  when  a  babe  ;  and  though  I  was  then  but 
little,  yet  I  can  remember,  that  when  his  mother  did  use  to 
sit  at  the  door  with  him,  or  did  play  with  him  in  her  arms, 
she  would  call  him,  twenty  times  together,  "  My  little  False- 
Peace  !  my  pretty  False-Peace  !"  and  "  Oh  !  my  sweet  rogue, 


156  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

False-Peace  !"  and  again,  "  Oh !  my  little  bird,  False-Peace!" 
and,  "  How  do  I  love  ray  child !"  The  gossips  also  know 
it  is  thus,  though  he  has  had  the  face  to  deny  it  in  open  court. 

Then  Mr.  Vouch-Truth  was  called  upon  to  speak  what 
he  knew  of  him.     So  they  sware  him. 

Then  said  Mr.  Vouch-Truth,  "My  lord,  all  that  the 
former  witness  hath  said,  is  true.  His  name  is  False-Peace, 
the  son  of  Mr.  Flatterer,  and  of  Mrs.  Sooth-Up,  his  mother ; 
and  I  have,  in  former  times,  seen  him  angry  with  those  that 
have  called  him  anything  else  but  False-Peace,  for  he  would 
say  that  all  such  did  mock  and  nickname  him  ;  but  this  was 
in  the  time,  when  Mr.  False-Peace  was  a  great  man,  and 
when  the  Diabolonians  were  the  brave  men  in  Mansoul. " 

Court.  Gentlemen,  you  have  heard  what  these  two  men 
have  sworn  against  the  prisoner  at  the  bar.  And  now,  Mr. 
False-Peace,  to  you :  you  have  denied  your  name  to  be 
False-Peace,  yet  you  see,  that  these  honest  men  have  sworn, 
that  that  is  your  name.  As  to  your  plea,  in  that  you  are 
quite  besides  the  matter  of  your  indictment,  you  are  not  by 
it  charged  for  evil-doing,  because  you  are  a  man  of  peace, 
or  a  peace-maker  among  your  neighbours  ;  but  for  that  you 
did  wickedly  and  satanically  bring,  keep,  and  hold  the  town 
of  Mansoul,  both  under  its  apostacy  from,  and  in  its  rebel- 
lion against  its  King,  in  a  false,  lying,  and  damnable  peace, 
contrary  to  the  law  of  Shaddai,  and  to  the  hazard  of  the 
destruction  of  the  then  miserable  town  of  Mansoul.  All 
that  you  have  pleaded  for  yourself  is,  that  you  have  denied 
your  name,  etc. ;  but  here,  you  see,  we  have  witnesses  to 
prove  that  you  are  the  man.  For  the  peace  that  you  so 
much  boast  of  making  among  your  neighbours,  know,  that 
peace  that  is  not  a  companion  of  truth  and  holiness,  but 
that  which  is  without  this  foundation,  is  grounded  upon  a 
lie,  and  is  both  deceitful  and  damnable,  as   also  the  great 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  157 

Shaddai  hath  said.  Thy  plea,  therefore,  has  not  delivered 
thee  from  what,  by  the  indictment  thou  art  charged  with, 
but  rather  it  doth  fasten  all  upon  thee.  But  thou  shaft  have 
very  fair  play.  Let  us  call  the  witnesses  that  are  to  testify 
as  to  matter  of  fact,  and  see  what  they  have  to  say  for  our 
Lord  the  King,  against  the  prisoner  at  the  bar. 

Clerk.  Mr.  Know-Ail,  what  say  you  for  our  Lord  the 
King  against  the  prisoner  at  the  bar  ? 

Know.  My  Lord,  this  man  hath  of  a  long  time  made  it, 
to  my  knowledge,  his  business  to  keep  the  town  of  Mansoul 
in  a  sinful  quietness  in  the  midst  of  all  her  lewdness,  filthi- 
ness,  and  turmoils,  and  hath  said,  and  that  in  my  hearing, 
Come,  come,  let  us  fly  from  all  trouble,  on  what  ground 
soever  it  comes,  and  let  us  be  for  a  quiet  and  peaceable  life, 
though  it  wanteth  a  good  foundation. 

Clerk.  Come,  Mr.  Hate-Lies,  what  have  you  to  say  "t 

Hate.  M y  Lord,  I  have  heard  him  say,  that  peace,  though 
in  a  way  uf  unrighteousness,  is  better  than  trouble  with 
truth. 

Clerk.  Where  did  you  hear  him  say  this  \ 

Hate.  I  heard  him  say  it  in  Folly-yard,  at  the  house  of 
one  Mr.  Simple,  next  door  to  the  sign  of  the  Self-deceiver. 
Yea,  he  hath  said  this  to  my  knowledge  twenty  times  in 
that  place. 

Clerk.  "VVe  may  spare  further  witness ;  this  evidence  is 
plain  and  full.  Set  him  by,  gaoler,  and  set  Mr.  No-Truth 
to  the  bar.  Mr.  No-Truth  thou  art  here  indicted  by  the 
name  of  No-Truth,  (an  intruder  upon  the  town  of  Mansoul,) 
for  that  thou  hast  always,  to  the  dishonour  of  Shaddai,  and 
the  endangering  of  the  utter  ruin  of  the  famous  town  of 
Mansoul,  set  thyself  to  deface,  and  utterly  to  spoil  all  the 
remainders  of  the  law  and  image  of  Shaddai  that  have  been 
found  in  Mansoul  after  her  deep  apostasy  from  her  king  to 

14 


158  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

Diabolus,  the  envious  tyrant.     What  sayest  thou,  art  tfuu 
guilty  of  this  indictment,  or  not  ? 

.V  i.   Not  guilty,  my  lord. 

Then  the  witnesses  were  called,  and  Mr.  Know-All  did 
first  ffive  in  his  evidence  against  him. 

A'noio.  My  lord,  this  man  was  at  the  pulling  down  of 
the  image  of  Shaddai ;  yea,  this  is  he  that  did  it  with  his 
own  hands.  I  myself  stood  by  and  saw  him  do  it,  and  he 
did  it  at  the  commandment  of  Diabolus.  Yea,  this  Mr.  No- 
Truth  dul  more  than  this,  he  did  also  set  up  the  homed 
image  of  the  beast  Diabolus  in  the  same  place.  This  also  is 
he  that,  at  the  bidding  of  Diabolus,  did  rend  and  tear,  and 
cause  to  be  consumed,  all  that  he  could  of  the  remainders  of 
the  law  of  the  King,  even  whatever  he  could  lay  his  hands 
on  in  Mansoul. 

Clerk.   Who  saw  him  do  this  besides  yourself' 

Hate.  I  did,  my  lord,  and  so  did  many  more  besides  ;  for 
this  was  not  done  by  stealth,  or  in  a  corner,  but  in  the  open 
view  of  all ;  yea,  he  chose  himself  to  do  it  publicly,  for  he 
delighted  in  the  doing  of  it. 

Clerk.  Mr.  No-Truth,  how  could  you  have  the  face  to 
plead  not  guilty,  when  you  were  so  manifestly  the  doer  of 
all  this  wickedness  ' 

No.  Sir,  I  thought  I  must  say  something,  and  as  my 
name  is,  so  I  speak  :  I  have  been  advantaged  thereby  before 
now,  and  did  not  know  but  by  speaking  no  truth,  I  might 
have  reaped  the  same  benefit  now. 

Clerk.  Set  him  by,  gaoler,  and  set  Mr.  Pitiless  to  the 
bar.  Mr.  Pitiless,  thou  art  here  indicted  by  the  name  of 
Pitiless,  (an  intruder  upon  the  town  of  Mansoul,)  for  that 
thou  didst  most  traitorously  and  wickedly  shut  up  all  bowels 
of  compassion,  and  wouldest  not  sutler  poor  Mansoul  to 
condole  her  own  misery,  when  she  had  apostatized  from  her 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  159 

rightful  King,  but  didst  evade,  and  at  all  times  turn  her  mind 
away  from  those  thoughts  that  had  in  them  a  tendency  to 
lead  her  to  repentance.  "What  say  est  thou  to  this  indict- 
ment ?     Guilty,  or  not  guilty  ? 

'•  Not  guilty  of  pkilessness :  all  I  did,  was  to  cheer-up, 
according  to  my  name,  for  my  name  is  not  Pitiless,  but 
Cheer-Up ;  and  I  could  not  abide  to  see  Mansoul  inclined 
to  melancholy." 

Clerk.  How  !  Do  you  deny  your  name,  and  say  it  is  not 
Pitiless,  but  Cheer-Up  ?  Call  for  the  witnesses.  What  say 
you,  the  witnesses,  to  this  plea  ? 

Know.  My  lord,  his  name  is  Pitiless  ;  so  he  hath  writ- 
ten himself  in  all  papers  of  concern  wherein  he  has  had  to 
do.  But  these  Diabolonians  love  to  counterfeit  their  names  : 
Mr.  Covetousness  covers  himself  with  the  name  of  Good- 
Husbandry,  or  the  like ;  Mr.  Pride  can,  when  need  is,  call 
himself  Mr.  Neat,  Mr.  Handsome,  or  the  like;  and  so  of 
all  the  rest  of  them. 

Clerk.  Mr.  Tell-True,  what  say  you  ? 

Tell.  His  name  is  Pitiless,  my  lord.  I  have  known  him 
from  a  child,  and  he  hath  done  all  that  wickedness,  whereof 
he  stands  charged  in  the  indictment ;  but  there  is  a  company 
of  them  that  are  not  acquainted  with  the  danger  of  damning", 
therefore  they  call  all  those  melancholy,  that  have  serious 
ights  how  that  state  should  be  shunned  by  them. 

Clerk.  Set  Mr.  Haughty  to  the  bar,  gaoler.  Mr.  Haughty, 
thou  art  here  indicted  by  the  name  of  Haughtv,  'an  intruder 
upon  the  town  of  Mansoul,)  for  that  thou  didst  most  trai- 
torously and  devilishly  teach  the  town  of  Mansoul,  to  carry 
it  loftily  and  stoutly  against  the  summons  that  was  o-iven 
them  by  the  captains  of  the  King  Shaddai.  Thou  didst  also 
teach  the  town  of  Mansoul  to  speak  contemptuously  and 
vilifyingly  of  their  great  King  Shaddai ;  and  didst  moreover 


160  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

encourage,  both  by  words  and  examples,  Mansoul  to  take 
up  arms  both  against  the  King  and  his  son  Emmanuel. 
How  sayest  thou,  art  thou  guilty  of  this  indictment,  or  not  ? 
Haughty.  Gentlemen,  I  have  always  been  a  man  of 
courage  and  valour,  and  have  not  used  when  under  the 
1  greatest  clouds,  to  sneak  or  hang  down  the  head  like  a  bul- 
rush ;  nor  did  it  at  all,  at  any  time,,  please  me  to  see  men 
veil  their  bonnets  to  those  that  have  opposed  them ;  yea, 
though  their  adversaries  seemed  to  have  ten  times  the  advan- 
tage of  them.  I  did  not  use  to  consider  who  was  my  foe, 
nor  what  the  cause  was  in  which  I  was  engaged.  It  was 
enough  to  me,  if  I  carried  it  bravery,  fought  like  a  man,  and 
came  off  a  victor. 

Court.  Mr.  Haughty,  you  are  not  here  indicted  for  that 
you  have  been  a  valiant  man,  nor  for  your  courage  and  stout- 
ness in  times  of  distress,  but  that  you  have  made  use  of  this 
your  pretended  valour,  to  draw  the  town  of  Mansoul  into 
acts  of  rebellion,  both  against  the  great  King,  and  Emmanuel 
his  Son.  This  is  the  crime  and  the  thing  wherewith  thou 
art  charged  in  and  by  the  indictment. 

But  he  made  no  answer  to  that. 

Now  when  the  Court  had  thus  far  proceeded  against  the 
prisoners  at  the  bar,  then  they  put  them  over  to  the  verdict 
of  their  jury,  to  whom  they  did  apply  themselves  after  this 
manner : 

"  Gentlemen  of  the  jury,  You  have  been  here,  and  have 
seen  these  men  ;  you  have  heard  their  indictments,  their 
pleas,  and  what  the  witnesses  have  testified  against  them  : 
now  what  remains,  is,  that  you  do  forthwith  withdraw 
^  yourselves  to  some  place,  where  without  confusion  you  may 
consider  of  what  verdict,  in  a  way  of  truth  and  righteous- 
ness, you  ought  to  bring  in  for  the  King  against  them,  and 
so  bring  it  in  accordingly." 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  161 

Then  the  jury,  to  wit,  Mr.  Belief,  Mr.  True-Heart,  Mr. 
Upright,  Mr.  Hate-Bad,  Mr.  Love-God,  Mr.  See-Truth, 
Mr.  Heavenly-Mind,  Mr.  Moderate,  Mr.  Thankful,  Mr. 
Humble,  Mr.  Good- Work,  and  Mr.  Zeal-for-God,  withdrew 
themselves  in  order  to  their  work.  Now  when  they  were 
shut  up  by  themselves,  they  fell  to  discourse  among  them- 
selves, in  order  to  the  drawing  up  of  their  verdict. 

And  thus  Mr.  Belief  (for  he  was  the  foreman)  began : 
"  Gentlemen,"  quoth  he,  "  for  the  men,  the  prisoners  at  the 
bar,  for  my  part,  1  believe  that  they  all  deserve  death." 
"  Very  right,"  said  Mr.  True-Heart ;  "  I  am  wholly  of  your 
opinion."  "  Oh  what  a  mercy  is  it,"  said  Mr.  Hate-Bad, 
"  that  such  villains  as  these  are  apprehended  !"  "  Ay  !  ay  !" 
said  Mr.  Love-God,  "  this  is  one  of  the  joyfullest  days  that 
ever  I  saw  in  my  life."  Then  said  Mr.  See-Truth,  "  I 
know,  that  if  we  judge  them  to  death,  our  verdict  shall 
stand  before  Shaddai  himself."  "  Nor  do  I  at  all  question 
it,"  said  Mr.  Heavenly-Mind  ;  he  said,  moreover,  "  When 
all  such  beasts  as  these  are  cast  out  of  Mansoul,  what  a 
goodly  town  will  it  be  then !"  "  Then,"  said  Mr.  Mode- 
rate, "  it  is  not  my  manner  to  pass  my  judgment  with  rash- 
ness ;  but  for  these,  their  crimes  are  so  notorious,  and  the 
witness  so  palpable,  that  the  man  must  be  wilfully  blind 
who  saith  the  prisoners  ought  not  to  die."  "  Blessed  be 
God,"  said  Mr.  Thankful,  "  that  the  traitors  are  in  safe 
custody !"  "  And  I  join  with  you  in  this  upon  my  bare 
knees,"  said  Mr  Humble.  "I  am  glad  also,"  said  Mr. 
Good- Work.  Then  said  the  warm  and  true-hearted  Mr. 
Zeal-for-God,  "Cut  them  off ;  they  have  been  the  plague, 
and  have  sought  the  destruction  of  Mansoul." 

Thus,  therefore,  being  all  agreed  in  their  verdict,  they 
come  instantly  into  the  Court. 

Clerk.  Gentlemen  of  the  jury,  answer  all  to  your  n?mes  : 

14* 


162  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

Mr.  Belief,  one  :  Mr.  True-Heart,  two  :  Mr.  Upright,  three  : 
Mr.  Hate-Bad,  four  :  Mr.  Love-God,  five :  Mr.  See-Truth, 
six:  Mr.  Heavenly-Mind,  seven:  Mr.  Moderate,  eight:  Mr. 
Thankful,  nine  :  Mr.  Humble,  ten  :  Mr.  Good-Work,  eleven  : 
and  Mr.  Zeal-for-God,  twelve.  Good  men  and  true,  stand 
together  in  your  verdict :  are  you  all  agreed  ? 

Jury.  Yes,  my  lord. 

Clerk.  Who  shall  speak  for  you  ? 

Jury.  Our  foreman. 

Clerk.  You,  the  gentlemen  of  the  jury,  being  empanelled 
for  our  Lord  the  King,  to  serve  here  in  a  matter  of  life  and 
death,  have  heard  the  trials  of  each  of  these  men,  the  prison- 
ers at  the  bar :  what  say  you  ?  are  they  guilty  of  that,  and 
those  crimes  for-  which  they  stand  here  indicted,  or  are  they 
not  guilty  ? 

Foreman.  Guilty,  m)  lord. 

Clerk.  Look  to  your  prisoners,  gaoler. 

This  was  done  in  the  morning,  and  in  the  afternoon  they 
received  the  sentence  of  death  according  to  the  law. 

The  gaoler,  therefore,  having  received  such  a  charge,  put 
them  all  in  the  inward  prison,  to  preserve  them  there  till  the 
day  of  execution,  which  was  to  be  the  next  day  in  the 
morning. 

But  now  to  see  how  it  happened,  one  of  the  prisoners, 
Incredulity  by  name,  in  the  interim  betwixt  the  sentence 
and  the  time  of  execution,  brake  prison,  and  made  his  escape, 
and  gets  him  away  quite  out  of  the  town  of  Mansoul,  and 
lay  lurking  in  such  places  and  holes  as  he  might,  until  he 
should  again  have  opportunity  to  do  the  town  of  Mansoul  a 
mischief,  for  their  thus  handling  him  as  they  did. 

Now  when  Mr.  Trueman,  the  gaoler,  perceived  that  he 
had  lost  his  prisoner,  he  was  in  a  heavy  taking,  because  that 
prisoner  was,  to  speak  on,  the  very  worst  of  all  the  gang : 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  163 

wherefore  first  he  goes  and  acquaints  my  Lord  Mayor,  Mr. 
Recorder,  and  my  Lord  Willbewill,  with  the  matter,  and  to 
get  of  them  an  order  to  make  search  for  him  throughout  the 
town  of  Mansoul.  So  an  order  he  got,  and  search  was  made, 
but  no  such  man  could  now  be  found  in  all  the  town  of 
Mansoul. 

All  that  could  be  gathered  was,  that  he  had  lurked  awhile 
about  the  outside  of  the  town,  and  that  here  and  there,  one 
or  other  had  a  glimpse  of  him,  as  he  did  make  his  escape 
out  of  Mansoul ;  one  or  two  also  did  affirm,  that  they  saw 
him  without  the  town,  going  apace  quite  over  the  plain. 
Now  when  he  was  quite  gone,  it  was  affirmed  by  one  Mr. 
Did-See,  that  he  ranged  all  over  dry  places,  till  he  met  with 
Diabolus,  his  friend,  and  where  should  they  meet  one 
another,  but  just  upon  Hell-gate  hill. 

But  oh  !  what  a  lamentable  story  did  the  old  gentleman 
tell  to  Diabolus,  concerning  what  sad  alteration  Emmanuel 
had  made  in  Mansoid ! 

As,  first,  how  Mansoul  had,  after  some  delays,  received 
a  general  pardon  at  the  hands  of  Emmanuel,  and  that  they 
had  invited  him  into  the  town,  and  that  they  had  given  him 
the  castle  for  his  possession.  He  said,  moreover,  that  they 
had  called  his  soldiers  into  the  town,  coveted  who  should 
quarter  the  most  of  them ;  they  also  entertained  him  with 
the  timbrel  and  song.  "  But  that,"  said  Incredulity,  "  which 
is  the  sorest  vexation  to  me  is,  that  he  hath  pulled  down,  O 
father,  thy  image,  and  set  up  his  own ;  pulled  down  thy 
officers,  and  set  up  his  own.  Yea,  and  "Willbewill,  that 
rebel,  who,  one  would  have  thought,  should  never  have 
turned  from  us,  he  is  now  in  as  great  favour  with  Emmanuel, 
as  ever  he  was  with  thee.  But  besides  all  this,  this  Willbe- 
will has  received  a  special  commission  from  his  master  to 
search  for,  to  apprehend,  and  to  put  to  death  all,  and  all 


164  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

manner  of  Diabolonians  that  he  shall  find  in  Mansoul :  yea, 
and  this  Will  be  will  has  taken  and  committed  to  prison 
already  eight  of  my  Lord's  most  trusty  friends  in  Mansoul. 
Nay  further,  my  Lord,  with  grief  I  speak  it,  they  have  been 
.ill  arraigned,  condemned,  and  I  doubt  not  before  this,  exe- 
cuted in  Mansoul.  I  told  my  Lord  of  eight,  and  myself 
was  the  ninth,  who  should  assuredly  have  drunk  of  the  same 
cup,  but  that  through  craft,  I,  as  thou  seest,  have  made  mine 
escape  from  them. 

When  Diabolus  had  heard  this  lamentable  story,  he  yelled, 
and  snuffed  up  the  wind  like  a  dragon,  and  made  the  sky  to 
look  dark  with  his  roaring ;  he  also  sware  that  he  would  try 
to  be  revenged  on  Mansoul  for  this.  So  they,  both  he  and 
his  old  friend  Incredulity,  concluded  to  enter  into  great  con- 
sultation, how  they  might  get  the  town  of  Mansoul  again. 

Now,  before  this  time,  the  day  was  come  in  which  the 
prisoners  in  Mansoul  were  to  be  executed.  So  they  were 
brought  to  the  cross,  and  that  by  Mansoul,  in  most  solemn 
manner ;  for  the  Prince  said  that  this  should  be  done  by  the 
hand  of  the  town  of  Mansoul,  "  that  I  may  see,"  said  he, 
"  the  forwardness  of  my  now  redeemed  Mansoul  to  keep  my 
word,  and  to  do  my  commandments ,  and  that  I  may  bless 
Mansoul  in  doing  this  deed.  Proof  of  sincerity  pleases  me 
well ;  let  Mansoul  therefore  first  lay  their  hands  upon  these 
Diabolonians  to  destroy  them." 

So  the  town  of  Mansoul  slew  them,  according  to  the  word 
of  their  Prince  ;  but  when  the  prisoners  were  brought  to  the 
cross  to  die,  you  can  hardly  believe  what  troublesome  work 
Mansonl  had  of  it,  to  put  the  Diabolonians  to  death  ;  for  the 
men  knowing  that  they  must  die,  and  every  one  of  them 
having  implacable  enmity  in  their  hearts  to  Mansoul,  what 
did  they,  but  took  courage  at  the  cross,  and  there  resisted 
the  men  of  the  town  of  Mansoul  1     Wherefore  the  men  of 


THE   HOLY    WAR.  1G5 

Mansoul  were  forced  to  cry  out  for  help,  to  the  captains  and 
men  of  war.  Now  the  great  Shaddai  had  a  secretary  in  the 
town,  and  he  was  a  great  lover  of  the  men  of  Mansoul,  and 
he  was  at  the  place  of  execution  also  ;  so  he,  hearing  the 
men  of  Mansoul  cry  out  against  the  stragglings  and  unruli- 
ness  of  the  prisoners,  rose  up  from  his  place,  and  came  and 
put  his  hands  upon  the  hands  of  the  men  of  Mansoul.  So 
they  crucified  the  Diabolonians  that  had  been  a  plague,  a 
grief,  and  an  offence  to  the  town  of  Mansoul. 

Now,  when  this  good  work  was  done,  the  Prince  came 
down  to  see,  to  visit,  and  to  speak  comfortably  to  the  men 
of  Mansoul,  and  to  strengthen  their  hands  in  such  work. 
And  he  said  to  them,  that  by  this  act  of  theirs  he  had  proved 
them,  and  found  them  to  be  lovers  of  his  person,  observers 
of  his  laws,  and  such  as  had  also  respect  to  his  honour.  He 
said,  moreover,  (to  show  them  that  they,  by  this  should  not 
be  losers,  nor  their  town  weakened  by  the  loss  of  them,)  that 
he  would  make  them  another  captain,  and  that  of  one  of 
themselves.  And  that  this  captain  should  be  the  ruler  of  a 
thousand,  for  the  good  and  benefit  of  the  now  nourishing 
town  of  Mansoul. 

So  he  called  one  to  him,  whose  name  was  Waiting,  and 
bid  him,  "  Go  quickly  up  to  the  castle  gate,  and  inquire  there 
for  one  Mr.  Experience,  that  waiteth  upon  that  noble  captain, 
the  Captain  Credence,  and  bid  him  come  hither  to  me." 
So  the  messenger  that  waited  upon  the  good  Prince  Em- 
manuel, went  and  said  as  he  was  commanded.  Now  the 
young  gentleman  was  waiting  to  see  the  captain  train  and 
muster  his  men  in  the  castle  yard.  Then  said  Mr.  Waiting 
to  him,  "  Sir,  the  Prince  would  that  you  should  come  down 
to  his  highness  forthwith."  So  he  brought  him  down  to 
Emmanuel,  and  he  came  and  made  obeisance  before  him. 
Now  the  men  of  the  town  knew  Mr.  Experience  well,  for 


166  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

he  was  born  and  bred  in  Mansoul ;  they  also  knew  him  to 
be  a  man  of  conduct,  of  valour,  and  a  person  prudent  in 
matters  ;  he  was  also  a  comely  person,  well  spoken,  and 
very  successful  in  his  undertakings. 

Wherefore  the  hearts  of  the  townsmen  were  transported 
with  joy,  when  they  saw  that  the  Prince  himself  was  so 
taken  with  Mr.  Experience,  that  he  would  needs  make  him 
a  captain  over  a  band  of  men. 

So,  with  one  consent,  they  bowed  the  knee  before  Em- 
manuel, and  with  a  shout  said,  "Let  Emmanuel  live  for 
ever !"  Then  said  the  Prince  to  the  young  gentleman, 
whose  name  was  Mr.  Experience,  "  1  have  thought  good  to 
confer  upon  thee  a  place  of  trust  and  honour  in  this  my  town 
of  Mansoul."  Then  the  young  man  bowed  his  head  and 
worshipped.  "  It  is,"  said  Emmanuel,  "  that  thou  shouldest 
be  a  captain,  a  captain  over  a  thousand  men  in  my  beloved 
town  of  Mansoul."  Then  said  the  captain,"  "  Let  the  King 
live."  So  the  Prince  gave  out  orders  forthwith  to  the  King's 
secretary,  that  he  should  draw  up  for  Mr.  Experience  a  com- 
mission to  make  him  a  captain  over  a  thousand  men ;  "  and 
let  it  be  brought  to  me,"  said  he,  "  that  I  may  set  to  it  my 
seal."  So  it  was  done  as  it  was  commanded.  The  com- 
mission was  drawn  up,  brought  to  Emmanuel,  and  he  set 
his  seal  thereto.  Then,  by  the  hand  of  Mr.  Waiting,  he 
sent  it  away  to  the  captain. 

Now  so  soon  as  the  captain  had  received  his  commission, 
he  soundeth  his  trumpet  for  volunteers,  and  young  men  come 
to  him  apace  ;  yea,  the  greatest  and  chief  men  in  the  town 
sent  their  sons  to  be  listed  under  his  command.  Thus 
Captain  Experience  came  under  command  to  Emmanuel, 
for  the  good  of  the  town  of  Mansoul.  He  had  for  his 
lieutenant  one  Mr.  Skilful,  and  for  his  cornet  one  Mr.  Me- 
mory.    His  under-ofhcers  I  need  not  name.     His  colours 


THE    HOLY    WAR,  167 

were  the  white  colours  for  the  town  of  Mansoul ;  and  his 
scutcheon  was  the  dead  lion  and  dead  bear.  So  the  Prince 
returned  to  his  royal  palace  again. 

Now,  when  he  was  returned  thither,  the  elders  of  the 
town  of  Mansoul,  to  wit,  the  Lord  Mayor,  the  Recorder, 
and  the  Lord  Willbewill,  went  to  congratulate  him,  and  in 
special  way  to  thank  him  for  his  love,  care,  and  the  tender 
compassion  which  he  showed  to  his  ever  obliged  town  of 
Mansoul.  So  after  a  while,  and  some  sweet  communion 
between  them,  the  townsmen  having  solemnly  ended  their 
ceremony,  returned  to  their  place  again. 

Emmanuel  also  at  this  time  appointed  them  a  day,  where- 
in he  would  renew  their  charter,  yea,  wherein  he  would  re- 
new and  enlarge  it,  mending  several  faults  therein,  that 
Mansoul's  yokfc  might  be  yet  more  easy.  And  this  he  did 
without  any  desire  of  theirs,  even  of  his  own  frankness  and 
noble  mind.  So  when  he  had  sent  for  and  seen  their  old 
one,  he  laid  it  by,  and  said,  "  Now  that  which  decayeth  and 
waxeth  old  is  ready  to  vanish  away."  He  said,  moreover, 
"  The  town  of  Mansoul  shall  have  another,  a  better,  a  new 
one,  more  steady  and  firm  by  far."  An  epitome  hereof 
take  as  follows  : — 

"  Emmanuel,  Prince  of  Peace,  and  a  great  lover  of  the 
town  of  Mansoul,  I  do  in  the  name  of  my  Father,  and  of 
mine  own  clemency,  give,  grant,  aiid  bequeath  to  the  be- 
loved town  of  Mansoul, 

"  First.  Free,  full,  and  everlasting  rorgiveness  of  all 
wrongs,  injuries,  and  offences  done  by  them  against  my 
Father,  me,  their  neighbour,  or  themselves. 

"  Second.  I  do  give  them  the  holy  law  and  my  testament, 
with  all  that  therein  is  contained,  for  their  everlasting  com- 
fort and  consolation. 

"  Third.  I  do  also  give  them  a  portion  of  the  self-same 


Ifi8  THE    HOLY   WAR. 

grace  and  goodness  that  dwells  in  my  Father's  heart  and 

mine. 

"  Fourth.  I  do  give,  grant,  and  bestow  upon  them  freely, 
the  world  and  what  is  therein,  for  their  good ;  and  they 
shall  have  that  power  over  them,  as  shall  stand  with  the 
honour  of  my  Father,  my  glory,  and  their  comfort :  yea, 
I  grant  them  the  benefits  of  life  and  death,  and  of  things 
present,  and  things  to  come.  This  privilege,  no  other  city, 
town,  or  corporation  shall  have,  but  my  Mansoul  only. 

"  Fifth.  I  do  give  and  grant  them  leave,  and  free  access 
to  me  in  my  palace  at  "all  seasons — to  my  palace  above  or 
below — there  to  make  known  their  wants  to  me,  and  I  give 
them,  moreover,  a  promise  that  I  will  hear  and  redress  all 
their  grievances. 

"  Sixth.  I  do  give,  grant  to,  and  invest  the  town  of  Man- 
soul  with  full  power  and  authority  to  seek  out,  take,  enslave, 
and  destroy  all,  and  all  manner  of  Diabolonians  that  at  any 
time,  from  whencesoever,  shall  be  found  straggling  in  or 
about  the  town  of  Mansoul. 

"  Seventh.  I  do  further  grant  to  my  beloved  town  of 
Mansoul,  that  they  shall  have  authority  not  to  suffer  any 
foreio-ner,  or  stranger,  or  their  seed,  to  be  free  in,  and  of  the 
blessed  town  of  Mansoul,  nor  to  share  in  the  excellent  pri- 
vileges thereof.  But  that  all  the  grants,  privileges,  and  im- 
munities that  I  bestow  upon  the  famous  town  of  Mansoul, 
shall  be  for  those  the  old  natives,  and  true  inhabitants  there- 
of;  to  them,  I  say,  and  to  their  right  seed  after  them. 

"  But  all  Diabolonians,  of  what  sort,  birth,  country,  or 
kingdom  soever,  shall  be  debarred  a  share  therein." 

So  when  the  town  of  Mansoul  had  received  at  the  hand 
of  Emmanuel  their  gracious  charter,  (which  in  itself  is  in- 
finitely more  large  than  by  this  lean  epitome  is  set  before 
you,)  they  carried  it  to  audience,  that  is,  to  the  market- 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  169 

place,  and  there  Mr.  Recorder  read  it  in  the  presence  of  all 
the  people.  This  being  done,  it  was  had  back  to  the  castle 
gates,  and  there  fairly  engraven  upon  the  doors  thereof,  and 
laid  in  letters  of  gold,  to  the  end  that  the  town  of  Mansoul, 
with  all  the  people  thereof,  might  have  it  always  in  their 
view,  or  might  go  where  they  might  see  what  a  blessed  free- 
dom their  Prince  had  bestowed  upon  them,  that  their  joy 
might  be  increased  in  themselves,  and  their  love  renewed 
to  their  great  and  good  Emmanuel. 

But  what  joy,  what  comfort,  what  consolation,  think  you, 
did  now  possess  the  hearts  of  the  men  of  Mansoul  ?  The 
bells  rung,  the  minstrels  played,  the  people  rejoiced,  the 
captains  shouted,  the  colours  waved  in  the  wind,  and  the 
silver  trumpets  sounded ;  and  the  Diabolonians  now  were 
glad  to  hide  their  heads,  for  they  looked  like  them  that  had 
been  long  dead. 

"When  this  was  over,  the  Prince  sent  again  for  the  elders 
of  the  town  of  Mansoul,  and  communed  with  them  about  a 
ministry  that  he  intended  to  establish  among  them  ;  such  a 
ministry  that  might  open  unto  them,  and  that  might  instruct 
them  in  the  things  that  did  concern  their  present  and  future 
state. 

"  For,"  said  he,  "  you,  of  yourselves,  unless  you  have 
teachers  and  guides,  will  not  be  able  to  know,  and,  if  not  to 
knowr,  to  be  sure  not  to  do,  the  will  of  my  Father." 

At  this  news,  when  the  elders  of  Mansoul  brought  it  to 
the  people,  the  whole  town  came  running  together,  (for  it 
pleased  them  well,  as  whatever  the  Prince  now  did,  pleased 
the  people,)  and  all  with  one  consent  implored  his  Majesty, 
that  he  would  forthwith  establish  such  a  ministry  among 
them  as  might  teach  them  both  law  and  judgment,  statute 
and  commandment ;  that  they  might  be  documented  in  a  1 
good  and  wholesome  things.  So  he  told  them  that  he  would 

15 


170  THE    HOLY   WAIt. 

grant  them  their  requests,  and  would  establish  two  among 
them ;  one  that  was  of  his  Father's  court,  and  one  that  was 
a  native  of  Mansoul. 

"  He  that  is  from  the  court,"  said  he,  "  is  a  person  of  no 
less  quality  and  dignity  than  my  Father  and  I :  and  he  is 
the  Lord  Chief  Secretary  of  my  Father's  house  :  for  he  is, 
and  always  has  been,  the  chief  dictator  of  all  my  Father's 
laws,  a  person  altogether  well  skilled  in  all  mysteries,  and 
knowledge  of  mysteries,  as  is  my  Father,  or  myself.  In- 
deed he  is  one  with  us  in  nature,  and  also  as  to  loving  of, 
and  being  faithful  to,  and  in  the  eternal  concerns  of  the 
town  of  Mansoul. 

"  And  this  is  he,"  said  the  Prince,  "  that  must  be  your 
chief  teacher ;  for  it  is  he,  and  he  only,  that  can  teach  you 
clearly  in  all  high  and  supernatural  things.  He,  and  he 
only,  it  is  that  knows  the  ways  and  methods  of  my  Father 
at  court,  nor  can  any  like  him  show  how  the  heart  of  my 
Father  is  at  all  times,  in  all  things,  upon  all  occasions  to- 
wards Mansoul ,  for  as  no  man  knows  the  things  of  a  man, 
but  that  spirit  of  a  man  which  is  in  him,  so  the  things  of 
my  Father  knows  no  man,  but  this  his  high  and  mighty 
Secretary.  Nor  can  any,  as  he,  tell  Mansoul  how  and  what 
they  shall  do,  to  keep  themselves  in  the  love  of  my  Father. 
He  also  it  is,  that  can  bring  lost  things  to  your  remembrance, 
and  that  can  tell  you  tilings  to  come.  This  teacher,  there- 
fore, must  of  necessity  have  the  pre-eminence,  both  in  your 
affections  and  judgment,  before  your  other  teacher ;  his  per- 
sonal dignity,  the  excellency  of  his  teaching,  also  the  great 
dexterity  that  he  hath  to  help  you  to  make  and  draw  up 
petitions  to  my  Father  for  your  help  and  to  his  pleasing, 
must  lay  obligations  upon  you  to  love  him,  fear  him,  and  to 
take  heed  that  you  grieve  him  not. 

"  This  person  can  put  life  and  vigour  into  all  he  says ; 


THE   HOLY   WAR.  171 

yea,  and  can  also  put  it  into  your  heart.  This  person  can 
make  seers  of  you,  and  can  make  you  tell  what  shall  be 
hereafter.  By  this  person  you  must  frame  all  your  petitions 
to  my  Father  and  me  ;  and  without  his  advice  and  counsel 
first  obtained,  let  nothing  enter  into  the  town  or  castle  of 
Mansoul,  for  that  may  disgust  and  grieve  this  noble  persor- 

"  Take  heed,  I  say,  that  you  do  not  grieve  this  minister , 
for  if  you  do,  he  may  fight  against  you  ;  and  should  he  once 
be  moved  by  you  to  set  himself  against  you  in  battle  array, 
that  will  distress  you  more  than  if  twelve  legions  should 
from  my  Father's  court  be  sent  to  make  war  upon  you. 

"  But,  as  I  said,  if  you  shall  hearken  unto  him,  and  shall 
love  him  ;  if  you  shall  devote  yourselves  to  his  teaching, 
and  shall  seek  to  have  converse  and  to  maintain  communion 
with  him,  you  shall  find  him  ten  times  better  than  is  the 
whole  world  to  any ;  yea,  he  will  shed  abroad  the  love  of 
my  Father  in  your  hearts,  and  Mansoul  will  be  the  wisest, 
and  most  blessed  of  all  people." 

Then  did  the  Prince  call  unto  him  the  old  gentleman, 
who  before  had  been  the  Recorder  of  Mansoul,  Mr.  Con- 
science by  name,  and  told  him,  That,  forasmuch  as  he  was 
well  skilled  in  the  law  and  government  of  the  town  of  Man- 
soul, and  was  also  well  spoken,  and  could  pertinently  deli- 
ver to  them  his  Master's  will  in  all  terrene  and  domestic 
matters,  therefore  he  would  also  make  him  a  minister  for, 
in,  and  to,  the  goodly  town  of  Mansoul,  in  all  the  law, 
statutes,  and  judgments  of  the  famous  town  of  Mansoul. 
"  And  thou  must,"  said  the  Prince,  "  confine  thyself  to  the 
teaching  of  moral  virtues,  to  civil  and  natural  duties ;  but 
thou  must  not  attempt  to  presume  to  be  a  revealer  of  those 
high  and  supernatural  mysteries  that  are  kept  close  in  the 
bosom  of  Shaddai,  my  Father;  for  those  things  knows  no 
man,  nor  can  any  reveal  them  but  my  Father's  Secretary 
only. 


172  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

"  Thou  art  a  native  of  the  town  of  Mansoul,  but  the  Lord 
Secretary  is  a  native  with  my  Father ;  wherefore,  as  thou 
hast  knowledge  of  the  laws  and  customs  of  the  corporation, 
so  he  of  the  things  and  will  of  my  Father. 

"  Wherefore,  O  Mr.  Conscience,  although  I  have  made 
thee  a  minister  and  a  preacher  to  the  town  of  Mansoul,  yet 
as  to  the  things  which  the  Lord  Secretary  knoweth,  and 
shall  teach  to  this  people,  there  thou  must  be  his  scholar  and 
a  learner,  even  as  the  rest  of  Mansoul  are. 

"  Thou  must  therefore,  in  all  high  and  supernatural  things, 
go  to  him  for  information  and  knowledge  ;  for  though  there 
be  a  spirit  in  man,  this  person's  inspiration  must  give  him 
understanding.  Wherefore,  0  thou  Mr.  Recorder,  keep 
low  and  be  humble,  and  remember  that  the  Diabolonians 
that  kept  not  their  first  charge,  but  left  their  own  standing, 
are  now  made  prisoners  in  the  pit.  Be  therefore  content 
with  thy  station. 

"  I  have  made  thee  my  Father's  vicegerent  on  earth,  in 
such  things  of  which  I  have  made  mention  before :  and 
thou,  take  thou  power  to  teach  them  to  Mansoul,  yea,  and 
to  impose  them  with  whips  and  chastisements,  if  they  shall 
not  willingly  hearken  to  do  thy  commandments. 

"And,  Mr.  Recorder,  because  thou  art  old,  and  through 
many  abuses  made  feeble,  therefore  I  give  thee  leave  and 
license  to  go  when  thou  wilt  to  my  fountain,  my  conduit, 
and  there  to  drink  freely  of  the  blood  of  my  grape,  for  my 
conduit  doth  always  run  wine.  Thus  doing,  thou  shalt 
drive  from  thine  heart  and  stomach  all  foul,  gross,  and  hurt- 
ful humours.  It  will  also  lighten  thine  eyes,  and  will 
strengthen  thy  memory  for  the  reception  and  keeping  of  all 
that  the  King's  most  noble  Secretary  teacheth." 

When  the  Prince  had  thus  put  Mr.  Recorder  (that  once 
so  was)  into  the  place  and  office  of  a  minister  to  Mansoul, 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  173 

and  the  man  had  thankfully  accepted  thereof;  then  did 
Emmanuel  address  himself  in  a  particular  speech  to  the 
townsmen  themselves. 

"  Behold,"  said  the  Prince  to  Mansoul,  "  my  love  am 
care  towards  you  ;  I  have  added  to  all  that  is  past,  this 
mercy,  to  appoint  you  preachers  ;  the  most  noble  Secretary 
to  teach  you  in  all  high  and  sublime  mysteries  ;  and  this 
gentleman,"  pointing  to  Mr.  Conscience,  "is  to  teach  you 
in  all  things  human  and  domestic,  for  therein  lieth  his  work. 
He  is  not,  by  what  I  have  said,  debarred  of  telling  to  Man- 
soul  any  thing  that  he  hath  heard  and  received  at  the  mouth 
of  the  lord  high  Secretary ;  only  he  shall  not  attempt  to 
presume  to  pretend  to  be  a  revealer  of  those  high  mysteries 
himself;  for  the  breaking  of  them  up,  and  the  discovery  of 
them  to  Mansoul  lieth  only  in  the  power,  authority,  and 
skill  of  the  lord  high  Secretary  himself.  Talk  of  them  he 
may,  and  so  may  the  rest  of  the  town  of  Mansoul ;  yea, 
and  may,  as  occasion  gives  them  opportunity,  press  them 
upon  each  other,  for  the  benefit  of  the  whole.  These  things, 
therefore,  I  would  have  you  observe  and  do,  for  it  is  for 
your  life,  and  the  lengthening  of  your  days. 

"  And  one  thing  more  to  my  beloved  Mr.  Recorder,  and 
to  all  the  town  of  Mansoul — You  must  not  dwell  in,  nor 
stay  upon  any  thing  of  that  which  he  hath  in  commission 
to  teach  you,  as  to  your  trust  and  expectation  of  the  next 
world ;  (of  the  next  world  I  say,  for  I  purpose  to  give 
another  to  Mansoul,  when  this  with  them  is  worn  out ;)  but 
for  that  you  must  wholly  and  solely  have  recourse  to,  and 
make  stay  upon  his  doctrine,  that  is  your  Teacher  after  the 
first  order.  Yea,  Mr.  Recorder  himself  must  not  look  for 
life  from  that  which  he  himself  revealeth  ;  his  dependence 
for  that  must  be  founded  in  the  doctrine  of  the  other 
preacher.     Let  Mr.  Recorder  also  take  heed  that  he  receive 

15* 


174  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

not  any  doctrine,  or  point  of  doctrine,  that  is  not  communi- 
cated to  him  hy  his  superior  Teacher,  nor  yet  within  the 
precincts  of  his  own  formal  knowledge." 

Now,  after  the  Prince  had  thus  settled  things  in  the 
.^moiis  town  of  Mansoul,  he  proceeded  to  give  to  the  elders 
of  the  corporation  a  necessary  caution,  to  wit,  how  they 
should  carry  it  to  the  high  and  noble  captains  that  he  had, 
from  his  Father's  court,  sent  or  brought  with  him,  to  the 
famous  town  of  Mansoul. 

"  These  captains,"  said  he,  "  do  love  the  town  of  Man- 
soul, and  they  are  picked  men,  picked  out  of  abundance,  as 
men  that  best  suit,  and  that  will  most  faithfully  serve  in  the 
wars  of  Shaddai  against  the  Diabolonians,  for  the  preserva- 
tion of  the  town  of  Mansoul.  I  charge  you,  therefore," 
said  he,  "  O  ye  inhabitants  of  the  now  flourishing  town  of 
Mansoul,  that  you  carry  it  not  ruggedly  or  untowardly  to 
my  captains  or  their  men  ;  since,  as  I  said,  they  are  picked 
and  choice  men,— men  chosen  out  of  many,  for  the  good  of 
the  town  of  Mansoul.  I  say,  I  charge  you,  that  you  carry 
it  not  untowardly  to  them  :  for  though  they  have  the  hearts 
and  faces  of  lions,  when  at  any  time  they  shall  be  called 
forth  to  engage  and  fight  with  the  King's  foes,  and  the  ene- 
mies of  the  town  of  Mansoul :  yet  a  little  discountenance 
cast  upon  them  from  the  town  of  Mansoul,  will  deject  and 
cast  down  their  faces,  will  weaken  and  take  away  their 
courage.  Do  not,  therefore,  O  my  beloved,  carry  it  un- 
kindly to  my  valiant  captains  and  courageous  men  of  war, 
but  love  them,  nourish  them,  succour  them,  and  lay  them  in 
your  bosoms  ;  and  they  will  not  only  fight  for  you,  but 
cause  to  fly  from  you,  all  those  the  Diabolonians  that  seek, 
and  will,  if  possible,  be  your  utter  destruction. 

"If,  therefore,  any  of  them  should  at  any  time  be  sick, 
or  weak,  and  so  not  able  to  perform   that  office  of  love, 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  175 

which,  with  all  their  hearts  they  are  willing  to  do,  (and  will 
do  also  when  well  and  in  health,)  slight  them  not,  nor  de- 
spise them,  but  rather  strengthen  them,  and  encourage  them, 
though  weak  and  ready  to  die,  for  they  are  your  fence,  and 
your  guard,  your  wall,  your  gates,  your  locks,  and  your 
bars.  And  although,  when  they  are  weak,  they  can  do  but 
little,  but  rather  need  to  be  helped  by  you,  than  that  you 
should  then  expect  great  things  from  them,  yet,  when  well, 
you  know  what  exploits,  what  feats  and  warlike  achieve- 
ments they  are  able  to  do,  and  will  perform  for  you. 

"  Besides,  if  they  be  weak,  the  town  of  Manso.ul  cannot 
be  strong ;  if  they  be  strong,  then  Mansoul  cannot  be  weak  : 
your  safety,  therefore,  doth  lie  in  their  health,  and  in  your 
countenancing  them.  Remember  also,  that  if  they  be  sick, 
they  catch  that  disease  of  the  town  of  Mansoul  itself. 

"  These  things  I  have  said  unto  you,  because  I  love  your 
welfare  and  your  honour :  observe,  therefore,  O  my  Man- 
soul, to  be  punctual  in  all  things  that  I  have  given  in  charge 
unto  you,  and  that  not  only  as  a  town  corporate,  and  so  to 
your  officers  and  guard,  and  guides  in  chief,  but  to  you,  as 
you  are  a  people  whose  well-being,  as  single  persons,  de- 
pends on  the  observation  of  the  orders  and  commandments 
of  their  Lord. 

"  Next,  O  my  Mansoul,  I  do  warn  you  of  that,  of  which, 
notwithstanding  that  reformation  that  at  present  is  wrought 
among  you,  you  have  need  to  be  warned  about :  wherefore 
hearken  diligently  unto  me.  I  am  now  sure,  and  you  will 
know  hereafter,  that  there  are  yet  some  of  the  Diabolonians 
remaining  in  the  town  of  Mansoul ;  Diabolonians  that  are 
sturdy  and  implacable,  and  that  do  already  while  I  am  with 
you,  and  that  will  yet  more  when  I  am  from  you,  study 
plot,  contrive,  invent,  and  jointly  attempt  to  bring  you  to 
desolation,  and  so  to  a  state  far  worse  than  that  of  the  Egyp- 


17G  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

tian  bondage ;  they  are  the  avowed  friends  of  Diabolus,  there- 
fore look  about  you.  They  used  heretofore  to  lodge  with  their 
Prince  in  the  castle,  when  Incredulity  was  the  Lord  Mayor 
of  this  town ;  but  since  my  coming  hither,  they  lie  more  in 
die  outsider,  and  walls,  and  have  made  themselves  dens,  and 
caves,  and  holes,  and  strongholds  therein.  Wherefore,  O 
Mansoul !  thy  work,  as  to  this,  will  be  so  much  the  more 
difficult  and  hard  ;  that  is,  to  take,  mortify,  and  put  them  to 
death,  according  to  the  will  of  my  Father.  Nor  can  you 
utterly  rid  yourselves  of  them,  unless  you  should  pull  down 
the  walls  of  your  town,  the  which  I  am  by  no  means  will- 
ing you  should.  Do  you  ask  me,  What  shall  we  do  then  ? 
Why,  be  you  diligent,  and  quit  you  like  men  ;  observe  their 
holds  ;  find  out  their  haunts ;  assault  them,  and  make  no 
])  ace  with  them.  Wherever  they  haunt,  lurk,  or  abide,  and 
what  terms  of  peace  soever  they  offer  you,  abhor,  and  all 
shall  be  well  betwixt  you  and  inc.  And  that  you  may  the 
better  know  them,  from  those  that  are  the  natives  of  Man- 
soul,  I  will  give  you  this  brief  schedule  of  the  names  of  the 
chief  of  them  ;  and  they  are  these  that  follow  :— The  Lord 
Adultery,  the  Lord  Murder,  the  Lord  Anger,  the  Lord  Las- 
civiousness,  the  Lord  Deceit,  the  Lord  Evil-Eye,  Mr 
Drunkenness,  Mr.  Revelling,  Mr.  Idolatry,  Mr.  Witchcraft, 
Mr.  Variance,  Mr.  Emulation,  Mr.  Wrath,  Mr.  Strife,  Mr. 
Sedition,  and  Mr.  Heresy.  These  are  some  of  the  chief, 
0  Mansoul !  of  those  that  will  seek  to  overthrow  thee  for 
ever.  These,  I  say,  are  the  skulkers  in  Mansoul ;  but  look 
thou  well  into  the  law  of  thy  King,  and  there  thou  shalt  find 
their  physiognomy,  and  such  other  characteristical  notes  of 
them,  by  which  they  certainly  may  be  known. 

"  These,  0  my  Mansoul,  (and  I  would  gladly  that  you 
should  certainly  know  it,)  if  they  be  suffered  to  run  and 
range   about   the  town  as   they  would,  will   quickly,  like 


THE    HOLY   WAR.  177 

vipers,  eat  out  your  bowels  ;  yea,  poison  your  captains,  cut 
the  sinews  of  your  soldiers,  break  the  bars  and  bolts  of  your 
gates,  and  turn  your  now  most  flourishing  Mansoul  into  a 
barren  and  desolate  wilderness,  and  ruinous  heap.  Where- 
fore, that  you  may  take  courage  to  yourselves  to  apprehend 
these  villains  wherever  you  find  them,  I  give  to  you,  my 
IiOrd  Mayor,  my  Lord  Willbewill,  and  Mr.  Recorder,  with 
all  the  inhabitants  of  the  town  of  Mansoul,  full  power  and 
commission  to  seek  out,  to  take,  and  to  cause  to  be  put  to 
death  by  the  cross,  all,  and  all  manner  of  Diabolonians,  when 
and  wherever  you  shall  find  them  to  lurk  within,  or  to  range 
without,  the  walls  of  the  town  of  Mansoul. 

"  1  told  you  before,  that  I  had  placed  a  standing  ministry 
among  you  ;  not  that  you  have  but  these  with  you,  for  my 
first  four  captains  who  c.;me  against  the  master  and  lord  of 
the  Diabolonians  that  was  in  Mansoul,  they  can,  and  if  need 
be,  and  if  they  be  required,  will  not  only  privately  inform, 
but  publicly  preach  to  the  corporation  both  good  and  whole- 
some doctrine,  and  such  as  shall  lead  you  in  the  way.  Yea, 
they  will  set  up  a  weekly,  yea,  if  need  be,  a  daily  lecture 
in  thee,  O  Mansoul !  and  will  instruct  thee  in  such  profit- 
able lessons,  that,  if  heeded,  will  do  thee  good  at  the  end. 
And  take  good  heed,  that  you  spare  not  the  men  that  you 
have  a  commission  to  take  and  crucify. 

"  Now,  as  I  have  set  before  your  eyes  the  vagrants  and 
runagates  by  name,  so  I  will  tell  you,  that  among  yourselves 
some  of  them  shall  creep  in  to  beguile  you,  even  such  as 
would  seem,  and  that  in  appearance  are,  very  rife  and  hot 
for  religion.  And  they,  if  you  watch  not,  will  do  you  a 
mischief,  such  an  one,  as  at  present,  you  cannot  think  of. 

"These,  as  I  said,  will  show  themselves  to  you  in  an- 
other hue  than  those  under  description  before.  Wherefore, 
Mansoul,  watch  and  be  sober,  and  suffer  not  thyself  to  be 
betrayed." 


.78  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

When  the  Prince  had  thus  far  new  modelled  die  town  of 
Mansoul,  and  had  instructed  them  in  such  matters  as  were 
profitable  for  them  to  know,  then  he  appointed  another  day 
in  which  he  intended,  when  the  townsfolk  came  together,  to 
bestow  a  further  badge  of  honour  upon  the  town  of  Man- 
soul, — a  badge  tbat  should  distinguish  them  from  all  the 
people,  kindreds,  and  tongues*  that  dwell  in  the  kingdom  of 
Universe.  Now  it  was  not  long  before  the  day  appointed 
was  come,  and  the  Prince  and  the  people  met  in  the  king's 
palace,  where  first  Emmanuel  made  a  short  speech  unto 
them,  and  then  did  for  them  as  he  had  said,  and  unto  them 
as  he  had  promised. 

"  My  Mansoul,"  said  he,  "  that  which  I  now  am  about  to 
do,  is  to  make  you  known  to  the  world  to  be  mine,  and  to 
distinguish  you  also  in  your  own  eyes,  from  all  false  traitors 
that  may  creep  in  among  you." 

Then  he  commanded  that  those  that  waited  upon  him 
should  go  and  bring  forth  out  of  his  treasury  those  white 
and  glistening  robes  "  that  I,"  said  he,  "  have  provided  and 
laid  up  in  store  for  my  Mansoul."  So  the  white  garments 
were  fetched  out  of  his  treasury,  and  laid  forth  to  the  eyes 
of  the  people.  Moreover,  it  was  granted  to  them  that  they 
should  take  them  and  put  them  on,  "according,"  said  he, 
"  to  your  size  and  stature."  So  the  people  were  put  into 
fine  linen,  white  and  clean. 

Then  said  the  Prince  unto  them,  "  This,  O  Mansoul,  is 
my  livery,  and  the  badge  by  which  mine  are  known  from 
the  servants  of  others.  Yea,  it  is  that  which  I  grant  to  all 
that  are  mine,  and  without  which  no  man  is  permitted  to  see 
my  face.  Wear  them,  therefore,  for  my  sake,  Avho  gave 
them  unto  you  ;  and  also  if  you  would  be  known  by  the 
world  to  be  mine." 

But  now  !  can  you  think   how  Mansoul  shone  ?  it  was 


THK   PRINCE  UIVJtfG   WHITE    GARMENTS. 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  170 

fair  as  the  sun,  clear  as  the  moon,  and  terrible  as  an  army 
with  banners. 

The  Prince  added  further,  and  said,  "  No  prince,  potentate, 
or  mighty  one  of  Universe,  giveth  this  livery  but  myself: 
behold,  therefore,  as  I  said  before,  you  shall  be  known  by 
it  to  be  mine. 

"  And  now,"  said  he,  "  I  have  given  you  my  livery,  let 
me  give  you  also  in  commandment  concerning  them ;  and 
be  sure  that  you  take  good  heed  to  my  words. 

"  First.  Wear  them  daily,  day  by  day,  lest  you  should  at 
sometimes  appear  to  others  as  if  you  were  none  of  mine. 

"  Second.  Keep  them  always  white  ;  for  if  they  be  soiled, 
it  is  dishonour  to  me. 

"  Third.  Wherefore  gird  them  up  from  the  ground.,  and 
let  them  not  lag  with  dust  and  dirt. 

"  Fourth.  Take  heed  that  you  lose  them  not,  lest  you 
walk  naked,  and  they  see  your  shame. 

"  Fifth.  But  if  you  should  sully  them,  if  you  should  defile 
them,  the  which  I  am  greatly  unwilling  you  should,  and  the 
prince  Diabolus  will  be  glad  if  you  would,  then  speed  you 
to  do  that  which  is  written  in  my  law,  that  yet  you  may 
stand,  and  not  fall  before  ine,  and  before  my  throne.  Also, 
this  is  the  Avay  to  cause  that  I  may  not  leave  you,  nor  forsake 
you  while  here,  but  may  dwell  in  tnis  town  of  Mansoul  for 
ever." 

And  now  was  Mansoul,  and  the  inhabitants  of  it,  as  the 
signet  upon  Emmanuel's  right  hand.  Where  was  there 
now  a  town,  a  city,  a  corporation,  that  could  compare  with 
Mansoul!  A  town  redeemed  from  the  hand,  and  from  the 
power  of  Diabolus  !  A  town  that  the  King  Shaddai  loved, 
and  that  he  sent  Emmanuel  to  regain  from  the  Prince  of  the 
infernal  cave ;  yea,  a  town  that  Emmanuel  loved  to  dwell 
in,  and  that  he  chose  for  his  royal  habitation  ;  a  town  that 


180  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

he  fortified  for  himself,  and  made  strong  by  the  force  of  his 
army.  What  shall  I  say,  Mansoul  has  now  a  most  excel- 
lent Prince,  golden  captains  and  men  of  war,  weapons  proved, 
and  garments  as  white  as  snow.  Nor  are  these  benefits  to 
be  counted  little,  but  great ;  can  the  town  of  Mansoul  esteem 
them  so,  or  improve  them  to  that  end  and  purpose  for  which 
they  are  bestowed  upon  them  ? 

When  the  Prince  had  thus  completed  the  modelling  of  the 
town,  to  show  that  he  had  great  delight  in  the  work  of  his 
hands,  and  took  pleasure  in  the  good  that  he  had  wrought 
for  the  famous  and  flourishing  Mansoul,  he  commanded  and 
they  set  his  standard  upon  the  battlements  of  the  castle. 
And  then, 

First.  He  gave  them  frequent  visits  ;  not  a  day  now  but 
the  elders  of  Mansoul  must  come  to  him,  or  he  to  them,  unto 
his  palace.  Now  they  must  walk  and  talk  together,  of  all 
the  great  things  that  he  had  done,  and  yet  further  promised 
to  do  for  the  town  of  Mansoul.  This  would  he  often  do 
with  the  Lord  Mayor,  my  Lord  Willbewill,  and  the  honest 
subordinate  preacher,  Mr.  Conscience,  and  Mr.  Recorder. 
But  oh,  how  graciously,  how  lovingly,  how  courteously,  and 
tenderly  did  this  blessed  Prince  now  carry  it  towards  the 
town  of  Mansoul !  In  all  the  streets,  gardens,  orchards,  and 
other  places  where  he  came,  to  be  sure  the  poor  should  have 
his  blessing  and  benediction ;  yea,  he  would  kiss  them,  and 
if  they  were  ill,  he  would  lay  hands  on  them,  and  make  them 
well.  The  captains,  also,  he  would  daily,  yea,  sometimes 
hourly  encourage  with  his  presence  and  goodly  words.  For 
you  must  know  that  a  smile  from  him  upon  them  would  put 
more  vigour,  more  life,  and  stoutness  into  them,  than  would 
any  thing  else  under  heaven. 

The  Prince  would  now  also  feast  them,  and  be  with  them 
continually  :   hardly  a  week  would  pass,  but  a  banquet  must 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  181 

be  had  betwixt  him  and  them.  You  ma/  remember  that, 
some  pages  before,  we  made  mention  of  one  feast  that  they 
had  together ;  but  now  to  feast  them  was  a  thing  more  com- 
mon :  every  day  with  Mansoul  was  a  feast-day  now.  Nor 
did  he,  when  they  returned  to  their  places,  send  them  empty 
a  ivay  ;  either  they  must  have  a  ring,  a  gold  chain,  a  bracelet, 
a  white  stone,  or  something;  so  dear  was  Mansoul  to  him 
now  ;  so  lovely  was  Mansoul  in  his  eyes. 

Second.  When  the  elders  and  townsmen  did  not  come  to 
him,  he  would  send  in  much  plenty  of  provision  unto  them ; 
meat  that  came  from  court,  wine  and  bread  that  were  pre- 
pared for  his  Father's  table ;  yea,  such  delicates  would  he 
send  unto  them,  and  therewith  would  so  cover  their  table, 
that  whoever  saw  it  confessed  that  the  like  could  not  be  seen 
in  any  kingdom. 

Third.  If  Mansoul  did  not  frequently  visit  him,  as  he  de- 
sired they  should,  he  would  walk  out  to  them,  knock  at  their 
doors,  and  desire  entrance,  that  amity  might  be  maintained 
betwixt  them  and  him  ;  if  they  did  hear  and  open  to  him, 
as  commonly  they  would,  if  they  were  at  home,  then  would 
he  renew  his  former  love,  and  confirm  it  too  with  some  new 
tokens,  and  signs  of  continued  favour. 

And  was  it  not  now  amazing  to  behold,  that  in  that  very 
place  where  sometimes  Diabolus  had  his  abode,  and  enter- 
tained  his  Diabolonians  to  the  almost  utter  destruction  of  Man- 
soul, the  Prince  of  princes  should  sit  eating  and  drinking 
with  them,  while  all  his  mighty  captains,  men  of  war,  trum- 
peters, with  the  singing-men,  and  singing-women  of  his 
Father,  stood  round  about  to  wait  upon  them  !  Now  did 
Mansoul' s  cup  run  over,  now  did  her  conduits  run  sweet 
wine,  now  did  she  eat  the  finest  of  the  wheat,  and  drink 
milk  and  honey  out  of  the  rock  !  Now,  she  said,  How  great 

16 


182  THE    HOLY   WAR. 

is  Iiis  goodness  !  for  since  I  found  favour  in  his  eyes,  how 
honourable  have  I  been  ! 

The  blessed  Prince  did  also  ordain  a  new  officer  in  the 
town,  and  a  goodly  person  he  was,  his  name  was  Mr.  God's- 
Peace  :  this  man  was  set  over  my  Lord  Willbewill,  my 
Lord  Mayor,  Mr.  Recorder,  the  subordinate  preacher,  Mr. 
Mind,  and  over  all  the  natives  of  the  town  of  Mansoul. 
Himself  was  not  a  native  of  it,  but  came  with  the  Prince 
Emmanuel  from  the  court.  He  was  a  great  acquaintance 
of  Captain  Credence  and  Captain  Good-Hope  ;  some  say 
they  were  kin,  and  I  am  of  that  opinion  too.  This  man, 
as  I  said,  was  made  governor  of  the  town  in  general,  espe- 
cially over  the  castle,  and  Captain  Credence  was  to  help  him 
there.  And  I  made  great  observation  of  it,  that  so  long  as 
all  thing's  went  in  Mansoul  as  this  sweet-natured  gentleman 
would,  the  town  was  in  most  happy  condition.  Now  there 
were  no  jars,  no  chiding,  no  intcrferings,  no  unfaithful  do- 
ings in  all  the  town  of  Mansoul ;  every  man  in  Mansoul 
kept  close  to  his  own  employment.  The  gentry,  the  offi- 
cers, the  soldiers',  and  all  in  place  observed  their  order.  And 
as  for  the  women  and  children  of  the  town,  they  followed 
their  business  joyfully  ;  they  would  work  and  sing,  work 
and  sing,  from  morning  till  night :  so  that  quite  through  the 
town  of  Mansoul  now,  nothing  was  to  be  found  but  har- 
mony, quietness,  joy,  and  health.  And  this  lasted  all  that 
summer. 

But  there  was  a  man  in  the  town  of  Mansoul,  and  his 
name  was  Mr.  Carnal-Security  ;  this  man  did,  after  all  this 
mercy  bestowed  on  this  corporation,  bring  the  town  of 
Mansoul  into  great  and  grievous  slavery  and  bondage.  A 
brief  account  of  him  and  of  his  doings  take  as  followeth  : — • 

When  Diabolus  at  first  took  possession  of  the  town  of 
Mansoul,  he  brought  thither,  with  himself,  a  great  number 


THE    HOLY    AVAR.  183 

of  Diabolonians,  men  of  his  own  conditions.  Now  among 
these,  there  was  one  whose  name  was  Mr.  Self-Conceit,  and 
a  notable  brisk  man  he  was,  as  any  that  in  those  days  did 
possess  the  town  of  Mansoul.  Diabolus,  then  perceiving 
this  man  to  be  active  and  bold,  sent  him  upon  many  despe- 
rate designs,  the  which  he  managed  better,  and  more  to  the 
pleasing  of  his  lord,  than  most  that  came  with  him  from  the 
dens  could  do.  Wherefore,  finding  him  so  fit  for  his  purpose, 
he  preferred  him,  and  made  him  next  to  the  great  Lord 
Willbewill,  of  whom  we  have  written  so  much  before.  Now 
the  Lord  Willbewill,  being  in  those  days  very  well  pleased 
with  him,  and  with  his  achievements,  gave  him  his  daugh- 
ter, the  Lady  Fear-Nothing,  to  wife.  Now,  of  my  Lady 
Fear-Nothing,  did  this  Mr.  Self-Conceit  beget  this  gentle- 
man, Mr.  Carnal-Security.  Wherefore,  there  being  then  in 
Mansoul  those  strange  kinds  of  mixtures,  it  was  hard  for 
them,  in  some  cases,  to  find  out  Avho  Avere  nati\'es,  who 
not;  for  Mr.  Carnal -Security  sprang  from  my  Lord  Will 
be  will  by  the  mother's  side,  though  he  had  for  his  father  a 
Diabolonian  by  nature. 

Well,  this  Carnal-Security  took  much  after  his  father  and 
mother  ;  he  was  self-conceited,  he  feared  nothing,  he  was 
also  a  very  busy  man  ;  liothing  of  news,  nothing  of  doc- 
trine, nothing  of  alteration,  or  talk  of  alteration,  could  at  any 
time  be  on  foot  in  Mansoul,  but  be  sure  Mr.  Carnal-Security 
Avould  be  at  the  head  or  tail  of  it :  but,  to  be  sure,  he  would 
decline  those  that  he  deemed  the  Aveakest,  and  stood  always 
with  them,  in  his  way  of  standing,  that  he  supposed  Avere 
the  strongest  side. 

Noav,  Avhen  Shaddai  the  mighty,  and  Emmanuel  his  Son, 
made  war  upon  Mansoul,  to  take  it,  this  Mr.  Carnal-Secu- 
rity was  then  in  town,  and  was  a  great  doer  among  the  peo- 
ple, encouraging  them  in  their  rebellion,  putting  them  upon 


184  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

hardening  themselves  in  their  resisting  the  King's  forces ; 
bnt  when  lie  saw  that  the  town  of  Mansoul  was  taken,  and 
converted  to  the  use  of  the  glorious  Prince  Emmanuel;  and 
when  he  also  saw  what  was  become  of  Diabolus,  and  how 
he  was  unroosted,  and  made  to  quit  the  castle  in  the  greatest 
contempt  and  scorn  ;  and  that  the  town  of  Mansoul  was 
well  lined  with  captains,  engines  of  war,  and  men,  and  also 
provision ;  what  doth  he  but  slyly  wheel  about  also  ;  and 
as  he  had  served  Diabolus  against  the  good  Prince,  so  he 
feigned  that  he  would  serve  the  Prince  against  his  foes. 

And  having  got  some  little  smattering  of  Emmanuel's 
things  by  the  end,  being  bold,  he  ventures  himself  into  the 
company  of  the  townsmen,  and  attempts  also  to  chat  among 
them.     Now  he  knew  that  the  power  and  strength  of  the 
town  of  Mansoul  was  great,  and  that  it  could  not  but  be 
pleasing  to  the  people,  if  he  cried  up  their  might  and  their 
glory.  Wherefore  he  beginneth  his  tale  with  the  power  and 
strength  of  Mansoul,  and  affirmed  that  it  was  impregnable ; 
now  magnifying  their  captains,  and  their  slings,  and  their 
rams  ;  then  crying  up  their  fortifications  and  strongholds  ; 
and,  lastly,  the  assurances  that  they  had  from  their  Prince, 
that  Mansoul  should  be  happy  for  ever.    But  when  he  saw 
that  some  of  the  men  of  the  town  were  tickled  and  taken 
with  his  discourse,  he  makes  it  his  business,  and  walking 
from  street  10  street,  house  to  house,  and  man  to  man,  he 
at  last  brought  Mansoul  to  dance  after  his  pipe,  and  to  grow 
almost  as  carnally  secure  as  himself;  so  from  talking,  they 
went  to  feasting,  and  from  feasting  to  sporting ;  and  so  to 
some  other  matters.     Now  Emmanuel  was  yet  in  the  town 
of  Mansoul,  and  he  wisely  observed  their  doings.  My  Lord 
Mayor,  my  Lord  Willbewill,  and  Mr.  Recorder,  were  also 
all  taken  with  the  words  of  this  tattling  Diabolonian  gentle- 
man ;  forgetting  that  their  Prince  had  given  them  warning 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  185 

before,  to  take  heed  that  they  were  not  beguiled  with  any 
Diabolonian  sleight ;  he  had  further  told  them,  that  the  se- 
curity of  the  now  flourishing  town  of  Mansoul  did  not  so 
much  lie  in  her  present  fortifications  and  force,  as  in  her  so 
using  of  what  she  had,  as  might  oblige  her  Emmanuel  to 
abide  within  her  castle.  For  the  right  doctrine  of  Emma- 
nuel was,  that  the  town  of  Mansoul  should  take  heed,  that 
they  forgot  not  his  Father's  love  and  his ;  also,  that  they 
should  so  demean  themselves,  as  to  continue  to  keep  them- 
selves therein.  Now  this  was  not  the  way  to  do  it,  namely, 
to  fall  in  love  with  one  of  the  Diabolonians,  and  with  such 
an  one  too  as  Mr.  Carnal-Security  was,  and  to  be  led  up 
and  down  by  the  nose  by  him  :  they  should  have  heard 
their  Prince,  feared  their  Prince,  loved  their  Prince,  and 
have  stoned  this  naughty  pack  to  death,  and  taken  care  to 
have  walked  in  the  ways  of  their  Prince's  prescribing;  for 
then  should  their  peace  have  been  as  a  river,  when  their 
righteousness  had  been  like  the  waves  of  the  sea. 

Now  when  Emmanuel  perceived  that  through  the  policy 
of  Mr.  Carnal-Security,  the  hearts  of  the  men  of  Mansoul 
were  chilled  and  abated  in  their  practical  love  to  him, 

First.  He  bemoans  them,  and  condoles  their  state  with 
the  Secretary,  saying-,  "  Oh  that  my  people  had  hearkened 
unto  me,  and  that  Mansoul  had  walked  in  my  ways  !  I 
would  have  fed  them  with  the  finest  of  the  wheat;  and 
with  honey  out  of  the  rock  woidd  I  have  sustained  them." 
This  done,  he  said  in  his  heart,  "  I  will  return  to  the  court, 
and  go  to  my  palace,  till  Mansoul  shall  consider  and  ac- 
knowledge their  offence."  And  he  did  so,  and  the  cause 
and  manner  of  his  going  away  from  them  was,  that  Man* 
soul  declined  him,  as  is  manifest  in  these  particulars. 

"  1.  They  left  off  their  former  way  of  visiting  lam,  they 
came  not  to  his  royal  palace  as  afore. 

16* 


186  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

"  2.  They  did  not  regard,  nor  yet  take  notice,  that  he 
came  or  came  not  to  visit  them. 

"  3.  The  love-feasts  that  had  wont  to  be  between  their 
Prince  and  them,  though  he  made  them  still,  and  called 
them  to  them,  yet  they  neglected  to  come  to  them,  or  to  be 
delighted  with  them. 

"  4.  They  waited  not  for  his  counsels,  but  began  to  be 
headstrong  and  confident  in  themselves,  concluding  that  now 
they  were  strong  and  invincible,  and  that  Mansoul  was  se- 
cure, and  beyond  all  reach  of  the  foe,  and  that  her  state 
must  needs  be  unalterable  for  ever." 

Now,  as  was  said,  Emmanuel  perceiving  that  by  the  craft 
of  Mr.  Carnal-Security,  the  town  of  Mansoul  was  taken 
off  from  their  dependence  upon  him,  and  upon  his  Father 
by  him,  and  set  upon  what,  by  them,  was  bestowed  upon 
it ;  he  first,  as  I  said,  bemoaned  their  state,  then  he  used 
means  to  make  them  understand  that  the  way  that  they 
went  on  in  was  dangerous :  for  he  sent  my  Lord  High 
Secretary  to  them,  to  forbid  them  such  ways ;  but  twice, 
when  he  came  to  them,  he  found  them  at  dinner  in  Mr. 
Carnal-Security's  parlour :  and  perceiving  also  that  they 
were  not  willing  to  reason  about  matters  concerning  their 
good,  he  took  grief  and  went  his  way ;  the  which  when  he 
had  told  to  the  Prince  Emmanuel,  he  took  offence  and  was 
grieved  also,  and  so  made  provision  to  return  to  his  Father's 
court. 

Now,  the  methods  of  his  withdrawing,  as  I  was  saying 
before,  were  thus  : — 

"  1.  Even  while  he  was  yet  with  them  in  Mansoul,  he 
kept  himself  close,  and  more  retired  than  formerly. 

"  2.  His  speech  was  not  now,  if  he  came  in  their  com- 
pany, so  pleasant  and  familiar  as  formerly. 

"  3.  Nor  did  he,  as  in  times  past,  send  to  Mansoul,  from 
his  table,  those  dainty  bits  which  he  was  wont  to  do. 


THE   HOLY    WAR.  187 

"  4.  Nor  when  they  came  to  visit  him,  as  now  and  then 
they  would,  would  he  be  so  easily  spoken  with,  as  they 
found  him  to  be  in  times  past.  They  might  now  knock 
once,  yea,  twice,  but  he  would  seem  not  at  all  to  regard 
them  ;  whereas  formerly  at  the  sound  of  their  feet  he  would 
up  and  run,  and  meet  them  half-way,  and  take  them  too, 
and  lay  them  in  his  bosom." 

But  thus  Emmanuel  carried  it  now,  and  by  this  his  car- 
riage he  sought  to  make  them  bethink  themselves,  and  re- 
turn to  him.  But,  alas  !  they  did  not  consider,  they  did 
not  know  his  ways,  they  regarded  not,  they  were  not 
touched  with  these,  nor  with  the  true  remembrance  of  former 
favours.  Wherefore  what  doe's  he  but  in  private  manner 
withdraw  himself,  first  from  his  palace,  then  to  the  gate  of 
the  town,  and  so  away  from  Mansoul  he  goes,  till  they 
should  acknowledge  their  offence,  and  more  earnestly  seek 
his  face.  Mr.  God's-Peace  also  laid  down  his  commission, 
and  would  for  the  present  act  no  longer  in  the  town  of  Man- 
soul. 

Thus  they  walked  contrary  to  him,  and  he  again,  by  way 
of  retaliation,  walked  contrary  to  them.  But,  alas  !  by  this 
time  they  were  so  hardened  in  their  way,  and  had  so  drunk 
in  the  doctrine  of  Mr.  Carnal-Security,  that  the  departing 
of  their  Prince  touched  them  not,  nor  was  he  remembered 
by  them  when  gone ;  and  so,  of  consequence,  his  absence 
not  condoled  by  them. 

Now,  there  was  a  day  wherein  this  old  gentleman,  Mr. 
Carnal-Security,  did  again  make  a  feast  for  the  town  of 
Mansoul ;  and  there  was  at  that  time  in  the  town  one  Mr. 
Godly-Fear,  one  now  but  little  set  by,  though  formerly  one 
of  great  request.  This  man,  old  Carnal-Security,  had  a 
mind,  if  possible,  to  gull,  and  debauch,  and  abuse,  as  he  did 
the  pest,  and  therefore  he  now  bids  him  to  the  feast  with  his 


188  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

neighbours.  So  the  day  being  come,  they  prepare,  and  he 
goes  and  appears  with  the  rest  of  the  guests ;  and  being  all 
set  at  the  table,  they  did  eat  and  drink,  and  were  merry, 
even  all,  but  this  one  man  :  for  Mr.  Godly-Fear  sat  like  a 
stranger,  and  did  neither  eat,  nor  was  merry.  The  which, 
when  Mr.  Carnal-Security  perceived,  he  presently  addressed 
himself  in  a  speech  thus  to  him  : — ■ 

"  Mr.  Godly-Fear,  are  you  not  well  ?  You  seem  to  be 
ill  of  body  or  mind,  or  both.  I  have  a  cordial  of  Mr.  For- 
get-Good's  making,  the  which,  sir,  if  you  will  take  a  dram 
of,  1  hope  it  may  make  you  bonny  and  blithe,  and  so  make 
you  more  fit  for  us  feasting  companions." 

Unto  whom  the  good  old  gentleman  discreetly  replied, 
"  Sir,  I  thank  you  for  all  things  courteous  and  civil  ;  but  for 
your  cordial,  I  have  no  list  thereto.  But  a  word  to  the 
natives  of  Mansoul :  You,  the  elders  and  chiefs  of  Mansoul, 
to  me  it  is  strange  to  see  you  so  jocund  and  merry,  when 
the  town  of  Mansoul  is  in  such  woful  case." 

Then  said  Mr.  Carnal-Security,  "  You  want  sleep,  good 
sir,  I  doubt.  If  you  please,  lie  down,  and  take  a  nap,  and 
we  meanwhile  will  be  merry." 

Then  said  the  good  man  as  follows  :  "  Sir,  if  you  were 
not  destitute  of  an  honest  heart,  you  could  not  do  as  you 
have  done,  and  do." 

Then  said  Mr.  Carnal-Security,  •«  Why  ?" 

Godly.  Nay,  pray  interrupt  me  not.  It  is  true,  the 
town  of  Mansoul  was  strong,  ana,  with  a  proviso,  impreg- 
nable ;  but  you,  the  townsmen,  have  weakened  it,  and  it  now 
lies  obnoxious  to  its  foes  ;  nor  is  it  a  time  to  flatter,  or  be 
silent ;  it  is  you,  Mr.  Carnal-Security,  that  have  wilfully 
stripped  Mansoul,  and  driven  her  glory  from  her;  you  have 
pulled  down  her  towers,  you  have  broken  down  her  gates, 
you  have  spoiled  her  locks  and  bars. 


THE   HOLY    WAR.  1S9 

And  now,  to  explain  myself:  from  that  time  that  my 
lords  of  Mansoul  and  you,  sir,  grew  so  great,  from  that 
time,  the  strength  of  Mansoul  has  been  offended,  and  now 
he  is  arisen  and  is  gone.  If  any  shall  question  the  truth  of 
my  words,  I  will  answer  him  by  this,  and  such  like  ques- 
tions :  "  Where  is  the  Prince  Emmanuel  ?  When  did  a 
man  or  woman  in  Mansoul  see  him  ?  When  did  you  hear 
from  him,  or  taste  any  of  his  dainty  bits  ?"  You  are  now 
a  feasting  with  this  Diabolonian  monster,  but  he  is  not  your 
Prince.  I  say,  therefore,  though  enemies  from  without, 
had  you  taken  heed,  could  not  have  made  a  prey  of  you, 
yet,  since  you  have  sinned  against  your  Prince,  your  ene- 
mies within  have  been  too  hard  for  you. 

Then  said  Mr.  Carnal-Security,  "  Fie  !  fie  !  Mr.  Godly- 
Fear,  fie  !  Will  you  never  shake  off  your  timorousness? 
Are  you  afraid  of  being  sparrow-blasted  ?  Who  hath  hurt 
you  ?  Behold,  I  am  on  your  side  ;  only  you  are  for  doubt- 
ing, and  I  am  for  being  confident.  Besides,  is  this  a  time  to 
be  sad  ?  A  feast  is  made  for  mirth ;  why,  then,  do  you 
now,  to  your  shame  and  our  trouble,  break  out  into  such 
passionate  melancholy  language,  when  you  should  eat  and 
drink,  and  be  merry  ?" 

Then  said  Mr.  Godly-Fear  again,  "I  may  well  be  sad, 
for  Emmanuel  is  gone  from  Mansoul.  I  say  again,  he  is 
gone,  and  you,  sir,  are  the  man  that  has  driven  him  away; 
yea,  he  is  gone,  without  so  much  as  acquainting  the  nobles 
of  Mansoul  with  his  going ;  and  if  that  is  not  a  sign  of  his 
anger,  I  am  not  acquainted  with  the  methods  of  godliness. 

"  xlnd  now,  my  lords  and  gentlemen,  for  my  speech  is  still 
to  you,  your  gradual  declining  from  him  did  provoke  him 
gradually  to  depart  from  you,  the  which  he  did  for  some 
time;  if  perhaps  you  would  have  been  made  sensible  thereby, 
and  have  been  renewed  by  humbling  yourselves;  but  when 


190  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

he  saw  that  none  would  regard  nor  lay  these  fearful  begin- 
nings of  his  anger  and  judgment  to  heart,  he  went  away 
from  this  place ;  and  this  I  saw  with  mine  eyes.  Where- 
fore now,  while  you  boast,  your  strength  is  gone  ;  you  are 
like  the  man  that  had  lost  his  locks,  that  before  did  wave 
about  Ins  shoulders.  You  may,  with  this  lord  of  your  feast, 
shake  yourselves,  and  conclude  to  do  as  at  other  times  ;  but 
since  without  him  you  can  do  nothing,  and  he  is  departed 
from  you,  turn  your  feast  into  a  sigh,  and  your  mirth  into 
lamentation." 

Then  the  subordinate  preacher,  old  Mr.  Conscience  by 
name,  he  that  of  old  was  Recorder  of  Mansoul,  being  star- 
tled at  what  was  said,  began  to  second  it  thus  : — 

"  Indeed,  my  brethren,"  quoth  he,  "  I  fear  that  Mr. 
Godly-Fear  tells  us  true :  I,  for  my  part,  have  not  seen  my 
Prince  a  long  season.  I  cannot  remember  the  day,  for  my 
part ;  nor  can  I  answer  Mr.  Godly-Fear's  question.  I 
doubt,  I  am  afraid,  that  it  is  all  naught  with  Mansoul." 

Godly.  Nay,  I  know  that  you  shall  not  find  him  in  Man- 
soul, for  he  is  departed  and  gone ;  yea,  and  gone  for  the 
faults  of  the  elders,  and  for  that  they  rewarded  his  grace 
with  unsufFerable  unkindness. 

Then  did  the  subordinate  preacher  look  as  if  he  would 
fall  down  dead  at  the  table ;  also,  all  there  present,  except 
he  man  of  the  house,  began  to  look  pale  and  wan.  But 
having  a  little  recovered  themselves,  and  jointly  agreeing  to 
believe  Mr.  Godly-Fear  and  his  sayings,  they  began  to  con- 
sult what  was  best  to  be  done,  (now  Mr.  Carnal-Security 
was  gone  into  his  withdra  wing-room,  for  he  liked  not  such 
dumpish  doings,)  both  to  the  man  of  the  house  for  drawing 
them  into  evil,  and  also  to  recover  Emmanuel's  love. 

And,  with  that,  that  saying  of  their  Prince  came  very  hot 
Into  their  minds,  which  he  had  bidden  them  do  to  such  as 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  191 

were  false  prophets,  that  should  arise  to  delude  the  town  of 
Mansoul.  So  they  took  Mr,  Carnal-Security  (concluding 
thai  he  must  be  he)  and  burned  his  house  upon  him  with 
fire  ,  for  he  also  was  a  Diabolonian  by  nature. 

So  when  this  was  passed  and  over,  they  bespeed  them- 
selves to  look  for  Emmanuel  their  Prince  ;  and  they  sought 
him,  but  they  found  him  not.  Then  were  they  more  con- 
firmed in  the  truth  of  Mr.  Godly-Fear's  sayings,  and  began 
also  severely  to  reflect  upon  themselves,  for  their  so  vile 
and  ungodly  doings ;  for  they  concluded  now  that  it  was 
through  them  that  their  Prince  had  left  them. 

Then  they  agreed  and  went  to  my  Lord  Secretary,  (him 
whom  before  they  refused  to  hear — him  whom  they  had 
grieved  with  their  doings,)  to  know  of  him,  for  he  was  a 
seer,  and  could  tell  where  Emmanuel  was,  and  how  they 
might  direct  a  petition  to  him.  But  the  Lord  Secretary 
would  not  admit  them  to  a  conference  about  this  matter,  nor 
would  admit  them  to  his  royal  place  of  abode,  nor  come  out 
to  them,  to  show  them  his  face  or  intelligence. 

And  now  was  it  a  day  gloomy  and  dark,  a  day  of  clouds 
and  of  thick  darkness  with  Mansoul.  Now  they  saw  that 
they  had  been  foolish,  and  began  to  perceive  what  the  com- 
pany and  prattle  of  Mr.  Carnal-Security  had  done,  and  what 
desperate  damage  his  swaggering  words  had  brought  poor 
Mansoul  into.  But  what  further  it  was  likely  to  cost  them, 
vhat  they  were  ignorant  of.  Now  Mr.  Godly-Fear  began 
again  to  be  in  repute  with  the  men  of  the  town ;  yea,  they 
were  ready  to  look  upon  him  as  a  prophet. 

Well,  when  the  Sabbath  day  was  come,  they  went  to 
hear  their  subordinate  preacher;  but  oh,  how  he  did  thunder 
and  lighten  this  day !  His  text  was  that  in  the  prophet 
Jonah,  "They  that  observe  lying  vanities  forsake  their  own 
mercy  "     But  there  was  then  such  power  and  authority  in 


192  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

that  sermon,  and  such  a  dejection  seen  in  the  countenances 
of  the  people  that  day,  that  the  like  hath  seldom  been  heard 
or  seen.  The  people,  when  sermon  was  done,  were  scarce 
able  to  go  to  their  homes,  or  to  betake  themselves  to  their 
employs  the  week  after ;  they  were  so  sermon-smitten,  and 
also  so  sermon-sick  by  being  smitten,  that  they  knew  not 
what  to  do. 

He  did  not  only  show  to  Mansoul  their  sin,  but  did  trem- 
ble before  them,  under  the  sense  of  his  own,  still  crying  out 
of  himself,  as  he  preached  to  them,  "  Unhappy  man  that 
I  am !  that  I  should  do  so  wicked  a  thing !  That  I,  a 
preacher  !  who.n  the  Prince  did  set  np  to  teach  to  Mansoul 
his  law,  should  myself  live  senseless  and  sottishly  here,  and 
be  one  of  the  first  found  in  transgression !  This  transgres- 
sion  also  fell  within  my  precincts :  I  should  have  cried  out 
against  the  wickedness  ;  but  I  let  Mansoul  lie  wallowing  in 
it,  until  it  had  driven  Emmanuel  from  its  borders  !"  With 
these  things  he  also  charged  all  the  lords  and  gentry  of  Man- 
soul, to  the  almost  distracting  of  them.    ■ 

About  this  time  also,  there  was  a  great  sickness  in  the 
town  of  Mansoul,  and  most  of  the  inhabitants  were  greatly 
afflicted.  Yea,  the  captains  also,  and  men  of  war  were 
brought  thereby  to  a  languishing  condition,  and  that  for  a 
long  time  together ;  so  that  in  case  of  an  invasion,  nothing 
could  to  purpose  now  have  been  done,  either  by  the  towns- 
men, or  field  officers.  Oh,  how  many  pale  faces,  weak 
hands,  feeble  knees,  and  staggering  men,  were  now  seen  to 
walk  the  streets  of  Mansoul !  Here  were  groans,  there 
pants,  and  yonder  lay  those  that  were  ready  to  faint. 

The  garments,  too,  which  Emmanuel  had  given  them 
were  but  in  a  sorry  case ;  some  were  rent,  some  were  torn, 
and  all  in  a  nasty  condition ;  some  also  did  hang  so  loosely 
upon  them,  that  the  next  bush  they  came  at,  was  ready  to 
pluck  them  off. 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  193 

After  some  time  spent  in  this  sad  and  desolate  condition, 
the  subordinate  preacher  called  for  a  day  of  fasting,  and  to 
humble  themselves  for  being  so  Avicked  against  the  great 
Shaddai,  and  his  Son.  And  he  desired  that  Captain  Bo- 
anerges would  preach.  So  he  consented  to  do  it ;  and  the 
day  being  come,  and  his  text  was  this,  "  Cut  it  down,  why 
cumbereth  it  the  ground  ?"  And  a  very  smart  sermon  he 
made  upon  the  place.  First,  he  showed  what  was  the  oc- 
casion of  the  words,  namely,  because  the  fig-tree  was  barren ; 
then  he  showed  what  was  contained  in  the  sentence,  namely, 
repentance,  or  utter  desolation.  He  then  showed  also,  by 
whose  authority  this  sentence  was  pronounced,  and  that  was 
by  Sbaddai  himself.  And,  lastly,  he  showed  the  reasons  of 
the  point,  and  then  concluded  his  sermon.  But  he  was  very 
pertinent  in  the  application,  insomuch  that  he  made  poor 
Mansoul  tremble.  For  this  sermon,  as  well  as  the  former, 
wrought  much  upon  the  hearts  of  the  men  of  Mansoul ;  yea, 
it  greatly  helped  to  keep  awake  those  that  were  roused  by 
the  preaching  that  went  before.  So  that  now,  throughout 
the  whole  town,  there  was  little  or  nothing  to  be  heard  or 
seen,  but  sorrow,  and  mourning,  and  woe. 

Now,  after  sermon,  they  got  together,  and  consulted  what 
was  best  to  be  done.  "  But,"  said  the  subordinate  preacher, 
"  I  will  do  nothing  of  mine  own  head,  without  advising  with 
my  neighbour,  Mr.  Godly-Fear.  For  if  he  had  afore  under- 
stood more  of  the  mind  of  our  Prince  than  we,  I  do  not  know 
but  he  also  may  now,  even  now  we  are  turning  again  to 
virtue." 

So  they  called  and  sent  for  Mr.  Godly-Fear,  and  he  forth- 
with appeared.  Then  they  desired,  that  he  would  further 
show  his  opinion  about  what  they  had  best  to  do.  Then 
said  the  old  gentleman  as  followeth  :  "  It  is  my  opinion  that 
this  town  of  Mansoul  should,  in  this  day  of  her  distress, 

17 


104  THE    HOLT    WAR. 

draw  up  and  send  an  humble  petition  to  their  offended  Prince 
Emmanuel,  that  he,  in  his  favour  and  gTace,  will  turn  again 
unto  you,  and  not  keep  anger  for  ever." 

When  the  townsmen  had  heard  this  speech,  they  did, 
with  one  consent  agree  to  his  advice  ;  so  they  did  presently 
draw  up  their  request,  and  the  next  was,  But  who  shall 
earn,*  it  ?  At  last  they  did  all  agree  to  send  it  by  my  Lord 
Mayor.  So  he  accepted  of  the  service,  and  addressed  him- 
self to  his  journey ;  and  went  and  came  to  the  court  of 
Shaddai,  whither  Emmanuel  the  Prince  of  Mansoul  was 
gone.  But  the  gate  was  shut,  and  a  strict  watch  kept 
thereat ;  so  that  the  petitioner  was  forced  to  stand  without 
for  a  great  while  together.  Then  he  desired  that  some 
would  go  in  to  the  Prince  and  tell  him  who  stood  at  the 
gate,  and  what  his  business  was.  So  one  went  and  told  to 
Shaddai,  and  to  Emmanuel  his  Son,  that  the  Lord  Mayor 
of  the  town  of  Mansoul  stood  without  at  the  gate  of  the 
King's  court,  desiring  to  be  admitted  into  the  presence  of  the 
Prince,  the  King's  Son.  He  also  told  what  was  the  Lord 
Mayor's  errand,  both  to  the  King  and  his  Son  Emmanuel. 
But  the  Prince  would  not  come  down,  nor  admit  that  the 
gate  should  be  opened  to  him,  but  sent  him  an  answer  to 
this  effect :  "  They  have  turned  their  back  unto  me,  and  not 
their  face ;  but  now  in  the  time  of  their  trouble  they  say 
to  me,  Arise,  and  save  us.  But  can  they  not  now  go  to 
Mr.  Carnal-Security,  to  whom  they  went  when  they 
turned  from  me,  and  make  him  their  leader,  their  lord, 
and  their  protection  now  in  their  trouble ;  why  now  in 
their  trouble  do  they  visit  me,  since  in  their  prosperity 
they  went  astray?" 

The  answer  made  my  Lord  Mayor  look  black  in  the  face  ; 
it  troubled,  it  perplexed,  it  rent  him  sore.  And  now  he 
began  again  to  see  what  it  was,  to  be  familiar  with  Diabo- 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  195 

lonians,  such  as  Mr.  Carnal-Security  was.  When  he  saw 
that  at  court,  as  yet,  there  was  little  help  to  be  expected, 
either  for  himself  or  friends  in  Mansoul,  he  smote  upon  his 
breast,  and  returned  weeping,  and  all  the  way  bewailing  the 
lamentable  state  of  Mansoul. 

Well,  when  he  was  come  within  sight  of  the  town,  the 
elders  and  chief  of  the  people  of  Mansoul  went  out  at  the 
gate  to  meet  him,  and  to  salute  him,  and  to  know  how  ho 
sped  at  court.  But  he  told  them  his  tale  in  so  doleful  a 
maimer,  that  they  all  cried  out,  and  mourned,  and  wept. 
Wherefore  they  threw  ashes  and  dust  upon  their  heads,  and 
put  sackcloth  upon  their  loins,  and  went  crying  out  through 
the  town  of  Mansoul ;  the  which,  when  the  rest  of  the 
townsfolk  saw,  they  all  mourned  and  wept.  This,  therefore, 
was  a  day  of  rebuke  and  trouble,  and  of  anguish,  to  the  town 
of  Mansoul,  and  also  of  great  distress. 

After  some  time,  when  they  had  somewhat  refrained  them- 
selves, they  came  together  to  consult  again  what  by  them 
was  yet  to  be  done ;  and  they  asked  advice,  as  they  did 
before,  of  that  reverend  Mr.  Godly-Fear,  who  told  them 
that  there  was  no  way  better  than  to  do  as  they  had  done, 
nor  would  he  that  they  should  be  discouraged  at  all  with 
that  they  had  met  with  at  court ;  yea,  though  several  of 
their  petitions  should  be  answered  with  nought  but  silence 
or  rebuke  :  "  For,"  said  he,  "  it  is  the  way  of  the  wise 
Shaddai,  to  make  men  wait  and  to  exercise  patience,  and  it 
should  be  the  way  of  them  in  want,  to  be  willing  to  stay  his 
leisure." 

Then  they  took  courage,  and  sent  again,  and  again,  and 
again,  and  again;  for  there  was  not  now  one  day,  nor  an 
hour  that  went  over  Mansoul's  head,  wherein  a  man  might 
not  have  met  upon  the  road  one  or  other  riding  post,  sound- 
ing die  horn  from  Mansoul  to  the  court  of  the  King  Shaddai ; 


196  THE    HOLY    AVAR. 

and  all  with  letters  petitionary  in  behalf  of,  and  for  the 
Prince's  return  to  Mansoul.  The  road,  I  say,  was  now  full 
of  messengers,  going  and  returning,  and  meeting  one  another ; 
some  from  the  court,  and  some  from  Mansoul ;  and  this  was 
the  work  of  the  miserable  town  of  Mansoul  all  that  long, 
that  sharp,  that  cold  and  tedious  winter. 

Now,  if  you  have  not  forgot,  you  may  yet  remember  that 
I  told  you  before,  that  after  Emmanuel  had  taken  Mansoul, 
yea,  and  after  that  he  had  new  modelled  the  town,  there  re- 
mained in  several  lurking-places  of  the  corporation  many  of 
the  old  Diabolonians,  that  either  came  with  the  tyrant,  when 
he  invaded  and  took  the  town,  or  that  had  there,  by  reason 
of  unlawful  mixtures,  their  birth,  and  breeding,  and  bringing 
up.  And  their  holes,  dens,  and  lurking-places  were  in, 
under,  or  about  the  wall  of  the  town.  Some  of  their  names 
are  the  Lord  Adultery,  the  Lord  Murder,  the  Lord  Anger, 
the  Lord  Lasciviousness,  the  Lord  Deceit,  the  Lord  Evil- 
Eye,  the  Lord  Blasphemy,  and  that  horrible  villain,  the  old 
and  dangerous  Lord  Covetousness.  These,  as  I  told  you, 
with  many  more,  had  yet  their  abode  in  the  town  of  Man- 
soul, and  that,  after  that  Emmanuel  had  driven  their  prince 
Diabolus  out  of  the  castle. 

Against  these,  the  good  Prince  did  grant  a  commission  to 
the  Lord  Willbewill  and  others,  yea,  to  the  whole  town  of 
Mansoul,  to  seek,  take,  secure,  and  destroy  any  or  all  that 
they  could  lay  hands  on,  for  that  they  were  Diabolonians 
by  nature,  enemies  to  the  Prince,  and  those  that  sought  to 
ruin  the  blessed  town  of  Mansoul.  But  the  town  of  Man- 
soul did  not  pursue  this  warrant,  but  neglected  to  look  after, 
to  apprehend,  to  secure,  and  to  destroy  these  Diabolonians. 
Wherefore,  what  do  these  villains,  but  by  degrees  take 
courage  to  put  forth  their  heads,  and  to  show  themselves  to 
'he  inhabitants  of  the  town.     Yea,  and  as  I  was  told,  some 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  197 

of  the  men  of  Mansoul  grew  too  familiar  with  some  of  them, 
to  the  sorrow  of  the  corporation,  as  you  yet  will  hear  more 
of  in  time  and  place. 

Well,  when  the  Diabolonian  lords  that  were  left  perceived 
that  Mansoul  had,  through  sinning,  offended  Emmanuel  their 
Prince,  and  that  he  had  withdrawn  himself  and  was  gone, 
what  do  they,  but  plot  the  ruin  of  the  town  of  Mansoul.  So 
upon  a  time  they  met  together  at  the  hold  of  one  Mr.  Mis- 
chief, who  was  also  a  Diabolonian,  and  there  consulted  how 
they  might  deliver  up  Mansoul  into  the  hands  of  Diabolus 
again.  Now  some  advised  one  way,  and  some  another, 
every  man  according  to  his  own  liking.  At  last  my  Lord 
Lasciviousness  propounded,  whether  it  might  not  be  best,  in 
the  first  place,  for  some  of  those  that  were  Diabolonians  in 
Mansoul  to  adventure  to  offer  themselves  for  servaffls  to 
some  of  the  natives  of  the  town  ;  "  for,"  said  he,  "  if  they 
so  do,  and  Mansoul  shall  accept  of  them,  they  may  for  us, 
and  for  Diabolus  our  lord,  make  the  taking  of  the  town  of 
Mansoul  more  easy  than  otherwise  it  will  be."  But  then 
stood  up  the  Lord  Murder,  and  said,  "  This  may  not  be 
done  at  this  time ;  for  Mansoul  is  now  in  a  kind  of  a  rage, 
because  by  our  friend  Mr.  Carnal-Security  she  hath  been 
once  ensnared  already,  and  made  to  offend  against  her 
Prince ;  and  how  shall  she  reconcile  herself  unto  her  lord 
again,  but  by  the  heads  of  these  men  ?  Besides,  we  know 
that  they  have  in  commission  to  take  and  slay  us  wherever 
they  shall  find  us  ;  let  us  therefore  be  wise  as  foxes :  when 
we  are  dead,  we  can  do  them  no  hurt ;  but  while  we  live, 
we  may."  Thus,  when  they  had  tossed  the  matter  to  and 
fro,  they  jointly  agreed  that  a  letter  should  forthwith  be  sent 
away  to  Diabolus  in  their  name,  by  which  the  state  of  the 
town  of  Mansoul  should  be  showed  him,  and  how  much  it 
is  under  the  frowns  of  their  Prince.     "  We  may  also,"  said 

17* 


198  THE    HOLY    AVAR 

some,  "let  him  know  our  intentions,  and  ask  of  him  his 
advice  in  the  case." 

So  a  letter  was  presently  framed,  the  contents  of  which 
were  these : — 

"  To  our  great  lord,  the  Prince  Diabolus,  dwelling  below 
in  the  infernal  cave  : — 

"  O  great  father,  and  mighty  Prince  Diabolus,  we,  the 
true  Diabolonians  yet  remaining  in  the  rebellious  town  of 
Mansoul,  having  received  our  beings  from  thee,  and  our 
nourishment  at  thy  hands,  cannot  witli  content  and  quiet 
endure  to  behold,  as  we  do  this  day,  how  thou  art  dispraised, 
disgraced,  and  reproached  among  the  inhabitants  of  this 
town  ;  nor  is  thy  long  absence  at  all  delightful  to  us,  because 
greatly  to  our  detriment. 

"  The  reason  of  this  our  writing  unto  our  lord,  is  for  that 
we  are  not  altogether  without  hope  that  this  town  may  be- 
come thy  habitation  again ;  for  it  is  greatly  declined  from  its 
Prince  Emmanuel ;  and  he  is  uprisen,  and  is  departeci  from 
them  :  yea,  and  though  they  send,  and  send,  and  send,  and 
send  after  him  to  return  to  them,  yet  can  they  not  prevail, 
nor  get  good  words  from  him. 

"  There  has  been  also  of  late,  and  is  yet  remaining,  a  very 
great  sickness  and  faintings  among  them  ;  and  that  not  only 
upon  the  poorer  sort  of  the  town,  but  upon  the  lords,  cap- 
tains, and  chief  gentry  of  the  place,  (we  only  who  are  of 
the  Diabolonians  by  nature  remain  well,  lively  and  strong,) 
so  that  through  their  great  transgression  on  the  one  hand, 
and  their  dangerous  sickness  on  the  other,  we  judge  they  lie 
open  to  thy  hand  and  power.  If,  therefore,  it  shall  stand 
with  thy  horrible  cunning,  and  with  the  cunning  of  the  rest 
of  the  princes  with  thee,  to  come  and  make  an  attempt  to 
take  Mansoul  again,  send  us  word,  and  we  shall  to  our  utmost 
power  be  ready  to  deliver  it  into  thy  hand.     Or  if  what  we 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  199 

have  said  shall  not  by  thy  fatherhood  be  thought  best  and 
most  meet  to  be  done,  send  us  thy  mind  in  a  few  words,  and 
we  are  all  ready  to  follow  thy  counsel  to  the  hazarding  of 
our  lives,  and  what  else  we  have. 

"  Given  under  our  hands  the  day  and  date  above-written, 

after  a  close  consultation  at  the  house  of  Mr.  Mischief, 

who  yet  is  alive,  and  hath  his  place  in  our  desirable 

town  of  Mansoul." 

When  Mr.  Profane  (for  he  was  the  carrier)  was  come 

with  his  letter  to  Hell-Gate  Hill,  he  knocked  at  the  brazen 

gates  for  entrance.     Then  did  Cerberus,  the  porter,  for  he 

is  the  keeper  of  that  gate,  open  to  Mr.  Profane,  to  whom 

he  delivered  his  letter,  which  he  had  brought  from  the  Dia- 

bolonians  in  Mansoul.     So  he  carried  it  in,  and  presented  it 

to  Diabolus  his  lord,  and  said,  "  Tidings,  my  lord,  from 

Mansoul,  from  our  trusty  friends  in  Mansoul." 

Then  came  together  from  all  places  of  the  den,  Beelze- 
bub, Lucifer,  Apollyon,  with  the  rest  of  the  rabblement  there 
to  hear  what  news  from  Mansoul.  So  the  letter  was  broken 
up  and  read,  and  Cerberus  he  stood  by.  When  the  letter 
was  openly  read,  and  the  contents  thereof  spread  into  all  the 
corners  of  the  den,  command  was  given  that,  without  let  or 
stop,  dead-man's  bell  should  be  rung  for  joy.  So  the  bell 
was  rung,  and  the  princes  rejoiced  that  Mansoul  was  likely 
to  come  to  ruin.  Now,  the  clapper  of  the  bell  went,  "  The 
town  of  Mansoul  is  coming  to  dwell  with  us ;  make  room 
for  the  town  of  Mansoul."  This  bell  therefore  they  did 
ring,  because  they  did  hope  that  they  should  have  Mansoul 


again. 


Now,  when  they  had  performed  tins  their  horrible  cere- 
mony, they  got  together  again  ic  consult  what  answer  to 
send  to  their  friends  in  Mansoul;  and  some  advised  one 
thing  and  some  another  :  but  at  length,  because  the  business 


200  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

required  haste,  they  left  the  whole  business  to  the  Prince 
Diabolus,  judging  him   the  most  proper  lord  of  the  place. 
80  he  drew  up  a  letter  as  he  thought  fit,  in  answer  to  what 
Mr.  Profane  had  brought,  and  sent  it  to  the  Diabolonians 
that  dwell  in  Mansoul,  by  the  same  hand  that  had  brought 
theirs  to  him  ;  and  these  were  the  contents  thereof: — 
"  To  our  offspring,  the  high  and  mighty  Diabolonians  that 
yet  dwell  in  the  town  of  Mansoul,  Diabolus,  the  great 
prince  of  Mansoul,  wisheth  a  prosperous  issue  and  con- 
clusion of  those  many  brave  enterprizes,  conspiracies 
and  designs  that  you,  of  your  love  and  respect  to  our 
honour,  have  in  your  hearts  to  attempt  to  do  against 
Mansoul. 
"  Beloved  children  and  disciples,  my  Lord  Adultery,  Mur- 
der, and  the  rest,  we  have  here,  in  our  desolate  den,  received, 
to  our  highest  joy  and  content,  your  welcome  letter,  by  the 
hand  of  our  trusty  Mr.  Profane  ;  and  to  show  how  accept- 
able your  tidings  were,  we  rang  out  our  bell  for  gladness  ; 
for  we  rejoiced  as  much  as  we  could,  when  we  perceived 
that  yet  we  had  friends  in  Mansoul,  and  such  as  sought  our 
honour  and  revenge  in  the  ruin  of  the  town  of  Mansoul.  We 
nbo  rejoiced  to  hear  that  they  are  in  a  degenerated  condition, 
and  that  they  have  offended  their  Prince,  and  that  he  is  gone. 
'J  heir  sickness  also  pleaseth  us,  as  does  also  your  health, 
night,  and  strength.     Glad  also  would  we  be,  right  horribly 
beloved,  could  we  get  this  town  into  our  clutches  again. 
Nor  will  we  be  sparing  of  spending  our  wit,  our  cunning, 
our  craft,  and  hellish  inventions  to  bring  to  a  wished  con- 
clusion this  your  brave  beginning  in  order  thereto. 

"  And  take  this  for  your  comfort,  (our  birth,  and  our  off 
spring,)  that  shall  we  again  surprise  it  and  take  it,  we  will 
attempt  to  put  all  your  foes  to  the  sword,  and  will  make  you 
the  great  lords  and  captains  of  the  place.     Nor  need  you 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  201 

fear,  if  ever  we  get  it  again,  that  we  after  that  shall  be  cast 
out  any  more  ;  for  we  will  come  with  more  strength,  and  so 
lay  far  more  fast  hold  than  at  first  we  did.  Besides,  it  is 
the  law  of  that  Prince  that  now  they  own,  that  if  we  get 
them  a  second  time,  they  shall  be  ours  forever. 

"  Do  you,  therefore,  our  trusty  Diabolonians,  yet  more 
pry  into,  and  endeavour  to  spy  out  the  weakness  of  the 
town  of  Mansoul.  We  also  would  that  you  yourselves  do 
attempt  to  weaken  them  more  and  more.  Send  us  word 
also  by  what  means  you  think  we  had  best  to  attempt  the 
regaining  thereof:  namely,  whether  by  persuasion  to  a  vain 
and  loose  life ;  or,  whether  by  tempting  them  to  doubt  and 
despair ;  or,  whether  by  blowing  up  of  the  town  by  the 
gunpowder  of  pride  and  self-conceit.  Do  you  also,  O  ye 
brave  Diabolonians,  and  true  sons  of  the  pit,  be  always  in 
a  readiness  to  make  a  most  hideous  assault  within,  when  we 
shall  be  ready  to  storm  it  without.  Now  speed  you  in  your 
project,  and  we  in  our  desires,  to  the  utmost  power  of  our 
gates,  which  is  the  wish  of  your  great  Diabolus,  Mansoul's 
enemy,  and  him  that  trembles  when  he  thinks  of  judgment 
to  come.  All  the  blessings  of  the  pit  be  upon  you,  and  so 
we  close  up  our  letter. 

"  Given  at  the  pit's  mouth,  by  the.  joint  consent  of  all  the 
princes  of  darkness,  to  be  sent,  to  the  force  and  power 
that  we  have  yet  remaining  in  Mansoul,  by  the  hand  of 
Mr.  Profane,  by  me,  Diabolus." 
This  letter,  as  was  said,  was  sent  to  Mansoul,  to  the  Dia- 
bolonians that  yet  remained  there,  and  that  yet  inhabited  the 
wall,  from  the  dark  dungeon  of  Diabolus,  by  the  hand  of 
Mr.  Profane,  by  whom  they  also  in  Mansoul  sent  theirs  to 
the  pit.    Now,  when  this  Mr.  Profane  had  made  his  return, 
and  was  come  to  Mansoul  again,  he  went  and  came  as  he 
was  wont  to  the  house  of  Mr.  Mischief,  for  there  was  the 


202  THE   HOLY    WAR. 

conclave,  and  the  place  where  the  contrivers  were  met. 
Now,  when  they  saw  that  their  messenger  was  returned 
safe  and  sound,  they  wepe  greatly  gladded  thereat.  Then 
he  presented  them  with  his  letter  which  he  had  brought 
from  Diabolus  for  them  ;  the  which,  when  they  had  read 
and  considered,  did  much  augment  their  gladness.  They 
asked  him  after  the  welfare  of  their  friends,  as  how  their 
Lord  Diabolus,  Lucifer,  and  Beelzebub  did,  with  the  rest  of 
those  of  the  den.  To  which  this  Profane  made  answer, 
"  Well,  well,  my  lords  ;  they  are  well,  even  as  well  as  can 
be  in  their  place.  They  also,"  said  he,  "  did  ring  for  joy 
at  the  reading  of  your  letter,  as  you  well  perceived  when 
you  read  it." 

Now,  as  was  said,  when  they  had  read  their  letter,  and 
perceived  that  it  encouraged  them  in  their  work,  they  fell  to 
their  way  of  contriving  again,  namely,  how  they  might 
complete  their  Diabolonian  design  upon  Mansoul.  And  the 
first  thing  that  they  agreed  upon  was  to  keep  all  things  from 
Mansoul  as  close  as  they  could.  "  Let  it  not  be  known,  let 
not  Mansoul  be  acquainted  with  what  we  design  against  it." 
The  next  thing  was,  how,  or  by  what  means,  they  should 
try  to  bring  to  pass  the  ruin  and  overthrow  of  Mansoul ; 
and  one  said  after  this  manner,  and  another  said  after  that. 
Then  stood  up  Mr.  Deceit,  and  said,  "  My  right  Diabolo- 
nian friends,  our  lords,  and  the  high  ones  of  the  deep  dun- 
geon, do  propound  unto  us  these  three  ways. 

"  1.  Whether  we  had  best  to  seek  its  ruin  by  making 
Mansoul  loose  and  vain. 

"  2.  Or  whether  by  driving  them  to  doubt  and  despair. 

"  3.  Or  whether  by  endeavouring  to  blow  them  up  by  the 
gunpowder  of  pride  and  self-conceit. 

"  Now,  I  think,  if  we  shall  tempt  them  to  pride,  that  may 
do  something ;  and  if  we  tempt  them  to  wantonness,  that 


THE    HOLY    AVAR.  203 

may  help.  But,  in  my  mind,  if  we  could  drive  them  into 
desperation,  that  would  knock  the  nail  on  the  head  ;  for 
then  we  should  have  them,  in  the  first  place,  question  the 
truth  of  the  love  of  the  heart  of  their  Prince  towards  them, 
and  that  will  disgust  him  much.  This,  if  it  works  well, 
will  make  them  leave  off  quickly  their  way  of  sending  peti- 
tions to  him  ;  then  farewell  earnest  solicitations  for  help  and 
supply  ;  for  then  this  conclusion  lies  naturally  before  them, 
•As  good  do  nothing,  as  do  to  no  purpose.'  "  So  to  Mr. 
Deceit  they  unanimously  did  consent. 

Then  the  next  question  was,  But  how  shall  we  do  to 
brino-  this  our  project  to  pass  ?  and  it  was  answered  by  the 
same  gentleman, — that  this  might  be  the  best  way  to  do  it ; 
"  Even  let,"  quoth  he,  "  so  many  of  our  friends  as  are 
willing  to  venture  themselves,  for  the  promoting  of  their 
prince's  cause,  disguise  themselves  with  apparel,  change 
their  names,  and  go  into  the  market  like  far  countrymen, 
and  proffer  to  let  themselves  for  servants  to  the  famous  town 
of  Mansoul,  and  let  them  pretend  to  do  for  their  masters  as 
beneficially  as  may  be ;  for  by  so  doing  they  may,  if  Man- 
soul  shall  hire  them,  in  little  time  so  corrupt  and  defile  the 
corporation,  that  her  now  Prince  shall  be  not  only  further 
offended  with  them,  but  in  conclusion  shall  spue  them  out 
of  his  mouth.  And  when  this  is  done,  our  prince  Diabolus 
shall  prey  upon  them  with  ease  ;  yea,  of  themselves  they 
shall  fall  into  the  mouth  of  the  eater." 

This  project  was  no  sooner  propounded,  but  was  as 
highly  accepted,  and  forward  were  all  Diabolonians  now  to 
engage  in  so  delicate  an  enterprise  ;  but  it  was  not  thought 
fit  that  all  should  do  thus  ;  wherefore  they  pitched  upon 
two  or  three,  namely,  the  Lord  Covetousness,  the  Lord 
Lasciviousness,  and  the  Lord  Anger.  The  Lord  Covetous- 
ness called  himself  by  the  name  of  Prudent-Thrifty ;  the 


204  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

Lord  Lasciviousness  called  himself  by  the  name  of  Harm- 
less-Mirth ;  and  the  Lord  Anger  called  himself  by  the  name 
of  Good-Zeal. 

So  upon  a  market-day  they  came  into  the  market-place, 
three  lusty  fellows  they  were  to  look  on,  and  they  were 
clothed  in  sheep's-russet,  which  was  also  now  in  a  manner 
as  white  as  were  the  white  robes  of  the  men  of  Mansoul. 
Now  the  men  could  speak  the  language  of  Mansoul  well. 
So  when  they  were  come  into  the  market-place,  and  hud 
offered  to  let  themselves  to  the  townsmen,  they  were  pre- 
sently taken  up  ;  for  they  asked  but  little  wages,  and  pro- 
mised to  do  their  masters  great  service. 

Mr.  Mind  hired  Prudent-Thrifty,  and  Mr.  Godly-Fear 
hired  Good-Zeal.  True,  this  fellow  Harmless-Mirth  did 
hang  a  little  in  hand,  and  could  not  so  soon  get  him  a  mas- 
ter as  the  others  did,  because  the  town  of  Mansoul  was 
now  in  Lent ;  but  after  a  while,  because  Lent  was  almost 
out,  the  Lord  Willbewill  hired  Harmless-Mirth  to  be  both 
his  waiting  man  and  his  lacquey  :  and  thus  they  got  them 
masters. 

These  villains  now  being  got  thus  far  into  the  houses  of 
the  men  of  Mansoul,  quickly  began  to  do  great  mischief 
therein ;  for  being  filthy,  arch,  and  sly,  they  quickly  cor- 
rupted the  families  where  they  were  ;  yea,  they  tainted  their 
masters  much,  especially  this  Prudent-Thrifty,  and  him  they 
call  Harmless-Mirth.  True,  he  that  went  under  the  visor 
of  Good-Zeal,  was  not  so  well  liked  of  his  master ;  for  he 
quickly  found  that  he  was  but  a  counterfeit  rascal;  the 
which  when  the  fellow  perceived,  with  speed  he  made  his 
escape  from  the  house,  or  I  doubt  not  but  his  master  had 
hanged  him. 

Well,  when  these  vagabonds  had  thus  far  carried  on  their 
design,  and  had  corrupted  the  town  as  much  as  they  could, 


THE    HOLY   WAR.  205 

in  the  next  place  they  considered  with  themselves  at  what 
time  their  prince  Diabolus  without,  and  themselves  within 
the  town,  should  make  an  attempt  to  seize  upon  Mansoul ; 
and  they  all  agreed  upon  this,  that  a  market-day  would  be 
best  for  that  work ;  for  why  ?  then  will  the  townsfolk  be 
busy  in  their  ways  :  and  always  take  this  for  a  rule,  When 
people  are  most  busy  in  the  world,  they  least  fear  a  sur- 
prise. "  We  also  then,"  said  they,  "  shall  be  able  with 
less  suspicion  to  gather  ourselves  together  for  the  work  of 
our  friends  and  lords ;  yea,  and  in  such  a  day,  if  we  shall 
attempt  our  work,  and  miss  it,  we  may,  when  they  shall 
give  us  the  rout,  the  better  hide  ourselves  in  the  crowd,  and 
escape." 

These  things  being  thus  far  agreed  upon  by  them,  they 
wrote  another  letter  to  Diabolus,  and  sent  it  by  the  hand  of 
Mr.  Profane,  the  contents  of  which  were  these  : — 

"  The  Lords  of  Looseness  send  to  the  great  and  high 
Diabolus  from  our  dens,  caves,  holes,  and  strongholds, 
in  and  about  the  wall  of  the  town  of  Mansoul,  greet- 
ing: 
"  Our  great  lord,  and  the  nourisher  of  our  lives,  Diabo- 
lus,— how  glad  we  were  when  we  heard  of  your  fatherhood's 
readiness  to  comply  with  us,  and  help  forward  our  design 
in  our  attempts  to  ruin  Mansoul,  none  can  tell  but  those  who, 
as  we  do,  set  themselves  against  all  appearance  of  good, 
when  and  wheresoever  we  find  it. 

"  Touching  the  encouragement  that  your  greatness  is 
pleased  to  give  us  to  continue  to  devise,  contrive,  and  study 
the  utter  desolation  of  Mansoul,  that  we  are  not  solicitous 
about:  for  we  know  right  well  that  it  cannot  but  be  pleas- 
ing and  profitable  to  us  to  see  our  enemies,  and  them  that 
seek  our  lives,  die  at  our  feet,  or  fly  before  us.  We  there- 
fore are  still  contriving,  and  that  to  the  best  of  our  cunning, 

18 


9.0$  TIIF,    KOLY   WAR. 

to  make  this  work  most  facile  and  easy  to  your  lordships, 
and  to  us. 

"  First,  we  considered  of  that  most  hellishly  cunning, 
compacted,  threefold  project,  that  by  you  was  propounded 
to  us  in  your  last ;  and  have  concluded,  that  though  to  blow 
them  up  with  the  gunpowder  of  pride  would  do  well,  and 
to  do  it  by  tempting  them  to  be  loose  and  vain  will  help  on, 
yet  to  contrive  to  bring  them  into  the  gulf  of  desperation, 
we  think  will  do  best  of  all.  Now  we,  who  are  at  your 
beck,  have  thought  of  two  ways  to  do  this ;  first,  we,  for 
our  parts,  will  make  them  as  vile  as  we  can,  and  then  you 
with  us,  at  a  time  appointed,  shall  be  ready  to  fall  upon  them 
with  the  utmost  force.  And  of  all  the  nations  that  are  at 
your  whistle,  we  think  that  an  army  of  doubters  may  be  the 
most  likely  to  attack  and  overcome  the  town  of  Mansoul. 
Thus  shall  we  overcome  these  enemies,  else  the  pit  shall 
open  her  mouth  upon  them,  and  desperation  shall  thrust 
them  down  into  it.  We  have  also,  to  effect  this  so  much 
by  us  desired  design,  sent  already  three  of  our  trusty  Dia- 
bolonians  among  them ;  they  are  disguised  in  garb,  they 
have  changed  their  names,  and  are  now  accepted  of  them ; 
namely,  Covetousness,  Lasciviousness,  and  Anger.  The 
name  of  Covetousness  is  changed  to  Prudent-Thrifty,  and 
him  Mr.  Mind  has  hired,  and  is  almost  become  as  bad  as 
our  friend.  Lasciviousness  has  changed  his  name  to  Harm- 
less-Mirth,  and  he  is  got  to  be  the  Lord  Willbewill's  lacquey; 
but  he  has  made  his  master  very  wanton.  Anger  changed 
his  name  into  Good-Zeal,  and  was  entertained  by  Mr.'Godly- 
Fear ;  but  the  peevish  old  gentleman  took  pepper  in  the 
nose,  and  turned  our  companion  out  of  his  house.  Nay,  he 
has  informed  us  since,  that  he  ran  away  from  him,  or  else 
his  old  master  had  hanged  him  up  for  his  labour. 

"  Now  these  have  much  helped  forward  our  work  and 


THE    HOLY   WAR.  207 

design  upon  Mansoul ;  for  notwithstanding  the  spite  and 
quarrelsome  temper  of  the  old  gentleman  last  mentioned, 
the  other  two  ply  their  business  well,  and  are  likely  to  ripen 
their  work  apace. 

"  Our  next  project  is,  that  it  be  concluded  that  you  come 
upon  the  town  upon  a  market-day,  and  that  when  they  are 
upon  the  heat  of  their  business ;  for  then,  to  be  sure,  they 
will  be  most  secure,  and  least  think  that  an  assault  will  be 
made  upon  them.  They  will  also  at  such  a  time  be  less 
able  to  defend  themselves,  and  to  offend  you  in  the  prosecu- 
tion of  our  design.  And  we  your  trusty  (and  we  are  sure 
your  beloved)  ones  shall,  when  you  shall  make  your  furious 
assault  without,  be  ready  to  second  the  business  within.  So 
shall  we,  in  all  likelihood,  be  able  to  put  Mansoul  to  utter 
confusion,  and  to  swallow  them  up  before  they  can  come  to 
themselves.  If  your  serpentine  heads,  most  subtile  dragons, 
and  our  highly  esteemed  lords,  can  find  out  a  better  way 
than  this,  let  us  quickly  know  your  minds. 

"  To  the  monsters  of  the  infernal  cave,  from  the  house 
of  Mr.  Mischief  in  Mansoul,  by  the  hand  of  Mr.  Pro- 
fane." 

Now  all  the  while  that  the  raging  runagates  and  hellish 
Diabolonians  were  thus  contriving  the  nun  of  the  town  of 
Mansoul,  they  (namely,  the  poor  town  itself)  were  in  a  sad 
and  woful  case ;  partly  because  they  had  so  grievously 
offended  Shaddai  and  his  Son,  and  partly  because  that  the 
enemies  thereby  got  strength  within  them  afresh ;  and  also 
because,  though  they  had  by  many  petitions  made  suit  to 
the  Prince  Emmanuel,  and  to  his  Father  Shaddai  by  him, 
for  their  pardon  and  favour,  yet  hitherto  obtained  they  not 
one  smile ;  but  contrariwise,  through  the  craft  and  subtilty 
of  the  domestic  Diabolonians,  their  cloud  was  made  to  grow 
blacker  and  blacker,  and  their  Emmanuel  to  stand  vl  further 
distance. 


208  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

The  sickness  also  did  still  greatly  rage  in  Mansoul,  both 
among  the  captains  and  the  inhabitants  of  the  town ;  and 
their  enemies  only  were  now  lively  and  strong,  and  likely 
to  become  the  head,  whilst  Mansoul  was  made  the  tail. 

By  this  time  the  letter  last-mentioned,  that  was  written 
by  the  Diabolonians  that  yet  lurked  in  the  town  of  Man- 
soul, was  conveyed  to  Diabolus  in  the  black  den,  by  the 
hand  of  Mr.  Profane.  He  carried  the  letter  by  Hell-Gate 
Hill  as  afore,  and  conveyed  it  by  Cerberus  to  his  lord. 

But  when  Cerberus  and  Mr.  Profane  did  meet,  they  were 
presently  as  great  as  beggars,  and  thus  they  fell  into  dis- 
course about  Mansoul,  and  about  the  project  against  her. 

"  A.h !  old  friend,"  quoth  Cerberus,  "  art  thou  come  to 
Hell-Gate  Hill  again!  By  St.  Mary,  I  am  glad  to  see 
thee !" 

Prof.  Yes,  my  lord,  I  am  come  again  about  the  concerns 
of  the  town  of  Mansoul. 

Cerb.  Prithee,  tell  me  what  condition  is  that  town  of 
Mansoul  in  at  present  ? 

Prof.  In  a  brave  condition,  my  lord,  for  us,  and  for  my 
lords,  the  lords  of  this  place,  I  trow ;  for  they  are  greatly 
decayed  as  to  godliness,  and  that  is  as  well  as  our  heart  can 
wish ;  their  Lord  is  greatly  out  with  them,  and  that  doth 
also  please  us  well.  We  have  already  also  a  foot  in  their 
dish,  for  our  Diabolonian  friends  are  laid  in  their  bosoms, 
and  what  do  we  lack  but  to  be  masters  of  the  place  !  Be- 
sides, our  trusty  friends  in  Mansoul  are  daily  plotting  to 
betray  it  to  the  lords  of  this  town ;  also  the  sickness  rages 
bitterly  among  them  ;  and  that  which  makes  up  all,  we  hope 
at  last  to  prevail." 

Then  said  the  dog  of  Hell-Gate,  "  No  time  like  this  to 
assault  them.  I  wish  that  the  enterprise  be  followed  close, 
and  that  the  success  desired  may  be  soon  effected ;  yea,  I 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  209 

wish  it  for  the  poor  Diabolonians'  sakes,  that  live  in  the 
continual  fear  of  their  lives  in  that  traitorous  town  of  Man- 
soul." 

Prof.  The  contrivance  is  almost  finished,  the  lords  in 
Mansoul,  that  are  Diabolonians,  are  at  it  day  and  night,  and 
the  other  are  like  silly  doves,  they  want  heart  to  be  con- 
cerned with  their  state,  and  to  consider  that  ruin  is  at  hand. 
Besides,  you  may,  yea,  must  think,  when  you  put  all  things 
together,  that  there  are  many  reasons  that  prevail  with  Dia- 
bolus  to  make  what  haste  he  can. 

Cerb.  Thou  hast  said  as  it  is ;  I  am  glad  things  are  at 
this  pass.  Go  in,  my  brave  Profane,  to  my  lords,  they  will 
give  thee  for  thy  welcome  as  good  a  coranto*  as  the  whole 
of  this  kingdom  will  afford.  I  have  sent  thy  letter  in  al- 
ready. 

Then  Mr.  Profane  went  into  the  den,  and  his  lord  Dia- 
bolus  met  him,  and  saluted  him  with,  "  Welcome,  my  trusty 
servant:  I  have  been  made  glad  with  thy  letter."  The  rest 
of  the  lords  of  the  pit  gave  him  also  their  salutations.  Then 
Profane,  after  obeisance  made  to  them  all,  said,  "  Let  Man- 
soul  be  given  to  my  lord  Diabolus,  and  let  him  be  her  king 
for  ever."  And  with  that,  the  hollow  belly  and  yawning 
gorge  of  hell  gave  so  loud  and  hideous  a  groan,  (for  that  is 
the  music  of  that  place,)  that  it  made  the  mountains  about 
it  totter,  as  if  they  would  fall  in  pieces. 

Now,  after  they  had  read  and  considered  the  letter,  they 
consulted  what  answer  to  return  ;  and  the  first  that  did  speak 
to  it  was  Lucifer. 

Then  said  he,  "  The  first  project  of  the  Diabolonians  in 
M  ansoul  is  likely  to  be  lucky,  and  to  take ;  namely,  that 
they  will,  by  all  the  ways  and  means  they  can,  make  Man- 
soul  yet  more  vile  and  filthy  :  no  way  to  destroy  a  soul  like 

*  A  lively,  sprightly  dance. 
18s 


210  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

this.  Our  old  friend  Balaam  went  this  way  and  prospered 
many  years  ago  ;  let  this  therefore  stand  with  us  for  a  maxim, 
and  be  to  Diabolonians  for  a  general  ride  in  all  ages  ;  for  no- 
thing can  make  this  to  fail  but  grace,  in  which  I  would  hope 
that  this  town  has  no  share.  But  whether  to  fall  upon  them 
on  a  market-day,  because  of  their  cumber  in  business,  that  I 
would  should  be  under  debate.  And  there  is  more  reason  why 
this  head  should  be  debated,  than  why  some  other  should  ;  be- 
cause upon  this  will  turn  the  whole  of  what  we  shall  attempt. 
If  we  time  not  our  business  well,  our  whole  project  may  fail. 
Our  friends,  the  Diabolonians,  say  that  a  market-day  is  best ; 
for  then  will  Mansoul  be  most  busy,  and  have  fewest  thoughts 
of  a  surprise.  But  what  if  also  they  should  double  their 
guards  on  those  days  ?  (and  methinks  nature  and  reason 
should  teach  them  to  do  it ;)  and  what  if  they  should  keep 
such  a  Avatch  on  those  days  as  the  necessity  of  their  present 
case  doth  require  ?  yea,  what  if  their  men  should  be  always 
in  arms  on  those  days  ?  then  you  may,  my  lords,  be  dis- 
appointed in  your0attempts,  and  may  bring  our  friends  in 
the  town  to  utter  danger  of  unavoidable  ruin." 

Then  said  the  great  Beelzebub,  "  There  is  something  in 
what  my  lord  hath  said  ;  but  his  conjecture  may,  or  may 
not  fall  out.  Nor  hath  my  lord  laid  it  down  as  that  which 
must  not  be  receded  from  ;  for  I  know  that  he  said  it  only 
to  provoke  to  a  warm  debate  thereabout.  Therefore  we  must 
understand,  if  we  can,  whether  the  town  of  Mansoul  has 
such  sense  and  knowledge  of  her  decayed  state,  and  of  the 
design  that  we  have  on  foot  against  her,  as  doth  provoke 
her  to  set  watch  and  ward  at  her  gates,  and  to  double  them 
on  market-days.  But  if,  after  inquiry  made,  it  shall  be  found 
that  they  are  asleep,  then  any  day  will  do,  but  a  market-day 
is  best;  and  this  is  my  judgment  in  this  case." 

Then   quoth   Diabolus,   "  How  should  we  know  this  ?" 


THE    HOLY    WAR. 


211 


and  it  was  answered,  "  Inquire  about  it  at  the  mouth  of  Mr. 
Profane."  So  Profane  was  called  in,  and  asked  the  ques- 
tion, and  he  made  his  answer  as  follows : — 

Prof.  My  lords,  so  far  as  I  can  gather,  this  is  at  present 
the  condition  of  the  town  of  Mansoul :  they  are  decayed  in 
their  faith  and  love ;  Emmanuel,  their  Prince,  has  given 
them  the  back  ;  they  send  often  by  petition  to  fetch  him 
again,  but  he  maketh  not  haste  to  answer  their  request,  nor 
is  there  much  reformation  among  them. 

Diab.  I  am  glad  that  they  are  backward  in  a  reformation, 
but  yet  I  am  afraid  of  their  petitioning.  However,  their 
looseness  of  life  is  a  sign  that  there  is  not  much  heart  in 
what  they  do,  and  without  the  heart  things  are  little  worth. 
But  go  on,  my  masters ;  I  will  divert  you,  my  lords,  no 
longer. 

Bed.  If  the  case  be  so  with  Mansoul,  as  Mr.  Profane 
has  described  it  to  be,  it  will  be  no  great  matter  what  day 
we  assault  it ;  not  their  prayers,  nor  their  power  will  do 
them  much  service. 

When  Beelzebub  had  ended  his  oration,  then  Apollyon 
did  begin.  "  My  opinion,"  said  he, "  concerning  this  matter, 
is,  that  we  go  on  fair  and  softly,  not  doing  things  in  a  hurry. 
Let  our  friends  in  Mansoul  go  on  still  to  pollute  and  defile 
it  by  seeking  to  draw  it  yet  more  into  sin,  (for  there  is 
nothing  like  sin  to  devour  Mansoul.)  If  this  be  done,  and 
it  takes  effect,  Mansoul,  of  itself,  will  leave  off  to  watch,  to 
petition,  or  anything  else  that  should  tend  to  her  security 
and  safety  ;  for  she  will  forget  her  Emmanuel,  she  will  not 
desire  his  company  ;  and  can  she  be  gotten  thus  to  live,  her 
Prince  will  not  come  to  her  in  haste.  Our  trusty  friend, 
Mr.  Carnal-Security,  with  one  of  his  tricks  did  drive  him 
out  of  the  town  ;  and  why  may  not  my  Lord  Covetousness, 
■ind  my  Lord  Lasciviousness,  by  what  they  may  do,  keep 


212  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

him  out  of  the  town  !  And  this  I  will  tell  you,  (not  because 
you  know  it  not,)  that  two  or  three  Diabolonians,  if  enter- 
tained and  countenanced  by  the  town  of  Mansoul,  will  do 
more  to  the  keeping  of  Emmanuel  from  them,  and  towards 
making  the  town  of  Mansoul  your  own,  than  can  an  army 
of  a  legion  that  should  be  sent  out  from  us  to  withstand  him. 
Let,  therefore,  this  first  project  that  our  friends  in  Mansoul 
have  set  on  foot,  be  strongly  and  diligently  carried  on  with 
all  cunning  and  craft  imaginable  ;  and  let  them  send  con- 
tinually, under  one  guise  or  another,  more  and  other  of  their 
men  to  play  with  the  people  of  Mansoul ;  and  then  perhaps, 
we  shall  not  need  to  be  at  die  charge  of  making  a  war  upon 
them ;  or  if  that  must  of  necessity  be  done,  yet  the  more 
sinful  they  are,  the  more  unable,  to  be  sure,  they  will  be  to 
resist  us,  and  then  the  more  easily  we  shall  overcome  them. 
And  besides,  suppose  (and  that  is  the  worst  that  can  be  sup- 
posed) that  Emmanuel  should  come  to  them  again,  why 
may  not  the  same  means,  or  the  like,  drive  him  from  them 
once  more  ?  Yea,  why  may  he  not,  by  their  lapse  into  that 
sin  again,  be  driven  from  them  for  ever,  for  the  sake  of 
which  he  was  at  the  first  driven  from  them  for  a  season  ? 
And  if  this  should  happen,  then  away  go  with  him  his  bat- 
tering-rams, his  slings,  his  captains,  his  soldiers,  and  he 
leaveth  Mansoul  naked  and  bare.  Yea,  will  not  this  town, 
when  she  sees  herself  utterly  forsaken  of  her  Prince,  of  her 
own  accord  open  her  gates  again  unto  you,  and  make  of  you 
as  in  the  days  of  old  1  But  this  must  be  done  by  time,  a 
few  days  will  not  effect  so  great  a  work  as  this." 

So  soon  as  Apollyon  had  made  an  end  of  speaking,  Dia- 
bolus  began  to  blow  out  his  own  malice,  and  to  plead  his 
own  cause;  and  he  said,  "  My  lords,  and  powers  of  the 
cave,  my  true  and  trusty  friends,  I  have  with  much  impa- 
tience, as  becomes  me,  given  ear  to  your  long  and  tedious 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  213 

orations.  But  my  furious  gorge,  and  empty  paunch,  so 
lusteth  after  a  re-possession  of  my  famous  town  of  Mansoul, 
that  whatever  comes  out,  I  can  wait  no  longer  to  see  the 
events  of  lingering  projects.  I  must,  and  that  without  further 
delay,  seek,  by  all  means  I  can,  to  fill  my  insatiable  gulf 
with  the  soul  and  body  of  the  town  of  Mansoul.  Therefore 
lend  me  your  heads,  your  hearts,  and  your  help,  now  I  am 
going  to  recover  my  town  of  Mansoul." 

When  the  lords  and  princes  of  the  pit  saw  the  flaming 
desire  that  was  in  Diabolus  to  devour  the  miserable  town 
of  Mansoul,  they  left  off"  to  raise  any  more  objections,  but 
consented  to  lend  him  what  strength  they  could :  though 
had  Apollyon's  advice  been  taken,  they  had  far  more  fear- 
fully distressed  the  town  of  Mansoul.  But,  I  say,  they  were 
willing  to  lend  him  what  strength  they  could,  not  knowing 
what  need  they  might  have  of  him,  when  they  should  engage 
for  themselves.  Wherefore,  they  fell  to  advising  about  the 
next  thing  propounded,  namely,  what  soldiers  they  were, 
and  also  how  many,  with  whom  Diabolus  should  go  against 
the  town  of  Mansoul  to  take  it ;  and  after  some  debate,  it 
was  concluded,  according  as  in  the  letter  the  Diabolonians 
had  suggested,  that  none  were  more  fit  for  that  expedition 
than  an  army  of  terrible  doubters.  They  therefore  concluded 
to  send  against  Mansoul  an  army  of  sturdy  doubters.  The 
number  thought  fit  to  be  employed  in  that  service  was  be- 
tween twenty  and  thirty  thousand.  So  then  the  result  of 
that  great  council  of  those  high  and  mighty  lords  was — That 
Diabolus  should  even  now,  out  of  hand,  beat  up  his  drum 
for  men  in  the  land  of  doubting,  which  land  lieth  upon  the 
confines  of  the  place  called  Hell-Gate  Hill,  for  men  that 
might  be  employed  by  him  against  the  miserable  town  of 
Mansoul.  It  was  also  concluded,  that  these  lords  them- 
selves should  help  him  in  the  war,  and  that  they  would  to 


214  THE    HOLY   WAR. 

that  end  head  and  manage  his  men.  So  they  drew  up  a 
letter,  and  sent  back  to  the  Diabolonians  that  lurked  in 
Mansoul,  and  that  waited  for  the  backcoming  of  Mr.  Pro- 
fane, to  signify  to  them  into  what  method  and  forwardness 
they  at  present  had  put  their  design.  The  contents  whereof 
now  follow : — 

"  From  the  dark  and  horrible  dungeon  of  hell,  Diabolus, 
with  all  the  society  of  the  princes  of  darkness,  sends  to 
our  trusty  ones,  in  and  about  the  walls  of  the  town  of 
Mansoul,  now  impatiently  waiting  for  our  most  devilish 
answer  to  their  venomous  and  most  poisonous  design 
against  the  town  of  Mansoul. 
"  Our  native  ones,  in  whom   from   day  to  day  we  boast, 
and  in  whose  actions  all  the  year  long  we  do  greatly  delight 
ourselves, — we  received  your  welcome,  because  highly  es- 
teemed letter,  at  the  hand  of  our  trusty  and  greatly  beloved, 
the  old  gentlemen,  Mr.  Profane.     And  do  give  you  to  un- 
derstand, that  when  we  had  broken  it  open,  and  had  read 
the  contents  thereof,  to  your  amazing  memory  be  it  spokfen, 
our  yawning  hollow-bellied  place,  where  we  are,  made  so 
hideous  and  yelling  a  noise  for  joy,  that  the  mountains  that 
stand  round  about  Hell-Gate  Hill,  had  like  to  have  "been 
shaken  to  pieces  at  the  sound  thereof. 

"  We  could  also  do  no  less  than  admire  jour  faithfulness 
to  us,  with  the  greatness  of  that  subtilty  that  now  hath 
showed  itself  to  be  in  your  heads,  to  serve  us  against  the 
town  of  Mansoul.  For  you  have  invented  for  us  so  excel- 
lent a  method  for  our  proceeding  against  that  rebellious  peo- 
ple, a  more  effectual  cannot  be  thought  of  by  all  the  wits 
of  hell.  The  proposals,  therefore,  which  now,  at  last,  you 
have  sent  us,  since  we  saw  them,  we  have  done  little  else 
but  highly  approve  and  admire  them. 

"  Nay,  we  shall,  to  encourage  you  in  the  profundity  of 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  215 

your  craft,  let  you  know,  that  at  a  full  assembly  and  con- 
clave of  our  princes  and  principalities  of  this  place,  your 
project  was  discoursed  and  tossed  from  one  side  of  our  cave 
to  the  other  by  their  mightinesses ;  but  a  better,  and  as  was 
by  themselves  judged,  a  more  fit  and  proper  way  by  all 
their  wits,  could  not  be  invented  to  surprise,  take,  and  make 
our  own,  the  rebellious  town  of  Mansoul. 

"  Wherefore,  in  fine,  all  that  was  said  that  varied  from 
what  you  had  in  your  letter  propounded,  fell  of  itself  to  the 
ground,  and  yours  only  was  stuck  to  by  Diabolus,  the  prince ; 
yea,  his  gaping  gorge  and  yawning  paunch  was  on  fire  to 
put  your  invention  into  execution. 

"  We  therefore  give  you  to  understand  that  our  stout, 
furious,  and  unmerciful  Diabolus,  is  raising,  for  your  relief, 
and  the  ruin  of  the  rebellious  town  of  Mansoul,  more  than 
twenty  thousand  doubters  to  come  against  that  people.  They 
are  all  stout  and  sturdy  men,  and  men  that  of  old  have  been 
accustomed  to  war,  and  that  can  therefore  well  endure  the 
drum.  I  say,  he  is  doing  this  work  of  his  with  all  the 
possible  speed  he  can  ;  for  his  heart  and  spirit  is  engaged  in 
it.  We  desire,  therefore,  that,  as  you  have  hitherto  stuck 
to  us,  and  given  us  both  advice  and  encouragement  thus  far, 
vou  still  will  prosecute  our  design ;  nor  shall  you  lose,  but 
be  (jainers  thereby ;  yea,  we  intend  to  make  you  the  lords 
of  Mansoul. 

"  One  thing  may  not  by  any  means  be  omitted,  that  is, 
those  with  us  do  desire  that  every  one  of  you  that  are  in 
Mansoul  would  still  use  all  your  power,  cunning,  and  skill, 
with  delusive  persuasions,  yet  to  draw  the  town  of  Mansoul 
into  more  sin  and  wickedness,  even  that  sin  may  be  finished 
and  bring  forth  death. 

"  For  thus  it  is  concluded  with  us,  that  the  more  vile,  sin- 
ful, and  debauched  the  town  of  Mansoul  is,  the  more  back- 


216  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

ward  will  be  their  Emmanuel  to  come  to  their  help,  either 
by  presence,  or  other  relief ;  yea,  the  more  sinful,  the  more 
weak,  and  so  the  more  unable  will  they  be  to  make  resist- 
ance, when  we  shall  make  our  assault  upon  them  to  swallow 
them  up.  Yea,  that  may  cause  that  their  mighty  Shaddai 
himself  may  cast  them  out  of  his  protection  ;  yea,  and  send 
for  his  captains  and  soldiers  home,  with  his  slings  and  rams, 
and  leave  them  naked  and  bare ;  and  then  the  town  of  Man- 
soul  will,  of  itself,  open  to  us,  and  fall  as  the  fig  into  the 
mouth  of  the  eater.  Yea,  to  be  sure  we  then,  with  a  great 
deal  of  ease,  shall  come  upon  her  and  overcome  her. 

"  As  to  the  time  of  our  coming  upon  Mansoul,  we,  as  yet, 
have  not  fully  resolved  upon  that,  though  at  present  some 
of  us  think  as  you,  that  a  market-day,  or  a  market-day  at 
night,  will  certainly  be  the  best.  However,  do  you  be 
ready,  and  when  you  shall  hear  our  roaring  drum  without, 
do  you  be  as  busy  to  make  the  most  horrible  confusion 
within.  So  shall  Mansoul  certainly  be  distressed  before 
and  behind,  and  shall  not  know  which  way  to  betake  her- 
self for  help.  My  Lord  Lucifer,  my  Lord  Beelzebub,  my 
Lord  Apollyon,  my  Lord  Legion,  with  the  rest  salute  you, 
as  does  also  my  Lord  Diabolus ;  and  we  wish  both  you, 
with  all  that  you  do,  or  shall  possess,  the  very  self-same 
fruit  and  success  for  their  doing,  as  we  ourselves  at  present 
enjoy  for  ours. 

"  From  our  dreadful  confines  in  the  most  fearful  pit,  we 
salute  you,  and  so  do  those  many  legions  here  with  us, 
wishing  you  may  be  as  hellishly  prosperous  as  we  de- 
sire to  be  ourselves.  By  the  letter  carrier,  Mr.  Pro- 
fane." 

Then  Mr.  Profane  addressed  himself  for  his  return  to 
Mansoul,  with  his  errand  from  the  horrible  pit  to  the  Dia- 
bolonians  that  dwelt  in  that  town.    So  he  came  up  the  stairs 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  217 

from  the  deep  to  tlie  mouth  of  the  cave  where  Cerberus  was. 
Now  when  Cerberus  saw  him,  he  asked  how  matters  did 
go  below,  about  and  against  the  town  of  Mansoul. 

Prof.  Things  go  as  well  as  we  can  expect.  The  letter 
that  I  carried  thither  was  highly  approved,  and  well  liked 
by  all  my  lords,  and  I  am  returning  to  tell  our  Diabolonians  " 
so.  I  have  an  answer  to  it  here  in  my  bosom,  that  I  am 
sure  will  make  our  masters  that  sent  me  glad  ;  for  the  con- 
tents thereof  are  to  encourage  them  to  pursue  their  design 
to  the  utmost,  and  to  be  ready  also  to  fall  on  within,  when 
they  shall  see  my  Lord  Diabolus  beleaguering  the  town  of 
Mansoul. 

Cerb.  But  does  he  intend  to  go  against  them  himself? 

Prof.  Does  he !  Ay !  and  he  will  take  along  with  him 
more  than  twenty  thousand,  all  sturdy  doubters,  and  men 
of  war,  picked  men,  from  the  land  of  Doubting,  to  serve 
him  in  the  expedition. 

Then  was  Cerberus  glad,  and  said,  "  And  are  there  such 
brave  preparations  making  to  go  against  the  miserable  town 
of  Mansoul  ?  And  would  I  might  be  put  at  the  head  of  a 
thousand  of  them,  that  I  might  also  show  my  valour  against 
the  famous  town  of  Mansoul." 

Prof.  Your  wish  may  come  to  pass  ;  you  look  like  one 
that  has  mettle  enough,  and  my  lord  will  have  with  him 
those  that  are  valiant  and  stout.  But  my  business  requires 
haste. 

Cerb.  Ay,  so  it  does.  Speed  thee  to  the  town  of  Man- 
soul, with  all  the  deepest  mischiefs  that  this  place  can  afford 
thee.  And  when  thou  shalt  come  to  the  house  of  Mr.  Mis- 
chief, the  place  where  the  Diabolonians  meet  to  plot,  tell 
them  that  Cerberus  doth  wish  them  his  service,  and  that  if 
he  may,  he  will  with  the  army  come  up  against  the  famous 
town  of  Mansoul. 

19 


218  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

Prof.  That  I  will.  And  I  know  that  my  lords  that  are 
there  will  be  glad  to  hear  it,  and  to  see  you  also. 

So  after  a  few  more  such  kind  of  compliments,  Mr.  Pro- 
fane took  his  leave  of  his  friend  Cerberus ;  and  Cerberus 
again,  with  a  thousand  of  their  pit-wishes,  bid  him  haste, 
with  all  speed,  to  his  masters.  The  which  when  he  had 
heard,  he  made  obeisance,  and  began  to  gather  up  his  heels 
to  run. 

Thus,  therefore,  he  returned,  and  went  and  came  to  Man- 
soul  ;  and  going,  as  afore,  to  the  house  of  Mr.  Mischief, 
there  he  found  the  Diabolonians  assembled,  and  waiting  for 
his  return.  Now  when  he  was  come,  and  had  presented 
himself,  he  also  delivered  to  them  his  letter,  and  adjoin  I 
this  compliment  to  them  therewith :  "  My  lords,  from  the 
confines  of  the  pit,  the  high  and  mighty  principalities  and 
powers  of  the  den  salute  you  here,  the  true  Diabolonians 
of  the  town  of  Mansoul.  Wishing  you  always  the  most 
proper  of  their  benedictions,  for  the  great  service,  high 
attempts,  and  brave  achievements  that  you  have  put  your- 
selves upon,  for  the  restoring  to  our  prince  Diabolus  the 
famous  town  of  Mansoul." 

This  was  therefore  the  present  state  of  the  miserable  town 
of  Mansoul :  she  had  offended  her  Prince,  and  he  was  gone  ; 
she  had  encouraged  the  powers  of  hell,  by  her  foolishness, 
to  come  against  her  to  seek  her  utter  destruction. 

True,  the  town  of  Mansoul  was  somewhat  made  sensible 
of  her  sin,  but  the  Diabolonians  were  gotten  into  her  bow- 
els;  she  cried,  but  Emmanuel  was  gone,  and  her  cries  did 
not  fetch  him  as  yet  again.  Besides,  she  kneAV  not  now 
whether  ever  or  never,  he  would  return  and  come  to  his 
Mansoul  again  ;  nor  did  they  know  the  power  and  industry 
of  the  enemy,  nor  how  forward  they  were  to  put  in  execu- 
tion that  plot  of  hell  that  they  had  devised  against  her. 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  2  IS) 

They  did,  indeed,  still  send  petition  after  petition  to  the 
Prince,  but  he  answered  all  with  silence.  They  did  neglect 
reformation,  and  that  was  as  Diabolus  would  have  it ;  for 
he  knew,  if  they  regarded  iniquity  in  their  heart,  their  King 
would  not  hear  their  prayer ;  they  therefore  did  still  grow 
weaker  and  weaker,  and  were  as  a  rolling  thing  before  the 
whirlwind.  They  cried  to  their  King  for  help,  and  laid 
Diabolonians  in  their  bosoms :  what  therefore  should  a 
Kino-  do  to  them  1  Yea,  there  seemed  now  to  be  a  mixture 
in  Mansoul :  the  Diabolonians  and  the  Mansoulians  would 
walk  the  streets  together.  Yea,  they  began  to  seek  their 
peace ;  for  they  thought  that,  since  the  sickness  had  been 
so  mortal  in  Mansoul,  it  was  in  vain  to  go  to  handygripes 
with  them.  Besides,  the  weakness  of  Mansoul  was  the 
strength  of  their  enemies  ;  and  the  sins  of  Mansoul,  the 
advantage  of  the  Diabolonians.  The  foes  of  Mansoul  did 
also  now  begin  to  promise  themselves  the  town  for  a  pos- 
session :  there  was  no  exeat  difference  now  betwixt  Man- 
soulians  and  Diabolonians :  both  seemed  to  be  masters  of 
Mansoul.  Yea,  the  Diabolonians  increased  and  grew,  but 
the  town  of  Mansoul  diminished  greatly.  There  were 
more  than  eleven  thousand  men,  women,  and  children,  that 
died  by  the  sickness  in  Mansoul. 

But  now,  as  Shaddai  would  have  it,  there  was  one  whose 
name  was  Mr.  Pry  well,  a  great  lover  of  the  people  of  Man- 
soul. And  he,  as  his  manner  was,  did  go  listening  up  and 
down  in  Mansoul  to  see,  and  to  hear,  if  at  any  time  he 
might,  whether  there  was  any  design  against  it  or  no.  For 
he  was  always  a  jealous  man,  and  feared  some  mischief 
sometime  would  befall  it,  either  from  the  Diabolonians 
within,  or  from  some  power  without.  Now  upon  a  time  it 
so  happened,  as  Mr.  Prywell  went  listening  here  and  there, 
that  he  lighted  upon  a  place  called  Vile-hill,  in  Mansoul 


220  THE    IIOLV    WAR. 

where  Diabolonians  used  to  meet ;  so  hearing  a  muttering, 
(you  must  know  that  it  was  in  the  night,)  he  softly  drew 
near  to  hear ;  nor  had  he  stood  long  under  the  house-end, 
(for  there  stood  a  house  there,)  but  he  heard  one  confidently 
affirm,  that  it  was  not,  or  would  not  be  long  before  Diabolus 
should  possess  himself  again  of  Mansoul ;  and  that  then  the 
Diabolonians  did  intend  to  put  all  Mansoulians  to  the  sword, 
and  would  kill  and  destroy  the  King's  captains,  and  drive 
all  his  soldiers  out  of  the  town.  He  said,  moreover,  that 
he  knew  there  were  above  twenty-thousand  fighting  men 
prepared  by  Diabolus  for  the  accomplishing  of  this  design, 
and  that  it  would  not  be  months  before  they  all  should  see  it. 

When  Mr.  Pry  well  had  heard  this  story,  he  did  quickly 
believe  it  was  true  ;  wherefore  he  went  forthwith  to  my 
Lord  Mayor's  house,  and  acquainted  him  therewith;  who, 
sending  for  the  subordinate  preacher,  brake  the  business  to 
him ;  and  he  as  soon  gave  the  alarm  to  the  town ;  for  he 
was  now  the  chief  preacher  in  Mansoul,  because,  as  yet, 
my  Lord  Secretary  was  ill  at  ease.  And  this  was  the  way 
that  the  subordinate  preacher  did  take  to  alarm  the  town 
therewith.  The  same  hour  lie  caused  the  lecture  bell  to  be 
rung  ;  so  the  people  came  together :  he  gave  them  then  a 
short  exhortation  to  watchfulness,  and  made  Mr.  Prywell's 
news  the  argument  thereof.  "  For,"  said  he,  "  an  horrible 
plot  is  contrived  against  Mansoul,  even  to  massacre  us  all 
in  a  day,  nor  is  this  story  to  be  slighted;  for  Mr.  Prywell 
is  the  author  thereof.  Mr.  Prywell  was  always  a  lover  of 
Mansoul,  a  sober  and  judicious  man,  a  man  that  is  no  tattler, 
nor  raiser  of  false  reports,  but  one  that  loves  to  look  into 
the  very  bottom  of  matters,  and  talks  nothing  of  news, 
but  by  very  solid  arguments.  I  will  call  him,  and  you  shall 
hear  him  your  own  selves." 

So  be  called  him,  and  he  came  and  told  his  tale  so  punc- 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  221 

tn ally,  and  affirmed  its  truth  with  such  ample  grounds,  that 
Mansoul  fell  presently  under  a  conviction  of  the  truth  of 
what  he  said.  The  preacher  did  also  back  him,  saying, 
"  Sirs,  it  is  not  irrational  for  us  to  believe  it,  for  we  have 
provoked  Shaddai  to  anger,  and  have  sinned  Emmanuel  out 
of  the  town ;  we  have  had  too  much  correspondence  with 
Diabolonians,  and  have  forsaken  our  former  mercies ;  no 
marvel,  then,  if  the  enemy  both  within  and  without  should 
design  and  plot  our  ruin  ;  and  what  time  like  this  to  do  it  ? 
The  sickness  is  now  in  the  town,  and  we  have  been  made 
weak  thereby.  Many  a  good  meaning  man  is  dead,  and 
the  Diabolonians  of  late  grow  stronger  and  stronger. 

"  Besides,"  quoth  the  subordinate  preacher,  "  I  have  re- 
ceived from  this  good  truth-teller  this  one  inkling  further, 
that  he  understood  by  those  that  he  overheard,  that  several 
letters  have  lately  passed  between  the  furies  and  the  Diabo- 
lonians in  order  to  destruction."  When  Mansoul  heard  all 
this,  and  not  being  able  to  gainsay  it,  they  lift  up  their  voice 
and  wept.  Mr.  Prywell  did  also,  in  the  presence  of  the 
townsmen,  confirm  all  that  their  subordinate  preacher  had 
said.  Wherefore  they  now  set  afresh  to  bewail  their  folly, 
and  to  a  doubling  of  petitions  to  Shaddai  and  his  Son. 
They  also  brake  the  business  to  the  captains,  high  com- 
manders, and  men  of  war  in  the  town  of  Mansoul,  entreat- 
ing them  to  use  the  means  to  be  strong,  and  to  take  good 
courage  ;  and  that  they  would  look  after  their  harness,  and 
make  themselves  ready  to  give  Diabolus  battle  by  night  and 
by  day,  should  he  come,  as  they  are  informed  he  will,  to 
beleaguer  the  town  of  Mansoul. 

When  the  captains  heard  this,  they  being  always  true 
lovers  of  the  town  of  Mansoul,  what  do  they,  but  like  so 
many  Samsons  they  shake  themselves,  and  come  together 
to  consult  and  contrive  how  to  defeat  those  bold  and  hellish 

19* 


222  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

contrivances  that  were  upon  the  wheel  by  the  means  of 
Diabolus  and  his  friends,  against  the  now  sickly,  weakly, 
and  much-impoverished  town  of  Mansoul;  and  they  agreed 
upon  these  following  particulars  : — • 

1.  That  the  gates  of  Mansoul  should  be  kept  shut,  and 
made  fast  with  bars  and  locks,  and  that  all  persons  that  went 
out,  or  came  in,  should  be  very  strictly  examined  by  the 
captains  of  the  guards,  "  to  the  end,"  said  they,  "  that  those 
that  are  managers  of  the  plot  amongst  us,  may,  either  coming 
or  going,  be  taken ;  and  that  we  may  also  find  out  who  are 
the  great  contrivers,  amongst  us,  of  our  ruin." 

2.  The  next  thing  was,  that  a  strict  search  should  be 
made  for  all  kind  of  Diabolonians  throughout  the  whole  town 
of  Mansoul ;  and  that  every  man's  house  from  top  to  bot- 
tom should  be  looked  into,  and  that,  too,  house  by  house, 
that  if  possible  a  further  discovery  might  be  made  of  all 
such  among'  them  as  had  a  hand  in  these  designs. 

3.  It  was  further  concluded  upon,  that  wheresoever  or 
with  whomsoever,  any  of  the  Diabolonians  were  found,  that 
even  those  of  the  town  of  Mansoul  that  had  given  them 
house  and  harbour,  should,  to  their  sh  ime,  and  the  warning 
of  others,  take  penance  in  the  public  square. 

4.  It  was,  moreover,  resolved,  by  the  famous  town  of 
Mansoul,  that  a  public  fast,  and  a  day  of  humiliation  should 
be  kept  throughout  the  whole  corporation,  to  the  justifying 
of  their  Prince,  the  abasing  of  themselves  befere  him  for 
their  transgressions  against  him,  and  against  Shaddai,  his 
Father.  It  was  further  resolved,  that  all  such  in  Mansoul 
as  did  not  on  that  day  endeavour  to  keep  that  fast,  and  to 
humble  themselves  for  their  faults,  but  that  should  mind 
their  worldly  employments,  or  be  found  wandering  up  and 
down  the  streets,  should  be  taken  for  Diabolonians,  and 
should  suffer  as  Diabolonians,  for  such  their  wicked  doings. 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  223 

5.  It  was  further  concluded  then,  that  with  what  speed, 
and  with  what  warmth  of  mind  they  could,  they  would  re- 
new their  humiliation  for  sin,  and  their  petitions  to  Shaddai 
for  help ;  they  also  resolved  to  send  tidings  to  the  court  of 
all  that  Mr.  Pry  well  had  told  them. 

6.  It  was  also  determined,  that  thanks  should  be  given 
by  the  town  of  Mansoul  to  Mr.  Pry  well,  for  his  diligent 
seeking  of  the  welfare  of  their  town  :  and  further,  that  for- 
asmuch as  he  was  so  naturally  inclined  to  seek  their  good, 
and  also  to  undermine  their  foes,  they  gave  him  a  commis- 
sion of  scoutmaster-general,  for  the  good  of  the  town  of 
Mansoul. 

When  the  corporation,  with  their  captains,  had  thus  con- 
cluded, they  did  as  they  had  said ;  they  shut  up  their  gates, 
they  made  for  Diabolonians  strict  search,  they  made  those 
with  whom  any  were  found  to  take  penance  in  the  public 
square  :  they  kept  their  fast,  and  renewed  their  petitions  to 
their  Prince,  and  Mr.  Prywell  managed  his  charge  and  the 
trust  that  Mansoul  had  put  in  his  hands,  with  great  con- 
science and  good  fidelity ;  for  he  gave  himself  wholly  up  to 
his  employ,  and  that  not  only  within  the  town,  but  he  went 
out  to  pry,  to  see,  and  to  hear. 

And  not  many  days  after,  he  provided  for  his  journey, 
and  went  towards  Ilell-Gate  Kill,  into  the  country  where 
the  doubters  were,  where  he  heard  of  all  that  had  been 
talked  of  in  Mansoul,  and  he  perceived  also  that  Diabolus 
was  almost  ready  for  his  march,  etc.  So  he  came  back 
with  speed,  and,  calling  the  captains  and  elders  of  Mansoul 
together,  he  told  them  where  he  had  been,  what  he  had 
heard,  and  what  he  had  seen.  Particularly,  he  told  them 
that  Diabolus  was  almost  ready  for  his  march,  and  that  he 
had  made  old  Mr.  Incredulity,  that  once  brake  prison  in 
Mansoul,  the  general  of  his  army;  that  his  army  consisted 


224  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

all  of  doubters,  and  that  their  number  was  above  twenty 
thousand.  He  told,  moreover,  that  Diabolus  did  intend  to 
bring  with  him  the  chief  princes  of  the  infernal  pit,  and  that 
he  would  make  them  chief  captains  over  his  doubters.  He 
told  them,  moreover,  that  it  was  certainly  true  that  several 
of  the  black  den  would,  with  Diabolus,  ride  reformades  to 
reduce  the  town  of  Mansoul  to  the  obedience  of  Diabolus, 
their  prince. 

He  said,  moreover,  that  he  understood  by  the  doubters, 
among  whom  he  had  been,  that  the  reason  why  old  Incre- 
dulity was  made  general  of  the  whole  army,  was  because 
none  truer  than  he  to  the  tyrant ;  and  because  he  had  an 
implacable  spite  against  the  welfare  of  the  town  of  Mansoul. 
Besides,  said  he,  he  remembers  the  affronts  that  Mansoul 
lias  given  him,  and  he  is  resolved  to  be  revenged  of  them. 

But  the  black  princes  shall  be  made  high  commanders, 
only  Incredulity  shall  be  over  them  all,  because,  which  I 
had  almost  forgot,  he  can  more  easily,  and  more  dexte- 
rously, beleaguer  the  town  of  Mansoul,  than  can  any  of 
the  princes  besides. 

Now,  when  the  captains  of  Mansoul,  with  the  elders  of 
the  town,  had  heard  the  tidings  that  Mr.  Prywell  did  bring, 
they  thought  it  expedient,  without  further  delay,  to  put  into 
execution  the  laws  against  the  Diabolonians,  which  their 
prince  had  made  for  them,  and  given  them  in  commandment 
to  manage  against  them.  Wherefore,  forthwith  a  diligent 
and  impartial  search  was  made  in  all  houses  in  Mansoul, 
for  all  and  all  manner  of  Diabolonians.  Now,  in  the  house 
of  Mr.  Mind,  and  in  the  house  of  the  great  Lord  Willbe- 
will,  were  two  Diabolonians  found.  In  Mr.  Mind's  house 
was  one  Lor  J  Covetousness  found;  but  he  had  changed  his 
name  to  Prudent-Thrifty.  In  my  Lord  Willbewill's  house 
one  Lasciviousness  was  found  ;  but  he  had  changed  his  name 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  225 

to  Harmless-Mirth.  These  two  the  captains  and  elders  of 
the  town  of  Mansoul  took  and  committed  them  to  custody 
under  the  hand  of  Mr.  Trueman,  the  gaoler ;  and  this  man 
handled  them  so  severely,  and  loaded  them  so  well  with 
irons,  that  in  time  they  both  fell  into  a  very  deep  consump- 
tion, and  died  in  the  prison-house ;  their  masters  also,  ac- 
cording to  the  agreement  of  the  captains  and  elders,  were 
brought  to  take  penance  in  the  public  square,  to  their  shame, 
and  for  a  warning  to  the  rest  of  the  town  of  Mansoul. 

Now  this  was  the  manner  of  penance  in  those  days :  the 
persons  offending  being  made  sensible  of  the  evil  of  their 
doings,  were  enjoined  open  confession  of  their  faults,  and  a 
strict  amendment  of  their  lives. 

After  this,  the  captains  and  elders  of  Mansoul  sought  yet 
to  find  out  more  Diabolonians,  wherever  they  lurked,  Avhe- 
ther  in  dens,  caves,  holes,  vaults,  or  where  else  they  could, 
in  or  about  the  wall  or  town  of  Mansoul.  But  though  they 
could  plainly  see  their  footing,  and  so  follow  them  by  their 
track  and  smell  to  their  holds,  even  to  the  mouths  of  their 
caves  and  dens,  yet  take  them,  hold  them,  and  do  justice 
upon  them,  they  could  not ;  their  ways  were  so  crooked, 
their  holds  so  strong,  and  they  so  quick  to  take  sanctuary 
there. 

But  Mansoul  did  now  with  so  stiff  an  hand  rule  over  the 
Diabolonians  that  were  left,  that  they  were  glad  to  shrink 
into  corners  :  time  was  when  they  durst  w  alk  openly,  and 
in  the  day ;  but  now  they  were  forced  to  embrace  privacy 
and  the  night;  time  was  when  a  Mansoulian  was  their 
companion ;  but  now  they  counted  them  deadly  enemies. 
This  good  change  did  Mr.  Prywell's  intelligence  make  in 
the  famous  town  of  Mansoul. 

By  this  time  Diabolus  had  finished  his  army,  which  he 
intended  to  bring  with  him  for  the  ruin  of  Mansoul;  and 


226  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

had  set  over  them  captains  and  other  field  officers,  such  as 
liked  his  furious  stomach  best ;  himself  was  lord  paramount, 
Incredulity  was  general  of  his  army,  their  highest  captains 
shall  be  named  afterwards  ;  but  now  for  their  officers,  colours, 
and  scutcheons. 

1.  Their  first  captain  was  Captain  Rage.  He  was  cap- 
tain over  the  election  doubters  ;*  his  were  the  red  colours  ; 
his  standard-bearer  was  Mr.  Destructive,  and  the  great  red 
dragon  he  had  for  his  scutcheon. 

2.  The  second  captain  was  Captain  Fury :  he  was  cap- 
tain over  the  vocation  doubters ;  his  standard-bearer  was 
Mr.  Darkness,  his  colours  were  those  that  were  pale,  and  he 
had  for  his  scutcheon  the  fiery  flying  serpent. 

3.  The  third  captain  was  captain  Damnation :  he  was 
captain  over  the  grace  doubters ;  his  were  the  red  colours, 
Mr.  No-Life  bare  them,  and  he  had  for  his  scutcheon  the 
black  den. 

4.  The  fourth  captain  was  the  Captain  Insatiable :  he 
was  captain  over  the  faith  doubters ;  his  were  the  red 
colours,  Mr.  Devourer  bare  them,  and  he  had  for  a  scutcheon 
the  yawning  jaws. 

5.  The  fifth  captain  was  Captain  Brimstone :  he  was 
captain  over  the  perseverance  doubters ;  his  also  were  the 
red  colours,  Mr.  Burning  bare  them,  and  his  scutcheon  was 
the  blue  and  stinking  flame. 

0.  The  sixth  captain  was  Captain  Torment:  he  was 
captain  over  the  resurrection  doubters ;  his  colours  were 
those  that  were  pale,  Mr.  Gnaw  was  his  standard-bearer, 
and  he  had  the  black  wrorm  for  his  scutcheon. 

7.  The  seventh  captain  was  Captain  No-Ease;  he  was 
captain  over  the  salvation  doubters  ;  his  were  the  red  colours, 
Mr.  Restless  bare  them,  and  his  scutcheon  was  the  ghastly 
picture  of  death. 

•  See  note  at  page  291. 


the  holy  war.  227 

8.  The  eighth  captain  was  the  Captain  Sepulchre  :  he 
was  captain  over  the  glory  doubters  ;  his  also  were  the  pale 
colours,  Mr.  Corruption  was  his  standard-bearer,  and  he  had 
foi  his  scutcheon  a  skull,  and  dead  men's  bones. 

9.  The  ninth  captain  was  Captain  Past-Hope:  he  was 
captain  of  those  that  are  called  the  felicity  doubters,  his 
standard-bearer  was  Mr.  Despair ;  his  also  were  the  red 
colours,  and  his  scutcheon  was  a  hot  iron  and  the  hard 
heart. 

These  were  his  captains,  and  tbese  were  their  forces, 
these  were  their  standards,  these  were  their  colours,  and 
these  were  their  scutcheons.  Now,  over  these  did  the 
great  Diabolus  make  superior  captains,  and  they  were  in 
number  seven  :  as  namely,  the  Lord  Beelzebub,  the  Lord 
Lucifer,  the  Lord  Legion,  the  Lord  Apollyon,  the  Lord 
Python,  the  Lord  Cerebus,  and  the  Lord  Belial ;  these  seven 
he  set  over  the  captains,  and  Incredulity  was  lord-general, 
and  Diabolus  was  king.  The  reformades  also,  such  as  were 
like  themselves,  were  made  some  of  them  captains  of  hun- 
dreds, and  some  of  them  captains  of  more.  And  thus  was 
the  army  of  Incredulity  completed. 

So  they  set  out  at  Hell-Gate  Hill,  for  there  they  had  their 
rendezvous,  from  whence  they  came  with  a  strait  course 
upon  their  march  toward  the  town  of  Mansoul.  Now,  as 
was  hinted  before,  the  town  had,  as  Shaddai  woidd  have  it, 
received  from  the  mouth  of  Mr.  Prywell,  the  alarm  of  their 
coming  before.  "Wherefore,  they  set  a  strong  watch  at  the 
gates,  and  had  also  doubled  their  guards  :  they  also  mounted 
their  slings  in  good  places,  where  they  might  conveniently 
cast  out  their  great  stones,  to  the  annoyance  of  the  furious 

enemy. 

Nor  could  those  Diabolonians  that  were  in  the  town  do 
the  hurt  as  was  designed   they  should  ;    for  Mansoul  was 


228  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

now  awake.  But  alas !  poor  people,  they  were  sorely 
affrighted  at  the  first  appearance  of  their  foes,  and  at  their 
sitting  down  before  the  town,  especially  when  they  heard 
the  roaring  of  their  drum.  This,  to  speak  truth,  was 
amazingly  hideous  to  hear ;  it  frighted  all  men  seven  miles 
round,  if  they  were  but  awake  and  heard  it.  The  stream- 
ing of  their  colours  was  also  terrible  and  dejecting  to  behold. 

When  Diabolus  was  come  up  against  the  town,  first  he 
made  his  approach  to  Ear-gate,  and  gave  it  a  furious  assault, 
supposing,  as  it  seems,  that  his  friends  in  Mansoul  had  been 
ready  to  do  the  work  within ;  but  care  was  taken  of  that 
before,  by  the  vigilance  of  the  captains.  Wherefore  missing 
of  the  help  that  he  expected  from  them,  and  finding  his  army 
warmly  attended  with  the  stones  that  the  slingers  did  sling, 
(for  that  I  will  say  for  the  captains,  that  considering  the 
weakness  that  was  yet  upon  them,  by  reason  of  the  long 
sickness  that  had  annoyed  the  town  of  Mansoul,  they  did 
gallantly  behave  themselves,)  he  was  forced  to  make  some 
retreat  from  Mansoul,  and  to  entrench  himself  and  his  men 
in  the  field  without  the  reach  of  the  slings  of  the  town. 

Now  having  entrenched  himself,  he  did  cast  up  four 
mounts  against  the  town  :  the  first  he  called  Mount  Dia- 
bolus, putting  his  own  name  thereon,  the  more  to  affright 
the  town  of  Mansoul ;  the  other  three  he  called  thus,  Mount 
Alecto,  Mount  Megara,  and  Mount  Tisiphone  ;  for  these  are 
the  names  of  the  dreadful  furies  of  hell.  Thus  he  began  to 
play  his  game  with  Mansoul,  and  to  serve  it  as  doth  the 
lion  his  prey,  even  to  make  it  fall  before  his  terror.  But, 
as  I  said,  the  captains  and  soldiers  resisted  so  stoutly,  and 
did  do  such  execution  with  their  stones,  that  they  made  him, 
though  against  stomach,  to  retreat ;  wherefore  Mansoul  began 
to  take  courage. 

Now  upon    Mount  Diabolus,  which   was  raised  on  the 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  229 

north  side  of  the  town,  there  did  the  tyrant  set  up  his 
standard,  and  a  fearful  thing  it  was  to  behold ;  for  he  had 
wrought  in  it  by  devilish  art,  after  the  manner  of  a  scutch- 
eon, a  flaming  flame  fearful  to  behold,  and  the  picture  of 
Mansoul  burning  in  it. 

When  Diabolus  had  thus  done,  he  commanded  that  his 
drummer  should  every  night  approach  the  walls  of  the  town 
of  Mansoul,  and  so  to  beat  a  parley  ;  the  command  was  to 
do  it  at  nights,  for  in  the  day  time  they  annoyed  him  with 
their  slings  ;  for  the  tyrant  said,  that  he  had  a  mind  to 
parley  with  the  now  trembling  town  of  Mansoul,  and  he 
commanded  that  the  drums  should  beat  every  night,  that 
through  weariness  they  might  at  last,  if  possible,  (at  the  first 
they  were  unwilling,)  be  forced  to  do  it. 

So  this  the  drummer  did  as  commanded  :  he  arose,  and 
did  beat  his  drum.  But  when  his  drum  did  go,  if  one 
looked  toward  the  town  of  Mansoul,  "  Behold  darkness  and 
sorrow,  and  the  light  was  darkened  in  the  heaven  thereof." 
No  noise  was  ever  heard  upon  earth  more  terrible,  except 
the  voice  of  Shaddai  when  he  speaketh.  But  how  did 
Mansoul  tremble  !  It  now  looked  for  notning  but  forthwith 
to  be  swallowed  up. 

When  this  drummer  had  beaten  for  a  parley,  he  made  this 
speech  to  Mansoul :  "  My  master  has  bid  me  tell  you,  that 
if  you  will  willingly  submit,  you  shall  have  the  good  of  the 
earth ;  but  if  you  shall  be  stubborn,  he  is  resolved  to  take 
you  by  force."  But,  by  the  time  he  had  done  beating  his 
drum,  the  people  of  Mansoul  had  betaken  themselves  to  the 
captains  that  were  in  the  castle,  so  that  there  was  none  to 
rd,  nor  to  give  this  drummer  an  answer ;  so  he  proceeded 
no  further  that  night,  but  returned  again  to  his  master  to  the 
camp. 

When    Diabolus  saw,  that   by  drumming,  he  could  not 

20 


230  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

work  out  Mansoul  to  his  will,  the  next  night  he  sendeth  his 
drummer  without  his  drum,  still  to  let  the  townsmen  know 
that  he  had  a  mind  to  parley  with  them.  But  when  all 
came  to  all,  his  parley  was  turned  into  a  summons  to  the 
town  to  deliver  up  themselves  :  but  they  gave  him  neither 
heed  nor  hearing ;  for  they  remembered  what  at  first  it  cost 
them  to  hear  him  a  few  words. 

The  next  night  he  sends  again,  and  then  who  should  be 
his  messenger  to  Mansoul  but  the  terrible  Captain  Sepulchre; 
so  Captain  Sepulchre  came  up  to  the  walls  of  Mansoul,  and 
made  this  oration  to  the  town  :< — 

"  O  ye  inhabitants  of  the  rebellious  town  of  Mansoul !  I 
summon  you  in  the  name  of  the  Prince  Diabolus,  that,  with- 
out any  more  ado,  you  set  open  the  gates  of  your  town,  and 
admit  the  great  lord  to  come  in.  But  if  you  shall  still  rebel, 
when  we  have  taken  to  us  the  town  by  force,  we  will 
swallow  you  up  as  the  grave ;  wherefore,  if  you  will 
hearken  to  my  summons,  say  so  ;  if  not,  then  let  me  know. 

"The  reason  of  this  my  summons,"  quoth  he,  "is,  for 
that  my  lord  is  your  undoubted  prince  and  lord,  as  you 
yourselves  have  formerly  owned.  Nor  shall  that  assault  that 
was  given  to  my  lord  when  Emmanuel  dealt  so  dishonour- 
ably by  him,  prevail  with  him  to  lose  his  right,  and  to  for- 
bear to  attempt  to  recover  his  own.  Consider,  then,  O 
Mansoul,  with  thyself,  wilt  thou  show  thyself  peaceable,  or 
no  ?  If  thou  shalt  quietly  yield  up  thyself,  then  our  old 
friendship  shall  be  renewed  ;  but  if  thou  shalt  yet  refuse 
and  rebel,  then  expect  nothing  but  fire  and  sword." 

When  the  languishing  town  of  Mansoul  had  heard  this 
summoner  and  his  summons,  they  were  yet  more  put  to 
their  dumps,  but  made  to  the  captain  no  answer  at  all ;  so 
away  he  went  as  lie  came. 

But,  after  some  consultation  among  themselves,  as  also 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  231 

with  some  of  their  captains,  the}-  applied  themselves  afresh 
to  the  Lord  Secretary  for  counsel  and  advice  from  him  ;  for 
this  Lord  Secretary  was  their  chief  preacher,  (as  also  is 
mentioned  some  pages  before,)  only  now  he  was  ill  at  ease  ; 
and  of  him  they  begged  favour  in  these  two  or  three  things. 

1.  That  he  would  look  comfortably  upon  them,  and  not 
keep  himself  so  much  retired  from  them  as  formerly.  Also, 
that  he  would  be  prevailed  with  to  give  them  a  hearing, 
while  they  should  make  known  their  miserable  condition  to 
him.  But  this  he  told  them  as  before,  "  that  as  yet  lie  was 
but  ill  at  ease,  and  therefore  could  not  do  as  he  had  formerly 
done." 

2.  The  second  thing  that  they  desired  was,  that  he  would 
be  pleased  to  give  them  his  advice  about  their  now  so  im- 
portant affairs,  for  that  Diabolus  was  come  and  set  down 
before  the  town,  with  no  less  than  twenty  thousand  doubters. 
They  said,  moreover,  that  both  he  and  his  captains  were 
cruel  men,  and  that  they  were  afraid  of  diem.  But  to  this 
he  said,  "  You  must  look  to  the  law  of  the  Prince,  and  there 
see  what  is  laid  upon  yen  to  do." 

3.  Then  they  desired  that  his  Highness  would  help  them 
to  frame  a  petition  to  Shaddai,  and  unto  Emmanuel  his  Son, 
and  that  he  wouh!  set  his  own  hand  thereto  as  a  token  that 
he  was  one  with  them  in  it:  "For,"  said  they,  "my  Lord, 
many  a  one  have  we  sent,  but  can  get  no  answer  of  peace ; 
but  now,  surely,  one  with  thy  hand  unto  it  may  obtain  good 
for  Mansoul." 

But  all  the  answer  that  he  gave  to  this  was,  "  that  they 
had  offended  their  Emmanuel,  and  had  also  grieved  himself, 
and  that  therefore  they  must  as  yet  partake  of  their  own 
devices." 

This  answer  of  the  Lord  Secretary  fell  like  a  millstone 
upon  them  ;  yea,  it  crushed  them  so  that  they  could  not  tell 


232  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

what  to  do ;  yet  they  durst  not  comply  with  the  demands 
of  Diabolus,  nor  with  the  demands  of  his  captain.  So  then 
here  were  the  straits  that  the  town  of  Mansoul  was  betwixt, 
when  the  enemy  came  upon  her :  her  foes  were  ready  to 
swallow  her  up,  and  her  friends  did  forbear  to  help  her. 

Then  stood  up  my  Lord  Mayor,  whose  name  was  my 
Lord  Understanding,  and  he  began  to  pick  and  pick,  until  he 
had  picked  comfort  out  of  that  seemingly  bitter  saying  of 
the  Lord  Secretary  ;  for  thus  he  descanted  upon  it :  "  First," 
said  he,  "  this  unavoidably  follows  upon  the  saying  of  my 
Lord,  '  that  we  must  yet  suffer  for  our  sins.'  "  Secondly, 
"  But,"  quoth  he,  "  the  word  'yet'  sounds  as  if  at  last  we 
should  be  saved  from  our  enemies ;  and  that  after  a  few 
more  sorrows,  Emmanuel  will  come  and  be  our  help." 
Now  the  Lord  Mayor  was  the  more  critical  in  his  dealing 
with  the  Secretary's  words,  because  my  lord  was  more  than 
a  prophet,  and  because  none  of  his  words  were  such,  but 
that  at  all  times,  they  were  most  exactly  significant ;  and 
the  townsmen  were  allowed  to  pry  into  them,  and  to  ex- 
pound them  to  their  best  advantage. 

So  they  took  their  leave  of  my  lord,  and  returned,  and 
went,  and  came  to  the  captains,  to  whom  they  did  tell  what 
my  Lord  high  Secretary  had  said ;  who,  when  they  had 
heard  it,  were  all  of  the  same  opinion  as  was  my  Lord 
Mayor  himself.  The  captains,  therefore,  began  to  take 
some  courage  unto  them,  and  to  prepare  to  make  some  brave 
attempt  upon  the  camp  of  the  enemy,  and  to  destroy  all  that 
were  Diabolonians,  with  the  roving  doubters  that  the  tyrant 
had  brought  with  him  to  destroy  the  town  of  Mansoul. 

So  all  betook  themselves  forthwith  to  their  places — the 
Captains  to  theirs,  the  Lord  Mayor  to  his,  the  subordinate 
preacher  to  his,  and  my  Lord  Willbewill  to  his.  The  cap- 
tiins  longed  to  be  at  some  work  for  their  prince  :  for  they 


THE   HOLY    WAR.  233 

delighted  in  warlike  achievements.  The  next  day,  there- 
fore, they  came  together  and  consulted  ;  and  after  consulta- 
tion had,  they  resolved  to  give  an  answer  to  the  captain  of 
Diabolus  with  slings ;  and  so  they  did  at  the  rising  of  the 
sun  on  the  morrow ;  for  Diabolus  had  adventured  to  come 
nearer  again,  but  the  sling-stones  were  to  him  and  his  like 
hornets.  For  as  there  is  nothing  to  the  town  of  Mansoul 
so  terrible  as  the  roaring  of  Diabolus's  drum,  so  there  is 
nothing  to  Diabolus  so  terrible  as  the  well  playing  of  Em- 
manuel's slings.  Wherefore  Diabolus  was  forced  to  make 
another  retreat,  yet  further  oft'  from  the  famous  town  of 
Mansoul.  Then  did  the  Lord  Mayor  of  Mansoul  cause  the 
bells  to  be  rung,  "  and  that  thanks  should  be  sent  to  the 
Lord  high  Secretary  by  the  mouth  of  the  subordinate 
preacher ;  for  that  by  his  words  the  captains  and  elders  of 
Mansoul  had  been  strengthened  against  Diabolus." 

When  Diabolus  saw  that  his  captains  and  soldiers,  high 
lords  and  renowned,  were  frightened,  and  beaten  down  by 
the  stones  that  came  from  the  golden  slings  of  the  Prince  of 
the  town  of  Mansoul,  he  bethought  himself,  and  said,  "  1 
will  try  to  catch  them  by  fawning,  I  will  try  to  flatter  them 
into  my  net." 

Wherefore,  after  a  while,  he  came  down  again  to  the 
wall,  not  now  with  his  drum,  nor  with  Captain  Sepulchre ; 
but  having  all  besugared  his  lips,  he  seemed  to  be  a  very 
sweet-mouthed,  peaceable  prince,  designing  nothing  for  hu- 
mour's sake,  nor  to  be  revenged  on  Mansoul  for  injuries  by 
them  done  to  him  ;  but  the  welfare,  and  good,  and  advantage 
of  the  town  and  people  therein,  was  now,  as  he  said,  his 
only  design.  Wherefore,  after  he  had  called  for  audience, 
and  desired  that  the  townsfolk  would  give  it  to  him,  he  pro- 
ceeded in  his  oration,  and  said  : — 

"Oh,  the  desire  of  my  heart,  the  famous  town  of  Man 

'2():- 


234- 


THE    HOLY    WAR. 


soul !  how  many  nights  have  I  watched,  and  how  many 
weary  steps  have  I  taken,  if  perhaps  I  might  do  thee  good  ! 
Far  be  it,  far  be  it  from  me  to  desire  to  make  a  war  upon 
you  ;  if  ye  will  but  willingly  and  quietly  deliver  up  your- 
selves unto  me.  You  know  that  you  were  mine  of  old. 
Remember  also,  that  so  long  as  you  enjoyed  me  for  your 
lord,  and  I  enjoyed  you  for  my  subjects,  you  wanted  for 
nothing  of  all  the  delights  of  the  earth,  that  I,  your  lord  and 
prince,  could  get  for  you,  or  that  I  could  invent  to  make  you 
bonny  and  blithe  withal.  Consider,  you  never  had  so  many 
hard,  dark,  troublesome,  and  heart-afflicting  hours,  while 
you  were  mine,  as  you  have  had  since  you  revolted  from 
me ;  nor  shall  you  ever  have  peace  again,  until  you  and  I 
become  one  as  before.  But,  be  but  prevailed  with  to  em- 
brace me  again,  and  I  will  grant,  yea,  enlarge  your  old  char- 
ter with  abundance  of  privileges ;  so  that  your  license  and 
liberty  shall  be  to  take,  hold,  enjoy,  and  make  your  own,  all 
that  is  pleasant  from  the  east  to  the  west.  Nor  shall  any 
of  those  incivilities,  wherewith  you  have  offended  me,  be 
ever  charged  upon  you  by  me,  so  long  as  the  sun  and  moon 
endure.  Nor  shall  any  of  those  dear  friends  of  mine  that 
now,  for  the  fear  of  you,  lie  lurking  in  dens,  and  holes,  and 
caves  in  Mansoul,  be  hurtful  to  you  any  more  ;  yea,  they 
shall  be  your  servants,  and  shall  minister  unto  you  of  their 
substance,  and  of  whatever  shall  come  to  hand.  I  need 
speak  no  more ;  you  know  them,  and  have  sometime  since 
been  much  delighted  in  their  company.  Why,  then,  should 
we  abide  at  such  odds  ?  Let  us  renew  our  old  acquaintance 
and  friendship  again. 

"  Bear  with  your  friend  ;  I  take  the  liberty  at  this  time 
to  speak  thus  freely  unto  you.  The  love  that  I  have  to  you 
presses  me  to  do  it,  as  also  does  the  zeal  of  my  heart  for 
my  friends  with  you  :  put  me  not  therefore  to  further  trou- 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  235 

ble,  nor  yourselves  to  further  fears  and  frights.  Have  yon 
I  will,  in  a  way  of  peace  or  war  ;  nor  do  you  flatter  your- 
selves with  the  power  and  force  of  your  captains,  or  that 
your  Emmanuel  will  shortly  come  in  to  your  help  ;  for  such 
strength  will  do  you  no  pleasure. 

"  I  am  come  against  you  with  a  stout  and  valiant  army, 
and  all  the  chief  princes  of  the  den  are  even  at  the  head  of 
u.  Besides,  my  captains  are  swifter  than  eagles,  stronger 
than  lions,  and  more  greedy  of  prey  than  are  the  evening 
wolves.  AVhat  is  Og  of  Bashan !  what  is  Goliath  of  Gath ! 
and  what  are  an  hundred  more  of  them,  to  one  of  the  least 
of  my  captains  !  How,  then,  shall  Mansoul  think  to  escape 
my  hand  and  force?" 

Diabolus  having  thus  ended  his  flattering,  fawning,  de- 
ceitful, and  lying  speech,  to  the  famous  town  of  Mansoul, 
the  Lord  Mayor  replied  to  him  as  follows : — 

"  O  Diabolus,  prince  of  darkness,  and  master  of  all  de- 
ceit ;  thy  lying  flatteries  we  have  had  and  made  sufficient 
probation  of,  and  have  tasted  too  deeply  of  that  destructive 
cup  already.  Should  we  therefore  again  hearken  unto  thee, 
and  so  break  the  commandments  of  our  great  Shaddai,  to 
join  in  affinity  with  thee,  would  not  our  Prince  reject  us, 
and  cast  us  off  forever?  And,  being  cast  off  by  him,  can 
the  place  that  he  has  prepared  for  thee,  he  a  place  of  rest 
for  us  ?  Besides,  O  thou  that  art  empty  and  void  of  all 
truth,  we  are  rather  ready  to  die  by  thy  hand,  than  to  fall  in 
with  thy  flattering  and  lying  deceits." 

When  the  tyrant  saw  that  there  was  little  to  be  got  by 
parleying  with  my  Lord  Mayor,  he  fell  into  an  hellish  rage, 
and  resolved  that  again,  with  his  army  of  doubters,  lie  would 
another  time  assault  the  town  of  Mansoul. 

So  he  called  for  his  drummer,  who  beat  up  for  his  men 
''and  while  he  did  beat,  Mansoul  did  shake)  to  be  in  a  readi- 


23G  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

ness  to  give  battle  to  the  corporation :  then  Diabolus  drew 
near  with  his  army,  and  thus  disposed  of  his  men.  Captain 
Cruel  and  Captain  Torment,  these  he  drew  up  and  placed 
against  Feel-gate,  and  commanded  them  to  sit  down  there 
far  the  war.  And  he  also  appointed  that,  if  need  were, 
Captain  No-Ease  should  come  in  to  their  relief.  ■  At  Nose- 
gate  he  placed  the  Captain  Brimstone  and  Captain  Sepul- 
chre, and  bid  them  look  well  to  their  ward,  on  that  side  of 
the  town  of  Mansoul.  But  at  Eye-gate  he  placed  that 
grimfaced  one,  the  Captain  Past-Hope,  and  there  also  now 
lie  did  set  up  his  terrible  standard. 

Now  Captain  Insatiable,  he  was  to  look  to  the  carriages 
of  Diabolus,  and  was  also  appointed  to  take  into  custody 
those  persons  and  things  that  should  at  any  time  as  prey  be 
taken  from  the  enemy. 

Now,  Mouth-gate,  the  inhabitants  of  Mansoul  kept  for  a 
sally-port;  wherefore  that  they  kept  strong;  for  that  was  it, 
by  and  out  at  which,  the  townsfolk  did  send  their  petitions 
to  Emmanuel  their  Prince.  That  also  was  the  gate  from 
the  top  of  which  the  captains  did  play  their  slings  at  the 
enemies ;  for  that  gate  stood  somewhat  ascending,  so  that 
the  placing  of  them  there,  and  the  letting  of  them  fly  from 
that  place  did  much  execution  against  the  tyrant's  army. 
Wherefore,  for  these  causes,  with  others,  Diabolus  sought, 
if  possible,  to  land  up  Mouth-gate  with  dirt. 

Now,  as  Diabolus  was  busy  and  industrious  in  preparing 
to  make  his  assault  upon  the  town  of  Mansoul  without,  so 
the  captains  and  soldiers  in  the  corporation  were  as  busy  in 
preparing  within ;  they  mounted  their  slings,  they  set  up 
their  banners,  they  sounded  their  trumpets,  and  put  them- 
selves in  sujh  order,  as  was  judged  most  for  the  annoyance 
of  the  enemy,  and  for  the  advantage  of  Mansoul,  and  gave 
to  their  soldiers  orders  to  be  ready  at  the  sound  of  the  trum- 


THE   HOLY    WAR.  237 

pet  for  war.  The  Lord  Willbewill  also,  lie  took  the  charge 
of  watching  against  the  rebels  within,  and  to  do  what  he 
could  to  take  them  while  without,  or  to  stifle  them  within 
their  caves,  dens,  and  holes  in  the  town-wall  of  Mansoul. 
And,  to  speak  the  truth  of  him,  ever  since  he  took  penance 
for  his  fault,  he  has  showed  as  much  honesty  and  bravery 
of  spirit,  as  any  in  Mansoul ;  for  he  took  one  Jolly,  and  his 
brother  Griggish,  the  two  sons  of  his  servant  Harmless- 
Mirth,  (for  to  that  day,  though  the  father  was  committed  to 
ward,  the  sons  had  a  dwelling  in  the  house  of  my  lord,)  ■ — I 
say,  he  took  them,  and  with  his  own  hands  put  them  to 
death.  And  this  was  the  reason  why  he  hanged  them  up : 
after  their  father  was  put  into  the  hands  of  Mr.  True-man 
the  goaler,  they,  his  sons,  began  to  play  his  pranks,  and  to 
be  ticking  and  toying  with  the  daughters  of  their  lord  ;  nay, 
it  was  jealoused  that  they  were  too  familiar  with  them,  the 
which  was  brought  to  his  lordship's  ear.  Now  his  lordship 
being  unwilling  unadvisedly  to  put  any  man  to  death,  did  not 
suddenly  fall  upon  them,  but  set  watch  and  spies  to  see  if 
the  thing  was  true ;  of  the  which  he  was  soon  informed, 
for  his  two  servants,  whose  names  were  Find-out  and  Tell- 
All,  caught  them  together  in  uncivil  manner  more  than  once 
or  twice,  and  went  and  told  their  lord.  So  when  my  Lord 
Willbewill  had  sufficient  ground  to  believe  the  thing  was 
true,  he  takes  the  two  young  Diabolonians,  (for  such  they 
were,  for  their  father  was  a  Diabolonian  born,)  and  has  them 
to  Eye-gate,  where  he  raised  a  very  high  cross,  just  in  the 
face  of  Diabolus,  and  of  his  army,  and  there  he  hanged  the 
young  villains,  in  defiance  to  Captain  Past-Hope,  and  of  the 
horrible  standard  of  the  tyrant. 

Now  this  Christian  act  of  the  brave  Lord  Willbewill  did 
greatly  abash  Captain  I'ast-Hope,  discouraged  the  army  of 
Diabolus,  put  fear  into  the  Diabolonian  runagates  in  Mansoul, 


238  THE   HOLY    WAR. 

and  put  strength  and  courage  into  the  captains  that  belonged 
to  Emmanuel,  the  Prince ;  for  they  without  did  gather,  and 
that  by  this  very  act  of  my  Lord,  that  Mansoul  was  resolved 
to  fight,  and  that  the  Diabolonians  within  the  town  could 
not  do  such  things  as  Diabolus  had  hopes  they  would.  Nor 
was  this  the  only  proof  of  the  brave  Lord  Willbewill's  hon- 
to  the  town,  nor  of  his  loyalty  to  his  Prince,  as  will 
afterwards  appear. 

Now,  when  the  children  of  Prudent-Thrifty,  who  dwelt 
with  Mr.  Mind,  (for  Thrift  left  children  with  Mr.  Mind, 
when  he  was  also  committed  to  prison,  and  their  names 
were  Gripe  and  Rake-All; — I  say,  when  his  children  per- 
ceived how  the  Lord  Willbewill  had  served  them  that  dwelt 
v,  ith  him,  what  do  they,  but,  lest  they  should  drink  of  the 
same  cup,  endeavour  to  make  their  escape.  But  Mr.  Mind, 
being  wary  of  it,  took  them  and  put  them  in  hold  in  his 
house  till  morning,  (for  this  was  done  over  night ;)  and  re- 
membering that  by  the  law  of  Mansoul,  all  Diabolonians 
were  to  die,  (and  to  be  sure  they  were  at  least  by  father's 
side  such,  and  some  say  by  mother's  side  too,)  what  does 
he,  but  takes  them  and  puts  them  in  chains,  and  carries  them 
to  the  self-same  place  where  my  lord  hanged  his  two  before, 
and  there  he  hanged  them. 

The  townsmen  also  took  great  encouragement  at  this  act 
of  Mr.  Mind,  and  did  what  they  could  to  have  taken  some 
more  of  these  Diabolonian  trou biers  of  Mansoul ;  but  at  that 
time,  the  rest  lay  so  squat  and  close,  that  they  could  not  be 
apprehended  ;  so  they  set  against  them  a  diligent  watch,  and 
went  every  man  to  his  place. 

I  told  you  a  little  before,  that  Diabolus  and  his  army  were 
somewhat  abashed  and  discouraged  at  the  sight  of  what  my 
Lord  Willbewill  did,  when  he  hanged  up  those  two  young 
Diabolonians  ;  but  his  discouragement  quickly  turned  itself 


THE    HOLY    AVAR.  239 

into  furious  madness  and  rage  against  the  town  of  Mansoul, 
and  fight  it  he  would.  Also  the  townsmen  and  captains 
within,  they  had  their  hopes  and  their  expectations  height- 
ened, believing  at  last,  the  day  would  be  theirs ;  so  they 
feared  them  the  less.  Their  subordinate  preacher,  too,  made 
a  sermon  about  it ;  and  he  took  that  theme  for  his  text, 
"  Gad,  a  troop  shall  overcome  him :  but  he  shall  overcome 
at  the  last."  Whence  he  showed,  that  though  Mansoul 
should  be  sorely  put  to  it  at  the  first,  yet  the  victory  should 
most  certainly  be  Mansoul's  at  the  last. 

So  Diabolus  commanded  that  his  drummer  should  beat  a 
charge  against  the  town ;  and  the  captains  also  that  were  in 
the  town  sounded  a  charge  against  them,  but  they  had  no 
drum  :  they  were  trumpets  of  silver  with  which  they  sounded 
against  them.  Then  they  which  were  of  the  camp  of  Dia- 
bolus came  down  to  the  town  to  take  it,  and  the  captains  in 
the  castle,  with  the  slingers  at  Mouth-gate,  played  upon  them 
amain.  And  now  there  was  nothing  heard  in  the  camp  of 
Diabolus  but  horrible  rage  and  blasphemy  ;  but  in  the  town 
good  words,  prayer,  and  singing  of  psalms.  The  enemy 
replied  with  horrible  objections,  and  the  terribleness  of  their 
drum  ;  but  the  town  made  answer  with  the  slapping  of  their 
slings,  and  the  melodious  noise  of  their  trumpets.  And  thus 
the  fight  lasted  for  several  days  together,  only  now  and  then 
they  had  some  small  intermission,  in  the  which  the  towns- 
men refreshed  themselves,  and  the  captains  made  ready  for 
another  assault. 

The  captains  of  Emmanuel  were  clad  in  silver  armour, 
and  the  soldiers  in  that  which  was  of  proof;  the  soldiers  of 
Diabolus  were  clad  in  iron,  which  was  made  to  give  pi  ice 
to  Emmanuel's  engine-shot.  In  the  town,  some  were  hurl, 
and  some  were  greatly  wounded.  Now,  the  worst  of  it  was, 
a  surgeon  was  scarce  in  Mansoul,  for  thai  Emmanuel  at 


240  THE    HOLY   WAR. 

present  was  absent.  Howbeit,  witb  the  leaves  of  a  tree, 
the  wounded  were  kept  from  dying ;  yet  their  wounds  did 
greatly  putrefy,  and  some  did  grievously  stink.  Of  the 
townsmen,  these  were  wounded,  namely,  my  Lord  Reason  ; 
he  was  wounded  in  the  head.  Another  that  was  wounded, 
was  the  brave  Lord  Mayor ;  he  was  wounded  in  the  eye. 
Another  that  was  wounded  was  Mr.  Mind ;  he  received 
his  wound  about  the  stomach.  The  honest  subordinate 
preacher  also,  he  received  a  shot  not  far  off  the  heart;  but 
none  of  these  were  mortal. 

Many  also  of  the  inferior  sort  were  not  only  wounded, 
but  slain  outright. 

Now,  in  the  camp  of  Diabolus,  were  wounded  and  slain 
a  considerable  number ;  for  instance,  Captain  Rage,  he  was 
wounded,  and  so  was  Captain  Cruel,  Captain  Damnation 
was  made  to  retreat,  and  to  intrench  himself  further  off  of 
Mansoul.  The  standard  also  of  Diabolus  was  beaten  down, 
and  his  standard-bearer,  Captain  Much-Hurt,  had  his  brains 
beat  out  with  a  sling-stone,  to  the  no  little  grief  and  shame 
of  his  prince  Diabolus. 

Many  also  of  the  doubters  were  slain  outright,  though 
enousrh  of  them  were  left  alive  to  make  Mansoul  shake  and 
totter.  Now  the  victory  that  day  being  turned  to  Mansoul, 
did  put  great  valour  into  the  townsmen  and  captains,  and 
did  cover  Diabolus's  camp  with  a  cloud,  but  withal  it  made 
them  far  more  furious.  So  the  next  day  Mansoul  rested, 
and  commanded  that  the  bells  should  be  rung;  the  trumpets 
also  joyfully  sounded,  and  the  captains  shouted  round  the 
town. 

My  Lord  Willbewill  also  was  not  idle,  but  did  notable 
service  within  against  the  domestics,  or  the  Diabolonians 
that  were  in  the  town,  not  only  by  keeping  them  in  awe, 
for  he  lighted  on  one  at  last  wltose  name  was  Mr.  Anything, 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  241 

a  fellow  of  whom  mention  was  made  before  ;  for  it  was  lie, 
if  you  remember,  that  brought  the  three  fellows  to  Diabolus, 
whom  the  Diabolonians  took  out  of  Captain  Boanerges' 
companies,  and  that  persuaded  them  to  list  themselves  under 
the  tyrant,  to  fight  against  the  army  of  Shaddai.  My  Lord 
Willbewill  did  also  take  a  notable  Diabolonian,  whose  name 
was  Loose-Foot :  this  Loose-Foot  was  a  scout  to  the  vaga- 
bonds in  Mansoul,  and  that  did  use  to  carry  tidings  out  of 
Mansoul  to  the  camp,  and  out  of  the  camp  to  those  of  the 
enemies  in  Mansoul.  Both  these  my  lord  sent  away  safe 
to  Mr.  True-Man,  the  gaoler,  with  a  commandment  to  keep 
them  in  irons ;  for  he  intended  then  to  have  them  out  to  be 
crucified,  when  it  would  be  for  the  best  to  the  corporation, 
and  most  for  the  discouragement  of  the  camp  of  the  enemies. 

My  Lord  Mayor  also,  though  he  could  not  stir  about  so 
much  as  formerly,  because  of  the  wound  that  he  had  lately 
received,  yet  gave  he  out  orders  to  all  that  were  the  natives 
of  Mansoul,  to  look  to  their  watch,  and  stand  upon  their 
guard,  and,  as  occasion  should  offer,  to  prove  themselves 
men. 

Mr.  Conscience,  the  preacher,  he  also  did  his  utmost  to 
keep  all  his  good  documents  alive  upon  the  hearts  of  the 
people  of  Mansoul. 

Well,  awhile  after,  the  captains  and  stout  ones  of  the 
town  of  Mansoul  agreed  and  resolved  upon  a  time  to  make 
a  sally  out  upon  the  camp  of  Diabolus, '  and  this  must  be 
done  in  the  night ;  and  there  was  the  folly  of  Mansoul,  (for 
the  night  is  always  the  best  for  the  enemy,  but  the  worst 
for  Mansoul  to  fight  in,)  but  yet  they  would  do  it,  their 
courage  was  so  high  ;  their  last  victory  also  still  stuck  in 
their  memories. 

So  the  night  appointed  being  come,  the  Prince's  brave 
captains  cast  lots,  who  should  lead  the  van  in  this  new  and 

21 


242  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

desperate  expedition  against  Diabolus,  and  against  his  D.a- 
bolonian  army ;  and  the  lot  fell  to  Captain  Credence,  to 
Captain  Experience,  and  to  Captain  Good-Hope  to  lead  the 
forlorn  hope.  (This  Captain  Experience,  the  Prince  created 
such,  when  himself  did  reside  in  the  town  of  Mansoul.) 
So,  as  I  said,  they  made  their  sally  out  upon  the  army  that 
lay  in  the  siege  against  them  ;  and  their  hap  was  to  fall  in 
with  the  main  body  of  their  enemies.  Now  Diabolus  and 
his  men  being  expertly  accustomed  to  night-work,  took  the 
alarm  presently,  and  were  as  ready  to  give  them  battle,  as 
if  they  had  sent  them  word  of  their  coming.  Wherefore 
to  it  they  went  amain,  and  blows  were  hard  on  every  side ; 
the  hell  drum  also  was  beat  most  furiously,  while  the  trum- 
pets of  the  Prince  most  sweetly  sounded.  And  thus  the 
battle  was  joined ;  and  Captain  Insatiable  looked  to  the 
enemy's  carriages,  and  waited  when  he  should  receive  some 
prey. 

The  Prince's  captains  fought  it  stoutly,  beyond  what  in- 
deed could  be  expected  they  should  ;  they  wounded  many ; 
they  made  the  whole  army  of  Diabolus  to  make  a  retreat. 
But  I  cannot  tell  how,  but  the  brave  Captain  Credence, 
Captain  Good-Hope,  and  Captain  Experience,  as  they  were 
upon  the  pursuit,  cutting  down,  and  following  hard  after  the 
enemy  in  the  rear,  Captain  Credence  stumbled  and  fell,  by 
which  fall  he  caught  so  great  a  hurt,  that  he  could  not  rise 
till  Captain  Experience  did  help  him  up,  at  which  their 
men  were  put  in  disorder.  The  captain  also  was  so  full  of 
pain,  that  he  could  not  forbear  but  to  cry  out  aloud  :  at  this, 
the  other  two  captains  fainted,  supposing  that  Captain  Cre- 
dence had  received  his  mortal  wound  ;  their  men  also  were 
more  disordered,  and  had  no  list  to  fight.  Now  Diabolus 
being  very  observing,  though  at  this  time  as  yet  he  was  put 
to  the  worst,  perceiving  that  a  halt  was  made  among  the 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  243 

men  that  were  the  pursuers,  what  does  he,  but,  takh.g  it  for 
granted  that  the  captains  were  either  wounded  or  dead,  he 
therefore  makes  at  first  a  stand,  then  faces  about,  and  so 
comes  up  upon  the  Prince's  army  with  as  much  of  his  fury 
as  hell  could  help  him  to ;  and  his  hap  was  to  fall  in  just 
among  the  three  captains,  Captain  Credence,  Captain  Good- 
Hope,  and  Captain  Experience,  and  did  cut,  wound,  and 
pierce  them  so  dreadfully,  that  what  through  discouragement, 
what  through  disorder,  and  what  through  the  wounds  that 
now  they  had  received,  and  also  the  loss  of  much  blood, 
they  scarce  were  able,  though  they  had  for  their  power  the 
three  best  hands  in  Mansoul,  to  get  safe  into  the  hold  again. 

Now,  when  the  body  of  the  Prince's  army  saw  how 
these  three  captains  were  put  to  the  worst,  they  thought  it 
their  wisdom  to  make  as  safe  and  good  a  retreat  as  they 
could,  and  so  returned  by  the  sally-port  again ;  and  so  there 
was  an  end  of  this  present  action.  But  Diabolus  was  so 
flushed  Avith  this  night's  work,  that  he  promised  himself,  in 
few  days,  an  easy  and  complete  conquest  over  the  town  of 
Mansoul ;  wherefore,  on  the  day  following,  he  comes  up  to 
the  sides  thereof  with  great  boldness,  and  demands  entrance, 
and  that  forthwith  they  deliver  themselves  up  to  his  govern- 
ment. The  Diabolonians,  too,  that  were  within,  they  began 
to  be  somewhat  brisk,  as  we  shall  show  afterward. 

But  the  valiant  Lord  Mayor  replied,  that  what  he  got  he 
must  get  by  force ;  for  as  long  as  Emmanuel  their  Prince 
was  alive,  (though  he  at  present  was  not  so  with  them  as 
they  wished,)  they  should  never  consent  to  yield  Mansoul 
up  to  another. 

And  with  that,  the  Lord  Willbewill  stood  up  and  said, 
"  Diabolus,  thou  master  of  the  den,  and  enemy  to  all  that  is 
good,  we  poor  inhabitants  of  the  town  of  Mansoul,  are  too 
well  acquainted  with  thy  rule  and  government,  and  with  the 


244  THE    HOLY   WAR. 

end  of  those  things  that  for  certain  will  follow  submitting  to 
thee,  to  do  it.  Wherefore,  though  while  we  were  without 
knowledge,  we  suffered  thee  to  take  us,  (as  the  bird  that 
saw  not  the  snare,  fell  into  the  hands  of  the  fowler,)  yet 
since  we  have  been  turned  from  darkness  to  light,  we  have 
also  been  turned  from  the  power  of  Satan  unto  God.  And 
though  through  thy  subtlety,  and  also  the  subtlety  of  the 
Diabolonians  within,  we  have  sustained  much  loss,  and  also 
plunged  ourselves  into  much  perplexity,  yet  give  up  our- 
selves, lay  down  our  arms,  and  yield  to  so  horrid  a  tyrant 
as  thou,  we  shall  not;  die  upon  the  place  we  choose  rather 
to  do.  Besides,  we  have  hopes  that  in  time,  deliverance 
will  come  from  court  unto  us,  and  therefore  we  yet  will 
maintain  a  war  against  thee." 

This  brave  speech  of  the  Lord  Willbewill,  with  that  also 
of  the  Lord  Mayor,  did  somewhat  abate  the  boldness  of 
Diabolus,  though  it  kindled  the  fury  of  his  rage.  It  also 
succoured  the  townsmen  and  captains  ;  yea,  it  was  as  a 
plaster  to  the  brave  Captain  Credence's  wound ;  for  you 
must  know  that  a  brave  speech  now  (when  the  captains  of 
the  town  with  their  men  of  war  came  home  routed,  and 
when  the  enemy  took  courage  and  boldness  at  the  success 
that  he  had  obtained  to  draw  up  to  the  walls,  and  demand 
entrance,  as  he  did)  was  in  season,  and  also  advantageous. 

The  Lord  Willbewill  also  did  play  the  man  within ;  for 
while  the  captains  and  soldiers  were  in  the  field,  he  was  in 
arms  in  the  town,  and  wherever  by  him  there  was  a  Diabo- 
lonian  found,  they  were  forced  to  feel  the  weight  of  his 
heavy  hand,  and  also  the  edge  of  his  penetrating  sword : 
Many,  therefore,  of  the  Diabolonians  he  wounded,  as  the 
Lord  Cavil,  the  Lord  Brisk,  the  Lord  Pragmatic,  and  the 
Lord  Murmur ;  several  also  of  the  meaner  sort  he  did  sorely 
maim  ;  though  there  cannot  at  this  time  an  account  be  given 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  245 

you  of  any  that  he  slew  outright.  The  cause,  or  rather  the 
advantage  that  my  Lord  Willbewill  had  at  this  time  to  do 
thus,  was  for  that  the  captains  were  gone  out  to  fight  the 
enemy  in  the  field.  "  For  noAv,"  thought  the  Diabolonians 
within,  "  is  our  time  to  stir  and  make  an  uproar  in  the 
town."  What  do  they,  therefore,  but  quickly  get  them- 
selves into  a  body,  and  fall  forthwith  to  hurricaning  in  Man- 
soul,  as  if  now,  nothing  but  whirlwind  and  tempest  should 
be  there.  Wherefore,  as  I  said,  he  takes  this  opportunity 
to  fall  in  among  them  with  his  men,  cutting  and  slashing 
with  courage  that  was  undaunted  ;  at  which  the  Diaboloni- 
ans with  all  haste  dispersed  themselves  to  their  holds,  and 
my  lord  to  his  place  as  before. 

This  brave  act  of  my  lord  did  somewhat  revenge  the 
wrong  done  by  Diabolus  to  the  captains,  and  also  did  let 
them  know  that  Mansoul  was  not  to  be  parted  with,  for  the 
loss  of  a  victory  or  two ;  wherefore  the  wing  of  the  tyrant 
was  clipped  again,  as  to  boasting, — I  mean  in  comparison 
of  what  he  would  have  done,  if  the  Diabolonians  had  put 
the  town  to  the  same  plight  to  which  he  had  put  the  cap- 
tains. 

Well,  Diabolus  yet  resolves  to  have  the  other  bout  with 
Mansoul ;  "  For,"  thought  he,  "  since  I  beat  them  once,  I 
may  beat  them  twice."  Wherefore  he  commanded  his  men 
to  be  ready  at  such  an  hour  of  the  night,  to  make  a  fresh 
assault  upon  the  town  ;  and  he  gave  it  out  in  special,  that 
they  should  bend  all  their  force  against  Feel-gate,  and  at- 
tempt to  break  into  the  town  through  that.  The  word  that 
then  he  did  give  to  his  officers  and  soldiers  was  Hell-fire. 
"  And,"  said  he,  "  if  we  break  in  upon  them,  as  I  wish  we 
do,  either  with  some,  or  with  all  our  force,  let  them  that 
break  in  look  to  it,  that  they  forget  not  the  word.  And  let 
nothing  be  heard  in  the  town  of  Mansoul  but,  '  Hell-fire  ! 

21* 


216  THE    HOI.Y    WAR. 

Hell-fire  !  Hell-fire  !'  "  The  drummer  was  also  to  beat 
without  ceasing,  and  the  standard-bearers  were  to  display 
their  colours  ;  the  soldiers,  too,  were  to  put  on  what  cou- 
rage they  could,  and  to  see  that  they  played  manfully  their 
parts  against  the  town. 

So  when  night  was  come,  and  all  things  by  the  tyrant 
made  ready  for  the  work,  he  suddenly  makes  his  assault 
upon  Feel-gate,  and  after  he  had  awhile  struggled  there,  he 
throws  the  gate  wide  open :  for  the  truth  is,  those  gates 
were  but  Aveak,  and  so  most  easily  made  to  yield.  When 
Diabolus  had  thus  far  made  his  attempt,  he  placed  his  cap- 
tains (namely,  Torment  and  No-Ease)  there ;  so  he  at- 
tempted to  press  forward,  but  the  Prince's  captains  came 
down  upon  him,  and  made  his  entrance  more  difficult  than 
he  desired.  And,  to  speak  truth,  they  made  what  resist- 
ance they  could  :  but  the  three  of  their  best  and  most  valiant 
captains  being  wounded,  and  by  their  wounds  made  much 
incapable  of  doing  the  town  that  service  they  would,  (and 
all  the  rest  having  more  than  their  hands  full  of  the  doubters, 
and  their  captains  that  did  follow  Diabolus,)  they  were  over- 
powered with  force,  nor  could  they  keep  them  out  of  the 
town.  Wherefore  the  Prince's  men  and  their  captains  be- 
took themselves  to  the  castle,  as  to  the  stronghold  of  the 
town  :  and  this  they  did  partly  for  their  own  security,  partly 
for  the  security  of  the  town,  and  partly,  or  rather  chiefly, 
to  preserve  to  Emmanuel  the  prerogative-royal  of  Mansoul : 
for  so  was  the  castle  of  Mansoul. 

The  captains  therefore  being  fled  into  the  castle,  the  enemy 
without  much  resistance  possess  themselves  of  the  rest  of 
the  town,  and  spreading  themselves  as  they  went  into  every 
corner,  they  cried  out  as  they  marched,  according  to  the 
command  of  the  tyrant,  "  Hell-fire  !  Hell-fire  !  Hell-fire  !" 
so  that  nothing  for  a  while  throughout  the  town  of  Mansoul 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  247 

could  be  heard  but  the  direful  noise  of  "  Hell-fire  !"  together 
with  the  roaring  of  Diabolus's  drum.  And  now  did  the 
clouds  hang  black  over  Mansoul,  nor  to  reason,  did  any- 
thing but  ruin  seem  to  attend  it.  Diabolus  also  quartered 
his  soldiers  in  the  houses  of  the  inhabitants  of  the  town  of 
Mansoul.  Yea,  the  subordinate  preacher's  house  was  as 
full  of  these  outlandish  doubters,  as  ever  it  could  hold,  and 
so  was  my  Lord  Mayor's  and  my  Lord  Willbe will's  also. 
Yea,  where  was  there  a  corner,  a  cottage,  a  barn  or  a  hog- 
stye,  that  now  was  not  full  of  these  vermin  ?  Yea,  they 
turned  the  men  of  the  town  out  of  their  houses,  and  would 
lie  in  their  beds  and  sit  at  their  tables  themselves.  Ah,  poor 
Mansoul !  now  thou  feelest  the  fruits  of  sin,  and  what  venom 
was  in  the  flattering  words  of  Mr.  Carnal-Security !  They 
made  great  havoc  of  whatever  they  laid  their  hands  on  ;  yea, 
they  fired  the  town  in  several  places ;  many  young  children 
also  were  by  them  dashed  in  pieces ;  for  you  must  needs 
think  that  it  could  not  now  be  otherwise  ;  for  what  con- 
science, what  pity,  what  bowels  of  compassion  can  any 
expect  at  the  hands  of  outlandish  doubters  ?  Many  in  Man- 
soul that  were  women,  both  young  and  old,  they  abused,  so 
that  they  swooned,  and  many  of  them  died,  and  so  lay  at 
the  top  of  every  street,  and  in  all  by-places  of  the  town. 

And  now  did  Mansoul  seem  to  be  nothing  but  a  den  of 
dragons,  an  emblem  of  hell,  and  a  place  of  total  darkness. 
Now  did  Mansoul  lie  almost  like  the  barren  wilderness ; 
nothing  but  nettles,  briars,  thorns,  weeds,  and  stinking  things 
seemed  now  to  cover  the  face  of  Mansoul.  I  told  you  be- 
fore, how  that  these  Diabolonian  doubters  turned  the  men 
of  Mansoul  out  of  their  beds,  and  now  I  will  add,  they 
wounded  them,  they  mauled  them,  yea,  and  almost  brained 
many  of  them.  Many,  did  I  say,  yea  most,  if  not  all  of 
'.hem.      Mr.   Conscience  they  so  wounded,  yea,  and  his 


218  THE   HOLY    WAR. 

Mounds  so  festered,  that  he  could  have  no  ease  day  nor 
night,  but  lay  as  if  continually  upon  a  rack ;  but  that  Shad- 
dai  rules  all,  certainly  they  had  slain  him  outright.  Mr. 
Lord  Mayor  they  so  abused,  that  they  almost  put  out  his 
eyes  ;  and  had  not  my  Lord  Willbewill  got  into  the  castle, 
they  intended  to  have  chopped  him  all  to  pieces  ;  for  they 
did  look  upon  him,  as  his  heart  now  stood,  to  be  one  of  the 
very  worst  that  was  in  Mansoul  against  Diabolus  and  his 
crew.  And  indeed  he  hath  showed  himself  a  man,  and 
more  of  his  exploits  you  will  hear  of  afterwards. 

Now,  a  man  might  have  walked  for  days  together  in 
Mansoul,  and  scarcely  have  seen  one  in  the  town  that'looked 
like  a  religious  man.  Oh,  the  fearful  state  of  Mansoul  now  ! 
Now  every  corner  swarmed  with  outlandish  doubters;  red- 
coats and  black-coats  walked  the  town  by  clusters,  and  filled 
up  all  the  houses  with  hideous  noises,  vain  songs,  lying 
stories,  and  blasphemous  language  against  Shaddai  and  his 
Son.  Now  also  those  Diabolonians  that  lurked  in  the  walls 
and  dens  and  holes  that  were  in  the  town  of  Mansoul,  came 
forth  and  showed  themselves ;  yea,  walked  with  open  face 
in  company  with  the  doubters  that  were  in  Mansoul.  Yea, 
they  had  more  boldness  now  to  walk  the  streets,  to  haunt 
the  houses,  and  to  show  themselves  abroad,  than  had  any  of 
the  honest  inhabitants  of  the  now  Avoful  town  of  Mansoul. 

But  Diabolus  and  his  outlandish  men  were  not  at  peace 
in  Mansoul ;  for  they  were  not  there  entertained  as  were 
the  captains  and  forces  of  Emmanuel :  the  townsmen  did 
browbeat  them  what  they  could ;  nor  did  they  partake  of 
any  of  the  necessaries  of  Mansoul,  but  that  which  they 
seized  on  against  the  townsmen's  will :  what  they  could, 
they  hid  from  them,  and  what  they  could  not,  they  had  with 
an  ill-will.  They,  poor  hearts  !  had  rather  have  had  their 
room  than  their  company ;  but  they  were  at  present  their 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  249 

captives,  and  their  captives,  for  the  present,  tht.y  were  forced 
to  be.  But,  I  say,  they  discountenanced  them  as  much  as 
they  were  able,  and  showed  them  all  the  dislike  that  they 
could. 

The  captains  also  from  the  castle  did  hold  them  in  con- 
tinual play  with  their  slings,  to  the  chafing  and  fretting  of 
the  minds  of  the  enemies.  True,  Diabolus  made  a  great 
many  attempts  to  have  broken  open  the  gates  of  the  castle, 
but  Mr.  Godly-Fear  was  made  the  keeper  of  that ;  and  he 
was  a  man  of  that  courage,  conduct,  and  valour,  that  it  was 
in  vain,  as  long  as  life  lasted  within  him,  to  think  to  do  that 
work,  though  mostly  desired  ;  wherefore  all  the  attempts 
that  Diabolus  made  against  him  were  fruitless.  I  have 
wished  sometimes  that  that  man  had  had  the  whole  rule  of 
the  town  of  Mansoul. 

Well,  this  was  the  condition  of  the  town  of  Mansoul  for 
about  two  years  and  a  half:  the  body  of  the  town  was  the 
seat  of  war,  the  people  of  the  town  were  driven  into  holes, 
and  the  glory  of  Mansoul  was  laid  in  the  dust.  What  rest, 
then,  could  be  to  the  inhabitants,  what  peace  could  Mansoul 
have,  and  what  sun  could  shine  upon  it?  Had  the  enemy 
lain  so  long  without  in  the  plain  against  the  town,  it  had 
been  enough  to  have  famished  them  :  bat  now,  when  they 
shall  be  within,  when  the  town  shall  be  their  tent,  their 
trench  and  fort  against  the  castle  that  was  in  the  town ; 
when  the  town  shall  be  against  the  town,  and  shall  serve  to 
be  a  defence  to  the  enemies  of  her  strength  and  life :  I  say, 
when  they  shall  make  use  of  the  forts,  and  town-holds,  to 
secure  themselves  in,  even  till  they  shall  take,  spoil,  and 
demolish  the  castle, — this  was  terrible  !  and  yet  this  was 
now  the  state  of  the  town  of  Mansoul. 

After  the  town  of  Mansoul  had  been  in  this  sad  and 
lamentable  condition,  for  so  long  a  time  as  I  have  told  you, 


250  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

and  no  petitions  that  they  presented  their  Prince,  all  this 
■while,  could  prevail,  the  inhabitants  of  the  town,  namely, 
the  elders  and  chief  of  Mansoul  gathered  together,  and, 
after  some  time  spent  in  condoling  their  miserable  state  and 
this  miserable  judgment  coming  upon  them,  they  agreed 
together  to  draw  up  yet  another  petition,  and  to  send  it 
away  to  Emmanuel  for  relief.  But  Mr.  Godly-Fear  stood 
up  and  answered,  that  he  knew  that  his  Lord  the  Prince 
never  did,  nor  ever  would  receive  a  petition  for  these  mat- 
ters, from  the  hand  of  any  one,  unless  the  Lord  Secretary's 
hand  was  to  it;  "  and  this,"  quoth  he,  "  is  the  reason  that 
you  prevailed  not  all  this  while."  Then  they  said  they 
would  draw  up  one,  and  get  the  Lord  Secretary's  hand  unto 
it.  But  Mr.  Godly-Fear  answered  again,  that  he  knew  also 
that  the  Lord  Secretary  would  not  set  his  hand  to  any  peti- 
tion that  himself  had  not  an  hand  in  composing  and  drawing 
up.  "And  besides,"  said  he,  "  the  Prince  doth  know  my 
Lord  Secretary's  hand  from  all  the  hands  in  the  world ; 
wherefore  he  cannot  be  deceived  by  any  pretence  whatever. 
Wherefore  my  advice  is,  that  you  go  to  my  Lord,  and  im- 
plore him  to  lend  )rou  his  aid."  (Now  he  did  yet  abide  in 
the  castle,  where  all  the  captains  and  men  at  arms  were.) 

So  they  heartily  thanked  Mr.  Godly-Fear,  took  his  coun- 
sel, and  did  as  he  had  bidden  them.  So  they  went  and  came 
to  my  Lord,  and  made  known  the  cause  of  their  coming  to 
him  :  namely,  that  since  Mansoul  was  in  so  deplorable  a 
condition,  his  Highness  would  be  pleased  to  undertake  to 
draw  up  a  petition  for  them  to  Emmanuel,  the  Son  of  the 
mighty  Shaddai,  and  to  their  King  and  his  Father. 

Then  said  the  Secretary  to  them,  "  What  petition  is  it 
that  you  would  have  me  draw  up  for  you  ?"  But  they  said, 
"  Our  Lord  knows  best  the  state  and  condition  of  the  town 
of  Mansoul;  and  how  we  are  backslidden  and  degenerated 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  251 

from  the  Prince  :  thou  also  knowest  who  is  come  up  to 
war  against  us,  and  how  Mansoul  is  now  the  seat  of  war. 
My  Lord  knows,  moreover,  what  barbarous  usages  our  men, 
women,  and  children,  have  suffered  at  their  hands  ;  and  how 
our  homebred  Diabolonians  do  walk  now  with  more  bold- 
ness than  dare  the  townsmen  in  the  streets  of  Mansoul.  Let 
our  Lord  therefore,  according  to  the  wisdom  of  God  that  is 
in  him,  draw  up  a  petition  for  his  poor  servants  to  our  Prince 
Emmanuel."  "  Well,"  said  the  Lord  Secretary,  "  I  will 
draw  up  a  petition  for  you,  and  will  also  set  my  hand  there- 
to." Then  said  they,  "  But  when  shall  we  call  for  it,  at 
the  hands  of  our  Lord  ?"  But  he  answered,  "  Yourselves 
must  be  present  at  the  doing  of  it;  yea,  you  must  put  your 
desires  to  it.  True,  the  hand  and  pen  shall  be  mine,  but 
the  ink  and  paper  must  be  yours  ;  else  how  can  you  say  it 
is  your  petition  ?  Nor  have  I  need  to  petition  for  myself, 
because  I  have  not  offended." 

He  also  added  as  followeth  :  "  No  petition  goes  from  me 
in  my  name  to  the  Prince,  and  so  to  his  Father  by  him,  but 
when  the  people  that  are  chiefly  concerned  therein  do  join 
in  heart  and  soul  in  the  matter,  for  that  must  be  inserted 
therein." 

So  they  did  hearuTy  agree  with  the  sentence  of  the  Lord, 
and  a  petition  was  forthwith  drawn  up  for  them.  But  now, 
who  should  carry  it  ?  that  was  next.  But  the  Secretary  ad- 
vised that  Captain  Credence  should  carry  it ;  for  he  was  a 
well-spoken  man.  They  therefore  called  for  him,  and  pro- 
pounded to  him  the  business.  "  Well,"  said  the  captain,  "  I 
gladly  accept  of  the  motion  ;  and  though  I  am  lame,  I  will 
do  this  business,  with  as  much  speed,  and  as  well  as  I  can." 

The  contents  of  the  petition  were  to  this  purpose : — 

"  O  our  Lord,  and  Sovereign  Prince  Emmanuel,  the  po- 
tent, the  long-suffering  Prince  !     Grace  is  poured  into  thy 


252  THE    HOLY   WAR. 

lips,  and  to  thee  belong  mercy  and  forgiveness,  though  we 
have  rebelled  against  thee.  We,  who  are  no  more  worthy 
to  be  called  thy  Mansoul,  nor  yet  fit  to  partake  of  common 
benefits,  do  beseech  thee,  and  thy  Father  by  thee,  to  do 
away  our  transgressions.  We  confess  that  thou  mightest 
cast  us  away  for  them  ;  but  do  it  not  for  thy  name's  sake  : 
let  the  Lord  rather  take  an  opportunity,  at  our  miserable 
condition,  to  let  out  his  bowels  and  compassions  to  us.  We 
are  compassed  on  every  side,  Lord ;  our  own  backsb'dings 
reprove  us  ;  our  Diabolonians  within  our  town  fright  us ; 
and  the  army  of  the  angel  of  the  bottomless  pit  distresses 
us.  Thy  grace  can  be  our  salvation,  and  whither  to  go  but 
to  thee  we  know  not. 

"  Furthermore,  O  gracious  Prince,  we  have  weakened  our 
captains,  and  they  are  discouraged,  sick,  and,  of  late,  some 
of  them  grievously  worsted  and  beaten  out  of  the  field  by 
the  power  and  force  of  the  tyrant.  Yea,  even  those  of  our 
captains,  in  vidiose  valour  we  did  formerly  use  to  put  most 
of  our  confidence,  they  are  as  wounded  men.  Besides, 
Lord,  our  enemies  are  lively,  and  they  are  strong ;  they 
vaunt  and  boast  themselves,  and  do  threaten  to  part  us 
among  themselves  for  a  booty.  They  are  fallen  also  upon 
us,  Lord,  with  many  thousand  doubters,  such  as  with  whom 
we  cannot  tell  what  to  do ;  they  are  all  grim-looked  and 
unmerciful  ones,  and  they  bid  defiance  to  us  and  thee. 

"  Our  wisdom  is  gone,  our  power  is  gone,  because  thou 
art  departed  from  us  ;  nor  have  we  what  we  may  call  ours 
but  sin,  shame,  and  confusion  of  face  for  sin.  Take  pity 
upon  us,  O  Lord,  take  pity  upon  us,  thy  miserable  town 
of  Mansoul,  and  save  us  out  of  the  hands  of  our  enemies. 
Amen." 

This  petition,  as  was  said  afore,  was  handed  by  the  Lord 
Secretary,  and  carried  to  the  court  by  the  brave  and  most 


THE    HOLY   WAR.  253 

stout  Captain  Credence.  Now  he  carried  it  out  at  Mouth- 
gate,  (for  that,  as  I  said,  was  the  sally-port  of  the  town,) 
and  he  went  and  came  to  Emmanuel  with  it.  Now  how  it 
came  out,  I  do  not  know ;  but  for  certain  it  did,  and  that  so 
far  as  to  reach  the  ears  of  Diabolus.  Thus  I  conclude, 
because  that  the  tyrant  had  it  presently  by  the  end,  and 
charged  the  town  of  Mansoul  with  it,  saying,  "  Thou  rebel- 
lious and  stubborn-hearted  Mansoul,  I  will  make  thee  to 
leave  off  petitioning.  Art  thou  yet  for  petitioning  ?  I  will 
make  thee  to  leave."  Yea,  he  also  knew  who  the  mes- 
senger was  that  carried  the  petition  to  the  Prince,  and  it 
made  him  both  to  fear  and  rage. 

Wherefore  he  commanded  that  his  drum  should  be  beat 
aarain,  a  thino;  that  Mansoul  could  not  abide  to  hear :  but 
when  Diabolus  will  have  his  drum  beat,  Mansoul  must 
abide  the  noise.  Well,  the  drum  was  beat,  and  the  Diabo- 
lonians  were  gathered  together. 

Then  said  Diabolus,  "  O  ye  stout  Diabolonians,  be  it 
known  unto  you,  that  there  is  treachery  hatched  against  us 
in  the  rebellious  town  of  Mansoul ;  for  albeit  the  town  is 
in  our  possession,  as  you  see,  yet  these  miserable  Mansoul- 
ians  have  attempted  to  dare,  and  have  been  so  hardy  as  yet  to 
send  to  the  court  to  Emmanuel  for.help.  This  I  give  you  to 
understand,  that  ye  may  yet  know  how  to  carry  it  to  the 
wretched  town  of  Mansoul.  Wherefore,  O  my  trusty  Dia- 
bolonians, I  command  that  yet  more  and  more  ye  distress 
this  town  of  Mansoul,  and  vex  it  with  your  wiles,  slay 
their  children,  brain  their  ancients,  fire  their  town,  and  what 
other  mischief  you  can ;  and  let  this  be  the  reward  of  the 
Mansoulians  from  me,  for  their  desperate  rebellions  against 


me." 


This,  you  see,  was  the  charge ;  but  something  stepped 

22 


254  THE    HOLY   WAR. 

in  betwixt  that  and  execution,  for  as  yet  there  was  but  little 
more  done  than  to  rage. 

Moreover,  when  Diabolus  had  done  thus,  he  went  the 
next  way  up  to  the  castle  gates,  and  demanded  that,  upon 
pain  of  death,  the  gates  should  be  opened  to  him,  and  that 
entrance  should  be  given  him  and  his  men  that  followed 
after.  To  whom  Mr.  Godly-Fear  replied,  (for  he  it  was 
that  had  the  charge  of  that  gate,)  that  the  gate  should  not 
be  opened  unto  him,  nor  to  the  men  that  followed  after  hi  in. 
He  said,  moreover,  that  Mansoul,  when  she  had  suffered 
awhile,  should  be  made  perfect,  strengthened,  settled. 

Then  said  Diabolus,  "  Deliver  me,  then,  the  men  that 
have  petitioned  against  me,  especially  Captain  Credence, 
that  carried  it  to  your  Prince  ;  deliver  that  varlet  into  my 
hands,  and  I  will  depart  from  the  town." 

Then  up  starts  a  Diabolonian,  whose  name  was  Mr.  Fool- 
ing, and  said,  "  My  Lord  offereth  you  fair :  it  is  better  for 
you  that  one  man  perish,  than  that  your  whole  Mansoul 
should  be  undone." 

But  Mr.  Godly-Fear  made  him  this  replication,  "  How 
long  will  Mansoul  be  kept  out  of  the  dungeon,  when  she 
hath  given  up  her  faith  to  Diabolus  ?  As  good  lose  the  town 
as  lose  Captain  Credence ;  for  if  one  be  gone,  the  other 
must  follow."     But  to  that  Mr.  Fooling  said  nothing. 

Then  did  my  Lord  Mayor  reply,  and  said,  "  O  thou  de- 
vouring tyrant,  be  it  known  unto  thee,  we  shall  hearken  to 
none  of  thy  words  ;  we  are  resolved  to  resist  thee  as  long 
as  a  captain,  a  man,  a  sling,  and  a  stone  to  throw  at  thee, 
shall  be  found  in  the  town  of  Mansoul." 

But  Diabolus  answered,  "  Do  you  hope,  do  you  wait,  do 
you  look  for  help  and  deliverance?  You  have  sent  to  Em- 
manuel, but  your  wickedness  sticks  too  close  in  your  skirts, 
to  let  innocent  prayers  come  out  of  your  lips.     Think  you, 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  255 

that  you  shall  be  prevailers  and  prosper  in  this  design  ? 
You  will  fail  in  your  wish,  you  will  fail  in  your  attempts  ; 
for  it  is  not  only  I,  but  your  Emmanuel  is  against  you  :  yea, 
it  is  he  that  hath  sent  me  against  you  to  subdue  you.  For 
what,  then,  do  you  hope?  or  by  what  means  will  you 
escape  ?" 

Then  said  the  Lord  Mayor,  "  We  have  sinned  indeed  ; 
but  that  shall  be  no  help  to  thee,  for  our  Emmanuel  hath 
said  it,  and  that  in  great  faithfulness,- '  And  him  that  cometh 
to  me  I  will  in  no  wise  cast  out.'  He  hath  also  told  us,  O 
our  enemy,  that  '  all  manner  of  sin  and  blasphemy  shall  be 
foroiven'  to  the  sons  of  men.  Therefore  we  dare  not  de- 
spair,  but  will  look  for,  wait  for,  and  hope  for  deliverance 
still." 

Now,  by  this  time,  Captain  Credence  was  returned  and 
come  from  the  court  from  Emmanuel  to  the  castle  of  Man- 
soul,  and  he  returned  to  them  with  a  packet.  So  my  Lord 
Mayor,  hearing  that  Captain  Credence  was  come,  withdrew 
himself  from  the  noise  of  the  roaring  of  the  tyrant,  and  left 
him  to  yell  at  the  wall  of  the  town,  or  against  the  gates  of 
the  castle.  So  he  came  up  to  the  captain's  lodgings,  and, 
saluting  him,  he  asked  him  of  his  welfare,  and  what  was 
the  best  news  at  court.  But  when  he  asked  Captain  Cre- 
dence that,  the  water  stood  in  his  eyes.  Then  said  the 
captain,  "  Cheer  up,  my  lord,  for  all  will  be  well  in  time." 
And  with  that  he  first  produced  his  packet,  and  laid  it  by ; 
but  that  the  Lord  Mayor,  and  the  rest  of  the  captains,  took 
for  sign  of  good  tidings.  Now  a  season  of  grace  being 
come,  he  sent  for  all  the  captains  and  elders  of  the  town, 
that  were  here  and  there  in  their  lodgings  in  the  castle  and 
upon  their  guard,  to  let  them  know  that  Captain  Credence 
was  returned  from  the  court,  and  that  he  had  something  in 
general,  and  something  in  special,  to  communicate  to  them. 


256  THE    HOLY   WAR. 

So  they  all  came  up  to  him,  and  saluted  him,  and  asked  him 
concerning  his  iournev,  and  what  was  the  best  news  at  the 
court.  And  he  answered  them  as  he  had  done  the  Lord 
Mayor  before,  that  all  would  be  well  at  last.  Now,  when 
the  captain  had  thus  saluted  them,  he  opened  his  packet, 
and  thence  did  draw  out  his  several  notes  for  those  that  he 
had  sent  for. 

And  the  first  note  was  for  my  Lord  Mayor,  wherein  was 
signified : — That  the  Prince  Emmanuel  had  taken  it  well 
that  my  Lord  Mayor  had  been  so  true  and  trusty  in  his 
office,  and  the  great  concerns  that  lay  upon  him  for  the  town 
and  people  of  Mansoul.  Also,  he  bid  him  to  know,  that  he 
took  it  well  that  he  had  been  so  bold  for  his  Prince  Em- 
manuel, and  had  engaged  so  faithfully  in  his  cause  against 
Diabolus.  He  also  signified,  at  the  close  of  his  letter,  that 
he  should  shortly  receive  his  reward. 

The  second  note  that  came  out,  was  for  the  noble  Lord 
Willbewill,  wherein  there  was  signified  : — That  his  Prince 
Emmanuel  did  well  understand  how  valiant  and  courageous 
lie  had  been  for  the  honour  of  his  Lord,  now  in  his  absence, 
and  when  his  name  was  under  contempt  by  Diabolus.  There 
was  signified  also,  that  his  Prince  had  taken  it  well  that  he 
had  been  so  faithful  to  the  town  of  Mansoul,  in  his  keeping 
of  so  strict  a  hand  and  eye  over  and  so  strict  a  rein  upon 
the  neck  of  the  Diabolonians,  that  did  still  lie  lurking  hi 
their  several  holes  in  the  famous  town  of  Mansoul.  He  sig- 
nified, moreover,  how  that  he  understood  that  my  Lord  had, 
with  his  own  hand,  done  great  execution  upon  some  of  the 
chief  of  the  rebels  there,  to  the  great  discouragement  of  the 
adverse  party,  and  to  the  good  example  of  the  whole  town 
of  Mansoul ;  and  that  shortly  his  lordship  should  have  his 
reward. 

The  third  note  came  out  for  the  subordinate  preacher, 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  257 

wherein  was  signified  : — .That  his  Prince  took  it  well  from 
«iim,  that  he  had  so  honestly  and  so  faithfully  performed 
his  office,  and  executed  the  trust  committed  to  him  by  his 
Lord,  while  he  exhorted,  rebuked,  and  forewarned  Mansoul 
according  to  the  laws  of  the  town.  He  signified,  moreover, 
that  he  took  it  well  at  his  hand  that  he  called  to  fastingr,  to 
sackcloth,  and  ashes,  when  Mansoul  was  under  her  revolt. 
Also,  that  he  called  for  the  aid  of  the  Captain  Boanerges  to 
help  in  so  weighty  a  work :  and  that  shortly  he  also  should 
receive  his  reward. 

The  fourth  note  came  out  for  Mr.  Godly-Fear,  wherein 
his  Lord  thus  signified : — That  his  Lordship  observed,  that 
he  was  the  first  of  all  the  men  in  Mansoul  that  detected  Mr. 
Carnal-Security  as  the  only  one  that,  through 'his  subtlety 
and  cunning,  had  obtained  for  Diabolus  a  defection  and  de- 
cay of  goodness  in  the  blessed  town  of  Mansoul.  More- 
over, his  Lord  gave  him  to  understand,  that  he  still  remem- 
bered his  tears  and  mourning  for  the  state  of  Mansoul.  It 
was  also  observed,  by  the  same  note,  that  his  Lord  took 
notice  of  his  detecting  of  this  Mr.  Carnal-Security,  at  his 
own  table  among  his  guests,  in  his  own  house,  and  that  in 
the  midst  of  his  jolliness,  even  while  he  was  seeking  to  per- 
fect his  villanies  against  the  town  of  Mansoul.  Emmanuel 
also  took  notice,  that  this  reverend  person,  Mr.  Godly-Fear, 
stood  stoutly  to  it,  at  the  gates  of  the  castle,  against  all  the 
threats  and  attempts  of  the  tyrant ;  and  that  he  had  put  the 
townsmen  in  a  way  to  make  their  petition  to  their  Prince, 
so  as  that  he  might  accept  thereof,  and  as  they  might  ob- 
tain an  answer  of  peace ;  and  that  therefore  shortly  he 
should  receive  his  reward. 

After  all  this,  there  was  yet  produced  a  note  which  was 
written  to  the  Avhole  town  of  Mansoul,  whereby  they  per- 
ceived— That  their  Lord  took  notice  of  their  so  often  re 

22* 


258  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

peating  of  petitions  to  him  ;  and  that  they  should  see  more 
of  the  fruits  of  such  their  doings  in  time  to  come.  Their 
Prince  did  also  therein  tell  them,  that  he  took  it  well,  that 
their  heart  and  mind,  now  at  last,  abode  fixed  upon  him  and 
his  ways,  though  Diabolus  had  made  such  inroads  upon 
them  ;  and  that  neither  flatteries  on  the  one  hand,  nor  hardships 
on  the  other,  could  make  them  yield  to  serve  his  cruel  de- 
signs. There  was  also  inserted  at  the  bottom  of  this  note — 
That  his  Lordship  had  left  the  town  of  Mansoul  in  the 
hands  of  the  Lord  Secretary,  and  under  the  conduct  of 
Captain  Credence,  saying,  "  Beware  that  you  yet  yield 
yourselves  unto  their  governance ;  and  in  due  time  you 
shall  receive  your  reward." 

So,  after  the  brave  Captain  Credence  had  delivered  his 
notes  to  those  to  whom  they  belonged,  he  retired  himself  to 
my  Lord  Secretary's  lodgings,  and  there  spends  time  in  con- 
versing with  him  ;  for  they  two  were  very  great  one  with 
another,  and  did  indeed  know  more  how  things  would  go 
with  Mansoul  than  did  all  the  townsmen  besides.  The 
Lord  Secretary  also  loved  the  Captain  Credence  dearly; 
yea,  many  a  good  bit  was  sent  him  from  my  Lord's  table ; 
also,  he  might  have  a  show  of  countenance,  when  the  rest 
of  Mansoul  lay  under  the  clouds :  so,  after  some  time  for 
converse  was  spent,  the  captain  betook  himself  to  his 
chambers  to  rest.  But  it  was  not  long  after,  when  my  lord 
did  send  for  the  captain  again  ;  so  the  captain  came  to  him, 
and  they  greeted  one  another  with  usual  salutations.  Then 
said  the  captain  to  the  Lord  Secretary,  "  What  hath  my 
Lord  to  say  to  his  servant  ?"  So  the  Lord  Secretary  took  him 
and  had  him  aside,  and,  after  a  sign  or  two  of  more  favour, 
he  said,  "  I  have  made  thee  the  Lord's  lieutenant  over  all 
the  forces  in  Mansoul ;  so  that,  from  this  day  forward,  all 
men  in  Mansoul  shall  be  at  thy  word  ;  and  thou  shalt  be  he 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  259 

that  shall  lead  in,  and  that  shalt  lead  out  Mansoul.  Thou 
shalt  therefore  manage,  according  to  thy  place,  the  war  for 
thy  Prince,  and  for  the  town  of  Mansoul,  against  the  force 
and  power  of  Diabolus  :  and  at  thy  command  shall  the  rest 
of  the  captains  be." 

Now  the  townsmen  began  to  perceive  what  interest  the 
captain  had,  both  with  the  court,  and  also  witli  the  Lord 
Secretary  in  Mansoul ;  for  no  man  before  could  speed 
when  sent,  nor  bring  such  good  news  from  Emmanuel 
as  he.  Wherefore  what  do  they,  after  some  lamentation 
that  they  made  no  more  use  of  him  in  their  distresses,  but 
send  by  their  subordinate  preacher  to  the  Lord  Secretary, 
to  desire  him  that  all  that  ever  they  were  and  had,  might  be 
put  under  the  government,  care,  custody,  and  conduct  of 
Captain  Credence. 

So  their  preacher  went  and  did  his  errand,  and  received 
this  answer  from  the  mouth  of  his  Lord:  that  Captain 
Credence  should  be  the  great  doer  in  all  the  King's  army, 
against  the  King's  enemies,  and  also  for  the  welfare  of 
Mansoul.  So  he  bowed  to  the  ground,  and  thanked  his 
Lordship,  and  returned  and  told  his  news  to  the  townsfolk. 
But  all  this  was  done  with  all  imaginable  secrecy,  because 
the  foes  had  yet  great  strength  in  the  town.  But  to  return 
to  our  story  again. 

When  Diabolus  saw  himself  thus  boldly  confronted  by 
the  Lord  Mayor,  and  perceived  the  stoutness  of  Mr.  Godly- 
Fear,  he  fell  into  a  rage,  and  forthwith  called  a  council  (if 
war,  that  he  might  be  revenged  on  Mansoul.  So  all  the 
princes  of  the  pit  came  together,  and  old  Incredulity  at  the 
head  of  them,  with  all  the  captains  of  his  army.  So  they 
consult  what  to  do.  Now  the  effect  and  conclusion  of  the 
council  that  day  was,  how  they  might  take  the  castle,  be- 
cause they  could  not  conclude  themselves  masters  of  the 


200  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

town  so  long  as  that  was  in  the  possession  of  their  ene- 
mies. 

So  one  advised  this  way,  and  another  advised  that;  but 
when  they  could  not  agree  in  their  verdict,  Apollyon,  the 
president  of  the  council,  stood  up,  and  thus  he  began: — 
"  My  brotherhood,"  quoth  he,  "  I  have  two  things  to  pro- 
pound unto  you  ;  and  my  first  is  this.  Let  us  withdraw 
ourselves  from  the  town  into  the  plain  again,  for  our  pre- 
sence here  will  do  us  no  good,  because  the  castle  is  yet  in 
our  enemies'  hands ;  nor  is  it  possible  that  we  should  take 
that,  so  long  as  so  many  brave  captains  are  in  it,  and  that 
this  bold  fellow,  Godly-Fear,  is  made  the  keeper  of  the 
gates  of  it.  Now,  when  we  have  withdrawn  ourselves  into 
the  plain,  they,  of  their  own  accord,  will  be  glad  of  some 
little  ease  ;  and  it  may  be,  of  their  own  accord,  they  again 
may  begin  to  be  remiss,  and  even  their  so  being  will  give 
them  a  bigger  blow  than  we  can  possibly  give  them  our- 
selves. But  if  that  should  fail,  our  going  forth  of  the  town 
may  draw  the  captains  out  after  us  ;  and  you  know  what  it 
cost  them  when  we  fought  them  in  the  field  before.  Be- 
sides, can  we  but  draw  them  out  into  the  field,  we  may  lay 
an  ambush  behind  the  town,  which  shall,  when  they  are 
come  forth  abroad,  rush  in  and  take  possession  of  the  castle." 

But  Beelzebub  stood  up,  and  replied,  saying,  "  It  is  impos- 
sible to  draw  them  all  off  from  the  castle  ;  some,  you  may  be 
sure,  will  lie  there  to  keep  that ;  wherefore  it  will  be  vain  thus 
to  attempt,  unless  we  were  sure  that  they  will  all  come  out." 
He  therefore  concluded  that  what  was  done  must  be  done  by 
some  other  means.  And  the  most  likely  means  that  the  great- 
est of  their  heads  could  invent,  was  that  which  Apollyon  had 
advised  to  before,  namely,  to  get  the  townsmen  again  to  sin. 
"  For,"  said  he,  "  it  is  not  our  being  in  the  town,  nor  in  the 
field,  nor  our  fighting,  nor  our  killing  of  their  men,  that  can 


THE   HOLY    WAR.  261 

make  us  the  masters  of  Mansoul ;  for  so  long  as  one  in  the 
town  is  able  to  lift  up  his  finger  against  us,  Emmanuel  will 
take  their  parts  ;  and  if  he  shall  take  their  parts,  we  know 
what  time  of  day  it  will  be  with  us.  Wherefore,  for  my 
part,"  quoth  he,  "  there  is,  in  my  judgment,  no  way  to  bring 
them  into  bondage  to  us,  like  inventing  a  way  to  make  them 
sin.  Had  we,"  said  he,  "left  all  our  doubters  at  home,  we 
had  done  as  Avell  as  we  have  done  now,  unless  we  could 
have  made  them  the  masters  and  governors  of  the  castle ; 
for  doubters  at  a  distance  are  but  like  objections  refelled 
with  arguments.  Indeed,  can  we  but  get  them  into  the 
hold,  and  make  them  possessors  of  that,  the  day  will  be 
our  own.  Let  us,  therefore,  withdraw  ourselves  into  the 
plain,  (not  expecting  that  the  captains  in  Mansoul  should 
follow  us,)  but  yet,  I  say,  let  us  do  this,  and  before  we  so 
do,  let  us  advise  again  with  our  trusty  Diabolonians  that  are 
yet  in  their  holds  in  Mansoul,  and  set  them  to  work  to  betray 
the  town  to  us  ;  for  they  indeed  must  do  it,  or  it  will  be  left 
undone  for  ever."  By  these  sayings  of  Beelzebub,  (for  I 
think  it  was  he  that  gave  this  counsel,)  the  whole  conclave 
was  forced  to  be  of  his  opinion,  namely,  that  the  way  to  get 
the  castle  was  to  get  the  town  to  sin.  Then  they  fell  to 
inventing,  by  what  means  they  might  do  this  thing. 

Then  Lucifer  stood  up,  and  said,  "  The  counsel  of  Beel- 
zebub is  pertinent.  Now  the  way  to  bring  this  to  pass,  in 
mine  opinion,  is  this :  let  us  withdraw  our  force  from  the 
town  of  Mansoul ;  let  us  do  this,  and  let  us  terrify  them  no 
more,  either  with  summons,  or  threats,  or  with  the  noise  of 
our  drum,  or  any  other  awakening  means.  Only  let  us  lie 
in  the  field  at  a  distance,  and  be  as  if  we  regarded  them  not ; 
for  frights,  I  see,  do  but  awaken  them,  and  make  them  more 
stand  to  their  arms.  I  have  also  another  stratagem  in  my 
head :  you  know  Mansoul  is  a  market-town,  and  a  town 


262  THE    HOLY   WAR. 

that  delights  in  commerce ;  what  therefore  if  some  of  our 
Diabolonians  shall  feign  themselves  far-country  men,  and 
shall  go  out  and  bring  to  the  market  of  Mansoul  some  of 
our  wares  to  sell ;  and  what  matter  at  what  rates  they  sell 
their  wares,  though  it  be  but  for  half  the  worth  ?  Now  let 
those  that  thus  shall  trade  in  their  market,  be  those  that  are 
witty  and  true  to  us,  and  I  will  lay  my  crown  to  pawn,  it 
will  do.  There  are  two  that  are  come  to  my  thoughts  al- 
ready, that  I  think  will  be  arch  at  this  work,  and  they  are 
Mr.  Penny-wise-pound-foolish,  and  Mr.  Get-i'the-hundred- 
and-lose-i'the-shire  ;  nor  is  this  man  with  the  long  name  at 
all  inferior  to  the  other.  What  also  if  you  join  with  them 
Mr.  Sweet-world  and  Mr.  Present-Good ;  they  are  men 
that  are  civil  and  cunning,  but  our  true  friends  and  helpers. 
Let  these,  with  as  many  more,  engage  in  this  business  for 
us,  and  let  Mansoul  be  taken  up  in  much  business,  and  let 
them  grow  full  and  rich,  and  this  is  the  way  to  get  ground 
of  them.  Remember  ye  not  that  thus  we  prevailed  upon 
Laodieea,  and  how  many  at  present  do  we  hold  in  this 
snare  ?  Now,  when  they  begin  to  grow  full,  they  will 
forget  their  misery ;  and  if  we  shall  not  affright  them,  they 
may  happen  to  fall  asleep,  and  so  be  got  to  neglect  their 
town  watch,  their  castle  watch,  as  well  as  their  watch  at 
the  gates. 

"  Yea,  may  we  not,  by  this  means,  so  cumber  Mansoul 
with  abundance,  that  they  shall  be  forced  to  make  of  their 
castle  a  warehouse,  instead  of  a  garrison  fortified  against  us, 
and  a  receptable  for  men  of  war.  Thus,  if  we  get  our  goods 
and  commodities  thither,  I  reckon  that  the  castle  is  more  than 
half  ours.  Besides,  could  we  so  order  it  that  it  shall  be  filled 
with  such  kind  of  wares,  then  if  we  made  a  sudden  assault 
upon  them,  it  would  be  hard  for  the  captains  to  take  shelter 
there.     Do  you  not  know  that  of  the  parable,  '  The  deceit- 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  263 

fulness  of  riches  choke  the  word  V  and  again,  '  When  the 
heart  is*  over-charged  with  surfeiting  and  drunkenness,  and 
the  cares  of  this  life,'  all  mischief  comes  upon  them  at  un- 
awares ? 

"  Furthermore,  my  lords,"  quoth  he,  "  you  very  well 
know  that  it  is  not  easy  for  a  people  to  be  filled  with  our 
things,  and  not  to  have  some  of  our  Diabolonians  as  retainers 
to  their  houses  and  services.  Where  is  a  Mansoulian  that 
is  full  of  this  world,  that  has  not  for  his  servants  and  waiting 
men,  Mr.  Profuse,  or  Mr.  Prodigality,  or  some  other  of  our 
Diabolonian  gang,  as  Mr.  Voluptuous,  Mr.  Pragmatical, 
Mr.  Ostentation,  or  the  like  ?  Now  these  can  take  the 
castle  of  Mansoul,  or  blow  it  up,  or  make  it  unfit  for  a 
garrison  for  Emmanuel,  and  any  of  these  will  do.  Yea, 
these,  for  aught  I  know,  may  do  it  for  us  sooner  than  an 
army  of  twenty  thousand  men.  Wherefore,  to  end  as  I 
began,  my  advice  is,  that  we  quietly  withdraw  ourselves, 
not  offering  any  further  force,  or  forcible  attempts,  upon  the 
castle,  at  least  at  this  time  ;  and  let  us  set  on  foot  our  new 
project,  and  let  us  see  if  that  will  not  make  them  destroy 
themselves." 

This  advice  was  highly  applauded  by  them  all,  and  was 
accounted  the  very  masterpiece  of  hell,  namely,  to  choke 
Mansoul  with  a  fulness  of  this  world,  and  to  surfeit  her 
heart  with  the  good  things  thereof.  But  see  how  things 
meet  together  !  Just  as  this  Diabolonian  council  was  broken 
up,  Captain  Credence  received  a  letter  from  Emmanuel,  the 
contents  of  which  were  these :  That  upon  the  third  day  lie 
would  meet  him  in  the  field  in  the  plains  about  Mansoul. 
"  Meet  me  in  the  field!"  quoth  the  captain;  "  what  mean- 
eth  my  lord  by  this  ?  I  know  not  what  he  meaneth  by 
meeting  me  in  the  field."  So  he  took  the  note  in  his  hand 
and  did  carry  it  to  my  Lord  Secretary,  to  ask  bis  thoughts 


THE    HOLY    WAR. 

thereupon ;  for  my  Lord  was  a  seer  in  all  matters  concern- 
ing the  King,  and  also  for  the  good  and  comfort  of  the  town 
of  Mansoul.  So  he  showed  my  Lord  the  note  and  desired 
his  opinion  thereof.  "  For  my  part,"  quoth  Captain  Cre- 
dence, "  I  know  not  the  meaning  thereof."  So  my  Lord 
did  take  and  read  it  j  and,  after  a  little  pause,  he  said,  "  The 
Diabolonians  have  had  against  Mansoul  a  great  consultation 
to-day ;  they  have,  I  say,  this  day  been  contriving  the  utter 
ruin  of  the  town :  and  the  result  of  their  counsel  is,  to  set 
Mansoul  into  such  a  way  which,  if  taken,  will  surely  make 
her  destroy  herself.  And,  to  this  end,  they  are  making 
ready  for  their  own  departure  out  of  the  town,  intending  to 
betake  themselves  to  the  field  again,  and  there  to  lie  till 
they  shall  see  whether  this  their  project  will  take  or  no. 
But  be  thou  ready  with  the  men  of  thy  Lord,  (for  on  the 
third  day  they  will  be  in  the  plain,)  there  to  fall  upon  the 
Diabolonians ;  for  the  Prince  will  by  that  time  be  in  the 
field  ;  yea,  by  that  it  is  break  of  day,  sun-rising,  or  before, 
and  that  with  a  mighty  force  against  them.  So  he  shall  be 
before  them,  and  thou  shalt  be  behind  them,  and  betwixt 
you  both  their  army  shall  be  destroyed." 

When  Captain  Credence  heard  this,  away  goes  he  to  the 
rest  of  the  captains,  and  tells  them  what  a  note  he  had  a 
while  since  received  from  the  hand  of  Emmanuel.  "  And," 
said  he,  "  that  which  was  dark  therein  has  my  Lord  the 
Lord  Secretary  expounded  unto  me."  He  told  them,  more- 
over, what  by  himself  and  by  them  must  be  done  to  answer 
the  mind  of  their  Lord.  Then  were  the  captains  glad  ;  and 
Captain  Credence  commanded  that  all  the  King's  trumpeters 
should  ascend  to  the  battlements  of  the  castle,  and  there,  in 
the  audience  of  Diabolus  and  of  the  whole  town  of  Man- 
soul, make  the  best  music  that  heart  could  invent.  The 
trumpeters  then  did  as  they  were  commanded.     They  got 


THE    HOLY   WAR.  2G5 

themselves  up  to  the  top  of  the  castle,  and  thus  they  began 
to  sound.  Then  did  Diabolus  start,  and  said,  "  What  can 
be  the  meaning  of  this  ?  they  neither  sound  Boot-and-sad- 
dle,  nor  Horse-and-away,  nor  a  charge.  What  do  these 
mad-men  mean,  that  yet  they  should  be  so  merry  and  glad  ?" 
Then  answered  him  one  of  themselves  and  said,  "  This  is 
for  joy  that  their  Prince  Emmanuel  is  coming  to  relieve  the 
town  of  Mansoul ;  that  to  this  end  he  is  at  the  head  of  an 
army,  and  that  this  relief  is  near." 

The  men  of  Mansoul  also  were  greatly  concerned  at  this 
melodious  charm  of  the  trumpeters  :  they  said,  yea,  they 
answered  one  another,  saying,  "  This  can  be  no  harm  to  us  ; 
surely,  this  can  be  no  harm  to  us."  Then  said  the  Diabo- 
lonians,  "  What  had  we  best  to  do  ?"  and  it  was  answered, 
"  It  was  best  to  quit  the  town  ;"  and  "  that,"  said  one,  "  ye 
may  do  in  pursuance  of  your  last  counsel,  and  by  so  doing 
also  be  better  able  to  give  the  enemy  battle,  should  an  army 
from  without  come  upon  us."  So,  on  the  second  day,  they 
withdrew  themselves  from  Mansoul,  and  abode  in  the  plains 
without ;  but  they  encamped  themselves  before  Eye-gate,  in 
what  terrene  and  terrible  manner  they  could.  The  reason 
why  they  would  not  abide  in  the  town  (besides  the  reasons 
that  were  debated  in  their  late  conclave)  was,  for  that  they 
were  not  possessed  of  the  stronghold,  and  "  because,"  said 
they,  "  we  shall  have  more  convenience  to  fight,  and  also  to 
fly,  if  need  be,  when  we  are  encamped  in  the  open  plains." 
Besides,  the  town  would  have  been  a  pit  for  them  rather 
than  a  place  of  defence,  had  the  Prince  come  up  and  inclosed 
them  fast  therein.  Therefore  they  betook  themselves  to  the 
field,  that  they  might  also  be  out  of  the  reach  of  the  slings, 
by  which  they  were  much  annoyed  all  the  while  that  they 
were  in  the  town. 

Well,  the  time  that  the  captains  were  to  fall  upon  the 

23 


266  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

Diabolonians  being  come,  they  eagerly  prepared  themselves 
for  action  ;  for  Captain  Credence  had  told  the  captains  over 
night,  that  they  should  meet  their  Prince  in  the  field  to-mor- 
row. This,  therefore,  made  them  yet  far  more  desirous  to 
be  engaging  the  enemy ;  for,  "  You  shall  see  the  Prince  in 
the  field  to-morrow,"  was  like  oil  to  a  flaming  fire ;  for  of 
a  long  time  they  had  been  at  a  distance :  they  therefore 
were  for  this  the  more  earnest  and  desirous  of  the  work. 
So,  as  I  said,  the  hour  being  come,  Captain  Credence,  with 
the  rest  of  the  men  of  war,  drew  out  their  forces  before  it 
was  day  by  the  sally-port  of  the  town.  And,  being  all 
ready,  Captain  Credence  went  up  to  the  head  of  the  army, 
and  gave  to  the  rest  of  the  captains  the  word,  and  so  they 
to  their  under-officers  and  soldiers :  the  word  was,  "  The 
sword  of  the  Prince  Emmanuel,  and  the  shield  of  Captain 
Credence ;"  which  is,  in  the  Mansoulian  tongue,  "  The 
word  of  God  and  faith."  Then  the  captains  fell  on,  and 
began  roundly  to  front,  and  flank,  and  rear  Diabolus's  camp. 
Now,  they  left  Captain  Experience  in  the  town,  because 
he  was  yet  ill  of  his  wounds,  which  the  Diabolonians  had 
given  him  in  the  last  fight.  But  when  he  perceived  that 
the  captains  were  at  it,  what  does  he  but,  calling  for  his 
crutches  with  haste,  gets  us,  and  away  he  goes  to  the  battle, 
saying,  "  Shall  I  lie  here,  when  my  brethren  are  in  the  fight, 
and  when  Emmanuel,  the  Prince,  will  show  himself  in  the 
field  to  his  servants  ?"  But  when  the  enemy  saw  the  man 
come  with  his  crutches,  they  were  daunted  yet  the  more  ; 
"  for,"  thought  they,  "  what  spirit  has  possessed  these  Man- 
soulians,  that  they  fight  us  upon  their  crutches."  Well, 
the  captains,  as  I  said,  fell  on,  and  did  bravely  handle  their 
weapons,  still  crying  out  and  shouting,  as  they  laid  on 
blows,  "  The  sword  of  the  Prince  Emmanuel,  and  the 
shield  of  Captain  Credence  !" 


THE    HOLY   WAR.  267 

Now,  when  Diabohis  saw  that  the  captains  were  come 
out,  and  that  so  valiantly  they  surrounded  his  men,  he  con- 
cluded that,  for  the  present,  nothing  from  them  was  to  be 
looked  for  but  blows,  and  the  dints  of  their  "  two-edged 
sword." 

Wherefore  he  also  falls  on  upon  the  Prince's  army  with 
all  his  deadly  force :  so  the  battle  was  joined.  Now  who 
was  it  that  at  first  Diabolus  met  with  in  the  fight,  but  Cap- 
tain Credence  on  the  one  hand,  and  the  Lord  Willbewiil  on 
the  other :  now  Willbewiil' s  blows  were  like  the  blows  of 
a  giant,  for  that  man  had  a  strong  arm,  and  he  fell  in  upon 
the  doubters,  for  they  were  the  life<-guard  of  Diabolus,  and 
he  kept  them  in  play  a  good  while,  cutting  and  battering 
shrewdly.  Now  when  Captain  Credence  saw  my  lord 
engaged,  he  did  stoutly  fall  on,  on  the  other  hand,  upon  the 
same  company  also  ;  so  they  put  them  to  great  disorder. 
Now  Captain  Good-Hope  had  engaged  with  the  vocation 
doubters,  and  they  were  sturdy  men ;  but  the  captain  was  a 
valiant  man :  Captain  Experience  did  also  send  him  some 
aid  ;  so  he  made  the  vocation  doubters  to  retreat.  The  rest 
of  the  armies  were  hotly  engaged,  and  that  on  every  side, 
and  the  Diabolonians  did  fight  stoutly.  Then  did  my  Lord 
Secretary  command  that  the  slings  from  the  castle  should 
be  played;  and  his  men  could  throw  stones  at  an  hair's 
breadth.  But,  after  a  while,  those  that  were  made  to  fly 
before  the  captains  of  the  Prince,  did  begin  to  rally  again, 
and  they  came  up  stoutly  upon  the  rear  of  the  Prince's 
army:  wherefore  the  Prince's  army  began  to  faint;  but, 
remembering  that  they  should  see  the  face  of  their  Prince 
by  and  by,  they  took  courage,  and  a  very  fierce  battle  was 
fought.  Then  shouted  the  captains,  saying,  "  The  sword 
of  the  Prince  Emmanuel,  and  the  shield  of  Captain  Cre- 
dence !"  and  with   that  Diabolus  gave  back,  thinking  that 


2G8  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

more  aid  had  been  come.  But  no  Emmanuel  as  yet  ap- 
peared. Moreover,  the  battle  did  hang  in  doubt ;  and  they 
made  a  little  retreat  on  both  sides.  Now,  in  the  time  of 
respite,  Captain  Credence  bravely  encouraged  his  men  to 
stand  to  it ;  and  Diabolus  did  the  like,  as  well  as  he  could. 
But  Captain  Credence  made  a  brave  speech  to  his  soldiers, 
the  contents  whereof  here  follow  : — 

"  Gentlemen  soldiers,  and  my  brethren  in  this  design,  it 
rejoiceth  me  much  to  see  in  the  field  for  our  Prince,  this 
day,  so  stout  and  so  valiant  an  army,  and  such  faithful  lovers 
of  Mansoul.  You  have  hitherto,  as  hath  become  you,  shown 
yourselves  men  of  truth  and  courage  against  the  Diabolonian 
forces  ;  so  that,  for  all  their  boast,  they  have  not  yet  much 
cause  to  boast  of  their  gettings.  Now  take  to  yourselves 
your  wonted  courage,  and  show  yourselves  men  even  this 
once  only  ;  for  in  a  few  minutes  after  the  next  engagement, 
this  time,  you  shall  see  your  Prince  show  himself  in  the 
field  ;  for  we  must  make  this  second  assault  upon  this  tyrant 
Diabolus,  and  then  Emmanuel  comes." 

No  sooner  had  the  captain  made  this  speech  to  his  sol- 
diers, but  one  Mr.  Speedy  came  post  to  the  captain  from 
the  Prince,  to  tell  him  that  Emmanuel  was  at  hand.  This 
news  when  the  captain  had  received,  he  communicated  to 
the  other  field-officers,,  and  they  again  to  their  soldiers  and 
men  of  war.  Wherefore,  like  men  raised  from  the  dead, 
so  the  captains  and  their  men  arose,  made  up  to  the  enemy, 
and  cried  as  before,  "  The  sword  of  the  Prince  Emmanuel, 
and  the  shield  of  Captain  Credence  !" 

The  Diabolonians  also  bestirred  themselves,  and  made 
resistance  as  well  as  they  could ;  but  in  this  last  engage- 
ment the  Diabolonians  lost  their  courage,  and  many  of  the 
doubters  fell  down  dead  to  the  ground.  Now,  when  they 
had  been  in  heat  of  battle  about  an  hour  or  more,  Captain 


THE    HOLY   WAR.  269 

Credence  lift  up  his  eyes  and  saw,  and,  behold,  Emmanuel 
came ;  and  he  came  with  colours  flying,  trumpets  sounding, 
and  the  feet  of  his  men  scarce  touched  the  ground,  they 
hasted  with  that  celerity  towards  the  captains  that  were  en- 
gaged. Then  did  Credence  wind  with  his  men  to  the  town- 
ward,  and  gave  to  Diabolus  the  field:  so  Emmanuel  came 
upon  him  on  the  one  side,  and  the  enemies'  place  was  be- 
twixt them  both.  Then  again  they  fell  to  it  afresh ;  and 
now  it  was  but  a  little  while  more  but  Emmanuel  and  Cap- 
tain Credence  met,  still  trampling  down  the  slain  as  they 
came. 

But  when  the  captains  saw  that  the  Prince  was  come, 
and  that  he  fell  upon  the  Diabolonians  on  the  other  side, 
and  that  Captain  Credence  and  his  Highness  had  got  them 
up  betwixt  them,  they  shouted,  (they  so  shouted  that  the 
ground  rent  again,)  saying,  "  The  sword  of  Emmanuel,  and 
the  shield  of  Captain  Credence  !"  Now,  when  Diabolus 
saw  that  he  and  his  forces  were  so  hard  beset  by  the  Prince 
and  his  princely  army,  what  does  he,  and  the  lords  of  the 
pit  that  were  with  him,  but  make  their  escape,  and  forsake 
their  army,  and  leave  them  to  fall  by  the  hand  of  Emmanuel, 
and  of  his  noble  Captain  Credence  :  so  they  fell  all  down  slain 
before  them,  before  the  Prince,  and  before  his  royal  army ; 
there  was  not  left  so  much  as  one  doubter  alive ;  they  lay 
spread  upon  the  ground  dead  men,  as  one  would  spread 
dung  upon  the  land. 

When  the  battle  was  over,  all  things  came  into  order  in 
the  camp.  Then  the  captains  and  elders  of  Mansoul  came 
together  to  salute  Emmanuel,  while  without  the  corporation  : 
so  they  saluted  him,  and  welcomed  him,  and  that  with  a 
thousand  welcomes,  for  that  he  was  come  to  the  borders  of 
Mansoul  again.  So  he  smiled  upon  them,  and  said,  "  Peace 
be  to  you.'      Then  they  addressed  themselves  to  go  to  the 

23* 


270  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

town  :  they  went  then  to  go  up  to  Mansoul,  they,  the  Prince, 
with  all  the  new  forces  that  now  he  had  brought  with  him 
to  the  war.  Also  all  the  gates  of  the  town  were  set  open 
for  his  reception,  so  glad  were  they  of  his  blessed  return. 
And  this  was  the  manner  and  order  of  this  going  of  his 
into  Mansoul :— - 

First.  As  I  said,  all  the  gates  of  the  town  were  set  open, 
yea,  the  gates  of  the  castle  also  ;  the  elders,  too,  of  the  town 
of  Mansoul  placed  themselves  at  the  gates  of  the  town,  to 
salute  him  at  his  entrance  thither ;  and  so  they  did  ;  for,  as 
he  drew  near,  and  approached  towards  the  gates,  they  said, 
"  Lift  up  your  heads,  O  ye  gates  ;  and  be  ye  lift  up,  ye 
everlasting  doors ;  and  the  King  of  glory  shall  come  in." 
And  they  answered  again,  "  Who  is  the  King  of  glory?" 
and  they  made  return  to  themselves,  "  The  Lord,  strong 
and  mighty  ;  the  Lord  mighty  in  battle.  Lift  up  your  heads, 
O  ye  gates ;  even  lift  them  up,  ye  everlasting  doors,"  &c. 

Secondly.  It  was  ordered  also,  by  those  of  Mansoul,  that 
all  the  way  from  the  town  gates  to  those  of  the  castle,  his 
blessed  Majesty  should  be  entertained  with  the  song,  by 
them  that  had  the  best  skill  in  music  in  all  the  town  of  Man- 
soul :  then  did  the  elders,  and  the  rest  of  the  men  of  Man- 
soul, answer  one  another  as  Emmanuel  entered  the  town, 
till  he  came  at  the  castle  gates,  with  songs  and  sound  of 
trumpets,  saying,  "  They  have  seen  thy  goings,  O  God ; 
even  the  goings  of  my  God,  my  King,  in  the  sanctuary.  So 
the  singers  went  before,  the  players  on  instruments  followed 
after,  and  among  them  were  the  damsels  playing  on  tim- 
brels." 

Thirdly.  Then  the  captains,  (for  I  would  speak  a  word 
of  them,)  they  in  their  order  waited  on  the  Prince,  as  he 
entered  into  the  gates  of  Mansoul.  Captain  Credence  went 
before,  and  Captain  Good-Hope  with  him  ;  Captain  Charity 


*fes 


tt£ 


*r 


THE  PRINCE  ENTERING   MANSQUL. 


THE   HOLY    WAR.  271 

came  behind  with  other  of  his  companions,  and  Captain 
Patience  followed  after  all;  and  the  rest  of  the  captains, 
some  on  the  right  hand,  and  some  on  the  left,  accompanied 
Emmanuel  into  Mansoul.  And  all  the  while  the  colours 
were  displayed,  the  trumpets  sounded,  and  continual  shout- 
ings were  among  the  soldiers.  The  Prince  himself  rode 
into  the  town  in  his  armour,  which  was  all  of  beaten  gold, 
and  in  his  chariot — the  pillars  of  it  were  of  silver,  the  bot- 
tom thereof  of  gold,  the  covering  of  it  was  of  purple,  the 
midst  thereof  being  paved  with  love  for  the  people  of  the 
town  of  Mansoul. 

Fourthly.  When  the  Prince  was  come  to  the  entrance 
of  Mansoul,  he  found  all  the  streets  strewed  with  lilies  and 
flowers,  curiously  decked  with  boughs  and  branches  from 
the  green  trees  that  stood  round  about  the  town.  Every 
door  also  was  filled  with  persons,  who  had  adorned  every 
one  the  fore-part  of  their  house  with  something  of  variety 
and  singular  excellency,  to  entertain  him  withal,  as  he  passed 
in  the  streets :  they  also  themselves,  as  Emmanuel  passed 
by,  did  welcome  him  with  shouts  and  acclamations  of  joy, 
saying,  "  Blessed  be  the  Prince  that  cometh  in  the  name  of 
his  Father  Shaddai." 

Fifthly.  At  the  castle  gates  the  elders  of  Mansoul, 
namely,  the  Lord  Mayor,  the  Lord  Willbewill,  the  subordi- 
nate preacher,  Mr.  Knowledge,  and  Mr.  Mind,  with  other 
of  the  gentry  of  the  place,  saluted  Emmanuel  again.  They 
bowed  before  him,  they  kissed  the  dust  of  his  feet,  they 
thanked,  they  blessed,  and  praised  his  Highness,  for  not 
taking  advantage  against  them  for  their  sins,  but  rather  had 
pity  upon  them  in  their  misery,  and  returned  to  them  with 
mercies,  and  to  build  up  their  Mansoul  for  ever.  Thus  was 
he  had  up  straightway  to  the  castle  ;  for  that  was  the  royal 
pahce,  and  the  place  where  his  honour  was   to  dwell ;  the 


272  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

which  was  ready  prepared  for  his  Highness  hy  the  pre- 
sence of  the  Lord  Secretary,  and  the  work  of  Captain  Cre- 
dence.    So  he  entered  in. 

Sixthly.  The  people  and  commonalty  of  the  town  of 
Mansoul  came  to  him  into  the  castle  to  mourn,  and  weep, 
and  to  lament  for  their  wickedness,  by  which  they  had 
forced  him  out  of  the  town.  So  they,  when  they  were 
come,  bowed  themselves  to  the  ground  seven  times ;  they 
also  wept,  they  wept  aloud,  and  asked  forgiveness  of  the 
Prince,  and  prayed  that  he  would  again,  as  of  old,  confirm 
his  love  to  Mansoul. 

To  the  which  the  great  Prince  replied,  "  Weep  not,  but 
go  your  way,  eat  the  fat,  and  drink  the  sweet,  and  send  por- 
tions to  them  for  whom  nothing  is  prepared  ;  for  the  joy  of 
your  Lord  is  yoUr  strength.  I  am  returned  to  Mansoul 
with  mercies,  and  my  name  shall  be  set  up,  exalted,  and 
magnified  by  it."  He  also  took  these  inhabitants,  and  kissed 
them,  and  laid  them  in  his  bosom. 

Moreover,  he  gave  to  the  elders  of  Mansoul,  and  to  each 
town  officer,  a  chain  of  gold  and  a  signet.  He  also  sent  to 
their  Avives  ear-rings  and  jewels,  and  bracelets,  and  other 
tilings.  He  also  bestowed  upon  the  true-born  children  of 
Mansoul  many  precious  things. 

When  Emmanuel,  the  Prince,  had  done  all  these  things 
for  the  famous  town  of  Mansoul,  then  he  said  unto  them, 
first,  "  Wash  your  garments,  then  put  on  your  ornaments, 
and  then  come  to  me  into  the  castle  of  Mansoul."  So  they 
went  to  the  fountain  that  was  set  open  for  Judah  and  Jeru- 
salem to  wash  in ;  and  there  they  washed,  and  there  they 
made  their  "  garments  white,"  and  came  again  to  the  Prince 
into  the  castle,  and  thus  they  stood  before  him. 

And  now  there  was  music  and  rejoicing  throughout  the 
whole  town  of  Mansoul,  and  that  because  their  Prince  had 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  273 

again  granted  to  them  his  presence  and  the  light  of  his 
countenance;  the  bells  also  did  ring,  and  the  sun  shone 
comfortably  upon  them  for  a  great  while  together. 

The  town  of  Mansoul  did  also  now  more  thoroughly  seek 
the  destruction  and  ruin  of  all  remaining  Diabolonians  that 
abode  in  the  walls,  and  the  dens  that  they  had  in  the  town 
of  Mansoul ;  for  there  was  of  them  that  had,  to  this  day, 
escaped  with  life  and  limb  from  the  hand  of  their  suppress- 
ors in  the  famous  town  of  Mansoul. 

But  my  Lord  Willbewill  was  a  greater  terror  to  them 
now  than  ever  he  had  been  before ;  forasmuch  as  his  heart 
was  yet  more  fully  bent  to  seek,  contrive,  and  pursue  them 
to  the  death ;  he  pursued  them  night  and  day,  and  did  put 
them  now  to  sore  distress*,  as  will  afterwards  appear. 

After  things  were  thus  far  put  into  order  in  the  famous 
town  of  Mansoul,  care  was  taken,  and  order  given  by  the 
blessed  Prince  Emmanuel,  that  the  townsmen  should,  with- 
out delay,  appoint  some  to  go  forth  into  the  plain  to  bury 
the  dead  that  were  there, — the  dead  that  fell  by  the  sword 
of  Emmanuel,  and  by  the  shield  of  the  Captain  Credence, — 
lest  the  fumes  and  ill  savours  that  would  arise  from  them 
might  infect  the  air,  and  so  annoy  the  famous  town  of 
Mansoul.  This  also  was  a  reason  of  this  order,  namely, 
that,  as  much  as  in  Mansoul  lay,  they  might  cut  off  the 
name,  and  being,  and  remembrance  of  those  enemies  from 
the  thought  of  the  famous  town  of  Mansoul  and  its  inhabi- 
tants. 

So  order  was  given  out  by  the  Lord  Mayor,  that  wise  and 
trusty  friend  of  the  town  of  Mansoul,  that  persons  should  be 
employed  about  this  necessary  business ;  and  Mr.  Godly- 
Fear,  and  one  Mr.  Upright,  were  to  be  overseers  about  this 
matter :  so  persons  were  put  under  them  to  work  in  the 
fields,  and  to  bury  the  slain  that  lay  dead  in  the  plains.    And 


274  J  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

these  were  their  places  of  employment :  some  were  to  make 
the  graves,  some  to  bury  the  dead,  and  some  were  to  go  to 
and  fro  in  the  plains,  and  also  round  about  the  borders  of 
Mansoul,  to  see  if  a  skull,  or  a  bone,  or  a  piece  of  a  bone  of 
a  doubter,  was  yet  to  be  found  above  ground  anywhere  near 
the  corporation  ;  and  if  any  were  found,  it  was  ordered,  that 
the  searchers  that  searched  should  set  up  a  mark  thereby, 
and  a  sign,  that  those  that  were  appointed  to  bury  them 
might  find  it,  and  bury  it  out  of  sight,  that  the  name  and 
remembrance  of  a  Diabolonian  doubter  might  be  blotted  out 
from  under  heaven ;  and  that  the  children,  and  they  that 
were  to  be  born  in  Mansoul,  might  not  know,  if  possible, 
what  a  skull,  what  a  bone,  or  a  piece  of  a  bone  of  a  doubter 
was.  So  the  buriers,  and  those  that  were  appointed  for  that 
purpose,  did  as  they  were  commanded :  they  buried  the 
doubters,  and  all  the  skulls  and  bones,  and  pieces  of  bones 
of  doubters,  wherever  they  found  them  ;  and  so  they  cleansed 
the  plains.  Now  also  Mr.  God's-Peace  took  up  his  com- 
mission, and  acted  again  as  in  former  days. 

Thus  they  buried  in  the  plains  about  Mansoul  the  election 
doubters,  the  vocation  doubters,  the  grace  doubters,  the  per- 
severance doubters,  the  resurrection  doubters,  the  salvation 
doubters,  and  the  glory  doubters  ;  whose  captains  were  Cap- 
tain Rage,  Captain  Cruel,  Captain  Damnation,  Captain  In- 
satiable, Captain  Brimstone,  Captain  Torment,  Captain  No- 
Ease,  Captain  Sepulchre,  and  Captain  Past-Hope  ;  and  old 
Incredulity  was,  under  Diabolus,  their  general.  There  were 
also  the  seven  heads  of  their  army ;  and  they  were  the  Lord 
Beelzebub,  the  Lord  Lucifer,  the  Lord  Legion,  the  Lord 
Apollyon,  the  Lord  Python,  the  Lord  Cerberus,  and  the 
Lord  Belial.  But  the  princes  and  the  captains,  wLh  old 
Incredulity,  their  general,  did  all  of  them  make  their  escape  : 
so  tlieir  men  fell  down  slain  by  the  power  of  the  Prince's 


THE    HOLY    .VAR.  275 

forces,  and  by  the  hands  of  the  men  of  the  town  of  Mansoul. 
They  also  were  buried  as  afore  related,  to  the  exceeding  great 
joy  of  the  now  famous  town  of  Mansoul.  They  that  buried 
them,  buried  also  with  them,  their  arms,  which  were  cruel 
instruments  of  death :  (their  weapons  were  arrows,  darts, 
mauls,  firebrands,  and  the  like.)  They  buried  also  their 
armour,  their  colours,  banners,  with  the  standard  of  Dia- 
bolus,  and  what  else  soever  they  could  find  that  did  but 
smell  of  a  Diabolonian  doubter. 

Now  when  the  tyrant  had  arrived  at  Hell-Gate  Hill,  with 
his  old  friend  Incredulity,  they  immediately  descended  the 
den,  and  having  there,  with  their  fellows,  for  a  while  condoled 
their  misfortune  and  great  loss  that  they  sustained  against  the 
town  of  Mansoul,  they  fell  at  length  into  a  passion,  and  re- 
venged they  would  be,  for  the  loss  that  they  sustained  before 
the  town  of  Mansoul.  Wherefore  they  presently  call  a  coun- 
cil to  contrive  yet  further  what  was  to  be  done  against  the 
famous  town  of  Mansoul ;  for  their  yawning  paunches  could 
not  wait  to  see  the  result  of  their  Lord  Lucifer's  and  their 
Lord  Apollyon's  counsel  that  they  had  given  before  ;  for  their 
raging  gorge  thought  every  day,  even  as  long  as  a  short  for 
ever,  until  they  were  filled  with  the  body  and  soul,  with  the 
flesh  and  bones,  and  with  all  the  delicates  of  Mansoul. 
They  therefore  resolved  to  make  another  attempt  upon  the 
town  of  Mansoul,  and  that  by  an  army  mixed  and  made  up 
partly  of  doubters,  and  partly  of  blood-men.  A  more  par- 
ticular account  now  take  of  both. 

The  doubters  are  such  as  have  their  name  from  their 
nature,  as  well  as  from  the  land  and  kingdom  where  they 
are  born  :  their  nature  is  to  put  a  queition  upon  every  one 
of  the  truths  of  Emmanuel;  and  their  country  is  called  the 
land  of  Doubting,  and  that  land  lieth  off,  and  furthest  remote 
to  the  north,  between  the  land  of  Darkness  and  that  called  the 


27G  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

"valley  of  the  shadow  of  death."  For  though  the  land  of  Dark- 
ness, and  that  called  "  the  valley  of  the  shadow  of  death,"  be 
sometimes  called  as  if  they  were  one  and  the  self-same  place, 
yet  indeed  they  are  two,  lying  but  a  little  way  asunder,  and 
the  land  of  Doubting  points  in,  and  lieth  between  them.  This 
is  the  land  of  Doubting;  and  these  that  came  with  Diabolus 
to  ruin  the  town  of  Mansoul  are  the  natives  of  that  country. 

The  blood-men  area  people  that  have  their  name  derived 
from  the  malignity  of  their  nature,  and  from  the  fury  that  is 
in  them  to  execute  it  upon  the  town  of  Mansoul :  their  land 
lieth  under  the  dog-star,  and  by  that  they  are  governed  as  to 
their  intellectuals.  The  name  of  their  country  is  the  province 
of  Loath-good  ;  the  remote  parts  of  it  are  far  distant  from 
the  land  of  Doubting,  yet  they  do  both  butt  and  bound  upon 
the  hill  called  Hell-Gate  Hill.  These  people  are  always  in 
league  with  the  doubters,  for  they  jointly  do  make  question 
of  the  faith  and  fidelity  of  the  men  of  the  town  of  Mansoul, 
and  so  are  both  alike  qualified  for  the  service  of  their  prince. 

Now  of  these  two  countries  did  Diabolus,  by  the  beating 
of  his  drum,  raise  another  army  against  the  town  of  Mansoul, 
of  five-and-twenty  thousand  strong.  There  were  ten  thou- 
sand doubters,  and  fifteen  thousand  blood-men,  and  they 
were  put  under  several  captains  for  the  Avar ;  and  old  In- 
credulity was  again  made  general  of  the  army. 

As  for  the  doubters,  their  captains  were  five  of  the  seven 
that  were  heads  of  the  last  Diabolonian  army,  and  these  are 
their  names  :  Captain  Beelzebub,  Captain  Lucifer,  Captain 
Apollyon,  Captain  Legion,  and  Captain  Cerberus ;  and  the 
captains  that  they  had  before  were  some  of  them  made  lieu- 
tenants, and  some  ensigns  of  the  army. 

But  Diabolus  did  not  count,  that  in  this  expedition  of  his, 
these  doubters  would  prove  his  principal  men,  for  their  man- 
hood had  been  tried  before ;  also  the  Mansoulians  had  put 


THE   HOLY   WAR.  27? 

them  to  the  worst :  only  he  did  bring  them  to  multiply  a 
number,  and  to  help,  if  need  was,  at  a  pinch.  But  his  trust 
he  put  in  his  blood-men,  for  that  they  were  all  rugged 
villains,  and  he  knew  that  they  had  done  feats  heretofore. 

As  for  the  blood-men,  they  also  were  under  command  ; 
and  the  names  of  their  captains  were,  Captain  Cain,  Captain 
Nimrod,  Captain  Ishmael,  Captain  Esau,  Captain  Saul, 
Captain  Absalom,  Captain  Judas,  and  Captain  Pope. 

1 .  Captain  Cain  was  over  two  bands,  namely,  the  zealous 
and  the  angry  blood-men :  his  standard-bearer  bare  the  red 
colours,  and  his  scutcheon  was  the  murdering  club. 

2.  Captain  Nimrod  was  captain  over  two  bands,  namely, 
the  tyrannical  and  encroaching  blood-men :  his  standard- 
bearer  bare  the  red  colours,  and  his  scutcheon  was  the  great 
blood-hound. 

3.  Captain  Ishmael  was  captain  over  two  bands,  namely, 
the  mocking  and  scorning  blood-men  ;  his  standard-bearer 
bare  the  red  colours,  and  his  scutcheon  was  one  mocking  at 
Abraham's  Isaac. 

4.  Captain  Esau  was  captain  over  two  bands,  namely,  the 
blood-men,  that  grudged  that  another  should  have  the  blessing; 
also  over  the  blood-men  that  are  for  executing  their  private  re- 
venge upon  others  :  his  standard-bt arer  bare  the  red  colours, 
and  his  scutcheon  was  one  privately  lurking  to  murder  Jacob. 

5.  Captain  Saul  was  captain  over  two  bands,  namely,  the 
groundlcssly  jealous  and  the  devilishly  furious  blood-men  : 
his  standard-bearer  bare  the  red  colours,  and  his  scutcheon 
was  three  bloody  darts  cast  at  harmless  David. 

6.  Captain  Absalom  was  captain  over  two  bands,  namely, 
over  the  blood-men  that  will  kill  a  father  or  a  friend  for  the 
glory  of  this  world ;  also  over  those  blood-men  that  will 
hold  one  fair  in  hand  with  words,  till  they  shall  have  pierced 
him  with  their  swords:  his  standard-bearer  did  bear  the  red 

24 


278  THE    HOLY   WAR. 

colours,  and  his  scutcheon  was  the  son  pursuing  the  father's 
blood. 

7.  Captain  Judas  was  over  two  bands,  namely,  the  blood- 
men  that  will  sell  a  man's  life  for  money,  and  those  also  that 
will  betray  their  friend  with  a  kiss :  his  standard-bearer 
bare  the  red  colours,  and  his  scutcheon  was  thirty  pieces  of 
silver  and  the  halter. 

8.  Captain  Pope  was  captain  over  one  band,  for  all  these 
spirits  are  joined  in  one  under  him  :  his  standard-bearer 
bare  the  red  colours,  and  his  scutcheon  was  the  stake,  the 
flame,  and  the  good  man  in  it. 

Now,  the  reason  why  Diabolus  did  so  soon  rally  another 
force,  after  he  had  been  beaten  out  of  the  field,  was,  for  that 
he  put  mighty  confidence  in  this  army  of  blood-men ;  for  he 
put  a  great  deal  of  more  trust  in  them  than  he  did  before  in 
his  army  of  doubters  ;  though  they  had  also  often  done  great 
service  for  him  in  the  strengthening  of  him  in  his  kingdom. 
But  these  blood-men,  he  had  proved  them  often,  and  their 
sword  did  seldom  return  empty.  Besides,  he  knew  that 
these,  like  mastiffs,  would  fasten  upon  any ;  upon  father, 
mother,  brother,  sister,  prince,  or  governor,  yea,  upon  the 
Prince  of  princes.  And  that  which  encouraged  him  the 
more  was,  for  that  they  once  did  force  Emmanuel  out  of 
the  kingdom  of  Universe  ;  "  And  why,"  thought  he,  "  may 
they  not  also  drive  him  from  the  town  of  Mansoul !" 

So  this  army  of  five-and-twenty  thousand  strong  was,  by 
their  general  the  great  Lord  Incredulity,  led  up  against  the 
town  of  Mansoul.  Now  Mr.  Prywell,  the  scoutmaster- 
general,  did  himself  go  out  to  spy,  and  he  did  bring  Man- 
soul tidings  of  their  coming.  Wherefore  they  shut  up  their 
gates,  and  put  themselves  in  a  posture  of  defence  against 
these  new  Diabolonians  that  came  up  against  the  town. 

So  Diabolus  brought  up  his  army,  and  beleaguered  the 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  279 

town  of  Mansoul ;  the  doubters  were  placed  about  Feel- 
gate,  and  the  blood-men  set  down  before  Eye-gate  and  Ear- 
gate. 

Now  when  this  army  had  thus  encamped  themselves, 
Incredulity  did,  in  the  name  of  Diabolus,  his  own  name, 
and  in  the  name  of  the  blood-men  and  the  rest  that  were 
with  him,  send  a  summons  as  hot  as  a  red-hot  iron  to  Man- 
soul,  to  yield  to  their  demands ;  threatening,  that  if  they 
still  stood  it  out  against  them,  they  would  presently  burn 
down  Mansoul  with  fire.  For  you  must  know  that,  as  for 
the  blood-men,  they  were  not  so  much  that  Mansoul  should 
be  surrendered,  as  that  Mansoul  should  be  destroyed,  and 
cut  out  off  of  the  land  of  the  living.  True,  they  send  to  them 
to  surrender ;  but  should  they  so  do,  that  would  not  stench 
or  quench  the  thirst  of  these  men.  They  must  have  blood, 
the  blood  of  Mansoul,  else  they  die ;  and  it  is  from  hence 
they  have  their  name.  Wherefore  these  blood-men  he 
reserved  while  now  that  they  might,  when  all  his  engines 
proved  ineffectual,  as  his  last  and  sure  card  to  be  played 
against  the  town  of  Mansoul. 

Now,  when  the  townsmen  had  received  this  red-hot  sum- 
mons, it  begat  in  them  at  present  some  changing  and  inter- 
changing thoughts ;  but  they  jointly  agreed,  in  less  than 
half  an  hour,  to  carry  the  summons  to  the  Prince,  the 
which  they  did  when  they  had  writ  at  the  bottom  of  it, 
"  Lord,  save  Mansoul  from  bloody  men !" 

So  he  took  it,  and  looked  upon  it,  and  considered  it,  and 
took  notice  also  of  that  short  petition  that  the  men  of  Man- 
soul had  written  at  the  bottom  of  it,  and  called  to  him  the 
noble  Captain  Credence,  and  bid  him  go  and  take  Captain 
Patience  with  him,  and  go  and  take  care  of  that  side  of 
Mansoul  that  was  beleaguered  by  the  blood-men.  So  they 
went  and  did  as  they  were  commanded  :  the  Captain  Cre 


280  THE    HOLY   WAR. 

dence  went  and  took  Captain  Patience,  and  they  both  secured 
that  side  of  Mansoul  that  was  besieged  by  the  blood-men. 

Then  he  commanded  that  Captain  Good-Hope  and  Cap- 
tain Charity,  and  my  Lord  Willbewill,  should  take  charge 
of  the  other  side  of  the  town.  "  And  I,"  said  the  Prince, 
"will  set  my  standard  upon  the  battlements  of  your  castle, 
and  do  you  three  watch  against  the  doubters."  This  done, 
he  again  commanded  that  the  brave  captain,  the  Captain 
Experience,  should  draw  up  his  men  in  the  market-place, 
and  that  there  he  should  exercise  them,  day  by  day,  before 
the  people  of  the  town  of  Mansoul.  Now  this  siege  was 
long,  and  many  a  fierce  attempt  did  the  enemy,  especially 
those  called  the  blood-men,  make  upon  the  town  of  Man- 
soul ;  and  many  a  shrewd  brush  did  some  of  the  townsmen 
meet  with  from  them,  especially  Captain  Self-Denial,  who, 
I  should  have  told  you  before,  was  commanded  to  take  the 
care  of  Ear-gate  and  Eye-gate  now  against  the  blood-men. 
This  Captain  Self-Denial  was  a  young  man,  but  stout,  and 
a  townsman"  in  Mansoul,  as  Captain  Experience  also  was. 
And  Emmanuel,  at  his  second  return  to  Mansoul,  made  him 
a  captain  over  a  thousand  of  the  Mansoulians,  for  the  good 
of  the  corporation.  This  captain,  therefore,  being  an  hardy 
man,  and  a  man  of  great  courage,  and  willing  to  venture 
himself  for  the  good  of  the  town  of  Mansoul,  would  now 
and  then  sally  out  upon  the  blood-men,  and  give  them  many 
notable  alarms,  and  entered  several  brisk  skirmishes  with 
them,  and  also  did  some  execution  upon  them ;  but  you 
must  think  that  this  could  not  easily  be  done,  but  he  must 
meet  with  brushes  himself,  for  he  carried  several  of  their 
marks  in  his  face ;  yea,  and  some  in  some  other  parts  of 
his  body. 

So,  after  some  time  spent  for  the  trial  of  the  faith,  and 
hope,  and  love  of  the  town  of  Mansoul,  the  Prince  Em- 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  281 

mannel  upon  a  day  calls  his  captains  and  men  of  war 
together,  and  divides  them  into  two  companies ;  this  done, 
he  commands  them  at  a  time  appointed,  and  that  in  the 
morning  very  early,  to  sally  out  upon  the  enemy,  saying, 
"  Let  half  of  you  fall  upon  the  doubters,  and  half  of  you 
fall  upon  the  blood-men.  Those  of  you  that  go  out  against 
the  doubters,  kill  and  slay,  and  cause  to  perish  so  many  of 
them  as  by  any  means  you  can  lay  hands  on ;  but  for  you 
that  go  out  against  the  blood-men,  slay  them  not,  but  take 
them  alive." 

So,  at  the  time  appointed,  betimes  in  the  morning,  the 
captains  went  out  as  they  were  commanded  against  the 
enemies.  Captain  Good-Hope,  Captain  Charity,  and  those 
that  were  joined  with  them,  as  Captain  Innocent  and  Cap- 
tain Experience,  went  out  against  the  douhters ;  and  Cap- 
tain Credence,  and  Captain  Patience,  with  Captain  Self- 
Denial  and  the  rest  that  were  to  join  with  them,  went  out 
against  the  blood-men. 

Now,  those  that  went  out  against  the  doubters,  drew  up 
into  a  body  before  the  plain,  and  marched  on  to  bid  them 
battle.  But  the  doubters,  remembering  their  last  success, 
made  a  retreat,  not  daring  to  stand  the  shock,  but  fled  from 
tlie  Prince's  men ;  wherefore  they  pursued  them,  and  in 
their  pursuit  slew  many,  but  they  could  not  catch  them  all. 
Now  those  that  escaped  went  some  of  them  home  ;  and  die 
rest  by  fives,  nines,  and  seventeens,  like  wanderers,  went 
straggling  up  and  down  the  country,  where  they,  upon  the 
barbarous  people,  showed  and  exercised  many  of  their 
Diabolonian  actions  :  nor  did  these  people  rise  up  in  arms 
against  them,  but  suffered  themselves  to  be  enslaved  by 
them.  They  would  also  after  this  show  themselves  in 
companies  before  the  town  of  Mansoul,  but  never  to  abide 

24* 


282  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

in  it;  for  if  Captain  Credence,  Captain  Good-Hope,  or 
Captain  Experience  did  but  show  themselves,  they  fled. 

Those  that  went  out  against  the  blood-men  did  as  they 
were  commanded :  they  forbore  to  slay  any,  but  sought  to 
compass  them  about.  But  the  blood-men,  when  they  saw 
that  no  Emmanuel  was  in  the  field,  concluded  also  that  no 
Emmanuel  was  in  Mansoul;  wherefore  they,  looking  upon 
what  the  captains  did,  to  be,  as  they  called  it,  a  fruit  of  the 
extravagancy  of  their  wild  and  foolish  fancies,  rather  de- 
spised them  than  feared  them.  But  the  captains,  minding 
their  business,  at  last  did  compass"  them  round  ;  they  also 
that  had  routed  the  doubters  came  in  amain  to  their  aid :  so, 
in  fine,  after  some  little  struggling,  (for  the  blood-men  also 
would  have  run  for  it,  only  now  it  was  too  late ;  for  though 
they  are  mischievous  and  cruel,  where  they  can  overcome, 
yet  all  blood-men  are  cbickenhearted  men,  when  they  once 
come  to  see  themselves  matched  and  equalled,)  so  the  cap- 
tains took  them,  and  brought  them  to  the  Prince. 

Now  when  they  were  taken,  had  before  the  Prince,  and 
examined,  he  found  them  to  be  of  three  several  counties, 
though  they  all  came  out  of  one  land. 

1.  One  sort  of  them  came  out  of  Blind-man-shire,  and 
they  were  such  as  did  ignorantly  what  they  did. 

2.  Another  sort  of  them  came  out  of  Blind-zeal-shire, 
and  They  did  superstitiously  what  they  did. 

3.  The  third  sort  of  them  came  out  of  the  town  of 
Malice,  in  the  county  of  Envy,  and  they  did  what  they  did, 
out  of  spite  and  implacableness. 

For  the  first  of  these,  namely,  they  that  came  out  of 
Blind-man-shire,  when  they  saw.  where  they  were,  and 
against  whom  they  had  fought,  they  trembled  and  cried,  as 
they  stood  before  him ;  and  as  many  of  these  as  asked  him 
mercy,  he  touched  their  lips  with  his  golden  sceptre. 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  283 

They  that  came  out  of  Blind-zeal-shire,  they  did  not  aa 
their  fellows  did ;  for  they  pleaded  that  they  had  a  right  to 
do  what  they  did,  because  Mansoul  was  a  town  whose  laws 
and  customs  were  diverse  from  all  that  dwelt  thereabouts. 
Very  few  of  these  could  be  brought  to  see  their  evil;  but 
those  that  did,  and  asked  mercy,  they  also  obtained  favour. 

Now,  they  that  came  out  of  the  town  of  Malice,  that  is 
in  the  county  of  Envy,  they  neither  wept,  nor  disputed,  nor 
repented,  but  stood  gnawing  their  tongues  before  him  for 
anguish  and  madness,  because  they  could  not  have  their 
will  upon  Mansoul.  Now  these  last,  with  all  those  of  the 
other  two  sorts  that  did  not  unfeignedly  ask  pardon  for  their 
faults, — those  he  made  to  enter  into  sufficient  bond  to  answer 
for  what  they  had  done  against  Mansoul,  and  against  her 
King,  at  the  great  and  general  assizes  to  be  holden  for  our 
Lord  the  King,  where  he  himself  should  appoint  for  the 
country  and  kingdom  of  Universe.  So  they  became  bound 
each  man  for  himself,  to  come  in,  when  called  upon,  to 
answer  before  our  Lord  the  King  for  what  they  had  done 
as  before. 

And  thus  much  concerning  this  second  army  that  was 
sent  by  Diabolus  to  overthrow  Mansoul. 

But  there  were  three  of  those  that  came  from  the  land  of 
Doubting,  who,  after  they  had  wandered  and  ranged  tlie 
country  awhile,  and  perceived  that  they  had  escaped,  were 
so  hardy  as  to  thrust  themselves,  knowing  that  yet  there 
were  in  the  town  Diabolonians, — I  say,  they  were  so  hardy 
as  to  thrust  themselves  into  Mansoul  among  them.  (Three, 
did  I  say  ?  I  think  there  were  four.)  Now,  to  whose  house 
should  these  Diabolonian  doubters  go,  but  to  the  house  of 
an  old  Diabolonian  in  Mansoul,  whose  name  was  Evil- 
Questioning,  a  very  great  enemy  he  was  to  Mansoul,  and  a 
great  doer  among  the   Diabolonians  there.     Well,  to   this 


284  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

Evil-Questioning's  house,  as  was  said,  did  these  Diabdo- 
nians  come ;  (you  may  be  sure  that  they  had  directions 
how  to  find  the  way  thither ;)  so  he  made  them  welcome, 
pitied  their  misfortune,  and  succoured  them  with  the  best 
that  he  had  in  his  house.  Now,  after  a  little  acquaintance, 
(and  it  was  not  long  before  they  had  that,)  this  old  Evil- 
Questioning  asked  the  doubters  if  they  were  all  of  a  town ; 
(lie  knew  that  they  were  all  of  one  kingdom  ;)  and  they 
answered,  "  No,  nor  of  one  shire  either ;  for  I,"  said  one, 
"  am  an  election  doubter ;"  "  I,"  said  another,  "  am  a  voca-  ■ 
tion  doubter ;"  then  said  the  third,  "  I  am  a  salvation 
doubter ;"  and  the  fourth  said  he  was  a  grace  doubter. 
"  Well,"  quoth  the  old  gentleman,  "  be  of  what  shire  you 
will,  I  am  persuaded  that  you  are  down  boys :  you  have 
the  very  length  of  my  foot,  are  one  with  my  heart,  and 
shall  be  welcome  to  me."  So  they  thanked  him,  and  were 
glad  that  they  had  found  themselves  an  harbour  in  Mansoul. 
Then  said  Evil-Questioning  to  them,  "  How  many  of. 
your  company  might  there  be  that  came  with  you  to  the 
siege  of  Mansoul?"  And  they  answered,  "There  were 
but  ten  thousand  doubters  in  all,  for  the  rest  of  the  army 
consisted  of  fifteen  thousand  blood-men.  These  blood-men," 
quoth  they,  "  border  upon  our  country  ;  but,  poor  men  !  as 
we  hear,  they  were  every  one  taken  by  Emmanuel's  forces." 
"  Ten  thousand !"  quoth  the  old  gentleman :  "  I  will  pro- 
mise you,  that  is  a  round  company.  But  how  came  it  to 
pass,  since  you  were  so  mighty  a  number,  that  you  fainted, 
and  durst  not  fight  your  foes  ?"  "  Our  general,"  said  they, 
"  was  the  first  man  that  did  run  for  it."  "  Pray,"  quoth 
their  landlord,  "  who  was  that,  your  cowardly  general  ?" 
"  He  was  once  the  Lord  Mayor  of  Mansoul,"  said  they  : 
"  but  pray  call  him  not  a  cowardly  general ;  for  whether  any 
from  the  east  to  the  west  has  done  more  service  for  our 


THE    HOLY   WAR.  285 

prince  Diabolus,  than  has  my  Lord  Incredulity,  will  be  a 
hard  question  for  you  to  answer.  But  had  they  catched 
him  they  would  for  certain  have  hanged  him  ;  and  we  pro- 
mise you,  hanging  is  but  a  bad  business."  Then  said  the 
old  gentleman,  "  I  would  that  all  the  ten  thousand  doubters 
were  now  well  armed  in  Mansoul,  and  myself  at  the  head 
of  them  ;  I  would  see  what  I  could  do."  "  Ay,"  said  they, 
"  that  would  be  well  if  we  could  see  that ;  but  wishes,  alas  ! 
what  are  they  ?"  and  these  words  were  spoken  aloud. 
"  Well,"  said  old  Evil-Questioning,"  take  heed  that  you 
talk  not  too  loud ;  you  must  be  squat  and  close,  and  must 
take  care  of  yourselves  while  you  are  here,  or,  I  will  assure 
you,  you  will  be  snapped."  "  Why  ?"  quoth  the  doubters. 
'•  Why  !"  quoth  the  old  gentleman  ;  "  why  !  because  both 
the  Prince  and  Lord  Secretary,  and  their  captains  and  sol- 
diers, are  all  at  present  in  town  ;  yea,  the  town  is  as  full  of 
them  as  ever  it  can  hold.  And  besides,  there  is  one  whose 
name  is  Willbewill,  a  most  cruel  enemy  of  ours,  and  him 
the  Prince  has  made  keeper  of  the  gates,  and  has  com- 
manded him,  that  with  all  the  diligence  he  can,  he  should 
look  for,  search  out,  and  destroy  all,  and  ail  manner  of  Dia- 
bolonians.  And  if  he  lighteth  upon  you,  down  you  go, 
though  your  heads  were  made  of  gold." 

And  now,  to  see  how  it  happened,  one  of  the  Lord  Will- 
bewill's  faithful  soldiers,  whose  name  was  Mr.  Diligence, 
stood  all  this  while  listening  under  old  Evil-Questioning's 
eaves,  and  heard  all  the  talk  that  had  been  betwixt  him  and 
the  doubters  that  he  entertained  under  his  roof. 

The  soldier  was  a  man  that  my  lord  had  much  confidence 
in,  and  that  he  loved  dearly  ;  and  that  both  because  he  was 
a  man  of  courage,  and  also  a  man  that  was  unwearied  in 
seeking  after  Diabolonians  to  apprehend  them. 

ISow  this  man,  as  I  told  vou,  heard  all  tlu  talk  that  was 


286  THE    HOLY   WAR. 

between  old  Evil-Questioning  and  these  Diabolonians ; 
wherefore  what  does  he,  but  goes  to  his  lord,  and  tells  him 
what  he  had  heard.  "  And  sayest  thou  so,  ray  trusty  ?" 
quoth  my  lord.  "  Ay,"  quoth  Diligence,  "  that  I  do  ;  and 
if  your  lordship  will  be  pleased  to  go  with  me,  you  shall 
find  it  as  I  have  said."  "And  are  they  there  ?"  quoth  my 
lord.  "  I  know  Evil-Questioning  well,  for  he  and  I  were 
great  in  the  time  of  our  apostasy  :  but  I  know  not  now 
where  he  dwells."  "  But  I  do,"  said  his  man,  "  and  if  your 
lordship  will  go,  I  will  lead  you  the  way  to  his  den."  "  Go!" 
quoth  my  lord,  "  that  I  will.  Come,  my  Diligence,  let  us 
go  find  them  out." 

So  my  lord  and  his  man  went  together  the  direct  way  to 
nis  house.  Now  his  man  went  before  to  show  him  his 
way,  and  they  went  till  they  came  even  under  old  Mr.  Evil- 
Questioning's  wall.  Then  said  Diligence,  "  Hark !  my 
lord,  do  you  know  the  old  gentleman's  tongue  when  you 
hear  it  ?"  "  Yes,"  said  my  lord,  "  I  know  it  well,  but  I 
have  not  seen  him  many  a  day.  This  I  know,  he  is  cun- 
ning ;  I  wish  he  doth  not  give  us  the  slip."  "  Let  me  alone 
for  that,"  said  his  servant  Diligence.  "  But  how  shall  we 
find  the  door?"  quoth  my  lord.  "Let  me  alone  for  that, 
too,"  said  his  man.  So  he  had  my  Lord  Willbewill  about, 
and  showed  him  the  way  to  the  door.  Then  my  lord,  with- 
out more  ado,  broke  open  the  door,  rushed  into  the  house, 
and  caught  them  all  live  together,  even  as  Diligence  his  man 
had  told  them.  So  my  lord  apprehended  them,  and  led 
them  away,  and  committed  them  to  the  hand  of  Mr.  True- 
man,  the  gaoler,  and  commanded,  and  he  did  put  them  in 
ward.  This  done,  my  Lord  Mayor  was  acquainted  in  the 
morning  with  what  my  Lord  Willbewill  had  done  over 
night,  and  his  lordship  rejoiced  much  at  the  news,  not  only 
because  there  were  doubters  apprehended,  but  because  that 


TIIE    HOLY    WAR.  2L»7 

old  Evil-Questioning  was  taken ;  for  he  had  been  a  very- 
great  trouble  to  Mansoul,  and  much  affliction  to  my  Lord 
Mayor  himself.  He  had  also  been  sought  for  often,  but  no 
hand  could  ever  be  laid  upon  him  till  now. 

Well,  the  next  thing  was  to  make  preparation  to  try 
these  five,  that  by  my  lord  had  been  apprehended,  and  that 
were  in  the  hands  of  Mr.  Trueman,  the  gaoler.  So  the 
day  was  set,  and  the  court  called  and  come  together,  and 
the  prisoners  brought  to  the  bar.  My  Lord  WillbewUl  had 
power  to  have  slain  them,  when  at  first  he  took  them,  and 
that  without  any  more  ado ;  but  he  thought  it  at  this  time 
more  for  the  honour  of  the  Prince,  the  comfort  of  Mansoul, 
and  the  discouragement  of  the  enemy,  to  bring  them  forth 
to  public  judgment. 

But,  I  say,  Mr.  Trueman  brought  them  in  chains  to  the 
bar,  to  the  town-hall,  for  that  was  the  place  of  judgment. 
So,  to  be  short/  the  jury  was  impanelled,  the  witnesses 
sworn,  and  the  prisoners  tried  for  their  lives  :  the  jury  was 
the  same  that  tried  Mr.  No-Truth,  Pitiless,  Haughty,  and 
the  rest  of  their  companions. 

And,  first,  old  Questioning  himself  was  set  to  the  bar; 
for  he  was  the  receiver,  the  entertainer,  and  comforter  of 
these  doubters,  that  by  nation  were  outlandish  men  :  then 
he  was  bid  to  hearken  to  bis  charge,  and  was  told  that  he 
had  liberty  to  object,  if  he  had  ought  to  say  for  himself.  So 
his  indictment  was  read:  the  manner  and  form  here  fol- 
lows : — 

"  Mr.  Questioning,  Thou  art  here  indicted  by  the  name 
of  Evil-Questioning,  an  intruder  upon  the  town  of  Mansoul, 
for  that  thou  art  a  Diabolonian  by  nature,  and  also  a  hater 
of  the  Prince  Emmanuel,  and  one  that  hast  studied  the  ruin 
of  the  town  of  Mansoul.  Thou  art  also  here  indicted  for 
countenancing  the  King's  enemies,  after  wholesome  lawa 


288  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

made  to  the  contrary:  for,  1.  Thou  hast  questioned  the 
truth  of  her  doctrine  and  state  :  2.  In  wishing-  that  ten  thou- 
sand doubters  were  in  her  ;  3.  In  receiving,  in  entertaining, 
and  encouraging  of  her  enemies,  that  came  from  their  army 
unto  thee.  What  sayest  thou  to  this  indictment  1  art  thou 
guilty  or  not  guilty  ?" 

"My  lord,"  quoth  he,  "  I  know  not  the  meaning  of  this 
indictment,  forasmuch  as  I  am  not  the  man  concerned  in  it ; 
the  man  that  standeth  by  this  charge  accused  before  this 
bench,  is  called  by  the  name  of  Evil-Questioning,  which 
name  I  deny  to  be  mine,  mine  being  Honest-Inquiry.  The 
one  indeed  sounds  like  the  other ;  but,  I  trow,  your  lord- 
ships know  that  between  these  two  there  is  a  wide  differ- 
ence ;  for  I  hope  that  a  man  even  in  the  worst  of  times,  and 
that,  too,  amongst  the  worst  of  men,  may  make  an  honest 
inquiry  after  things,  without  running  the  danger  of  death." 

Then  spake  my  Lord  Willbewill,  for  lie  was  one  of  the 
witnesses :  "  My  lord,  and  you  the  honourable  bench  and 
magistrates  of  the  town  of  Mansoul,  you  all  have  heard 
with  your  ears  that  the  prisoner  at  the  bar  has  denied  his 
name,  and  so  thinks  to  shift  from  the  charge  of  the  indict- 
ment. But  I  know  him  to  be  the  man  concerned,  and  that 
his  proper  name  is  Evil-Questioning.  I  have  known  him, 
my  lord,  above  these  thirty  years,  for  he  and  I  (a  shame  it 
is  for  me  to  speak  it)  were  great  acquaintance,  when  Diabo- 
lus,  that  tyrant,  had  the  government  of  Mansoul ;  and  I 
testify,  that  he  is  a  Diabolonian  by  nature,  an  enemy  to  our 
Prince,  and  a  hater  of  the  blessed  town  of  Mansoul.  He 
has,  in  times  of  rebellion,  been  at  and  lain  in  my  house,  my 
lord,  not  so  little  as  twenty  nights  together,. and  we  did  use 
to  talk  then,  for  the  substance  of  talk,  as  he  and  his  doubters 
have  talked  of  late :  true,  I  have  not  seen  him  many  a  day. 
I  supposed  that  the  coming  of  Emmanuel  to  Mansoul,  has 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  289 

made  him  change  his  lodgings,  as  this  indictment  has  driven 
him  to  change  his  name ;  hut  this  is  the  man,  my  lord." 

Then  said  the  court  unto  him,  "  Hast  thou  any  more  to 
say  ?" 

"  Yes,"  quoth  the  old  gentleman,  "  that  I  have ;  for  all 
that  as  yet  has  been  said  against  me,  is  but  by  the  mouth  of 
one  witness ;  and  it  is  not  lawful  for  the  famous  town  of 
Mansoul,  at  the  mouth  of  one  witness,  to  put  any  man  to 
death." 

Then  stood  forth  Mr.  Diligence,  and  said,  "  My  lord,  as 
I  was  upon  my  watch  such  a  night  at  the  head  of  Bad 
Street,  in  this  town,  I  chanced  to  hear  a  muttering  within 
this  gentleman's  house.  Then,  thought  I,  what  is  to  do 
here  ?  So  I  went  up  close,  but  very  softly,  to  the  side  of  the 
house  to  listen,  thinking,  as  indeed  it  fell  out,  that  there  I 
might  light  upon  some  Diabolonian  conventicle.  So,  as  I  • 
said,  I  drew  nearer  and  nearer ;  and  when  I  was  got  up 
close  to  the  wall,  it  was  but  a  while  before  I  perceived  that 
there  were  outlandish  men  in  the  house  ;  but  I  did  well  un- 
derstand their  speech,  for  I  have  been  a  traveller  myself. 
Now,  hearing  such  language  in  such  a  tottering  cottage  as 
this  old  gentleman  dwelt  in,  I  clapped  mine  ear  to  a  hole  in 
the  window,  and  there  heard  them  talk  as  followeth  : — This 
old  Mr.  Questioning  asked  these  doubters  what  they  were, 
whence  they  came,  and  what  was  their  business  in  these 
parts  ;  and  they  told  him  to  all  these  questions,  yet  he  did 
entertain  them.  He  also  asked  what  numbers  there  were 
of  them  ;  and  they  told  him  ten  thousand  men.  He  then 
asked  them  why  they  made  no  more  manly  assault  upon 
Mansoul ;  and  they  told  him  :  so  he  called  their  general 
coward,  for  marching  off  when  he  should  have  fought  for 
his  prince.  Further,  this  old  Evil-Questioning  wished,  and 
I  heard  him  wish,  would  all  the  ten  thousand  doubters  were 

25 


290  THE    HOLY   WAR. 

now  in  Mansoul,  and  himself  at  the  head  of  them.  He  bid 
them  also  to  take  heed  and  lie  squat ;  for  if  they  were 
taken,  they  must  die,  although  they  had  heads  of  gold." 

Then  said  the  court :  "  Mr.  Evil-Questioning,  here  is 
now  another  witness  against  you,  and  his  testimony  is  full : 

1.  He  swears  that  you  did  receive  these  men  into  your 
house,  and  that  you  did  nourish  them  there,  though  you 
knew  that  they  were  Diabolonians,  and  the  King's  enemies. 

2.  He  swears  that  you  did  wish  ten  thousand  of  them  in 
Mansoul.  3.  He  swears  that  you  did  give  them  advice  to 
be  squat  and  close,  lest  they  were  taken  by  the  King's  ser- 
vants. All  which  manifested!  that  thou  art  a  Diabolonian  ; 
for  hadst  thou  been  a  friend  to  the  King,  thou  wouldst  have 
apprehended  them." 

Then  said  Evil-Questioning :  "  To  the  first  of  these  T 
answer,  The  men  that  came  into  mine  house  were  strangers, 
and  I  took  them  in  ;  and  is  it  now  become  a  crime  in  Man- 
soul  for  a  man  to  entertain  strangers  ?  That  I  did  also  nou- 
rish them  is  true  :  and  why  should  my  charity  be  blamed  ? 
As  for  the  reason  why  I  wished  ten  thousand  of  them  in 
Mansoul,  I  never  told  it  to  the  witnesses,  nor  to  themselves. 
I  might  wish  them  to  be  taken,  and  so  my  wish  might  mean 
well  to  Mansoul,  for  aught  that  any  yet  knows.  I  did  also 
bid  them  take  heed  that  they  fell  not  into  the  captains' 
hands  ;  but  that  might  be,  because  I  am  umVilling  that  any 
man  should  be  slain,  and  not  because  I  would  have  the 
King's  enemies,  as  such,  escape." 

My  Lord  Mayor  then  replied :  "  That  though  it  was  a 
virtue  to  entertain  strangers,  yet  it  was  treason  to  entertain 
the  King's  enemies.  And  for  what  else  thou  hast  said,  thou 
dost  by  words  but  labour  to  evade  and  defer  the  execution 
of  judgment.  But  could  there  be  no  more  proved  against 
thee,  but  that  thou  art  a  Diabolonian,  thou  must  for  that  dio 


THE   HOLY    WAR.  291 

the  death  by  the  law ;  but  to  be  a  receiver,  a  nourisher,  a 
countenancer,  and  a  harbourer  of  others  of  them,  yea  of 
outlandish  Diabolonians,  yea,  of  them  that  came  from  far 
on  purpose  to  cut  off  and  destroy  our  Mansoul — this  must 
not  be  borne." 

Then  said  Evil-Questioning  :  "  I  see  how  the  game  will 
go  :  I  must  die  for  my  name,  and  for  my  charity."  And  so 
he  held  his  peace. 

Then  they  called  the  outlandish  doubters  to  the  bar,  and 
the  first  of  them  that  was  arraigned  was  the  election  doubter. 
So  his  indictment  was  read ;  and  because  he  was  an  out 
landish  man,  the  substance  of  it  was  told  him  by  an  inter- 
preter ;  namely,  "  That  he  was  there  charged  with  being 
an  enemy  of  Emmanuel  the  Prince,  a  hater  of  the  town  of 
Mansoul,  and  an  opposer  of  her  most  wholesome  doc- 
trine." 

Then  the  judge  asked  him  if  he  would  plead?  but  he 
said  only  this — That  he  confessed  that  he  was  an  election 
doubter,  and  that  that  was  the  religion  that  he  had  ever  been 
brought  up  in.  And  said,  moreover,  "  If  I  must  die  for  my 
religion,  I  trow,  I  shall  die  a  martyr,  and  so  I  care  the 
less." 

Judge.  Then  it  was  replied  :  "  To  question  election*  is  to 
overthrow  a  great  doctrine  of  the  gospel,  namely,  the  omnis- 
ciency,  and  power,  and  will  of  God  :  to  take  away  the  liberty 
of  God  with  his  creature,  to  stumble  the  faith  of  the  town 

*  Election,  in  this  passage,  may  be  understood  to  be  that  act  of 
divine  grace  by  which  the  sinner,  being  in  a  condition  in  which 
he  cannot  by  his  own  strength  turn  and  prepare  himself  to  faith, 
and  calling  upon  God,  is  enlightened,  regenerated,  and  saved; 
Christ  giving  him  a  good  will,  and  working  with  him  when  he 
has  that  good  will,  so  that  he  is  saved  by  grace  and  not  of  works 
— a  doctrine  in  which  Protestant  Christians  of  all  denominations 
agree.  -  [Commiitcc  of  Publication.] 


292  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

of  Mansoul,  and  to  make  salvation  to  depend  upon  works, 
and  not  upon  grace.  It  also  belied  the  word,  and  disquieted 
the  minds  of  the  men  of  Mansoul ;  therefore  by  the  best  of 
laws  he  must  die." 

Then  was  the  vocation  doubter  called,  and  set  to  the  bar  ; 
and  his  indictment  for  substance  was  the  same  with  the 
other,  only  he  was  particularly  charged  with  denying  the 
calling  of  Mansoul. 

The  judge  asked  him  also  what  he  had  to  say  for  himself? 

So  he  replied  :  "  That  he  never  believed  that  there  was 
any  such  thing  as  a  distinct  and  powerful  call  of  God  to 
Mansoul,  otherwise  than  by  the  general  voice  of  the  word  ; 
nor  by  that  neither,  otherwise  than  as  it  exhorted  them  to 
forbear  evil,  and  to  do  that  which  is  good,  and  in  so  doing  a 
promise  of  happiness  is  annexed." 

Then  said  the  judge  :  "  Thou  art  a  Diabolonian,  and  hast 
denied  a  great  part  of  one  of  the  most  experimental  truths 
of  the  Prince  of  the  town  of  Mansoul ;  for  he  has  called, 
and  she  has  heard  a  most  distinct  and  powerful  call  of  her 
Emmanuel,  by  which  she  has  been  quickened,  awakened, 
and  possessed  with  heavenly  grace  to  desire  to  have  com- 
munion with  her  Prince,  to  serve  him,  and  do  his  will,  and 
to  look  for  her  happiness  merely  of  his  good  pleasure.  And 
for  thine  abhorrence  of  this  good  doctrine,  thou  must  die  the 
death." 

Then  the  grace-doubter  was  called,  and  his  indictment 
was  read,  and  he  replied  thereto  :  "  That  though  he  was  of 
the  land  of  doubting,  his  father  was  the  offspring  of  a  Phari- 
see, and  lived  in  a  good  fashion  among  his  neighbours,  and 
that  he  taught  him  to  believe,  and  believe  it  I  do,  and  will, 
that  Mansoul  shall  never  be  saved  freely  by  grace." 

Then  said  the  judge:  "  Why,  the  law  of  the  Prince  is 
plain:   1,  Negatively,  'not  of  works;'  2.  Positively,  'by 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  293 

grace  you  are  saved.'  And  thy  religion  sellletli  in  and  upon 
the  works  of  the  flesh :  for  the  works  of  the  law  are  the 
works  of  the  flesh.  Besides,  in  saying  as  thou  hast  done, 
thou  hast  robbed  God  of  his  glory,  and  given  it  to  a  sinful 
man  ;  thou  hast  robbed  Christ  of  the  necessity  of  his  under- 
taking, and  the  sufficiency  thereof,  and  hast  given  both  these 
to  the  works  of  the  flesh.  Thou  hast  despised  the  work  of 
the  Holy  Ghost,  and  hast  magnified  the  will  of  the  flesh, 
and  of  the  legal  mind.  Thou  art  a  Diabolonian,  the  son  of 
a  Diabolonian  ;  and  for  thy  Diabolonian  principles  thou  must 
die." 

The  court  then,  having  proceeded  thus  far  with  them,  sent 
out  the  jury,  who  forthwith  brought  them  in  guilty  of  death. 
Then  stood  up  the  Recorder,  and  addressed  himself  to  the 
prisoners :  "  You,  the  prisoners  at  the  bar,  you  have  been 
here  indicted,  and  proved  guilty  of  high  crimes  against  Em- 
manuel our  Prince,  and  against  the  welfare  of  the  famous 
town  of  Mansoul,  crimes  for  which  you  must  be  put  to 
death,  and  die  ye  accordingly." 

So  they  were  sentenced  to  the  death  of  the  cross.  The 
place  assigned  them  for  execution,  was  that  where  Diabolus 
drew  up  his  last  army  against  Mansoul :  save  only  that  old 
Evil-Questioning  was  hanged  at  the  top  of  Bad  Street,  just 
over  against  his  own  door. 

When  the  town  of  Mansoul  had  thus  far  rid  themselves 
of  their  enemies,  and  of  the  troublers  of  their  peace,  in  the 
next  place  a  strict  commandment  was  given  out,  that  yet 
my  Lord  Willbewill  should,  with  Diligence  his  man,  search 
for,  and  do  his  best  to  apprehend  what  town  Diabolonians 
were  yet  left  alive  in  Mansoul.  The  names  of  several  of 
them  were,  Mr.  Fooling,  Mr.  Let-Good-Slip,  Mr.  Slavish- 
Fear,  Mr.  No-Love,  Mr.  Mistrust,  Mr.  Flesh,  and  Mr.  Sloth. 
Tt  was  also  commanded,  that  he  should  apprehend  Mr.  Evil- 

25* 


294  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

Questioning's  children,  that  he  left  behind  him,  and  that  they 
should  demolish  his  house.  The  children  that  he  left  be- 
hind him  were  these  :  Mr.  Doubt,  and  he  was  his  eldest 
son ;  the  next  to  him  was  Legal-Life,  Unbelief,  Wrong- 
Though  ts-of-Christr  Clip-Promise,  Carnal-Sense,  Live-by- 
feeling,  Self-Love.  All  these  he  had  by  one  wife,  and  her 
name  was  No-Hope ;  she  was  the  kinswoman  of  old  In- 
credulity, for  he  was  her  uncle  ;  and  when  her  father,  old 
Dark,  was  dead,  he  took  her  and  brought  her  up,  and  when 
she  was  marriageable,  he  gave  her  to  this  old  Evil-Question- 
ing to  wife. 

Now  the  Lord  Willbewill  did  put  into  execution  his  com- 
mission, with  great  Diligence,  his  man.  He  took  Fooling  in 
the  streets,  and  hanged  him  up  in  Want-wit-Alley,  over 
against  his  own  house.  This  Fooling  was  he  that  would 
have  had  the  town  of  Mansoul  deliver  up  Captain  Credence 
into  the  hands  of  Diabolus,  provided  that  then  he  would 
have  withdrawn  his  force  out  of  the  town.  He  also  took 
Mr.  Let-Good-Slip  one  day  as  he  was  busy  in  the  market, 
and  executed  him  according  to  law.  Now  there  was  an 
honest  poor  man  in  Mansoul,  and  his  name  was  Mr.  Medi- 
tation, one  of  no  great  account  in  the  days  of  apostasy,  but 
now  of  repute  with  the  best  of  the  town.  This  man,  there- 
fore, they  were  willing  to  prefer.  Now  Mr.  Let-Good-Slip 
had  a  great  deal  of  wealth  heretofore  in  Mansoul,  and,  at 
Emmanuel's  coming,  it  was  sequestered  to  the  use  of  the 
Prince :  this,  therefore,  was  now  given  to  Mr.  Meditation, 
to  improve  for  the  common  good,  and  after  him  to  his  son, 
Mr.  Think-Well :  this  Think-Well  he  had  by  Mrs.  Piety 
his  wife,  and  she  was  the  daughter  of  Mr.  Recorder. 

After  this,  my  lord  apprehended  Clip-Promise ;  now  be- 
cause he  was  a  notorious  villain,  for  by  his  doings  much  of 
the  King's  coin  was  abused,  therefore  he  was  made  a  public 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  295 

example.  He  was  arraigned  and  judged  to  be  first  set  in 
the  pillory,  then  to  be  whipped  by  all  the  children  and  ser- 
vants in  Mansoul,  and  then  to  be  hanged  till  he  was  dead. 
Some  may  wonder  at  the  severity  of  this  man's  punishment ; 
but  those  that  are  honest  traders  in  Mansoul,  are  sensible  of 
the  great  abuse  that  one  clipper  of  promises,  in  little  time, 
may  do  to  the  town  of  Mansoul.  And  truly  my  judgment 
is,  that  all  those  of  his  name  and  life  should  be  served  even 
as  he. 

He  also  apprehended  Carnal-Sense,  and  put  him  in  hold ; 
but  how  it  came  about,  I  cannot  tell,  but  he  brake  prison,  and 
made  his  escape :  yea,  and  the  bold  villain  will  not  yet  quit 
the  town,  but  lurks  in  the  Diabolonian  dens  a  days,  and 
haunts  like  a  ghost,  honest  men's  houses  at  nights.  Where- 
fore, there  was  a  proclamation  set  up  in  the  market-place 
in  Mansoul,  signifying  that  whosoever  could  discover  Carnal- 
Sense,  and  apprehend  him  and  slay  him,  should  be  admitted 
daily  to  the  Prince's  table,  and  should  be  made  keeper  of  the 
treasure  of  Mansoul.  Many,  therefore,  did  bend  themselves 
to  do  this  thing,  but  take  him  and  slay  him  they  could  not, 
though  often  he  was  discovered. 

But  my  lord  toos  Mr.  Wrong-Thonghts-of-Christ,  and 
put  him  in  prison,  and  he  died  there ;  though  it  was  long 
first,  for  he  died  of  a  lingering  consumption. 

Self-Love  was  also  taken  and  committed  to  custody ;  but 
there  were  many  that  were  allied  to  him  in  Mansoul,  so  his 
judgment  was  deferred.  But  at  last  Mr.  Self-Denial  stood 
up,  and  said  :  "  If  such  villains  as  these  may  be  winked  at 
in  Mansoul,  I  will  lay  down  my  commission.  He  also  took 
him  from  the  crowd,  and  had  him  among  his  soldiers,  and 
there  he  was  brained.  But  some  in  Mansoul  muttered  at  it, 
though  none  durst  speak  plainly,  because  Emmanuel  was  in 
town.     Bu*  this  brave  act  of  Captain  Self  Denial  came  to 


296  THE   HOLY    WAR. 

the  Prince's  ears ,  so  he  sent  for  him,  and  made  him  a  lord 
in  Mansoul.  My  Lord  Willbewill  also  obtained  great  com- 
mendations of  Emmanuel,  for  what  he  had  done  for  the 
town  of  Mansoul. 

Then  my  Lord  Self-Denial  took  courage,  and  set  to  the 
pursuing  of  the  Diabolonians,  with  my  Lord  Willbewill ; 
and  they  took  Live-by-Feeling,  and  they  took  Legal-Life, 
and  put  them  in  hold  till  they  died.  But  Mr.  Unbelief  was 
a  nimble  Jack :  him  they  could  never  lay  hold  of,  though 
they  attempted  to  do  it  often.  He  therefore,  and  some  few 
more  of  the  subtlest  of  the  Diabolonian  tribe,  did  yet  remain 
in  Mansoul,  to  the  time  that  Mansoul  left  off  to  dwell  any 
longer  in  the  kingdom  of  Universe.  But  they  kept  them  to 
their  dens  and  holes :  if  one  of  them  did  appear,  or  happen 
to  be  seen  in  any  of  the  streets  of  the  town  of  Mansoul,  the 
whole  town  would  be  up  in  arms  after  them ;  yea,  the  very 
children  in  Mansoul  would  cry  out  after  them  as  after  a 
thief,  and  would  wish  that  they  might  stone  them  to  death 
with  stones.  And  now  did  Mansoul  arrive  to  some  good 
degree  of  peace  and  quiet ;  her  Prince  also  did  abide  within 
her  borders ;  her  captains,  also,  and  her  soldiers  did  their 
duties ;  and  Mansoul  minded  her  trade  that  she  had  with 
the  country  that  was  afar  off;  also  she  was  busy  in  her 
manufacture. 

When  the  town  of  Mansoul  had  thus  far  rid  themselves 
of  so  many  of  their  enemies,  and  the  troublers  of  their  peace, 
the  Prince  sent  to  them,  and  appointed  a  day  wherein  he 
would,  at  the  market-place,  meet  the  whole  people,  and 
there  give  them  in  charge  concerning  some  further  matters, 
that,  if  observed,  would  tend  to  their  further  safety  and 
comfort,  and  to  the  condemnation  and  destruction  of  their 
home-bred  Diabolonians.  So  the  day  appointed  was  come, 
and  the  tow;  nsmen  met  together  ;  Emmanuel  also  came  down 


THE   HOLY   WAR.  297 

in  his  chariot,  and  all  his  captains  in  their  state  attending 
him,  on  the  right  hand  and  on  the  left.  Then  was  silence 
made,  and,  after  some  mutual  expressions  of  love,  the  Prince 
began,  and  thus  proceeded : — 

"  You  my  Mansoul,  and  the  beloved  of  mine  heart,  many 
and  great  are  the  privileges  that  I  have  bestowed  upon  you  ; 
I  have  singled  you  out  from  others,  and  have  chosen  you  to 
myself,  not  for  your  worthiness,  but  for  mine  own  sake.  I 
have  also  redeemed  you,  not  only  from  the  dread  of  my 
Father's  law,  but  from  the  hand  of  Diabolus.  This  I  have 
done  because  I  loved  you,  and  because  I  have  set  my  heart 
upon  you  to  do  you  good.  I  have  also,  that  all  things  that 
might  hinder  thy  way  to  the  pleasures  of  paradise  might  be 
taken  out  of  the  way,  laid  down  for  thee  for  thy  soul  a 
plenary  satisfaction,  and  have  bought  thee  to  myself;  a 
price  not  of"  corruptible  things,  as  of  silver  and  gold,  but  a 
price  of  blood,  mine  own  blood,  which  I  have  freely  spilled 
upon  the  ground  to  make  thee  mine.  So  I  have  reconciled 
thee,  O  my  Mansoul,  to  my  Father,  and  entrusted  thee  in 
the  mansion-houses  that  are  with  my  Father  in  the  royal 
city,  where  things  are,  O  my  Mansoul,  that  eye  hath  not 
seen,  nor  hath  entered  into  the  heart  of  man  to  conceive. 

"  Besides,  O  my  Mansoul,  thou  seest  what  I  have  done,  and 
how  I  have  taken  thee  out  of  the  hands  of  thine  enemies ; 
unto  whom  thou  hadst  deeply  revolted  from  thy  Father,  and 
by  whom  thou  wast  content  to  be  possessed,  and  also  to  be 
destroyed.  I  came  to  thee  first  by  my  law,  then  by  my 
gospel,  to  awaken  thee  and  show  thee  my  glory.  And  thou 
knowest  what  thou  wast,  what  thou  saidst,  what  thou  didst, 
and  how  many  times  thou  rebelledst  against  my  Father  and 
me  ;  yet  I  left  thee  not,  as  thou  seest  this  day,  but  came  to 
thee,  have  borne  thy  manners,  have  waited  upon  thee,  and, 
after  all,  accepted  of  thee,  even  of  my  mere  grace  and 


298  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

favour ;  and  would  not  suffer  thee  to  be  lost,  as  thou  most 
•willingly  wouldst  have  been.  I  also  compassed  thee  about, 
and  afflicted  thee  on  every  side,  that  I  might  make  thee 
weary  of  thy  ways,  and  bring  down  thy  hcaU  with  molesta- 
tion to  a  willingness  to  close  with  thy  p;ood  a;id  happiness. 
And  when  I  had  gotten  a  complete  crnqreat  over  thee,  I 
turned  it  to  thy  advantage. 

"Thou  seest,  also,  what  a  company  of  my  Father's  host 
I  have  lodged  within  thy  borders  ;  cay-tains  and  ruie.i&,  sol- 
diers and  men  of  war,  engines  and  ex  -.client  devices  to  sub- 
due and  bring  down  thy  foes :  thou  'cnowest  my  meaning, 
O  Mansoul.  And  they  are  my  seivants,  and  thine,  too, 
Mansoul.  Yea,  my  design  of  posses;  ing  of  thee  with  them, 
and  the  natural  tendency  of  each  of  them  is  to  defend, 
purge,  strengthen,  and  sweeten  thee  for  myself,  O  Mansoul, 
and  to  make  thee  meet  for  my  Father's  presence,  blessing, 
and  glory  ;  for  thou,  my  Mansoul,  art  created  to  be  prepared 
unto  these. 

"  Thou  seest,  moreover,  my  Mansoul,  how  I  have  passed 
by  thy  backslidings,  and  have  healed  thee.  Indeed  I  was 
angry  with  thee,  but  I  have  turned  mine  anger  away  from 
thee,  because  I  loved  thee  still,  and  mine  anger  and  my  in- 
dignation is  ceased  in  the  destruction  of  thine  enemies,  O 
Mansoul.  Nor  did  thy  goodness  fetch  me  again  unto  thee, 
after  that  I,  for  thy  trangressions,  have  hid  my  face,  and 
withdrawn  my  presence  from  thee.  The  way  of  backsliding 
was  thine,  but  the  way  and  means  of  thy  recovery  was 
mine.  I  invented  the  means  of  thy  return ;  it  was  I  that 
made  an  hedge  and  a  wall,  when  thou  wast  beginning  to  turn 
to  things  in  which  I  delighted  not.  It  was  I  that  made  thy 
sweet  bitter,  thy  day  night,  thy  smooth  way  thorny,  and 
that  also  confounded  all  that  sought  thy  destruction.  It  was 
I  that  set  Mr.  Godly-Fear  lo  work  in  Mansoul.     It  was  I 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  299 

that  stirred  up  thy  conscience  and  understanding,  thy  will 
and  thy  affections,  after  thy  great  and  woful  decay.  It  was 
I  that  put  life  into  thee,  O  Mansoul,  to  seek  me,  that  thou 
mightest  find  me,  and  in  thy  finding  find  thine  own  health, 
happiness,  and  salvation.  It  was  I  that  fetched  the  second 
time  the  Diabolonians  out  of  Mansoul ;  and  it  was  I  that 
overcame  them,  and  that  destroyed  them  before  thy  face. 

"  And  now,  my  Mansoul,  I  am  returned  to  thee  in  peace, 
and  thy  transgressions  against  me  are  as  if  they  had  not  been. 
Nor  shall  it  be  with  thee  as  in  former  days,  but  I  will  do 
better  for  thee  than  at  thy  beginning.  For  yet  a  little  while, 
O  my  Mansoul,  even  after  a  few  more  times  are  gone  over 
thy  head,  I  will  (but  be  not  thou  troubled  at  what  I  say)  take 
down  this  famous  town  of  Mansoul,  stick  and  stone,  to  the 
ground.  And  I  will  carry  the  stones  thereof,  and  the  timber 
thereof,  and  the  walls  thereof,  and  the  dust  thereof,  and  the 
inhabitants  thereof,  into  mine  own  country,  even  into  a  king- 
dom of  my  Father  ;  and  will  there  set  it  up  in  such  strength 
and  glory,  as  it  never  did  see  in  the  kingdom  where  now  it 
is  placed.  I  will  even  there  set  it  up  for  my  Father's  habita- 
tion ;  for  for  that  purpose  it  was  at  first  erected  in  the  king- 
dom of  Universe ;  and  there  will  I  make  it  a  spectacle  of 
wonder,  a  monument  of  mercy,  and  the  admirer  of  its  own 
mercy.  There  shall  the  natives  of  Mansoul  see  all  that,  of 
which  they  have  seen  nothing  here  :  there  shall  they  be 
equal  to  those  unto  whom  they  have  been  inferior  here. 
And  there  shalt  thou,  O  my  Mansoul,  have  such  commu- 
nion with  me,  with  my  Father,  and  with  your  Lord  Secre- 
tary, as  is  not  possible  here  to  be  enjoyed,  nor  ever  could 
be,  shouldest  thou  live  in  Universe  the  space  of  a  thousand 
years. 

"  And  there,  0  my  Mansoul,  thou  shalt  be  afraid  of  mur- 
lerers  no  more  ;  of  Diabolonians  and  their  threats  no  more. 


300  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

There,  there  shall  be  no  more  plots,  nor  contrivances,  nor 
designs  against  thee,  O  my  Mansoul.  There  thou  shalt  no 
more  hear  the  evil-tidings,  or  the  noise  of  the  Diabolonian 
drum.  There  thou  shalt  not  see  the  Diabolonian  standard- 
bearers,  nor  yet  behold  Diabolus's  standard.  No  Diabolo- 
nian mount  shall  be  cast  up  against  thee  there ;  nor  shall 
there  the  Diabolonian  standard  be  set  up  to  make  thee 
afraid.  There  thou  shalt  not  need  captains,  engines,  sol- 
diers, and  men  of  war.  There  thou  shalt  meet  with  no 
sorrow,  nor  grief ;  nor  shall  it  be  possible  that  any  Diabo- 
lonian should  again,  for  ever,  be  able  to  creep  into  thy  skirts, 
burrow  in  thy  walls,  or  be  seen  again  within  thy  borders  all 
the  days  of  eternity.  Life  shall  there  last  longer  than  here 
you  are  able  to  desire  it  should ;  and  yet  it  shall  always  be 
sweet  and  new,  nor  shall  any  impediment  attend  it  for  ever. 

"There,  O  Mansoul,  thou  shalt  meet  with  many  of  those 
that  have  been  like  thee,  and  that  have  been  partakers  of  thy 
sorrows ;  even  such  as  I  have  chosen,  and  redeemed,  and 
set  apart,  as  thou,  for  my  Father's  court  and  city-royal.  All 
they  will  be  glad  in  thee,  and  thou,  when  thou  seest  them, 
shalt  be  glad  in  thine  heart. 

"  There  are  things,  0  Mansoul,  even  things  of  my  Father's 
providing,  and  mine,  that  never  were  seen  since  the  begin- 
ning of  the  world ;  and  they  are  laid  up  with  my  Father, 
and  sealed  up  among  his  treasures  for  thee,  till  thou  shalt 
come  thither  to  enjoy  them.  I  told  you  before,  that  I  would 
remove  my  Mansoul,  and  set  it  up  elsewhere  ;  and  Avhere  I 
will  set  it,  there  are  those  that  love  thee,  and  those  that 
rejoice  in  thee  now :  but  how  much  more,  when  they  shall 
see  thee  exalted  to  honour  !  My  Father  will  then  send 
them  for  you  to  fetch  you ;  and  their  bosoms  are  chariots 
to  put  you  in.  And  you,  O  my  Mansoul,  shall  ride  upon 
(he  wings  of  the  wind.     They  will  come  to  convey,  con- 


THE    HOLY    WAR.  301 

duct,  and  bring  you  to  that,  when  your  eyes  see  more,  that 
will  be  your  desired  haven. 

"  And  thus,  O  my  Mansoul,  I  have  showed  unto  thee 
what  shall  be  done  to  thee  hereafter,  if  thou  canst  hear,  if 
thou  canst  understand ;  and  now  I  will  tell  thee  what  at 
present  must  be  thy  duty  and  practice,  until  I  come  and 
fetch  thee  to  myself,  according  as  is  related  in  the  Scriptures 
of  truth. 

"  First,  I  charge  thee  that  thou  dost  hereafter  keep  more 
white  and  clean  the  liveries  which  I  gave  thee  before  my 
last  withdrawing  from  thee.  Do  it,  I  say,  for  this  will  be 
thy  wisdom.  They  are  in  themselves  fine  linen,  but  thou 
must  keep  them  white  and  clean.  This  will  be  your  wis- 
dom, your  honour,  and  will  be  greatly  for  my  glory.  When 
your  garments  are  white,  the  world  will  count  you  mine. 
Also,  when  your  garments  are  white,  then  I  am  delighted  in 
your  ways ;  for  then  your  goings  to  and  fro  will  be  like  a 
flash  of  lightning,  that  those  that  are  present  must  take 
notice  of;  also  their  eyes  will  be  made  to  dazzle  thereat. 
Deck  thyself,  therefore,  according  to  my  bidding,  and  make 
thyself  by  my  law  straight  steps  for  thy  feet ;  so  shall  thy 
King  greatly  desire  thy  beauty,  for  he  is  thy  Lord,  and  wor- 
ship thou  him. 

"  Now,  that  thou  mayest  keep  them  as  I  bid  thee,  I  have, 
as  I  before  did  tell  thee,  provided  for  thee  an  open  fountain 
to  wash  thy  garments  in.  Look,  therefore,  that  thou  wash 
often  in  my  fountain,  and  go  not  in  defiled  garments  ;  for  as 
it  is  to  my  dishonour  and  my  disgrace,  so  it  will  be  to  thy 
discomfort,  when  you  shall  walk  in  filthy  garments.  Let 
not,  therefore,  my  garments,  your  garments,  the  garments 
that  I  gave  thee,  be  defiled  or  spotted  by  the  flesh.  Keep 
thy  garments  always  white,  and  let  thy  head  lack  no  ointment. 

"  My  Mansoul,  I  have  oftentimes  delivered  thee  from  the 

26 


302  THE    HOLY   WAR. 

designs,  plots,  attempts,  and  conspiracies  of  Diabolus ;  and 
for  all  this  I  ask  thee  nothing,  but  that  thou  render  not  to 
me  evil  for  my  good  ;  but  that  thou  bear  in  mind  my  love, 
and  the  continuation  of  my  kindness  to  my  beloved  Man- 
soul,  so  as  to  provoke  thee  to  walk  in  thy  measure  according 
to  the  benefit  bestowed  on  thee.  Of  old,  the  sacrifices  were 
bound  with  cords  to  the  horns  of  the  altar.  Consider  what 
is  said  to  thee,  O  my  blessed  Mansoul. 

"  O  my  Mansoul,  I  have  lived,  I  have  died.  I  live,  and 
will  die  no  more  for  thee.  I  live  that  thou  mayest  not  die. 
Because  I  live,  thou  shalt  live  also.  I  reconciled  thee  to  my 
Father  by  the  blood  of  my  cross ;  and  being  reconciled, 
thou  shalt  live  through  me.  I  will  pray  for  thee  ;  I  will  fight 
for  thee  ;  I  will  yet  do  thee  good. 

"Nothing  can  hurt  thee  but  sin;  nothing  can  grieve  me 
but  sin  ;  nothing  can  make  thee  base  before  thy  foes  but  sin ; 
take  heed  of  sin,  my  Mansoul. 

"  And  dost  thou  know  why  I  at  first,  and  do  still  suffer 
Diabolonians  to  dwell  in  thy  walls,  O  Mansoul  ?  It  is  to 
keep  thee  wakening,  to  try  thy  love,  to  make  thee  watchful, 
and  to  cause  thee  yet  to  prize  my  noble  captains,  their  sol- 
diers, and  my  mercy. 

"  It  is  also,  that  yet  thou  mayest  be  made  to  remember 
what  a  deplorable  condition  thou  once  wast  in.  I  mean 
when,  not  some,  but  all  did  dwell,  not  in  thy  walls,  but  in 
thy  castle,  and  in  thy  stronghold,  0  Mansoul. 

"  O  my  Mansoul,  should  I  slay  all  them  within,  many 
there  be  without,  that  would  bring  thee  into  bondage ;  for, 
were  all  those  within  cut  off",  those  without  would  find  thee 
sleeping  ;  and  then,  as  in  a  moment,  they  would  swallow  up 
my  Mansoul.  I  therefore  left  them  in  thee,  not  to  do  thee 
hurt,  (the  which  they  yet  will,  if  thou  hearken  to  them,  and 
serve  them,)  but  to  do  thee  good,  the  which  they  must,  if 


THfc    HOLV    WAR.  303 

thou  watch  and  fight  against  them.  Know,  therefore,  that 
whatever  they  shall  tempt  thee  to,  my  design  is,  that  they 
should  drive  thee,  not  further  off,  but  nearer  to  my  Father, 
to  teach  thee  war,  to  make  petitioning  desirable  to  thee,  and 
to  make  thee  little  in  thine  own  eyes.  Hearken  diligently 
to  this,  my  Mansoul. 

"  Show  me,  then,  thy  love,  my  Mansoul,  and  let  not  those 
that  are  within  thy  walls  take  thy  affections  off  from  him 
that  hath  redeemed  thy  soul.  Yea,  let  the  sight  of  a  Dia- 
bolonian  heighten  thy  love  to  me.  I  came  once,  and  twice, 
and  thrice,  to  save  thee  from  the  poison  of  those  arrows 
that  would  have  wrought  thy  death ;  stand  for  me,  thy 
Friend,  my  Mansoul,  against  the  Diabolonians,  and  I  will 
stand  for  thee  before  my  Father,  and  all  his  court.  Love 
me  against  temptation,  and  I  will  love  thee  notwithstanding 
thine  infirmities. 

"  O  my  Mansoul,  remember  what  my  captains,  my  sol- 
diers, and  mine  engines  have  done  for  thee.  They  have 
fought  for  thee,  they  have  suffered  by  thee,  they  have  borne 
much  at  thy  hands  to  do  thee  good,  0  Mansoul.  Hadst 
thou  not  had  them  to  help  thee,  Diabolus  had  certainly 
made  a  hand  of  thee.  Nourish  them,  therefore,  my  Man- 
soul. When  thou  dost  well,  they  will  be  well ;  when  thou 
dost  ill,  they  will  be  ill,  and  sick,  and  weak.  Make  not  my 
captains  sick,  O  Mansoul ;  for  if  they  be  sick,  thou  canst 
not  be  well ;  if  they  be  weak,  thou  canst  not  be  strong ;  if 
they  be  faint,  thou  canst  nof  be  stout  and  valiant  for  thy 
King,  0  Mansoul.  Nor  must  thou  think  always  to  live  by 
sense  :  thou  must  live  upon  my  word.  Thou  must  believe, 
O  my  Mansoul,  when  I  am  from  thee,  that  yet  I  love  thee, 
and  bear  thee  upon  mine  heart  for  ever. 

"  Remember,  therefore,  O  my  Mansoul,  that  thou  art 
beloved  of  me :  as  I  have,  therefore,  taught  thee  to  watch 


304  THE    HOLY    WAR. 

to  fight,  to  pray,  and  to  make  war  against  my  foes ;  so  now 
I  command  thee  to  believe  that  my  love  is  constant  to  thee. 
O  my  Mansoul,  how  have  I  set  my  heart,  my  love  upon 
thee  !  Watch.  Behold  I  lay  none  other  burden  upon  thee, 
than  what  thou  hast  already.     Hold  fast,  till  I  come." 


PUBLISHED   BY  THE 


American  Baptist  Publication  Society, 

118  ARCH  STREET,  PHILADELPHIA. 


During  the  year  ending  May  1st,  1852,  forty-three  new  publications 
weie  issued,  (all  of  which,  except  eight,  have  been  sterrotyped.)  em- 1 
tracing  7,514  pages.  Of  the  pages  issued,  528  were  octavo;  3,040, 
duodecimo;  3,754,  18mo.,  and  192  in  64mo;  being  equal  to  11,028 
pages,  18mo.  Deducting  the  pages  contained  in  four  adopted  books 
and  in  three  ornamental  editions,  the  publications  issued  by  the  • 
Society  the  past  year,  are  equal  to  10,334  pages  18mo. 

Among  the  new  publications  issued  the  past  year,  are,— 
HEYWOOD'S  HEART  TREASURE,  or  the  Furniture  of  a  Holy  Soul. 
Edited  by  Rev.  G.  B.  Ide,  D.  D.    18mo.    420  pages.    55  cents. 
HALL'S  HELP  TO  ZION'S  TRAVELLERS.    Edited  by  Rev.  How-  ^ 

ard  Malcom,  D.  D.    18mo.    252  pages.    35  cents. 
THE  WAY  TO  CHRIST  AND  THE  WALK  IN  CHRIST.    By  G. 
W.  Anderson,  Professor  in  the  University  at  Lewisburg,  Pa. 
18mo.    156  pages.    30  cents. 

MINUTES  OF  TnE  PHILADELPHIA  ASSOCIATION,  from  1707  | 
to  1807  ;  being  the  first  hundred  years  of  its  existence.  Edited  i 
by  Rev.  A.  D.  Gillette.    8vo.    480  pages.    Price,  $1.50. 

INFANT  BAPTISM  A  PART  AND  PILLAR  OF  POPERY.  By  \ 
John  Gill,  D.  D.    Edited  by  George  B.  Ide,  D.  D.    25  cents. 

LIGHT  FOR  THE  YOUNG.    By  Maria  Jane  Jewsbury.    35  cents. 

SCENES  IN  CHINA.    By  Mrs.  H.  Shuck.     16  engravings.    40  cts. 

THE  FORGET-ME-NOT.    Gift  for  Sabbath  School  Children.    25  cts. 

THE  SINNER'S  PROGRESS.    By  John  Buntan.    65  cents. 

THE  HEAVENLY  FOOTMAN.    By  John  Bunyan.    15  cents. 

THE  BARREN  FIG-TREE.    By  John  Bunyan.    25  cents. 

"  Bunyan's  DIRECTING  Works,"  "  Bunyan's  SEARCHING  Works," 
"Bunyan's  CONSOLING  Works,"  "Bunyan's  DOCTRINAL' 
Works,"  "Bunyan's  EXPERIMENTAL  Works."  Each  volume 
is  complete  in  itself  and  sold  separately.    75  cents. 

Also,  numerous  SUNDAY  SCHOOL  BOOKS,  besides  TRACTS,  Ac. 


SUNDAY  SCHOOL  BOOKS 

PUBLISHED  BI  THE 

American  Baptist  Publication  Society, 

Within  the  year  ending  May  1st,  28  5  2. 


HIE  FOKGET-ME-NOT.    A  Gift  for  Sabbath  School  Children.  With 
five  engravings.    18mo.    108  pages.    25  cents. 

THE  FORGET-ME-NOT.    With  an  illuminated  title-page  in  six 
colors,  fine  paper,  and  gilt  edges.    90  cents. 

SCENES  IN  CHINA.    By  Mrs.  Henrietta  Shuck.    The  first  Amer- 
ican Female  Missionary  to  China.     16  engravings.    40  cents. 

SCENES  IN  CHINA.     With  illuminated  title  page  in  six  colors, , 
fine  paper,  and  gilt  edges.    $1.25.    Plain  edges.    $1.00. 

LIGHT  FOR  THE  YOUNG,  in  a  Series  of  Letters.    By  Maria  Jane  i 
Jewshury.    18mo.    222  pages.    35  cents. 

LIGHT  FOR  THE  YOUNG.     With  a  mezzotint  frontispiece,  fine 
■  paper  and  gilt  edges.    $1,00. 

MANUAL  FOR  SUNDAY  SCHOOL  CELEBRATIONS.    30  cents. 

THE  HEAVENLY  FOOTMAN.    By  John  Bunyan.    15  cents. 

BUDS  OF  PARADISE;  or  Sketches  of  Pious  Children.    20  cents. 

THE  BUD  OF  TEXAS;  or  Little  Jennie.    10  cents. 

THE  BUD  OF  THE  MERRIMACK ;  or  Little  Mackie.    10  cents. 

THE  BUD  OF  THE  DELAWARE ;  or  Little  Mamie.    10  cents. 

HENRY  CURRAN ;  or  a  Reminiscence  of  my  School.    12  cents. 

THE  BEREAVED  MOTHERS;  or  the  Contrast.    16  cents. 

MEMOIR  OF  JOSEPH  WISTAR.    By  A.  D.  Gillette.    15  cents. 

THE  FRAZIER  FAMILY;  or  nome  Politeness.    15  cents. 

THE  VOYAGE  OF  THE  SHIP  CHRISTIAN.    An  Allegory.    16  cts.  I 

LOST  OPPORTUNITIES;  or  the  History  of  Clarissa  Newton.  12  cts. 

JESSIE  CAREY.    A  Story  of  Early  Piety.    14  cents. 

THE  BAPTIST  CATECHISM,  commonly  called  Reach's  Catechism. 
Large  type.  3  cts.  single.  36  cents  per  dozen.   $3  per  hundred. 

THE  BAPTIST  CATECHISM,  with  References.  36  cents  per  dozen. 

INDEPENDENCE  DAY;  or  Two  Modes  of  Spending  it.    20  cents. 

THE  SUNDAY  SCHOOL  TEACHER.    18mo.    104  pages.    20  cents.  I 


€UB^Gira 


miwp) 


VALUABLE  BOOKS 

PUBLISHED  BY  THB 


COMPLETE   WORKS  OP   ANDREW    FELLER.     In  three  large  J; 
octavo  volumes,  embracing  2,448  pages.    Price,  $5,00. 

BUNYAN'S  AWAKENING  WORKS.    12mo.    420  pages.    75  cents. 


BUNYAN'S  INVITING  WORKS. 
BUNTAN'S  DEVOTIONAL  WORKS 
BUNYAN'S  DIRECTING  WORKS. 
BUNYAN'S  SEARCHING  WORKS. 
BUNYAN'S  CONSOLING  WORKS. 
BUNYAN'S  DOCTRINAL  WORKS.  12mo 
BUNYAN'S   EXPERIMENTAL   WORKS. 


12mo.    408  pages.  75  cents. 

12mo.    432  pages.  75  cents. 

12mo.    418  pages.  75  cents. 

12mo.    422  pages.  75  cents. 

12mo.    428  pages.  75  cents. 

432  pages. 

432  pages 


75  cents.  | 
75  cents. 
60  cents. 
65  cents. 


BUNYAN'S  PILGRIM'S  PROGRESS.    12mo.    360  pages 

BUNYAN'S   SINNER'S  PROGRESS.    12mo.    324  pages. 

BUNYAN'S    HOLY    WAR.  12mo.    304  pages.    60  cents. 

CRUDEN'S   CONDENSED   CONCORDANCE.    568  pages.    $1.50. 

INFANT  BAPTISM  A  PART  AND  PILLAR  OF  POPERY.  By 
John  Gill,  D.  D.    Edited  by  George  B.  Ide,  D.  D.    25  cents. 

PENGILLY'S  SCRIPTURE  GUIDE  TO  BAPTISM.    &4  cents. 

REMINGTON'S  REASONS  FOR  BECOMING  A   BAPTIST.    6  cts. 

HALL'S  HELP  TO  ZION'S  TRAVELLERS.  18mo.  252  pages.  35  cts. 

SCENES  IN  CHINA.  By  the  late  Mrs.  Henrietta  Shuck.  The 
first  American  Female  Missionary  to  China.  With  16  en- 
gravings.   40  cents. 

LIGHT  FOR  THE  YOUNG,  in  a  Series  of  Letters.  By  Maria  Jane 
Jewsbury.    18mo.    222  pages.    35  cents. 

BUDS  OF  PARADISE ;  or  Sketches  of  Pious  Children.    20  cents. 

THB  BAPTIST  FAMILY  ALMANAC.  Price,  6  cents  single; 
50  cents  per  dozen;  $4  per  hundred;  $30  per  thousand. 


S3r2J13- 


-EJl^EJI^ 


£JlSJ33 


VALUABLE     BOOKS, 

PUBLISHED   BV    THE  W 

American  Baptist  publication  SocUtg, 

No.  118   ARCH    STREET, 

PHILADELPHIA. 

EFFIE    MAURICE. 
Effie  Maurice,  or  What  is  my  God?    By  Emily  C.  Judson. 
An  Illustration  of  the  First  Commandment.   It  has  a  hand- 
some lithograph  frontispiece.     100  pages,  18mo.    16  cents. 

ANNA    BAILEY. 
Anna  Bailey,  and  Image  Worship.    By  Emily  C.  Judson. 
It  illustrates  the  Second  Commandment.    78  pages,  18mo. 
Price  15  cents. 

JOHN    FRINK. 
John  Frink,  or  the  Third  Commandment.    By  Emily  C. 
Judson.     92  pages,  18mo.,  Price  16  cents. 

CLOSING    SCENES. 
Closing  Scenes ;   or  Death  Beds  of  Young  Persons.     A 
book  abounding  in  narratives  of  thrilling  interest.      194 
pages,  18mo.  Price  25  cts.,  in  half-binding;  30  cts., in  cloth. 

M.  E.  WAY. 
A  brief  Memoir  of  Micajah  E.  Way,  a  youthful  Christian, 
who  was  baptized  at  twelve  years  of  age  and  died  at  six- 
teen.   Price  9  cents.    In  paper  covers,  4  cents. 

CATECHISM. 
Helps  for  Children,  or  plain  and  easy  Catechisms.    25 
cents  per  dozen. 

CHILDREN'S    TRACTS 

1.  The  Cripple  of  Rarotonga.         5.  What  is  the  Fashion? 

2.  Did  you  ever  see  a  book  ?  6.  A  piece  of  Wood. 

3.  I  wish  I  was  a  Soldier  I  7.  The  Prize! 

4.  lam  glad  I  am  not  Poor  I  8.  The  Sailor  and  the  S.  School. 

9.  I  feel  different  inside. 

Packages  of  Children's  Tracts,  containing  ten  copies  of 
each  Tract,  ( 376  pages,)  for  25  cents. 


Tracts  in  English,  French  and  German  are  sold  at  the 
(u  rate  of  1500  pages  for  a  dollar ;  376  pages  for  25  cents ;  or  <J) 
^  15  pages  for  a  cent.  /> 


RftRVFAClUjV 


A* 


000  264  049    8 


CENTRAL  UNIVERSITY  LIBRARY 
University  of  California,  San  Diego 

|                              DATE  DUE 

JAM  0  3  WW 

JAN  0  H  IQflO 

\j  r*  1 1     \j  u    lyOU 

CI  39 

UCSD  Libr. 

